Home

Volume I: A–H - Abaqus 6.10 Documentation

1. Units of FT x nu f DP Q N w Second line C44 Units of FTL Units of FT Cas Units of FTL 9 n AAR YN gt 2 Units of FT Third line Units of FTL Boso e 3 36 3 CONNECTOR DAMPING 5 6 Temperature 7 First field variable 8 Second field variable Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than two 1 Third field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the connector damping behavior as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to define nonlinear viscous damping behavior that depends on the velocity in the direction of the specified component of relative motion TYPE VISCOUS COMPONENT NONLINEAR with the INDEPENDENT COMPONENTS parameter omitted First line Force or moment Relative velocity Temperature First field variable Second field variable Nn BPW F2 Etc up to five field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the connector damping behavior as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to define linear viscous damping behav
2. Temperature First field variable Second field variable 3 38 3 CONNECTOR ELASTICITY Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than two 1 Third field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the connector elastic behavior as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to define nonlinear elastic behavior that depends on the displacement rotation in the direction of the specified component of relative motion the COMPONENT and NONLINEAR parameters are included and the INDEPENDENT COMPONENTS parameter is omitted First line Force or moment Constitutive relative displacement or rotation Temperature First field variable Second field variable DnB WY Etc up to five field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the connector elastic behavior as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to define nonlinear elastic behavior that depends on the relative positions or motions in several component directions the COMPONENT NONLINEAR and INDEPENDENT COMPONENTS parameters are included First line 1 First independent
3. D Units of F L k Units of FL ko Fiber dispersion parameter 0 lt 1 3 Temperature First field variable Second field variable Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than two 1 Third field variable 1 8 4 ANISOTROPIC HYPERELASTIC 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the material constants as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to define the material properties for the USER anisotropic hyperelasticity model No data lines are needed if the PROPERTIES parameter is omitted or set to 0 Otherwise first line 1 Give the material properties eight per line If this option is used in conjunction with the VISCOELASTIC option the material properties must define the instantaneous behavior If this option is used in conjunction with the MULLINS EFFECT option the material properties must define the primary response Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the material properties 1 8 5 ANNEAL 1 9 ANNEAL Anneal the structure This option is used to anneal a structure by setting the velocities and all appropriate state variables to zero Products Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Step module Reference e Annealing procedure Section 6 12 1 of the Abaqus Analysi
4. Figure 3 19 2 Points a and b on the center line of the bolt and bolt hole assembly 3 19 5 CLOAD 3 20 CLOAD Specify concentrated forces and moments This option is used to apply concentrated forces and moments at any node in the model The CLOAD option can also be used to specify concentrated buoyancy drag and inertia loads in an Abaqus Aqua analysis Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Abaqus Aqua Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Load module Applying concentrated loads References e Concentrated loads Section 30 4 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Defining ALE adaptive mesh domains in Abaqus Explicit Section 12 2 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Analysis of models that exhibit cyclic symmetry Section 10 4 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameter for cyclic symmetry models in steady state dynamics analyses CYCLIC MODE Set this parameter equal to the cyclic symmetry mode number of loads that are applied in the current steady state dynamics procedure Optional parameters AMPLITUDE Set this parameter equal to the name of the amplitude curve that defines the magnitude of the load during the step If this parameter is omitted in an Abaqus Standard analysis the reference magnitude is applied immediately at the beginning of the step or linearly over the step depending on the value assigned to the AMPLITUDE parameter on the
5. 1 Fifth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the thermal expansion coefficients as functions of temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to define anisotropic thermal expansion coefficients TYPE ANISO with USER parameter omitted First line 031 Units of 8 099 Not used for plane stress case 012 013 093 Temperature First field variable Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than one 1 Second field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the thermal expansion coefficients as functions of temperature and other predefined field variables 5 31 3 EXPANSION Data line to define spatially varying thermal expansion in an Abaqus Standard analysis using a distribution First and only line 1 Distribution name The data defined in the distribution must be in units of 9 and must be consistent with the level of anisotropy prescribed by the TYPE parameter To define thermal expansion by a user subroutine USER parameter included No data lines are used with this option when the USER parameter is specified Instead user subroutine UEXPAN must be used to define the thermal expansion Data lines to define isotropic field expansion coefficients TYPE ISO w
6. 7 15 1 GLOBAL DAMPING BETA Set this parameter equal to the Ay100 1 factor to create global Rayleigh stiffness proportional damping Dg global K where K denotes the model stiffness matrix The default is BETA 0 Units of T STRUCTURAL Set this parameter equal to the factor to create frequency independent stiffness proportional structural damping D K where K denotes the model stiffness matrix The default is STRUCTURAL 0 There are no data lines associated with this option 7 15 2 HEADING 8 1 HEADING Print a heading on the output This option is used to define a title for the analysis Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Job module Reference e Defining a model in Abaqus Section 1 3 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual There are no parameters associated with this option Data lines to print a heading First line 1 The heading The heading can be several lines long but only the first 80 characters of the first line will be saved and printed as a heading 8 1 1 HEAT GENERATION 8 2 HEAT GENERATION Include volumetric heat generation in heat transfer analyses This option is used in a material data block to include heat generation in heat transfer coupled thermal electrical or coupled temperature displacement analyses It must be used in conjunction with user subroutine HETVAL Produc
7. Section 20 2 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for details on the integration scheme Set CREEP NONE to specify that there is no creep or viscoelastic response occurring during this step even if creep or viscoelastic material properties have been defined Set this parameter equal to the damping factor to be used in the automatic damping algorithm see Solving nonlinear problems Section 7 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual if the problem is expected to be unstable due to local instabilities and the damping factor calculated by Abaqus Standard is not suitable This parameter must be used in conjunction with the STABILIZE parameter and overrides the automatic calculation of the damping factor based on a value of the dissipated energy fraction STABILIZE Include this parameter to use automatic stabilization if the problem is expected to be unstable due to local instabilities Set this parameter equal to the dissipated energy fraction of the automatic damping algorithm see Solving nonlinear problems Section 7 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual If this parameter is omitted the stabilization algorithm is not activated If this parameter is included without a specified value the default value of the dissipated energy fraction is 2 x 107 and the adaptive automatic damping algorithm will be activated by default with ALLSDTOL 0 05 in this step set ALLSDTOL 0 to deactivate the adaptive automatic damping algorithm
8. Sixth field variable Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of the postcracking shear behavior on temperature and other predefined field variables 2 14 2 BUCKLE 2 15 BUCKLE Obtain eigenvalue buckling estimates This option is used to control eigenvalue buckling estimation Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Step module Reference e Eigenvalue buckling prediction Section 6 2 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameter EIGENSOLVER Use this parameter to choose the eigensolver Set EIGENSOLVER SUBSPACE default to invoke the subspace iteration eigensolver Set EIGENSOLVER LANCZOS to invoke the Lanczos eigensolver Data line for an eigenvalue buckling analysis when EIGENSOLVER SUBSPACE First and only line 1 Number of eigenvalues to be estimated 2 Maximum eigenvalue of interest 3 Number of vectors used in the iteration This number is usually determined by Abaqus Standard but can be changed using this entry In general the convergence in solving the eigenproblem is more rapid if more vectors are carried in the iteration therefore use this data field if past experience suggests that the convergence is slow for a particular type of buckling problem If the number of eigenvalues requested is n the default number of vectors used is the minimum of 2n n 8
9. and u must be left blank Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define spot welds using the time to failure model Data lines to define spot welds with the damaged model First line Name of bonded node set Maximum uniaxial normal force F f This value must be nonzero and positive Maximum uniaxial shear force This value must be nonzero and positive Initial bead size dy Blank space Normal breakage displacement ur If is nonzero the time to failure Ty must be left blank NYDN Bu Do Shear breakage displacement u default value is u If u is nonzero the time to failure T7 must be left blank Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define spot welds using the damaged model 2 10 1 BOUNDARY 2 11 BOUNDARY Specify boundary conditions This option is used to prescribe boundary conditions at nodes or to specify the driven nodes in a submodeling analysis In Abaqus Standard it is also used to define primary and secondary bases for modal superposition procedures Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model or history data Level Model Step Abaqus CAE Load module fluid cavity pressure and generalized plane strain boundary conditions are not supported Prescribing boundary conditions at nodes References e Defining a model in Abaqus Section 1 3 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Boundary conditions in Abaqus Standard and Abaqus
10. 4 Effective outer diameter of the member D 5 Drag coefficient Cp 6 Structural velocity factor az The default value is 1 0 if this entry is left blank or set equal to 0 0 7 For load type FDD name of the AMPLITUDE curve used for scaling steady current velocities A For load type WDD name of the AMPLITUDE curve used for scaling the local 2 direction wind velocity A If this entry is blank the velocities are not scaled A 1 or A 1 8 For load type FDD name of the AMPLITUDE curve used for scaling wave velocities Aw For load type WDD name of the AMPLITUDE curve used for scaling the local y direction wind velocity A If this is blank the velocities are not scaled A 1 or Ay 1 Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define distributed transverse fluid or wind drag on various elements or element sets 4 29 8 DLOAD Data lines to define distributed tangential fluid drag First line Element number or element set label Distributed load type label FDT Magnitude factor M default value is 1 0 This factor will be scaled by any AMPLITUDE specification associated with this DLOAD option Effective outer diameter of the member D Drag coefficient Structural velocity factor The default value is 1 0 if this entry is left blank or set equal to 0 0 Exponent h The default value is 2 0 if this entry is left blank or set equal to 0 0 Name of the AMPLI
11. Optional parameter COMPONENT Set this parameter equal to the connector s component of relative motion for which plasticity behavior is specified If this parameter is omitted the CONNECTOR POTENTIAL option must be used in conjunction with the CONNECTOR PLASTICITY option to specify coupled plasticity behavior There are no data lines associated with this option 3 45 1 CONNECTOR POTENTIAL 3 46 CONNECTOR POTENTIAL Specify user defined potentials in connector elements This option is used to define a restricted set of mathematical functions to represent yield or limiting surfaces in the space spanned by connector available components It can be used only in conjunction with the following options CONNECTOR DAMAGE EVOLUTION DAMAGE INITIATION CONNECTOR FRICTION or CONNECTOR PLASTICITY Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Interaction module References e Connection type library Section 28 1 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Connector behavior Section 28 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Connector functions for coupled behavior Section 28 2 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e CONNECTOR BEHAVIOR e CONNECTOR DAMAGE EVOLUTION CONNECTOR DAMAGE INITIATION e CONNECTOR DERIVED COMPONENT e CONNECTOR FRICTION e CONNECTOR PLASTICITY Optional parameters EXPONENT This p
12. Second field variable Etc up to five field variables per line Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 2 Sixth field variable Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of material constants on temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to specify damage initiation for CRITERION JOHNSON COOK First and only line 1 Johnson Cook failure parameter d OND tn BW LY Johnson Cook failure parameter 41 Johnson Cook failure parameter dy Johnson Cook failure parameter d4 Johnson Cook failure parameter 45 Melting temperature Omeit Transition temperature Otransition Reference strain rate g Data lines to specify damage initiation for CRITERION MK First line WN Groove size relative to nominal thickness of the section fo Angle in degrees with respect to the 1 direction of the local material orientation Temperature if temperature dependent First field variable Second field variable Etc up to five field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five l Sixth field variable 4 3 6 DAMAGE INITIATION 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the groove size as
13. Second line only needed if START CONDITION USER DEFINED 1 Starting value Data lines to define a Type Chebyshev filter First line 1 Cutoff frequency fc Units of T 2 Ripple factor e 3 Order of the filter N Abaqus expects an even number if an odd number is specified it will be changed internally to the closest greater even number The default value is two 6 12 2 FILTER Second line only needed if START CONDITION USER DEFINED 1 Starting value Data lines to define a Type Il Chebyshev filter First line 1 Cutoff frequency fc Units of T 2 Ripple factor 1 A 3 Order of the filter N Abaqus expects an even number if an odd number is specified it will be changed internally to the closest greater even number The default value is two Second line only needed if START CONDITION USER DEFINED 1 Starting value 6 12 3 6 13 FIXED MASS SCALING FIXED MASS SCALING Specify mass scaling at the beginning of the step This option is used to specify mass scaling at the beginning of the step for part or all of the model Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Step module References e Mass scaling Section 11 7 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Output Section 4 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters DT ELSET FACTOR Set this parameter equal to the desir
14. Set ADVECTION SECOND ORDER default to use a second order algorithm to remap solution variables after remeshing has been performed Set ADVECTION FIRST ORDER to use a first order algorithm to remap solution variables after remeshing has been performed CONTROLS Set this parameter equal to the name of a section controls definition see Section controls Section 24 1 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual to be used to specify a nondefault hourglass control formulation option or scale factor The SECTION CONTROLS option can be used to select the hourglass control and order of accuracy of the formulation FLUX LIMIT RATIO Set this parameter equal to the ratio between the maximum distance a node is allowed to move during one increment and the characteristic length of the Eulerian element containing the node The value of this parameter must be positive The default value is 1 0 and the suggested range for the value is between 0 1 and 1 0 5 30 1 EULERIAN SECTION Data lines to define Eulerian elements First line 1 Material name 2 Material instance name optional The default material instance name is the same as the material name Material instance names must be unique throughout the entire model Specify a nondefault material instance name if you refer to the same material definition more than once Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the list of all materials that may appear in the Eulerian s
15. Temperature if temperature dependent First field variable Second field variable A U Ne Etc up to six field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than six 1 Seventh field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the total or the plastic displacement at failure as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables 4 2 3 DAMAGE EVOLUTION Data lines to specify damage evolution for TYPE ENERGY SOFTENING LINEAR without the MIXED MODE BEHAVIOR parameter First line Fracture energy Temperature if temperature dependent First field variable Second field variable BW NHN Etc up to six field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than six 1 Seventh field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the fracture energy as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to specify damage evolution for TYPE DISPLACEMENT SOFTENING LINEAR MIXED MODE BEHAVIOR TABULAR First line 1 Total displacement at failure measured from the time of damage initiation 2 Appropriate mode mix ratio U Appropriate mode mix ratio ifrelevant for three dimensional problems with anisotro
16. Temperature if temperature dependent First field variable Second field variable QV Un BW NY 7 Etc up to four field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four 1 Fifth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the equivalent plastic strain at damage initiation as a function of triaxiality strain rate temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to specify damage initiation for CRITERION FLD First line Major principal strain at damage initiation Minor principal strain Temperature if temperature dependent First field variable Second field variable D Un 9 NY Etc up to five field variables 4 3 4 DAMAGE INITIATION Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the major principal strain at damage initiation as a function of minor principal strain temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to specify damage initiation for CRITERION FLSD First line Major principal stress at damage initiation Minor principal stress Temperature if temperature dependent First field variable Second field variable nA
17. 3 76 1 CO SIMULATION REGION IMPORT Include this parameter to specify fields and accompanying regions for import from the third party analysis program Data lines to define the co simulation regions and the fields passed across them if the EXPORT or IMPORT parameter is included First line 1 The name of the element based surface 2 Field identifier for the field to be passed across this surface The field identifiers are defined in Preparing an Abaqus Standard or Abaqus Explicit analysis for co simulation Section 14 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual 3 Etc up to seven field identifiers Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define more than seven field identifiers for a given surface or to define additional co simulation regions and their import or export fields Defining a co simulation region for exchange with another Abaqus analysis This section defines the use of this option for Abaqus Standard to Abaqus Explicit co simulation CO SIMULATION PROGRAM ABAQUS References e Co simulation overview Section 14 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Preparing an Abaqus Standard or Abaqus Explicit analysis for co simulation Section 14 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e CO SIMULATION Optional parameter TYPE Set TYPE SURFACE default to define a surface based co simulation region Set TYPE NODE to define a co simulation region using a node set
18. Adjusting initial surface positions and specifying initial clearances in Abaqus Standard contact pairs Section 32 3 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters AMPLITUDE Set this parameter equal to the name of the amplitude curve that defines the magnitude of the prescribed interference during the step If this parameter is omitted the prescribed interference is applied immediately at the beginning of the step and ramped down to zero linearly over the step OP Set OP MOD default for existing CONTACT INTERFERENCE definitions to remain with this option defining a contact interference to be added or modified Set OP NEW if all CONTACT INTERFERENCE definitions defined in previous steps should be removed SHRINK Include this parameter to invoke the automatic shrink fit capability This capability can be used only in the first step of an analysis When this parameter is included no data are required other than the contact pairs or elements to which the option is applied In addition any AMPLITUDE reference specified will be ignored TYPE Use this parameter to specify whether the prescribed interference will be applied to contact pairs or contact elements Set TYPE CONTACT PAIR default to specify a contact interference for contact pairs Set TYPE ELEMENT to specify a contact interference for contact elements 3 63 1 CONTACT INTERFERENCE Data lines to define an allowable contact interference for a conta
19. Beam section geometric data Values should be given as specified in Beam cross section library Section 26 3 9 ofthe Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for the chosen section type Ete Second line optional enter a blank line if the default values are to be used 1 2 3 First direction cosine of the first beam section axis Second direction cosine of the first beam section axis Third direction cosine of the first beam section axis The entries on this line must be 0 0 1 for planar beams The default for beams in space is 0 0 1 if the first beam section axis is not defined by an additional node in the element s connectivity See Beam element cross section orientation Section 26 3 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for details 2 5 5 BEAM GENERAL SECTION Third line NYDN FW NY Young s modulus E Torsional shear modulus G Not used for beams in a plane Coefficient of thermal expansion Temperature First field variable Second field variable Etc up to four field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four 1 2 Fifth field variable Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the properties as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines for SECTION ARBITRARY First line 1 2 3 4 5 6
20. Keywords Reference Manual Volume I A H SIMULIA Abaqus Keywords Reference Manual Volume Legal Notices CAUTION This documentation is intended for qualified users who will exercise sound engineering judgment and expertise in the use of the Abaqus Software The Abaqus Software is inherently complex and the examples and procedures in this documentation are not intended to be exhaustive or to apply to any particular situation Users are cautioned to satisfy themselves as to the accuracy and results of their analyses Dassault Syst mes and its subsidiaries including Dassault Systemes Simulia Corp shall not be responsible for the accuracy or usefulness of any analysis performed using the Abaqus Software or the procedures examples or explanations in this documentation Dassault Syst mes and its subsidiaries shall not be responsible for the consequences of any errors or omissions that may appear in this documentation The Abaqus Software is available only under license from Dassault Syst mes or its subsidiary and may be used or reproduced only in accordance with the terms of such license This documentation is subject to the terms and conditions of either the software license agreement signed by the parties or absent such an agreement the then current software license agreement to which the documentation relates This documentation and the software described in this documentation are subject to change without prior notice No
21. MECHANISM Set MECHANISM COHESION default to choose the cohesion creep mechanism which is similar in behavior to Drucker Prager creep Set MECHANISM CONSOLIDATION to choose the consolidation creep mechanism which is similar in behavior to the cap zone of plasticity 3 2 1 CAP CREEP Data lines for LAW TIME or LAW STRAIN First line A Units of F L T N m First field variable 1 2 3 4 Temperature 5 6 Etc up to four field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four 1 Fifth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of the creep constants on temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines for LAW SINGHM First line A Units of T a Units 12 m t Units of T Temperature First field variable Etc up to three field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than three 1 Fourth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of the creep constants on temperature and other predefined field variables 3 2 2 CAP HARDENING 3 3 CAP HARDENING Specify Drucker Prager Cap plasticity hardening This option is used to specify the harde
22. PROGRAM Set PROGRAM MULTIPHYSICS for exchange of data between Abaqus and the SIMULIA Co Simulation Engine which in turn can exchange data with third party analysis programs that support the SIMULIA Co Simulation Engine Set PROGRAM ABAQUS for exchange of data with another Abaqus analysis in an Abaqus Standard to Abaqus Explicit co simulation 3 74 1 CO SIMULATION Set PROGRAM DCI for exchange of data between Abaqus and certain third party analysis programs Consult the User s Guide for the third party analysis program to determine when this option is applicable Set PROGRAM MADYMO for exchange of data between Abaqus Explicit and the occupant simulation program MADYMO Set PROGRAM MPCCI for exchange of data between Abaqus and the Mesh based parallel Code Coupling Interface MpCCI which in turn can exchange data with third party analysis programs supporting MpCCI There are no data lines associated with this option if PROGRAM MULTIPHYSICS PROGRAM ABAQUS PROGRAM DCI or PROGRAM MPCCI is specified Data line to define the conversion factors for the physical units of mass length and time if PROGRAM MADYMO and the unit system in the Abaqus Explicit model is different than the unit system in the MADYMO model First and only line 1 Conversion factor for the mass unit used in the Abaqus model to that in the MADYMO model 2 Conversion factor for the length unit used in the Abaqus model to that in the MADYMO model 3 Conversi
23. Repeat the second data line as often as necessary to define the list of variables to be output to the results file Data lines to request element output in the selected results file in an Abaqus Explicit analysis First line 1 Give the identifying keys for the output variables to be written to the selected results sel file The keys are defined in Abaqus Explicit output variable identifiers Section 4 2 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the list of variables to be output to the selected results file 5 1 3 EL PRINT EL PRINT Define data file requests for element variables This option is used to provide tabular printed output of element variables stresses strains etc Product Abaqus Standard Type History data Level Step Reference e Output to the data and results files Section 4 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters ELSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the element set for which this output request is being made If this parameter is omitted the output will be printed for all elements in the model FREQUENCY Set this parameter equal to the output frequency in increments The output will always be printed at the last increment of each step unless FREQUENCY 0 The default is FREQUENCY 1 Set FREQUENCY 0 to suppress the output LAST MODE MODE This parameter is useful only during eigen
24. Section 32 3 7 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Adjusting contact controls in Abaqus Standard Section 32 3 6 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Contact formulations in Abaqus Standard Section 34 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Smoothing contact surfaces in Abaqus Standard Section 34 1 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Common difficulties associated with contact modeling in Abaqus Standard Section 35 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameter INTERACTION Set this parameter equal to the name of the SURFACE INTERACTION property definition associated with the contact pair being defined Optional parameters ADJUST Set this parameter equal to a node set label or a value to adjust the initial positions of the surfaces specified in this option These adjustments are made at the start of the analysis and do not create any strain This parameter is required for TIED contact This parameter is not allowed with self contact 3 65 1 CONTACT PAIR EXTENSION ZONE Set this parameter equal to a fraction of the end segment or facet edge length by which the master surface is to be extended to avoid numerical roundoff errors associated with contact modeling The value given must lie between 0 0 and 0 2 The default is 0 1 This parameter affects only node to surface contact GEOMETRIC CORRECTION Set this parameter equal to the name of the surface smoothing property
25. Set DEFORMATION SPEED CHECK DETAIL to print messages for all elements with relatively large deformation speed This information is output to the message msg file Set DEFORMATION SPEED CHECK OFF to suppress the deformation speed check DETECT CROSSED SURFACES This parameter applies only to general contact Set DETECT CROSSED SURFACES ON default to issue warning messages for instances of adjacent slaves being on opposite sides of master surfaces in the initial configuration Set DETECT CROSSED SURFACES OFF to suppress this diagnostic 4 20 2 DIAGNOSTICS PLASTICITY Set PLASTICITY SUMMARY default to obtain a summary of the total number of material points at which the plasticity algorithms have not converged This information will be printed only at the first occurrence in the status sta file Set PLASTICITY DETAIL to obtain detailed information about the elements at which the plasticity algorithms have not converged This information will be printed in the message msg file This request may cause the analysis to run for a longer time It is currently available only for Mises plasticity Set PLASTICITY OFF to suppress all of the diagnostic messages about the plasticity algorithms WARNING RATIO Set this parameter equal to the warning ratio of deformation speed versus wave speed the default ratio is 0 3 If the ratio calculated in an element is greater than this value a warning message will be printed to the status
26. The word SHELLSTIFFI The word SHELLSTIFF1 The word SHELLSTIFF1 The word SHELLSTIFFI The word SHELLSTIFF2 4 28 1 DISTRIBUTION TABLE Second line The word SHELLSTIFF2 The word SHELLSTIFF2 The word SHELLSTIFF3 The word SHELLSTIFF2 The word SHELLSTIFF2 The word SHELLSTIFF2 The word SHELLSTIFF3 The word SHELLSTIFF3 DA KRWN Third line The word SHELLSTIFF2 The word SHELLSTIFF2 The word SHELLSTIFF2 The word SHELLSTIFF3 The word SHELLSTIFF3 The word SHELLSTIFF3 Data line to define a distribution table for the coordinates of points a and b used to define a local coordinate system First and only line 1 The word COORD3D 2 The word COORD3D Data line to define a distribution table for an additional rotation angle used to define a local coordinate system First and only line 1 The word ANGLE Data line to define a distribution table for isotropic elasticity First and only line 1 The word MODULUS 2 The word RATIO 4 28 2 Data lines to define a distribution table for orthotropic elasticity First line 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Second line 1 2 The word The word The word The word The word The word The word The word The wo
27. Typical values of these parameters for common elastomers are given in Hysteresis in elastomers Section 19 8 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual 8 9 1 About SIMULIA SIMULIA is the Dassault Systemes brand that delivers a scalable portfolio of Realistic Simulation solutions including the Abaqus product suite for Unified Finite Element Analysis multiphysics solutions for insight into challenging engineering problems and lifecycle management solutions for managing simulation data processes and intellectual property By building on established technology respected quality and superior customer service SIMULIA makes realistic simulation an integral business practice that improves product performance reduces physical prototypes and drives innovation Headquartered in Providence RI USA with R amp D centers in Providence and in V lizy France SIMULIA provides sales services and support through a global network of regional offices and distributors For more information visit www simulia com About Dassault Systemes As a world leader in 3D and Product Lifecycle Management PLM solutions Dassault Systemes brings value to more than 100 000 customers in 80 countries A pioneer in the 3D software market since 1981 Dassault Systemes develops and markets PLM application software and services that support industrial processes and provide a 3D vision of the entire lifecycle of products from conception to maintenance to recycling
28. element local 2 direction when the fracture criterion is satisfied SYMMETRY Include this parameter to compare the opening between the slave surface and the symmetry plane to half the COD value specified The SYMMETRY parameter is relevant only for TYPE COD when the user is using symmetry conditions to model the problem In this case the NORMAL parameter must be specified on the INITIAL CONDITIONS option TOLERANCE Set this parameter equal to the tolerance within which the crack propagation criterion must be satisfied The default is TOLERANCE 0 1 for TYPE CRITICAL STRESS TYPE COD and TYPE CRACK LENGTH for TYPE VCCT the default is TOLERANCE 0 2 VISCOSITY This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses and can be used only in combination with TYPE VCCT Set this parameter equal to the value of the viscosity coefficient used in the viscous regularization The default value is 0 0 Data lines to define the critical stress criterion TYPE CRITICAL STRESS First line Normal failure stress c Shear failure stress Shear failure stress Not applicable in two dimensions Temperature First field variable Second field variable NYDN FW NY Etc up to four field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four 1 Fifth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as nec
29. 18 8 18 9 18 10 18 11 18 12 18 13 CONTENTS SHELL GENERAL SECTION 18 14 SHELL SECTION 18 15 SHELL TO SOLID COUPLING 18 16 SIMPEDANCE 18 17 SIMPLE SHEAR TEST DATA 18 18 SLIDE LINE 18 19 SLOAD 18 20 SOILS 18 21 SOLID SECTION 18 22 SOLUBILITY 18 23 SOLUTION TECHNIQUE 18 24 SOLVER CONTROLS 18 25 SORPTION 18 26 SPECIFIC HEAT 18 27 SPECTRUM 18 28 SPRING 18 29 SRADIATE 18 30 S TATIC 18 31 STEADY STATE CRITERIA 18 32 STEADY STATE DETECTION 18 33 STEADY STATE DYNAMICS 18 34 STEADY STATE TRANSPORT 18 35 STEP 18 36 SUBCYCLING 18 37 SUBMODEL 18 38 SUBSTRUCTURE COPY 18 39 SUBSTRUCTURE DELETE 18 40 SUBSTRUCTURE DIRECTORY 18 41 SUBSTRUCTURE GENERATE 18 42 SUBSTRUCTURE LOAD CASE 18 43 SUBSTRUCTURE MATRIX OUTPUT 18 44 SUBSTRUCTURE PATH 18 45 SUBSTRUCTURE PROPERTY 18 46 SURFACE 18 47 SURFACE BEHAVIOR 18 48 SURFACE FLAW 18 49 SURFACE INTERACTION 18 50 SURFACE PROPERTY 18 51 SURFACE PROPERTY ASSIGNMENT 18 52 SURFACE SECTION 18 53 SURFACE SMOOTHING 18 54 SWELLING 18 55 xvi SYMMETRIC MODEL GENERATION SYMMETRIC RESULTS TRANSFER SYSTEM TEMPERATURE TENSILE FAILURE TENSION CUTOFF TENSION STIFFENING THERMAL EXPANSION TIE TIME POINTS TORQUE TORQUE PRINT TRACER PARTICLE TRANSFORM TRANSPORT VELOCITY TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFENESS TRIAXIAL TEST DATA TRS UEL PROPERTY UNDEX CHARGE PROPERTY UNIAXIAL UNIAXIAL TEST DATA UNLOADING DATA USER DEF
30. 30 Setting 0 180 will ensure that no geometric edges or corners are detected or enforced MESH CONSTRAINT ANGLE This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses Set this parameter equal to the mesh constraint angle in degrees 5 lt 0 lt 85 The default value is dc 60 When adaptive mesh constraints are applied to nodes on Lagrangian or sliding boundary regions the analysis will terminate if the angle between the normal to the boundary region and the direction of the prescribed constraint becomes less than When adaptive mesh constraints are applied to nodes that are part of a Lagrangian or active geometric edge the analysis will terminate if the angle between the prescribed constraint and the plane perpendicular to the edge becomes less than MESHING PREDICTOR This parameter is interpreted differently in Abaqus Explicit and Abaqus Standard analyses In an Abaqus Explicit analysis set MESHING PREDICTOR CURRENT default if the adaptive mesh domain has no Eulerian boundary regions to perform adaptive meshing based on current nodal positions this method 1s recommended for all Lagrangian like problems and for problems with very large distortions Set MESHING PREDICTOR PREVIOUS default if the adaptive mesh domain has one or more Eulerian boundary regions to perform adaptive meshing based on the positions of the nodes at the end of the previous adaptive mesh increment this technique is recomme
31. BW Scaling constant o that multiplies the first component identified on the first data line Scaling constant a that multiplies the second component identified on the first data line Etc up to NV entries as identified on the first data line Temperature First field variable Second field variable he Etc up to eight entries per line If the number of data entries exceeds the limit of eight entries per line continue the input on the next data line Do not repeat the first data line Repeat the subsequent data lines as often as necessary to define the contributions to the derived component as a function of temperature and field variables Data lines to define the derived component if the INDEPENDENT COMPONENTS parameter is included First line 1 2 3 Second line 1 2 3 Third line BW N First independent component number 1 6 Second independent component number 1 6 Etc up to N entries maximum six First component number 1 6 to be used in the definition of the derived component Second component number 1 6 to be used in the definition of the derived component Etc up to N entries maximum six Scaling constant o that multiplies the first component identified on the second data line Scaling constant a2 that multiplies the second component identified on the second data line Etc up to Ne entries as identified on the second data line
32. DEFINITION Set DEFINITION TABULAR default to give the amplitude time or amplitude frequency definition in tabular form Set DEFINITION EQUALLY SPACED PERIODIC MODULATED DECAY SMOOTH STEP SOLUTION DEPENDENT or BUBBLE to define the amplitude according to the definitions given in Amplitude curves Section 30 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Set DEFINITION USER to define the amplitude via user subroutines UAMP and VUAMP INPUT Set this parameter equal to the name of the alternate input file containing the data lines for this option See Input syntax rules Section 1 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for the syntax of such file names If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the data follow the keyword line This parameter cannot be used if DEFINITION USER SCALEX Set this parameter equal to the value by which the time values are to be scaled The default is 1 This parameter cannot be used if DEFINITION USER 1 7 1 AMPLITUDE SCALEY Set this parameter equal to the value by which the amplitude values are to be scaled The default is 1 SHIFTX Set this parameter equal to the value by which the time values are to be shifted The default is 0 This parameter cannot be used if DEFINITION USER SHIFTY Set this parameter equal to the value by which the amplitude values are to be shifted The default is 0 TIME Set TIME STEP TIME default for step time If the step in which the amplitude is ref
33. Data lines to define distributed surface pressures First line 1 Surface name 2 Distributed load type label P PNU SP or VP 3 Reference load magnitude which can be modified by using the AMPLITUDE option For nonuniform loads the magnitude must be defined in user subroutine DLOAD for an Abaqus Standard analysis or VDLOAD for an Abaqus Explicit analysis If given this value will be passed into the user subroutine in an Abaqus Standard analysis Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define distributed loads on different surfaces Data lines to define hydrostatic pressure Abaqus Standard only First line Surface name Distributed load type label HP Actual magnitude of the load which can be modified by using the AMPLITUDE option Z coordinate of zero pressure level nA BW N Z coordinate of the point at which the pressure is defined Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define hydrostatic pressure loading on different surfaces Data lines to define a general surface traction vector a surface shear traction vector or a general shell edge traction vector First line Surface name Distributed load type label TRVEC TRSHR EDLD TRVECNU TRSHRNU or EDLDNU Reference load magnitude which can be modified by using the AMPLITUDE option 1 component of the traction vector direction 2 component of the traction vector direction D 4 iR WN 3 component of the tractio
34. Distributed load type label SP 3 Reference load magnitude which can be modified by using the AMPLITUDE option Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define stagnation pressure loads on different surfaces Applying submodel boundary conditions Abaqus Standard only References e Submodeling overview Section 10 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Surface based submodeling Section 10 2 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameters STEP Set this parameter equal to the step number in the global analysis for which the values of the driven stresses will be read during this step of the submodel analysis SUBMODEL Include this parameter to specify that the distributed loads are the driven loads in a submodel analysis Surfaces used in this option must be among those listed in the SUBMODEL model definition option 4 39 4 DSLOAD Optional parameters INC This parameter can be used only in a static linear perturbation step General and linear perturbation procedures Section 6 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Set this parameter equal to the increment in the selected step of the global analysis at which the solution will be used to specify the values of the driven stresses By default Abaqus Standard uses the solution at the last increment of the selected step OP Set OP MOD default for existing DSLOADS to remain with this option modifying existing distrib
35. E Poisson s ratio v Yield stress o Exponent n Yield offset a Temperature Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the dependence of the deformation plasticity parameters on temperature Nn BW 4 11 1 DENSITY 4 12 DENSITY Specify material mass density This option is used to define a material s mass density In an Abaqus Standard analysis spatially varying mass density can be defined for solid continuum elements using a distribution Distribution definition Section 2 7 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module Reference Density Section 18 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variables included in the definition of the density in addition to temperature If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the density is constant or depends only on temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information This parameter is not relevant in an Abaqus Standard analysis if spatially varying density is defined using a distribution See Distribution definition Section 2 7 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual PORE FLUID This parameter applies
36. IMPEDANCE and SIMPEDANCE Damping is defined at the global level using GLOBAL DAMPING The DAMPING CONTROLS option controls which of the supplied damping options will participate in the current step or within a substructure The DAMPING CONTROLS option is also used to define the type and the source of substructure damping under the SUBSTRUCTURE PROPERTY option in all analysis procedures using substructures that take damping into account The rules for using this option within a substructure property definition are the same as the rules for using it within a step definition see Defining substructure damping in Using substructures Section 10 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for details Product Abaqus Standard Type Model or history data Level Part Part instance References e Material damping Section 23 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Damping in dynamic analysis in Dynamic analysis procedures overview Section 6 3 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e FREQUENCY Optional parameters STRUCTURAL Set this parameter equal to ELEMENT to request the structural damping matrix that includes material and or element damping properties only 4 6 1 DAMPING CONTROLS Set this parameter equal to FACTOR to request the structural damping matrix that includes the global damping factor only Set this parameter equal to COMBINED to request the structural damping matrix that in
37. ORIENTATION definition Orientations Section 2 2 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual that gives the orientation of the local system in the joint Optional parameter SECTION Set this parameter equal to SPUD CAN if the joint models a spud can If the joint does not model a spud can this parameter 1s not needed Data lines to define spud can geometry with SECTIONZSPUD CAN First and only line 1 D diameter of spud can cylindrical portion 5 26 1 EPJOINT 2 6 conical spud can cone angle in degrees Enter a blank zero or 180 for a cylindrical spud can Include the JOINT ELASTICITY and JOINT PLASTICITY options as needed to define the joint behavior 5 26 2 EQUATION 5 27 EQUATION Define linear multi point constraints This option is used to define linear multi point constraints in the form of an equation Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Part Part instance Assembly Abaqus CAE Interaction module Reference e Linear constraint equations Section 31 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameter INPUT Set this parameter equal to the name of the alternate input file containing the data lines for this option See Input syntax rules Section 1 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for the syntax of such file names If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the data follow the keyword line Data lines
38. Omit this data line if rigid like elastic behavior is defined for all available components of relative motion 3 38 5 CONNECTOR FAILURE 3 39 CONNECTOR FAILURE Define a failure criterion for connector elements This option is used to define a failure criterion for connector elements Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Interaction module References e Connector behavior Section 28 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Connection type library Section 28 1 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e CONNECTOR BEHAVIOR Required parameter COMPONENT Set this parameter equal to the connector s component number for which a failure criterion is defined in Abaqus Standard only an available component of relative motion can be chosen In Abaqus Explicit any connector component number can be specified See Connection type library Section 28 1 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for connector components of relative motion definitions Optional parameter RELEASE In Abaqus Standard set this parameter equal to ALL default to release all available components of relative motion when the failure criterion is satisfied In Abaqus Explicit set this parameter equal to ALL default to release all components available or constrained when the failure criterion is satisfied In Abaqus Standard set this parameter equal to an available component of
39. Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of the yield stress in uniaxial compression on the corresponding axial plastic strain and if needed on temperature and other predefined field variables 3 84 2 CYCLED PLASTIC 3 85 CYCLED PLASTIC Specify cycled yield stress data for the ORNL model This option is used to specify the tenth cycle yield stress and hardening values for the ORNL constitutive model It is relevant only if the ORNL option is used Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References e ORNL e ORNL Oak Ridge National Laboratory constitutive model Section 20 2 12 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual There are no parameters associated with this option Data lines to specify cycled yield stress data First line 1 Yield stress 2 Plastic strain 3 Temperature Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the dependence of yield stress on plastic strain and if needed on temperature 3 85 1 CYCLIC 3 86 CYCLIC Define cyclic symmetry for a cavity radiation heat transfer analysis This option is used to define cavity symmetry by cyclic repetition about a point or an axis The CYCLIC option can be used only following the RADIATION SYMMETRY option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Interaction module References e Cavit
40. STEP option see Procedures overview Section 6 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual If this parameter is omitted in an Abaqus Explicit analysis the reference magnitude is applied immediately at the beginning of the step FOLLOWER Include this parameter if the direction of the load is assumed to rotate with the rotation at this node 3 20 1 LOAD This parameter should be used only for large displacement analysis and can be used only at nodes with active rotational degrees of freedom such as the nodes of beam or shell elements Concentrated buoyancy drag and fluid inertia loads in Abaqus Aqua analyses are automatically considered to be follower forces so this parameter is not necessary in those cases In general UNSYMM YES should be used on the STEP option in conjunction with the FOLLOWER parameter in DYNAMIC and STATIC analyses in Abaqus Standard The UNSYMM parameter is ignored in eigenvalue analyses such as BUCKLE or FREQUENCY since Abaqus Standard can perform an eigenvalue extraction only on symmetric matrices LOAD CASE OP REGION This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses Set this parameter equal to the load case number This parameter is used in RANDOM RESPONSE analysis Random response analysis Section 6 3 11 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual when it is the cross reference for the load case on the CORRELATION option The parameter s value is ignored in all other pro
41. Sixth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of the postcracking behavior on temperature and other predefined field variables 2 12 3 2 13 BRITTLE FAILURE BRITTLE FAILURE Specify brittle failure criterion This option is used with the brittle cracking material model to specify brittle failure of the material It must be used in conjunction with the BRITTLE CRACKING and the BRITTLE SHEAR options Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References e Cracking model for concrete Section 20 6 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e BRITTLE CRACKING e BRITTLE SHEAR Optional CRACKS DEPEND parameters Set CRACKS 1 default to indicate that an element will be removed when any local direct cracking strain or displacement component reaches the failure value Set CRACKS 2 to indicate that an element will be removed when any two direct cracking strain or displacement components reach the failure value Set CRACKS 3 to indicate that an element will be removed when all three possible direct cracking strain or displacement components reach the failure value The value for the CRACKS parameter can only be 1 for beam or truss elements It cannot be greater than 2 for plane stress and shell elements and it cannot be greater than 3
42. TYPE AXIS First line x coordinate of point lon rotation axis see Figure 3 86 2 y coordinate of point J on rotation axis z coordinate of point lon rotation axis x coordinate of point m on rotation axis y coordinate of point m on rotation axis QV Un A WN 2 coordinate of point m on rotation axis Second line 1 z coordinate of point k 2 y coordinate of point k 3 z coordinate of point k Figure 3 86 1 CYCLIC TYPE POINT option 3 86 2 2 gt AXIS option CYCLIC TYPE Figure 3 86 2 3 86 3 CYCLIC HARDENING 3 87 CYCLIC HARDENING Specify the size of the elastic range for the combined hardening model This option is used to define the evolution of the elastic domain for the nonlinear isotropic kinematic hardening model It can be used only in conjunction with the PLASTIC option The elastic domain remains constant during the analysis if this option is not used Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References e Models for metals subjected to cyclic loading Section 20 2 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e PLASTIC e UHARD Section 1 1 31 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual e VUHARD Section 1 2 14 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual Optional parameters DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number o
43. The Dassault Systemes portfolio consists of CATIA for designing the virtual product SolidWorks for 3D mechanical design DELMIA for virtual production SIMULIA for virtual testing ENOVIA for global collaborative lifecycle management and 3DVIA for online 3D lifelike experiences Dassault Systemes shares are listed on Euronext Paris 13065 DSY PA and Dassault Systemes ADRs may be traded the US Over The Counter OTC market DASTY For more information visit www 3ds com Abaqus the 3DS logo SIMULIA CATIA SolidWorks DELMIA ENOVIA 3DVIA and Unified FEA are trademarks or registered trademarks of Dassault Systemes or its subsidiaries in the US and or other countries Other company product and service names may be trademarks or service marks of their respective owners Dassault Syst mes 2010 DASSAULT SYSTEMES
44. first data item on this data line and 1x10 times the total time period second data item on this data line This value is used only for automatic time incrementation Maximum time increment allowed If this value is not specified no upper limit is imposed This value is used only for automatic time incrementation Temperature change rate temperature per time used to define steady state only needed if ENDSSS is chosen When all nodal temperatures are changing at less than this rate the solution terminates 8 3 2 HEATCAP 8 4 HEATCAP Specify a point capacitance This option is used to define lumped heat capacitance values associated with HEATCAP elements Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Part Part instance Assembly Abaqus CAE Property module and Interaction module Reference e Point capacitance Section 27 4 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameters DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variables included in the definition of the point capacitance If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the point capacitance is constant or depends only on temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information ELSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the element set containing the HEATCAP elements for wh
45. s Manual Convergence criteria for nonlinear problems Section 7 2 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Time integration accuracy in transient problems Section 7 2 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required mutually exclusive parameters ANALYSIS Set ANALYSIS DISCONTINUOUS to set parameters that will usually improve efficiency for severely discontinuous behavior such as frictional sliding or concrete cracking by allowing relatively many iterations prior to beginning any checks on the convergence rate This parameter overrides any values that may be set for the variables 10 and the data lines associated with PARAMETERS TIME INCREMENTATION A less efficient solution may result if this parameter is set in problems that do not exhibit severely discontinuous behavior PARAMETERS Set PARAMETERS FIELD to set parameters for satisfying a field equation In this case the FIELD parameter can be used to define the field for which the parameters are being given If the FIELD parameter is omitted the parameters are being set for all fields that are active in the problem Set PARAMETERS CONSTRAINTS to set tolerances on constraint equations Set PARAMETERS LINE SEARCH to set line search control parameters 3 71 1 CONTROLS RESET TYPE Set PARAMETERS TIME INCREMENTATION to set time incrementation control parameters Include this parameter to reset all values to their defaults The option should have no data l
46. stiffness degradation damage Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References e Concrete damaged plasticity Section 20 6 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e CONCRETE DAMAGED PLASTICITY e CONCRETE TENSION STIFFENING e CONCRETE TENSION DAMAGE e CONCRETE COMPRESSION DAMAGE Optional parameter DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the compressive yield stress in addition to temperature If this parameter is omitted the compressive yield stress depends only on the inelastic strain the strain rate and possibly on temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information Data lines to define compressive hardening First line 1 Yield stress in compression Units of FL 2 Inelastic crushing strain 247 3 Inelastic crushing strain rate a Units of T71 4 Temperature 3 27 1 CONCRETE COMPRESSION HARDENING 5 First field variable 6 Second field variable 7 Etc up to four field variables The first point at each value of temperature must have a crushing strain of 0 0 and gives the initial yield stress value oco Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four 1 Fifth field
47. the degrees of freedom are in the referenced local system in the initial configuration otherwise they are in the global system In either case these directions will rotate with the reference node in large displacement analyses when the NLGEOM parameter is included on the STEP option 4 25 2 DISTRIBUTING COUPLING 4 26 DISTRIBUTING COUPLING Specify nodes and weighting for distributing coupling elements This option is used to define the set of nodes to which forces and mass are distributed according to a specified weighting and to specify the mass of the associated distributing coupling element The preferred method for defining a distributing constraint is the COUPLING option used in conjunction with the DISTRIBUTING option A DCOUP element together with the DISTRIBUTING COUPLING option must be used if a point mass at the reference node needs to be distributed as well Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Part Part instance Assembly Abaqus CAE Unsupported this option has been superseded by coupling constraints used in conjunction with the distributing option Reference e Distributing coupling elements Section 29 4 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameter ELSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the element set containing the distributing coupling elements that interact with the coupling nodes This element set can contain more than one element although this
48. to cavities with no fluid flux loading or modified to cavities with fluid flux loading Set OP NEW if all existing fluid fluxes applied to the model should be removed Data line to define the fluid mass flow rate First and only line 1 Node number or node set label of the cavity reference node 2 Reference magnitude of the fluid mass flow rate q Units of MT 6 23 1 FLUID INFLATOR 6 24 FLUID INFLATOR Define a fluid inflator This option is used to define a fluid inflator to model deployment of an airbag Product Abaqus Explicit Type Model data Level Part Part instance Assembly References e Inflator definition Section 11 6 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e FLUID INFLATOR PROPERTY Required parameters NAME Set this parameter equal to a label that will be used to refer to the fluid inflator PROPERTY Set this parameter equal to the name of the FLUID INFLATOR PROPERTY option defining the fluid inflator property Data line to define the fluid inflator First and only line 1 Reference node of the fluid cavity 6 24 1 FLUID INFLATOR ACTIVATION 6 25 FLUID INFLATOR ACTIVATION Activate fluid inflator definitions This option is used to activate fluid inflator definitions Product Abaqus Explicit Type History data Level Step References e Inflator definition Section 11 6 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e FLUID INFLATOR Optional paramete
49. to the Hashin s fiber initiation criterion The default value is a 0 0 DEFINITION This parameter can be used only in conjunction with CRITERION MSFLD Set DEFINITION MSFLD default to specify the MSFLD damage initiation criterion by providing the limit equivalent plastic strain as a tabular function of a Set DEFINITION FLD to specify the MSFLD damage initiation criterion by providing the limit major strain as a tabular function of minor strain DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variables included in the definition of the damage initiation properties If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the damage initiation properties are constant or depend only on temperature This parameter cannot be used with CRITERION JOHNSON COOK FEQ This parameter can be used only in conjunction with CRITERION MK 4 3 2 DAMAGE INITIATION Set this parameter equal to the critical value of the deformation severity index for equivalent plastic strains fs The default value is fsz 10 Set this parameter equal to zero if the deformation severity factor for equivalent plastic strains should not be considered for the evaluation of the Marciniak Kuczynski criterion FNN This parameter can be used only in conjunction with CRITERION MK Set this parameter equal to the critical value of the deformation severity index for strains normal to the groove direction 25 The default value is ft 10 Set this parameter eq
50. up to 15 node numbers on this line The order of nodes for each element type the element s connectivity is given in Part VI Elements of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Continuation lines only needed if the previous line ends with a comma 1 Node numbers forming the element Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary with up to 16 integer values per line maximum 80 characters 5 6 2 ELEMENT MATRIX OUTPUT 5 7 ELEMENT MATRIX OUTPUT Write element stiffness matrices and mass matrices to a file This option is used to write element stiffness matrices and if available mass matrices to the results file a user defined file or the data file Product Abaqus Standard Type History data Level Step Reference e Output Section 4 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameter ELSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the element set for which this output request is being made Optional parameters DLOAD Set DLOAD YES to write the load vector from distributed loads on the element The default is DLOAD NO FILE NAME This parameter can be used only with the parameter OUTPUT FILE USER DEFINED It is used to specify the name of the file without extension to which the data will be written The extension mtx will be added to the file name provided by the user see Input syntax rules Section 1 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for the syntax of such fi
51. up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dielectric property as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables 4 21 3 DIFFUSIVITY 4 22 DIFFUSIVITY Specify mass diffusivity This option is used to define the mass diffusivity of a material diffusing through a base material It must be used in conjunction with the SOLUBILITY option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References e Diffusivity Section 23 5 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e SOLUBILITY Optional parameters DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variables included in the definition of diffusivity If this parameter is omitted the diffusivity is assumed not to depend on any field variables but may still depend on concentration and temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information LAW Set LAW GENERAL default to choose general mass diffusion behavior Set LAW FICK to choose Fick s diffusion law LAW FICK and the APPA TYPE TEMP option are mutually exclusive TYPE Set TYPE ISO default to define isotropic diffusivity Set TYPE ORTHO to define orthotropic diffusivity Set TYPE ANISO to define fully anisotropic diffusivity Data lines to define isotropic d
52. 1 Lower limit for the connector s relative position specified by the COMPONENT parameter If not specified no lower limit is used 2 Upper limit for the connector s relative position specified by the COMPONENT parameter If not specified no upper limit is used 3 481 CONNECTOR UNIAXIAL BEHAVIOR 3 49 CONNECTOR UNIAXIAL BEHAVIOR Define uniaxial behavior in connector elements This option is used to define uniaxial behavior in connector elements by specifying the loading and unloading response for the component of relative motion Products Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Interaction module References e Connector behavior Section 28 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Connector uniaxial behavior Section 28 2 10 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e CONNECTOR BEHAVIOR e LOADING DATA e UNLOADING DATA Required parameter COMPONENT Set this parameter equal to the connector s component of relative motion for which the uniaxial behavior is specified There are no data lines associated with this option 3 49 1 CONSTRAINT CONTROLS 3 50 CONSTRAINT CONTROLS Reset overconstraint checking controls WARNING Use this option to specify the technique to be used to enforce constraints associated with connector elements Otherwise this option should not be used unless the user is certain that the model is free of overconstraints An overconstraint
53. 1 Second field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the field expansion coefficients as functions of temperature and other predefined field variables To define field expansion by a user subroutine USER parameter included No data lines are used with this option when the USER parameter is specified Instead user subroutine UEXPAN must be used to define the field expansion 5 31 5 EXTREME ELEMENT VALUE 5 32 EXTREME ELEMENT VALUE Define element variables to be monitored This option is used to define element variables that are to be monitored and compared with user specified values It must be used in conjunction with the EXTREME VALUE option Product Abaqus Explicit Type History data Level Step References e Explicit dynamic analysis Section 6 3 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual EXTREME VALUE Required parameter ELSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the element set in which the variables are to be monitored Required mutually exclusive parameters ABS Include this parameter 1f the user specified value is to be the upper bound for the absolute value of the variable At every increment Abaqus Explicit will check whether the absolute value of the variable has exceeded the specified value MAX Include this parameter if the user specified value is to be the upper bound for the variable At every increment A
54. 1 Specify the identifying keys for the responses whose sensitivities are to be written to the output database The valid keys are listed in Design sensitivity analysis Section 16 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the contact responses whose sensitivities are to be written to the output database 3 68 1 CONTACT STABILIZATION 3 69 CONTACT STABILIZATION Define contact stabilization controls for general contact Multiple instances of the option can be used to define contact stabilization controls for general contact in Abaqus Standard Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Interaction module References e Stabilization for general contact in Abaqus Standard Section 32 2 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e CONTACT Optional parameters AMPLITUDE Set this parameter equal to the name of the amplitude curve that defines a time dependent scale factor for contact stabilization over the step If this parameter is omitted the scale factor ramps linearly from unity to zero over the step RANGE Set this parameter equal to the clearance at which the stabilization becomes zero no contact stabilization is applied where the separation between surfaces exceeds this value By default this clearance is calculated by Abaqus Standard based on the facet sizes on contact surfaces REDUCTION PER INCREMENT Set thi
55. 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the list of variables to be written If this line is omitted the default variables will be output 3 58 1 CONTACT FORMULATION 3 59 CONTACT FORMULATION Specify a nondefault contact formulation for the general contact algorithm This option is used to modify the contact formulation for specific contact interactions within the domain considered by general contact It must be used in conjunction with the CONTACT option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data in Abaqus Standard Model or history data in Abaqus Explicit Level Model in Abaqus Standard Model or Step in Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Interaction module References e Numerical controls for general contact in Abaqus Standard Section 32 2 6 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Contact formulation for general contact in Abaqus Explicit Section 34 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e CONTACT Required parameter TYPE Set TYPE MASTER SLAVE ROLES to control master slave roles for specific interactions in Abaqus Standard This setting does not apply for Abaqus Explicit Set TYPE PURE MASTER SLAVE to specify that a contact interaction should use pure master slave weighting for specific node to face contact surface pairs in Abaqus Explicit This setting does not apply for Abaqus Standard Set TYPE POLARITY to choose which side
56. 4 Maximum number of iterations The default is 30 Data line for an eigenvalue buckling analysis when EIGENSOLVER LANCZOS First and only line 1 Number of eigenvalues to be estimated If the evaluation of all the eigenvalues in the given range is desired enter the maximum number of expected eigenmodes 2 Minimum eigenvalue of interest If this field is left blank no minimum is set 2 15 1 BUCKLE 3 Maximum eigenvalue of interest If this field is left blank no maximum is set 4 Block size If this entry is omitted a default value which is usually appropriate is created 5 Maximum number of block Lanczos steps within each Lanczos run If this entry is omitted a default value which is usually appropriate is created 2 15 2 BUCKLING ENVELOPE 2 16 BUCKLING ENVELOPE Define a nondefault buckling envelope for buckling strut response of frame elements with PIPE sections This option is used to define the coefficients characterizing the buckling strut envelope for the buckling strut response of frame elements It can be used in conjunction with the FRAME SECTION SECTION PIPE YIELD STRESS oc option with or without the PINNED parameter Product Abaqus Standard Type Model data Level Part Part instance References e Frame section behavior Section 26 4 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e FRAME SECTION There are no parameters associated with this option Data line to define the bucklin
57. 6 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual ec ALE adaptive meshing and remapping in Abaqus Standard Section 12 2 7 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e ADAPTIVE MESH Required parameter NAME Set this parameter equal to a label that will be used to refer to this adaptive mesh controls definition Adaptive mesh control names in the same input file must be unique Optional parameters ADVECTION This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses Set ADVECTION SECOND ORDER default to use a second order algorithm to remap solution variables after adaptive meshing has been performed Set ADVECTION FIRST ORDER to use a first order algorithm to remap solution variables after adaptive meshing has been performed 1 6 1 ADAPTIVE MESH CONTROLS CURVATURE REFINEMENT This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses Set this parameter equal to the solution dependence weight ec The default value is ag 1 GEOMETRIC ENHANCEMENT Set GEOMETRIC ENHANCEMENT YES default in Abaqus Explicit analyses to use smoothing algorithms that are enhanced based on evolving element geometry Set GEOMETRIC ENHANCEMENT NO default in Abaqus Standard analyses to use the conventional form of the smoothing algorithms INITIAL FEATURE ANGLE Set this parameter equal to the initial geometric feature angle 6 in degrees 0 lt 6 lt 180 This angle is used to detect geometric edges and corners The default value is 6
58. 7 6 1 GASKET BEHAVIOR 7 7 GASKET BEHAVIOR Begin the specification of a gasket behavior This option is used to indicate the start of a gasket behavior definition Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module Reference e Defining the gasket behavior directly using a gasket behavior model Section 29 6 6 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameter NAME Set this parameter equal to a label that will be used to refer to the behavior when it is referenced in the GASKET SECTION option Gasket behavior names in the same input file must be unique There are no data lines associated with this option 7 7 1 GASKET CONTACT AREA 7 8 GASKET CONTACT AREA Specify a gasket contact area or contact width for average pressure output This option is used to define contact area or contact width versus closure curves to output an average pressure through variable CS11 It can be used only with gasket link and three dimensional line gasket elements that have their thickness direction behavior defined in terms of force or force per unit length Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module Reference Defining the gasket behavior directly using a gasket behavior model Section 29 6 6 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameter DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number
59. 8 First field variable Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than one 1 Second field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of the Drucker Prager Cap parameters on temperature and other predefined field variables 3 4 2 CAPACITY 3 5 CAPACITY Define the molar heat capacity at constant pressure for an ideal gas species This option is used to define the molar heat capacity at constant pressure for an ideal gas species It can be used only in conjunction with the FLUID BEHAVIOR option Product Abaqus Explicit Type Model data Level Part Part instance References e Fluid cavity definition Section 11 6 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Inflator definition Section 11 6 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e FLUID BEHAVIOR e FLUID CAVITY Required parameter TYPE Set TYPE POLYNOMIAL to define the molar heat capacity in the form of a polynomial expression Set TYPE TABULAR to define the molar heat capacity in tabular form Optional parameter DEPENDENCIES This parameter is relevant only for TYPE TABULAR Set this parameter equal to the number of field variables included in the specification of the molar heat capacity at constant pressure If this parameter is omitted the molar heat capacity at constant pressure is assumed not to depend on any field v
60. Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters COMPONENT Set COMPONENT MEMBRANE to define the membrane behavior of a gasket Set COMPONENT TRANSVERSE SHEAR default to define the transverse shear behavior of a gasket DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the elastic parameters in addition to temperature If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the elastic parameters depend only on temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information VARIABLE This parameter is used only with COMPONENT TRANSVERSE SHEAR to specify the unit system in which the transverse shear behavior will be defined Set VARIABLE FORCE to define the transverse shear stiffness in terms of force per unit displacement or force per unit length per unit displacement depending on the element type to which this behavior refers Set VARIABLE STRESS default to define the transverse shear stiffness in terms of stress per unit displacement 7 9 1 GASKET ELASTICITY Data lines for COMPONENT TRANSVERSE SHEAR First line 1 Shear stiffness This value cannot be negative 2 Temperature 6 3 First field variable 4 Etc up to six field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than six 1 Seventh field varia
61. Analysis User s Manual Repeat the second data line as often as necessary to define the list of variables to be output to the output database 5 8 3 ELEMENT RESPONSE 5 9 ELEMENT RESPONSE Define element responses for design sensitivity analysis This option is used to write element response sensitivities calculated at the integration points to the output database It must be used in conjunction with the DESIGN RESPONSE option Product Abaqus Design Type History data Level Step References Design sensitivity analysis Section 16 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e DESIGN RESPONSE Optional parameter ELSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the element set for which this sensitivity output is being made Data lines to request element sensitivity output First line 1 Specify the identifying keys for the responses whose sensitivities are to be written to the output database The valid keys are listed in Design sensitivity analysis Section 16 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the element responses whose sensitivities are to be written to the output database 5 9 1 ELGEN 5 10 ELGEN Incremental element generation This option is used to generate elements incrementally Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Part Part instance Abaqus CAE Not applicable elements are generat
62. CONTACT EXCLUSIONS 3 57 CONTACT EXCLUSIONS Specify self contact surfaces or surface pairings to exclude from the general contact domain This option is used to exclude self contact surfaces and surface pairings from consideration by the general contact algorithm It should be used in conjunction with the CONTACT option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data in Abaqus Standard Model or history data in Abaqus Explicit Level Model in Abaqus Standard Model or Step in Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Interaction module References Defining general contact interactions in Abaqus Standard Section 32 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Defining general contact interactions in Abaqus Explicit Section 32 4 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e CONTACT There are no parameters associated with this option Data lines to specify contact exclusions First line 1 The name of the first surface If the first surface name is omitted the default all inclusive element based surface defined by Abaqus is assumed 2 The name of the second surface If the second surface name is omitted or is the same as the first surface name Abaqus assumes that self contact is being excluded Self contact means contact of a surface with itself without consideration of whether a surface contains disconnected regions If different names are specified for the first and second surfaces self contact is not e
63. DAMAGE INITIATION option to specify a connector damage initiation criterion involving several components of relative motion CRITERION Set CRITERION FORCE default to specify a damage initiation criterion based on total forces moments in the connector 3 35 1 CONNECTOR DAMAGE INITIATION Set CRITERION MOTION to specify a damage initiation criterion based on relative displacements rotations in the connector Set CRITERION PLASTIC MOTION to specify a damage initiation criterion based on the equivalent plastic relative motion as defined by the associated plasticity definition If CRITERION PLASTIC MOTION the CONNECTOR POTENTIAL option cannot be used in conjunction with the CONNECTOR DAMAGE INITIATION option DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the connector damage initiation criterion in addition to temperature If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the connector damage initiation criterion is independent of field variables See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information EXTRAPOLATION Set EXTRAPOLATION CONSTANT default unless CONNECTOR BEHAVIOR EXTRAPOLATION LINEAR is used to use constant extrapolation of the dependent variables outside the specified range of the independent variables Set EXTRAPOLATION LINEAR to use linear extrap
64. Explicit Section 30 3 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e DISP Section 1 1 4 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual e VDISP Section 1 2 1 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual Defining ALE adaptive mesh domains in Abaqus Explicit Section 12 2 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual No parameters are used when fixed boundary conditions are specified as model data Optional parameters history data only AMPLITUDE This parameter is relevant only when some of the variables being prescribed have nonzero magnitudes Set this parameter equal to the name of the amplitude curve defining the magnitude of the prescribed boundary conditions Amplitude curves Section 30 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual If this parameter is omitted in an Abaqus Standard analysis either the reference magnitude is applied linearly over the step a RAMP function or it is applied immediately at the beginning of the step and subsequently held constant a STEP function The choice of RAMP or STEP function depends on the value assigned to the AMPLITUDE parameter on the STEP option Procedures overview Section 6 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual There are two exceptions The first is when displacement or rotation components are given with TYPE DISPLACEMENT 3411 BOUNDARY for which the default is always a RAMP function The second is when displacement or rotation components in a
65. FOAM HARDENING option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References e Crushable foam plasticity models Section 20 3 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e CRUSHABLE FOAM HARDENING Optional parameters DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the crushable foam parameters in addition to temperature If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the crushable foam parameters are constant or depend only on temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information HARDENING Set HARDENING VOLUMETRIC default to specify the volumetric hardening model Set HARDENING ISOTROPIC to specify the isotropic hardening model Data lines to define the crushable foam plasticity model with volumetric hardening HARDENING VOLUMETRIC First line 1 k o p yield stress ratio for compression loading 0 lt k lt 3 Enter the ratio of initial yield stress in uniaxial compression to initial yield stress in hydrostatic compression 2 kt p pV yield stress ratio for hydrostatic loading k gt 0 Enter the ratio of yield stress in hydrostatic tension to initial yield stress in hydrostatic compression given as a positive value The default value is 1 0 3 T
66. INERTIA ISOTROPIC to use an approximate rotary inertia for the cross section In Abaqus Standard the rotary inertia associated with the torsional mode of deformation is used for all rotational degrees of freedom In Abaqus Explicit the rotary inertia for all rotational degrees of freedom is equal to a scaled flexural inertia with a scaling factor chosen to maximize the stable time increment TEMPERATURE Use this parameter to select the mode of temperature and field variable input used on the FIELD the INITIAL CONDITIONS or the TEMPERATURE options For beam elements set TEMPERATURE GRADIENTS default to specify temperatures and field variables as values at the origin ofthe cross section together with gradients with respect to the 2 direction and for beams in space the 1 direction of the section Set TEMPERATURE VALUES to give temperatures and field variables as values at the points shown in the beam section descriptions see Beam cross section library Section 26 3 9 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual For elbow elements set TEMPERATURE GRADIENTS default to specify temperatures and field variables at the middle of the pipe wall and the gradient through the pipe thickness Set TEMPERATURE VALUES to give temperatures and field variables as values at points through the section as shown in Pipes and pipebends with deforming cross sections elbow elements Section 26 5 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual 2 6 2 BEA
67. Include this parameter to identify on the data line the components of relative motion that will be damaged If this parameter is omitted and the COMPONENT parameter is included on the associated CONNECTOR DAMAGE INITIATION option only the specified component will undergo damage 3 34 1 CONNECTOR DAMAGE EVOLUTION If both this parameter and the COMPONENT parameter on the associated CONNECTOR DAMAGE INITIATION option are omitted only the components of relative motion involved in the associated CONNECTOR POTENTIAL definition will undergo damage DEGRADATION Set DEGRADATION MA XIMUM default to indicate that the damage value associated with this option will be first compared to damage values from other damage mechanisms if defined and that only the maximum value will be considered for the overall damage Set DEGRADATION MULTIPLICATIVE to indicate that the damage value associated with this option will contribute multiplicatively to the overall damage DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the connector damage evolution in addition to temperature If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the connector damage evolution is independent of field variables See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information EXTRAPOLATION Set EXTRAPOLATION CONSTANT
68. JOHNSON COOK to specify a damage initiation criterion based on the Johnson Cook failure strain Set CRITERION MAXE to specify a damage initiation criterion based on the maximum nominal strain for cohesive elements or enriched elements Set CRITERION MAXS to specify a damage initiation criterion based on the maximum nominal stress criterion for cohesive elements or enriched elements Set CRITERION MAXPE to specify a damage initiation criterion based on the maximum principal strain for enriched elements Set CRITERION MAXPS to specify a damage initiation criterion based on the maximum principal stress criterion for enriched elements Set CRITERION MK to specify a damage initiation criterion based on a Marciniak Kuczynski analysis Set CRITERION MSELD to specify a damage initiation criterion based on the M schenborn and Sonne forming limit diagram Set CRITERION QUADE to specify a damage initiation based on the quadratic separation interaction criterion for cohesive elements or enriched elements Set CRITERION QUADS to specify a damage initiation based on the quadratic traction interaction criterion for cohesive elements or enriched elements Set CRITERION SHEAR to specify a damage initiation criterion based on the shear failure strain Optional parameters ALPHA This parameter can be used only in conjunction with CRITERION HASHIN Set this parameter equal to the value of the coefficient that will multiply the shear contribution
69. Ne Ratio of energy release rate threshold used in the Paris law over the equivalent critical energy release rate Cheech 6 Ratio of energy release rate upper limit used in the Paris law over the equivalent critical energy release rate e 7 Mode I critical energy release rate Gyo 8 Mode II critical energy release rate Second line 1 Mode III critical energy release rate 2 Exponent 7 3 Temperature 6 32 4 JO Ur 4 FRACTURE CRITERION First field variable Second field variable Third field variable Fourth field variable Fifth field variable Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 2 Sixth field variable Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the constants used in the Paris law critical energy rates and exponents as a function of temperature and field variables Data lines to define the low cycle fatigue onset and crack growth criterion TYPE FATIGUE for MIXED MODE BEHAVIOR POWER First line nA d UC F2 Second line 1D tn Bu Material constant for fatigue crack initiation c Material constant for fatigue crack initiation Material constant for fatigue crack growth Material constant for fatigue crack growth c4 Ratio of energy release rate threshold used in the Paris law over the equivalent
70. OUTPUT option the output identifier for solution dependent state variables for which a key has been specified under this option will consist of the string SDV_ followed by the specified key Similarly the descriptions specified under this option will be used in the corresponding field descriptions written to the output database Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References e User subroutines overview Section 15 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e User defined mechanical material behavior Section 23 8 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameter DELETE This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses Set this Abaqus Explicit parameter equal to the state variable number controlling the element deletion flag see User defined mechanical material behavior Section 23 8 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Data line to specify the number of solution dependent state variables First line 1 Number of solution dependent state variables required at each integration point 4 13 1 DEPVAR Optional data lines to specify output descriptions for select solution dependent state variables Second line 1 Index of the solution dependent state variable for which an output key and a description are being given This value is 1 for the first solution dependent state variable 2 The output var
71. PB 4 29 7 DLOAD 3 Magnitude factor M default value is 1 0 This factor will be scaled by any AMPLITUDE specification associated with this DLOAD option 4 Effective outer diameter of the beam truss or one dimensional rigid element not used for rigid surface elements R3D3 and R3D4 The following data must be provided only when it is necessary to model the fluid inside an element 5 Density of fluid inside the element 6 Effective inner diameter of the element 7 Free surface elevation of the fluid inside the element The following data should be provided only if it is necessary to change the fluid properties provided on the AQUA option 8 Density of the fluid outside the element This value will override the fluid density given on the data line of the AQUA option 9 Free surface elevation of the fluid outside the element This value will override the fluid surface elevation given on the data line of the AQUA option 10 Constant pressure added to the hydrostatic pressure outside the element Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define buoyancy loading for various elements or element sets Data lines to define distributed transverse fluid or wind drag First line 1 Element number or element set label 2 Distributed load type label FDD fluid or WDD wind 3 Magnitude factor M default value is 1 0 This factor will be scaled by any AMPLITUDE specification associated with this DLOAD option
72. The regularization tolerance defined here applies to all suboptions of the connector behavior unless it is redefined on the suboption Set this parameter equal to the tolerance to be used to regularize the connector behavior data The default is RTOL 0 03 There are no data lines associated with this option 3 32 2 CONNECTOR CONSTITUTIVE REFERENCE 3 33 CONNECTOR CONSTITUTIVE REFERENCE Define reference lengths and angles to be used in specifying connector constitutive behavior This option is used to define reference lengths and angles for constitutive response in connector elements Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Interaction module References Connector behavior Section 28 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e CONNECTOR BEHAVIOR There are no parameters associated with this option Data line to define reference lengths and angles First and only line Enter a blank to use the default reference length or angle calculated from the initial geometry 1 Reference length associated with the connector s first component of relative motion 2 Reference length associated with the connector s second component of relative motion 3 Reference length associated with the connector s third component of relative motion Only relevant for three dimensional analyses 4 Reference angle in degrees associated with the connector s fourth componen
73. Time point defining the end of the first correction interval and the beginning of the second correction interval 2 Time point defining the end of the second correction interval and the beginning of the third correction interval 3 Etc up to eight values per line Repeat this data line as often as necessary Each line except for the last one must have exactly eight time points 2 2 1 BEAM ADDED INERTIA 2 3 BEAM ADDED INERTIA Define additional beam inertia This option is used in conjunction with the BEAM SECTION or BEAM GENERAL SECTION option to define additional mass and rotary inertia per unit length in shear flexible Timoshenko beam elements This option is also used to define mass proportional damping for direct integration dynamic analysis and in Abaqus Standard composite damping for modal dynamic analysis associated with the added inertia Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Type Model data Level Part Part instance Assembly References e Choosing a beam element Section 26 3 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Beam section behavior Section 26 3 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters ALPHA Set this parameter equal to the ar factor to create inertia proportional damping for added inertia associated with this option when used in direct integration dynamics This value is ignored in modal dynamics The default is ALPHA 0 0 Units of T COMPOSITE This parameter
74. USER CONTROL Include this parameter to specify that this step should use a fixed time increment that is specified by the user ELEMENT BY ELEMENT Include this parameter to indicate that variable automatic time incrementation using the element by element stable time increment estimates should be used This method will generally require more increments and more computational time than the global time estimator FIXED TIME INCREMENTATION Include this parameter to specify that this step should use a fixed time increment that will be determined by Abaqus Explicit at the beginning of the step using the element by element time estimator 4 40 5 DYNAMIC Optional parameters ADIABATIC Include this parameter to specify that an adiabatic stress analysis is to be performed This parameter is relevant only for metal plasticity Inelastic behavior Section 20 1 1 ofthe Abaqus Analysis User s Manual The INELASTIC HEAT FRACTION and SPECIFIC HEAT options must be specified in the appropriate material definitions IMPROVED DT METHOD Set IMPROVED DT METHOD YES default to use the improved method to estimate the element stable time increment for elements with plane stress formulations shell membrane and two dimensional plane stress elements Set IMPROVED DT METHOD NO to use the conservative method to estimate the element stable time increment for elements with plane stress formulations SCALE FACTOR Set this parameter equa
75. User s Manual for the syntax of such file names If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the data follow the keyword line TYPE Set TYPE CORRELATED default if all terms in the correlation matrix should be included Set TYPE UNCORRELATED if only diagonal terms should be used Set TYPE MOVING NOISE for moving noise loading In this case only one CORRELATION option can be used in the step The COMPLEX parameter cannot be used with TYPE MOVING NOISE 3 73 1 CORRELATION USER Include this parameter to indicate that user subroutine UCORR will be called to obtain the scaling factors for the correlation matrix If this parameter is included the TYPE parameter can be set only to CORRELATED or UNCORRELATED Data lines for TYPE CORRELATED or TYPE UNCORRELATED First line 1 Load case number defined on the loading data lines 2 Real part of scaling factor 3 Imaginary part of scaling factor Only needed if COMPLEX YES Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the load cases and their associated scaling factors Data lines if the USER parameter is included First line 1 Load case number defined on the loading data lines Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the load cases to be correlated Data lines for TYPE MOVING NOISE First line Load case number defined on the loading data lines 2 of noise velocity y component of noise velocity component of no
76. ZERO 0 Data lines for SECTION GENERAL First line DD tn BW Area A Moment of inertia for bending about the 1 axis 711 Moment of inertia for cross bending 112 Moment of inertia for bending about the 2 axis T22 Torsional constant J Sectorial moment Only needed in Abaqus Standard when the section is associated with open section beam elements Warping constant I w Only needed in Abaqus Standard when the section is associated with open section beam elements Second line optional enter a blank line if the default values are to be used 1 2 2 First direction cosine of the first beam section axis Second direction cosine of the first beam section axis Third direction cosine of the first beam section axis The entries on this line must be 0 0 1 for planar beams The default for beams in space is 0 0 1 if the first beam section axis is not defined by an additional node in the element s connectivity See Beam element cross section orientation Section 26 3 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for details Third line ND fF WN Young s modulus E Torsional shear modulus G Not used for beams in a plane Coefficient of thermal expansion Temperature First field variable Second field variable Etc up to four field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than fo
77. activate fluid exchange definitions between two fluid cavities or between a fluid cavity and its environment Product Abaqus Explicit Type History data Level Step References e Fluid cavity definition Section 11 6 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Fluid exchange definition Section 11 6 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e FLUID EXCHANGE Optional parameters AMPLITUDE Set this parameter equal to the name of the amplitude curve defining a multiplier for the fluid exchange magnitude See Amplitude curves Section 30 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual BLOCKAGE Set BLOCKAGE YES to consider vent and leakage area obstruction by contacted surfaces The default value is BLOCKAGE NO DELTA LEAKAGE AREA Set this parameter equal to the ratio of the actual surface area over the initial surface area at which you want the fluid to leak This real value should be positive and greater than or equal to one The effective surface area used for the fluid exchange is the difference between the actual area of the surface and the area of the surface at the beginning of step OP Set OP MOD default for existing FLUID EXCHANGE ACTIVATION definitions to remain with this option defining a fluid exchange activation to be added or modified Set OP NEW if all fluid exchange activations that are currently in effect should be removed To remove only selected fluid exchange activations use OP NEW and respecify all
78. and direct solution steady state dynamics analysis IMAGINARY Include this parameter to define the imaginary out of phase part of the loading REAL Include this parameter default to define the real in phase part of the loading Data lines to define distributed electric charges First line 1 Element number or element set label 4 9 1 DECHARGE 2 Distributed electric charge type label see Part VI Elements of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual 3 Reference electric charge magnitude Units of CL for surface charges and CL for body charges Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define distributed electric charges for various elements or element sets 4 9 2 DECURRENT 4 10 DECURRENT Specify distributed current densities in an electric conduction analysis This option is used to input distributed current densities in a coupled thermal electrical analysis Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Load module Reference e Coupled thermal electrical analysis Section 6 7 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters AMPLITUDE Set this parameter equal to the name of the amplitude curve that defines the magnitude of the electric current density during the step Amplitude curves Section 30 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual If this parameter is omitted the reference magnitude is applied immediately a
79. and gives the failure stress value Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four 1 Fifth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of the postcracking behavior on temperature and other predefined field variables 3 30 2 CONCRETE TENSION STIFFENING Data lines if the TYPE GFI parameter is included First line Failure stress 0 9 Units of FL 2 Fracture energy Units of F LL Direct cracking displacement rate Units of LT 1 Temperature First field variable Second field variable NYDN fF WN Etc up to four field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four 1 Fifth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of the postcracking behavior on temperature and other predefined field variables 3 30 3 CONDUCTIVITY 3 31 CONDUCTIVITY Specify thermal conductivity This option is used to specify a material s thermal conductivity Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module Reference e Conductivity Section 23 2 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters DEPENDENCIES Set this para
80. and to ignore the effect of acoustic structural coupling during natural frequency extraction in models with acoustic and structural elements coupled using the TIE option or in models with ASI type elements This parameter is not relevant for the subspace iteration eigensolver DAMPING PROJECTION This parameter is relevant only for the AMS eigensolver or for the Lanczos eigensolver used in conjunction with the SIM parameter Set DAMPING PROJECTION ON default to project the viscous and structural damping operators during the natural frequency extraction procedure If there is no damping defined in the model the projection is not performed Set DAMPING PROJECTION OFF to omit the projection of damping operators EIGENSOLVER Set EIGENSOLVER LANCZOS default to invoke the Lanczos eigensolver 6 34 1 FREQUENCY Set EIGENSOLVER AMS to invoke the automatic multi level substructuring AMS eigensolver Set EIGENSOLVER SUBSPACE to invoke the subspace iteration eigensolver NORMALIZATION Set NORMALIZATION DISPLACEMENT to normalize the eigenvectors so that the largest displacement rotation or acoustic pressure in coupled acoustic structural extractions entry in each vector is unity Displacement normalization is the default for the subspace iteration eignensolver and for the Lanczos eigensolver used without the SIM parameter Set NORMALIZATION MASS to normalize the eigenvectors with respect to the structure s mass matrix the eigenvect
81. applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses Set this parameter equal to the fraction of critical damping to be used with the beam elements when calculating composite damping factors for the modes when used in modal dynamics This value is ignored in direct integration dynamics The default is COMPOSITE 0 0 Data line to define additional beam inertia First line Mass per unit length Local 1 coordinate of the center of mass within the beam cross section 21 Local 2 coordinate of the center of mass within the beam cross section 29 PD Orientation angle for the first axis of the oriented system relative to the first beam cross sectional direction in which the rotary inertia is given a in degrees Only relevant for beams in space otherwise leave blank 5 Rotary inertia around the center of mass about the 1 in the local inertia system 2 3 1 BEAM ADDED INERTIA 6 Rotary inertia around the center of mass about the 2 axis in the local inertia system 122 Only relevant for beams in space otherwise leave blank 7 Product of inertia 112 Only relevant for beams in space otherwise leave blank The rotary inertia should be given in units of ML Abaqus does not use any specific physical units so the user s choice must be consistent Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the additional beam inertia 2 3 2 BEAM FLUID INERTIA 2 4 BEAM FLUID INERTIA Define additional bea
82. as often as necessary to define the data for element numbers or element sets Data lines to define a distribution of anisotropic thermal expansion First line gx Sa Zee ze a Blank space to define default data for the first use ofthis data line Element number or element set for subsequent data lines 011 099 Not used for plane stress case 0 19 Q13 Q23 Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the data for element numbers or element sets 4 27 7 DISTRIBUTION TABLE 4 28 DISTRIBUTION TABLE Define a distribution table This option is used to define a distribution table that defines the format of the data given on the data lines for a spatial distribution Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References e Distribution definition Section 2 7 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e DISTRIBUTION Required parameter NAME Set this parameter equal to a label that will be used to refer to the distribution table Data line to define a distribution table for shell thickness or initial contact clearance First and only line 1 The word LENGTH Data line to define a distribution table for shell offset First and only line 1 The word RATIO Data lines to define a distribution table for shell stiffness First line The word SHELLSTIFF1 The word SHELLSTIFF1
83. as the constant time incrementation or will be ignored if the TIME POINTS option is specified Time of a single loading cycle Minimum time increment allowed This entry is used only if the CETOL or DELTMX parameter is specified If this entry is omitted a default value of the smaller of the suggested initial time increment or 10 times the single loading cycle period is assumed Maximum time increment allowed This entry is used only if the CETOL or DELTMX parameter is specified If this entry is omitted the upper limit is equal to 0 1 times the single loading cycle period Initial number of terms in the Fourier series The value must be greater than 0 and less than 100 It cannot be greater than half of the time of a single loading cycle divided by the initial time increment If the TIME POINTS option is used the number of terms in the Fourier series must be less than half of the number of time points specified Abaqus Standard will automatically adjust the number of Fourier terms used in the analysis if such a condition is not satisfied The default is 11 Maximum number of terms in the Fourier series It must be greater than 0 and less than 100 The default is 25 Increment in number of terms in the Fourier series The default is 5 Maximum number of iterations allowed in a step The default is 200 Minimum increment in number of cycles over which the damage is extrapolated forward It must be greater than 0 The de
84. as the default with the mass and stiffness proportional Rayleigh damping factors specified under the DAMPING ALPHA or BETA option There are no data lines associated with this option 4 6 2 DASHPOT 4 7 DASHPOT Define dashpot behavior This option is used to define the dashpot behavior for dashpot elements In Abaqus Standard analyses it is also used to define the dashpot behavior for ITS and JOINTC elements If the DASHPOT option is being used to define part of the behavior of ITS or JOINTC elements it must be used in conjunction with the ITS or JOINT options and the ELSET and ORIENTATION parameters should not be used Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Part Part instance Assembly Abaqus CAE Property module and Interaction module supported only for linear behavior independent of field variables For nonlinear behavior or to include field variables model connectors in the Interaction module References e Dashpots Section 29 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Flexible joint element Section 29 3 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Tube support elements Section 29 9 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameter if the behavior of dashpot elements is being defined ELSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the element set containing the dashpot elements for which this behavior is being defined Optional parameters DEPENDENCI
85. at failure measured from the time of damage initiation Exponential law parameter Temperature if temperature dependent First field variable Second field variable Nn BW Ne Etc up to five field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the total or the plastic displacement at failure and the exponential law parameter as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to specify damage evolution for TYPE ENERGY SOFTENING EXPONENTIAL without the MIXED MODE BEHAVIOR parameter First line Fracture energy Temperature if temperature dependent First field variable Second field variable nA A U Ne Etc up to six field variables 4 2 5 DAMAGE EVOLUTION Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than six 1 Seventh field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the fracture energy as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to specify damage evolution for TYPE DISPLACEMENT SOFTENING EXPONENTIAL MIXED MODE BEHAVIOR TABULAR First line Total displacement at failure measured from the time of damage initiation Expo
86. axis of rotation must be the global y axis which must be specified as 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define centrifugal or Coriolis forces for different elements or element sets Data lines to define rotary acceleration loads Abaqus Standard only First line Element number or element set label Distributed load type label ROTA Actual magnitude of the load which can be modified by the use of the AMPLITUDE option Coordinate 1 of a point on the axis of rotary acceleration Coordinate 2 of a point on the axis of rotary acceleration Coordinate 3 of a point on the axis of rotary acceleration 1 component of the direction cosine of the axis of rotary acceleration 2 component of the direction cosine of the axis of rotary acceleration CMON DUN 3 component of the direction cosine of the axis of rotary acceleration For two dimensional elements the axis of rotation direction must be the global z axis out of the plane of the model which must be specified as 0 0 0 0 1 0 Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define rotary acceleration loading for different elements or element sets Data lines to define gravity loading First line 1 The element number or element set label is optional for gravity loads If this field is left blank Abaqus automatically includes all elements in the model that have mass contributions including point mass elements
87. can cause blockage of flow out of a surface based fluid cavity It must be used in conjunction with the SURFACE INTERACTION option Product Abaqus Explicit Type Model or history data Level Model Step References Fluid exchange definition Section 11 6 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Mechanical contact properties overview Section 33 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Contact blockage Section 33 1 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual SURFACE INTERACTION FLUID EXCHANGE ACTIVATION There are no parameters or data lines associated with this option 2 9 1 BOND 2 10 BOND Define bonds and bonding properties This option is used to define breakable bonds that initially tie two contact boundaries to each other This option must be used in conjunction with the SURFACE INTERACTION option Product Abaqus Explicit Type History data Level Step References e Breakable bonds Section 33 1 9 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e SURFACE INTERACTION There are no parameters associated with this option Data lines to define spot welds with the time to failure model First line Name of bonded node set Maximum uniaxial normal force Fr This value must be nonzero and positive Maximum uniaxial shear force F This value must be nonzero and positive Initial bead size dy nA WN Time to failure If T is nonzero the breakage displacements
88. component number 1 6 2 Second independent component number 1 6 3 Etc up to N entries maximum six Subsequent lines 1 Force or moment in the direction specified by the COMPONENT parameter 2 Connector relative position or constitutive relative motion in the first independent component identified on the first data line 3 Connector relative position or constitutive relative motion in the second independent component identified on the first data line 3 38 4 ND Un f CONNECTOR ELASTICITY Etc up to N entries as identified on the first data line Temperature First field variable Second field variable 8 Etc up to eight entries per line If the number of data entries exceeds the limit of eight entries per line continue the input on the next data line Do not repeat the first data line Repeat the subsequent data lines as often as necessary to define the elastic stiffness as a function of connector relative position or constitutive relative motion temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to define rigid like elastic behavior if the COMPONENT parameter is omitted First line 1 2 3 First available component of relative motion for which rigid like elastic behavior is defined Second available component of relative motion for which rigid like elastic behavior is defined Etc up to as many available components of relative motion as exist for the connection type
89. d Y3 x as a function of equivalent shear plastic strain 2 y 3 where is the yield stress in shear K is the ratio of flow stress in triaxial tension to the flow stress in triaxial compression and y is the engineering shear plastic strain Data lines to define Drucker Prager hardening First line 1 Yield stress Absolute value ofthe corresponding plastic strain The first tabular value entered must always be zero N Temperature First field variable Second field variable aA Ur A YW Etc up to five field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of yield stress on plastic strain and if needed on temperature and other predefined field variables 4 33 2 DSA CONTROLS 4 34 DSA CONTROLS Set DSA solution controls This option can be used to control the accuracy or efficiency of the DSA computations Product Abaqus Design Type Model or history data Level Model Step Reference Design sensitivity analysis Section 16 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters FORMULATION Use this parameter to select the design sensitivity analysis formulation type in a multi increment analysis This parameter will be ignored if used as history data Se
90. default is RTOL 0 03 unless the tolerance is specified on the CONNECTOR BEHAVIOR option Data lines for CRITERION FORCE First line D Un BW N Lower compression limiting force or moment If not specified no lower limit is used Upper tension limiting force or moment If not specified no upper limit is used Temperature First field variable Second field variable Etc up to five field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 2 Sixth field variable Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the connector damage initiation limiting values as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines for CRITERION MOTION First line aA Un PH YW Lower compression limiting connector constitutive relative displacement or rotation If not specified no lower limit is used Upper tension limiting connector constitutive relative displacement or rotation If not specified no upper limit is used Temperature First field variable Second field variable Etc up to five field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 2 Sixth field variable Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the connec
91. default unless CONNECTOR BEHAVIOR EXTRAPOLATION LINEAR is used to use constant extrapolation of the dependent variables outside the specified range of the independent variables Set EXTRAPOLATION LINEAR to use linear extrapolation of the dependent variables outside the specified range of the independent variables REGULARIZE This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses Set REGULARIZE ON default unless CONNECTOR BEHAVIOR REGULARIZE OFF is used to regularize the user defined tabular connector damage data Set REGULARIZE OFF to use the user defined tabular connector damage data directly without regularization RTOL This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses Set this parameter equal to the tolerance to be used to regularize the connector damage data If this parameter is omitted the default is RTOL 0 03 unless the tolerance is specified on the CONNECTOR BEHAVIOR option SOFTENING This parameter can be used only in conjunction with TYPE MOTION Set SOFTENING LINEAR default to specify a linear damage evolution law Set SOFTENING EXPONENTIAL to specify an exponential damage evolution law Set SOFTENING TABULAR to specify a damage evolution law in tabular form 3 34 2 CONNECTOR DAMAGE EVOLUTION Data lines to define the damage evolution for TYPE MOTION SOFTENING LINEAR First line needed only if the AFFECTED COMPONENTS parameter is included 1 First component of relative motion number that will be damage
92. defined by SURFACE SMOOTHING This parameter affects only surface to surface contact HCRIT Set this parameter equal to the distance by which a point on the slave surface must penetrate the master surface before Abaqus Standard abandons the current increment and tries again with a smaller increment The default value of HCRIT is half of the length of a characteristic element face on the slave surface This parameter does not apply to contact pairs that use the finite sliding surface to surface contact formulation MIDFACE NODES Set MIDFACE NODES YES to automatically convert most three dimensional second order element types with no midface node serendipity elements that form a slave surface of a surface to surface contact pair into elements with a midface node Set MIDFACE NODES NO default to avoid adding midface nodes to elements underlying the slave surface of a surface to surface contact pair This parameter can be used only with surface to surface contact pairs Abaqus Standard automatically converts most serendipity elements that form a slave surface of a node to surface contact pair into elements with a midface node MINIMUM DISTANCE Set MINIMUM DISTANCE YES default to automatically activate localized contact damping when nearby surfaces are initially touching at only a single point Set MINIMUM DISTANCEE NO to forgo this automatic localized damping This parameter can be used only with the finite sliding surface to surface contac
93. dissipated energy converted into heat including any unit conversion factor The default value is 1 0 2 f weighting factor for the distribution of heat between the interacting surfaces The heat flux into the slave surface is weighted by f and the heat flux into the master surface is weighted by 1 f By default the heat is distributed equally between the two surfaces f 0 5 7 51 GAP RADIATION 7 6 RADIATION Introduce heat radiation between surfaces This option is used to provide radiative heat transfer between closely adjacent surfaces It must be used in conjunction with the SURFACE INTERACTION option or in an Abaqus Standard analysis with the option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data in Abaqus Standard History data in Abaqus Explicit Level Part Part instance Assembly Model in Abaqus Standard Step in Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Interaction module References e Thermal contact properties Section 33 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e GAP e INTERFACE e SURFACE INTERACTION There are no parameters associated with this option Data lines to define surface constants for radiative heat transfer First line 1 Emissivity 4 2 Emissivity Second line 1 Effective viewfactor F 0 lt F lt 1 2 Gap clearance d Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the dependence of the viewfactor on gap clearance
94. equal to a positive value to specify an interference distance If this parameter is omitted initial overclosures are resolved with strain free adjustments 3 62 1 CONTACT INITIALIZATION DATA Optional parameters MINIMUM DISTANCE Set MINIMUM DISTANCE YES default to automatically activate localized contact damping when nearby surfaces are touching at only a single point Set MINIMUM DISTANCE NO to forgo this automatic localized damping SEARCH ABOVE Set this parameter equal to a positive value to ensure that the search zone for contact initialization includes gaps at least as large as the specified value SEARCH BELOW Set this parameter equal to a positive value to ensure that the search zone for contact initialization includes overclosures at least as large as the specified value There are no data lines associated with this option 3 62 2 CONTACT INTERFERENCE 3 63 CONTACT INTERFERENCE Prescribe time dependent allowable interferences of contact pairs and contact elements This option is used to prescribe time dependent allowable interferences for contact pairs and contact elements It is useful for solving problems where there are large initial overclosures of the contacting bodies Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Interaction module References e Modeling contact interference fits in Abaqus Standard Section 32 3 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e
95. existing DSLOADS to remain with this option modifying existing distributed loads or defining additional distributed loads Set OP NEW if all existing DSLOADs applied to the model should be removed New distributed loads can be defined ORIENTATION Set this parameter equal to the name given for the ORIENTATION option Orientations Section 2 2 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual used to specify the local coordinates in which components of traction or shell edge loads are specified The ORIENTATION parameter is valid only for traction and edge load labels TRSHR TRSHRNU TRVEC TRVECNU EDLD and EDLDNU It is ignored for all other load labels REF NODE This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses and is relevant only for viscous and stagnation pressure loads when the velocity at the reference node is used Set this parameter equal to either the node number of the reference node or the name of a node set containing the reference node If the name of a node set is chosen the node set must contain exactly one node If this parameter is omitted the reference velocity is assumed to be zero Optional mutually exclusive parameters for matrix generation and steady state dynamics analysis direct modal or subspace IMAGINARY Include this parameter to define the imaginary out of phase part of the loading 4 39 2 DSLOAD REAL Include this parameter default to define the real in phase part of the loading
96. field variables Nominal strains and nominal stresses must be given in ascending order Using biaxial test data to define an elastomeric foam References e Hyperelastic behavior in elastomeric foams Section 19 5 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e HYPERFOAM There are no parameters associated with this option Data lines to specify biaxial test data for a hyperfoam First line 1 Nominal stress 2 Nominal strain 3 Nominal transverse strain ez Default is zero Not needed if the POISSON parameter is specified on the HYPERFOAM option Repeat this data line as often as necessary to give the stress strain data 2 8 2 BIAXIAL TEST DATA Using biaxial test data to define the Mullins effect material model References e Mullins effect in rubberlike materials Section 19 6 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Energy dissipation in elastomeric foams Section 19 6 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e MULLINS EFFECT There are no parameters associated with this option Data lines to specify biaxial test data for defining the unloading reloading response of the Mullins effect material model First line 1 Nominal stress 2 Nominal strain ep Repeat this data line as often as necessary to give the stress strain data 2 8 3 2 9 BLOCKAGE BLOCKAGE Control contacting surfaces for blockage This option is used to control the combination of surfaces that
97. for planar beams The default for beams in space is 0 0 1 if the first beam section axis is not defined by an additional node in the element s connectivity See Beam element cross section orientation Section 26 3 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for details 2 5 4 Second line BEAM GENERAL SECTION The entries on this line and the following line consist of the beam section properties that result from the two dimensional meshed cross section generation procedure The properties are written to the file jobname bsp during the cross section generation and are typically read into a subsequent beam analysis using the INCLUDE option See Meshed beam cross sections Section 10 5 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for details 1 Bending stiffness about the 1 axis of the section 1 nA BW N Third line QN Un A U Ne Axial stiffness of the section EA Stiffness for cross bending ET a Bending stiffness about the 2 axis of the section ET Torsional constant GJ Total mass of the section per unit length pA Rotary inertia about the 1 axis of the section pI 11 Rotary product of inertia p1 12 Rotary inertia about the 2 axis of the section pI Local 1 coordinate of the center of mass Lic Local 2 coordinate of the center of mass oem Data lines for BOX CIRC HEX I L PIPE RECT and TRAPEZOID sections First line 1 2
98. four field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four 1 Fifth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the heat energy flow rate as a function of temperature difference average absolute pressure average temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines for TYPE FABRIC LEAKAGE or TYPE ORIFICE First line 1 Discharge coefficient that is used to modify the exhaust or leakage surface area The default value is 1 Absolute pressure if pressure dependent Temperature if temperature dependent First field variable Second field variable Nn BW N Etc up to five field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the discharge coefficient as a function of pressure temperature and other predefined field variables Data line for TYPE MASS FLUX First and only line 1 Mass flow rate per unit area Data lines for TYPE MASS RATE LEAKAGE First line 1 Absolute value of the mass flow rate per unit area The first tabular value entered must always be zero 6 21 3 FLUID EXCHANGE PROPERTY 2 Absolute value of the pressure difference The first tabular value e
99. general contact domain If this parameter and the CPSET parameter are omitted the output will be written for all of the contact pairs in the model and the general contact domain if it has been defined Optional parameter in Abaqus Explicit analyses VARIABLE Set VARIABLE ALL to indicate that all contact variables applicable to this procedure should be written to the output database Set VARIABLE PRESELECT to indicate that the default contact output variables for the current procedure type should be written to the output database Additional output variables can be requested on the data lines If this parameter is omitted the contact variables requested for output must be specified on the data lines Optional parameters in Abaqus Standard analyses MASTER Set this parameter equal to the name of the master surface for which this output request is being made NSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the node set for which this output request is being made SLAVE Set this parameter equal to the name of the slave surface for which this output request is being made VARIABLE Set VARIABLE ALL to indicate that all contact variables applicable to this procedure should be written to the output database Set VARIABLE PRESELECT to indicate that the default contact output variables for the current procedure type should be written to the output database Additional output variables can be requested on the data lines If this paramet
100. has a value greater than three 1 Fourth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of the material parameters on temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to define a Drucker Prager plasticity model with the exponent law SHEAR CRITERION EXPONENT FORM and with test data TEST DATA First line Not used Not used Not used Dilation angle 4 at high confining pressure in the p q plane Give the value in degrees Temperature First field variable Do FW YN 4 31 3 DRUCKER PRAGER 7 Second field variable 8 Third field variable Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than three 1 Fourth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of the material parameters on temperature and other predefined field variables 4 31 4 DRUCKER PRAGER CREEP 4 32 DRUCKER PRAGER CREEP Specify a Drucker Prager creep law and material properties This option is used to define a Drucker Prager creep model and material properties Creep behavior defined by this option is active only during SOILS CONSOLIDATION COUPLED TEMPERATURE DISPLACEMENT and VISCO procedures It must be used in conjunction with the DRUCKER PRAGER and DRUCKER PRAGER HARDENING options The d
101. in Abaqus Explicit Set FORMULATION INVARIANT to indicate that the anisotropic hyperelastic energy potential is formulated in terms of pseudo invariants and is defined by either UANISOHYPER INV in Abaqus Standard or VUANISOHYPER INV in Abaqus Explicit 1 8 1 ANISOTROPIC HYPERELASTIC TYPE This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses Set TYPE INCOMPRESSIBLE to indicate that the anisotropic hyperelastic material defined by UANISOHYPER_INV or UANISOHYPER_STRAIN is incompressible Set TYPE COMPRESSIBLE to indicate that the hyperelastic material defined by UANISOHYPER INV or UANISOHYPER STRAIN is compressible Optional parameters DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the anisotropic hyperelastic material properties If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the material properties are constant or depend only on temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information LOCAL DIRECTIONS This parameter can only be used in combination with an invariant based strain energy potential such as HOLZAPFEL or USER FORMULATION INVARIANT Set this parameter equal to the number of preferred local directions or fiber directions in the material The default is LOCAL DIRECTIONS 0 When LOCAL DIRECTIONS N the definitions of the N local directi
102. increments to the corresponding tolerance for the next allowable time increment to be increased Default We 0 75 These items rarely need to be reset from their default values 1 Dg increase factor for the next time increment as a ratio of the average integration accuracy measure over Ir increments to the corresponding tolerance when the time integration accuracy measure is less than Wg of the tolerance during Ir consecutive increments Default Dg 0 8 Dm maximum time increment increase factor for all cases except dynamic stress analysis and diffusion dominated processes Default 1 5 Dm maximum time increment increase factor for dynamic stress analysis Default Dm 1 25 Dm maximum time increment increase factor for diffusion dominated processes creep transient heat transfer soils consolidation transient mass diffusion Default Dj 2 0 Dy minimum ratio of proposed next time increment to D y times the current time increment for the proposed time increment to be used in a linear transient problem This parameter is intended to avoid excessive decomposition of the system matrix and should be less than 1 0 Default Dr 0 95 Dg minimum ratio of proposed next time increment to the last successful time increment for extrapolation of the solution vector to take place Default Dg 0 1 Dg maximum allowable ratio of time increment to stability limit for conditionally stable time integration procedure
103. inertia loading First line 1 Node number or node set label 2 Load type label TSI 3 Magnitude factor M The default value is 1 0 This factor will be scaled by any AMPLITUDE specification associated with this CLOAD option 4 Tangential inertia coefficient K 5 Fluid acceleration shape factor for the tangential inertia term Fis 6 Tangential added mass coefficient L 7 Structural acceleration shape factor for the tangential inertia term Fs 8 Name of the AMPLITUDE curve to be used for scaling fluid particle accelerations A If this data item is blank the fluid particle accelerations are not scaled A 1 Second line Give the following direction cosines in the local coordinate system if the TRANSFORM option was used at this node 1 X direction cosine of the outward normal to the exposed transition section area pointing into the fluid in the initial configuration 2 Y direction cosine of the outward normal to the exposed transition section area pointing into the fluid in the initial configuration 3 Z direction cosine of the outward normal to the exposed transition section area pointing into the fluid in the initial configuration Repeat this pair of data lines as often as necessary to define concentrated fluid inertia loading for various nodes or node sets 3 20 5 COHESIVE BEHAVIOR 3 21 COHESIVE BEHAVIOR Specify surface based cohesive behavior properties This option is used to define s
104. is optional however if both 11 and odb files exist the results file will be used if the INTERPOLATE parameter is omitted If the INTERPOLATE parameter is used an output database file must exist See Input syntax rules Section 1 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for the syntax of such file names This parameter cannot be used in a STATIC RIKS analysis step Optional parameters for reading predefined field variable values from the results or output database file BSTEP BINC Set this parameter equal to the step number of the analysis whose results file is being used as input to this option that begins the history data to be read If no value is supplied Abaqus will begin reading field variable data from the first step available on the file read Set this parameter equal to the increment number of the analysis whose results or output database file is being used as input to this option that begins the history data to be read If no value is supplied Abaqus will begin reading field variable data from the first increment available excluding any zero increments ifthe results file was written in Abaqus Standard using FILE FORMAT ZERO INCREMENT for step BSTEP on the results or output database file 6 7 2 FIELD ESTEP Set this parameter equal to the step number of the analysis whose results or output database file is being used as input to this option that ends the history data to be read If no value is suppl
105. line needed only if the AFFECTED COMPONENTS parameter is included 1 First component of relative motion number that will be damaged 2 Second component of relative motion number that will be damaged 3 Etc up to six entries Second line if the AFFECTED COMPONENTS parameter is included otherwise first line 1 Post initiation equivalent relative plastic motion at ultimate failure if CRITERION PLASTIC MOTION is specified on the associated CONNECTOR DAMAGE INITIATION option Otherwise post initiation constitutive relative motion displacement rotation at ultimate 3 34 3 CONNECTOR DAMAGE EVOLUTION failure See Connector behavior Section 28 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for a description of the connector relative motions 2 Exponential law parameter o see Connector damage behavior Section 28 2 7 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual 3 Mode mix ratio if CRITERION PLASTIC MOTION and the COMPONENT parameter is omitted from the associated CONNECTOR DAMAGE INITIATION option Leave blank otherwise Temperature First field variable Second field variable OQ WN GR Etc up to four field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four 1 Fifth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Do not repeat the data line that specifies the affected components Repeat the subsequent set of data lines as often a
106. method Data lines if the NORMAL parameter is included but the CRACK TIP NODES and XFEM parameters are both omitted First line 1 n4 direction cosine of the normal to the plane of the crack n for axisymmetric cases 2 ny direction cosine of the normal to the plane of the crack n for axisymmetric cases 3 For three dimensional cases give the n direction cosine of the normal to the plane of the crack This field can be left blank for two dimensional and axisymmetric cases Second line 1 A list of node set names that define the crack front in two dimensional cases this will be one node set only Each node set must contain all the nodes at one position on the crack front Repeat the second data line as often as necessary to define the crack front node sets Up to 16 entries are allowed per line Data lines if the NORMAL CRACK TIP NODES and XFEM parameters are all omitted First line Node set name The node set must contain all the nodes at one position on the crack front q direction cosine of the virtual crack extension direction q for axisymmetric cases q direction cosine of the virtual crack extension direction q for axisymmetric cases RW N For three dimensional cases give the q direction cosine of the virtual crack extension direction This field can be left blank for two dimensional and axisymmetric cases In two dimensional cases only one data line is necessary In three dimensional cases repeat this d
107. modes This definition must be used when MIXED MODE BEHAVIOR POWER LAW or BK Set MODE MIX RATIO TRACTION to define the mode mix in terms of a ratio of traction components This parameter can be used only in conjunction with MIXED MODE BEHAVIOR POWER LAW or MIXED MODE BEHAVIOR BK Set this parameter equal to the exponent in the power law or the Benzeggagh Kenane criterion that defines the variation of fracture energy with mode mix for cohesive elements SOFTENING Set SOFTENING LINEAR default to specify a linear softening stress strain response after the initiation of damage for linear elastic materials or a linear evolution of the damage variable with deformation after the initiation of damage for elastic plastic materials Set SOFTENING EXPONENTIAL to specify an exponential softening stress strain response after the initiation of damage for linear elastic materials or an exponential evolution of the damage variable with deformation after the initiation of damage for elastic plastic materials Set SOFTENING TABULAR to specify the evolution of the damage variable with deformation after the initiation of damage in tabular form SOFTENING TABULAR can be used only in conjunction with TYPE DISPLACEMENT Data lines to specify damage evolution for TYPE DISPLACEMENT SOFTENING LINEAR without the MIXED MODE BEHAVIOR parameter First line Effective total or plastic displacement at failure measured from the time of damage initiation
108. needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four 1 Fifth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the properties as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables 2 5 7 BEAM SECTION 2 6 BEAM SECTION Specify a beam section when numerical integration over the section is required This option is used to define the cross section for beam elements when numerical integration over the section is required usually because of nonlinear material response in the section Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Part Part instance Abaqus CAE Property module References Using a beam section integrated during the analysis to define the section behavior Section 26 3 6 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Beam modeling overview Section 26 3 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Pipes and pipebends with deforming cross sections elbow elements Section 26 5 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameters ELSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the element set for which this section is defined MATERIAL Set this parameter equal to the name of the material to be used with this beam section definition SECTION Set this parameter equal to the name of the section type see Beam cross section library Section 26 3 9 of the Abaqus Analysis U
109. not reset If this parameter is omitted only the explicitly specified controls will be changed in the current step the others will remain at their previous settings SCALE PENALTY Set this parameter equal to the factor by which Abaqus Explicit will scale the default penalty stiffnesses to obtain the stiffnesses used for the penalty contact pairs within the contact pair set specified with the CPSET parameter Penalty contact constraints defined with softened surface behavior and kinematic contact constraints will not be affected by this parameter By default the SCALE PENALTY parameter is set to unity WARP CHECK PERIOD Set this parameter equal to the number of increments between checks for highly warped facets on master surfaces By default this check is performed every 20 increments More frequent checks will cause a slight increase in computational time WARP CUT OFF Set this parameter equal to the out of plane warping angle measured in degrees at which a facet will be considered to be highly warped The out of plane warping angle is defined as the amount of variation of the surface normal over a facet The default is WARP CUT OFF 20 There are no data lines associated with this option 3 54 5 CONTACT CONTROLS ASSIGNMENT 3 55 CONTACT CONTROLS ASSIGNMENT Assign contact controls for the general contact algorithm This option is used to modify contact controls for specific contact interactions within the domain considered by t
110. of state Itis required when the EOS TYPE IGNITION AND GROWTH option is used The GAS SPECIFIC HEAT option should appear immediately after the EOS or the REACTION RATE option Products Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module Reference e Equation of state Section 22 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameter DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variables included in the definition of the reacted product s specific heat If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the reacted product s specific heat is constant or depends only on temperature Data lines to specify the reacted product s specific heat First line Specific heat per unit mass Units of JM 6 Temperature First field variable Second field variable BW NY Etc up to six field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than six 1 Seventh field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the specific heat as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables 7 12 1 GEL 7 13 GEL Define a swelling gel This option is used to define the growth of the gel particles that swell and trap wetting liquid in a partially saturated porous medium in the analysis of coupled wetting liquid
111. of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the data in addition to temperature If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the data depend only on temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information Data lines to define a contact area for average pressure output First line Contact area or width This value cannot be negative Closure This value cannot be negative Temperature 6 First field variable Etc up to five field variables nA BW Ne Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 7 8 1 GASKET CONTACT AREA 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of the contact area or width versus closure curves on temperature and field variables 7 8 2 7 9 GASKET ELASTICITY GASKET ELASTICITY Specify elastic properties for the membrane and transverse shear behaviors of a gasket This option is used to define the elastic parameters for the membrane and transverse shear behaviors of a gasket Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module Reference Defining the gasket behavior directly using a gasket behavior model Section 29 6 6 of the Abaqus
112. only to Abaqus Standard analyses Include this parameter if the density of the pore fluid in a porous medium is being defined Data lines to define mass density First line Mass density Units of Temperature First field variable Second field variable Un BW b2 Etc up to six field variables 4 12 1 DENSITY Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than six 1 Seventh field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the density as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables Data line to define spatially varying mass density for solid continuum elements in an Abaqus Standard analysis using a distribution First and only line 1 Distribution name The data defined in the distribution must be in units of ML 4 12 2 DEPVAR 4 13 DEPVAR Specify solution dependent state variables This option is used to allocate space at each integration point for solution dependent state variables If the DEPVAR option is used it must appear within the MATERIAL definition for which solution dependent state variables are needed In addition an output key and a description can be given for some or all of the solution dependent state variables allocated by this option If field or history output of solution dependent state variables is requested using the ELEMENT
113. option without the EXTREME ELEMENT VALUE or EXTREME NODE VALUE options and without any parameters to stop monitoring variables in a new step Product Abaqus Explicit Type History data Level Step References e Explicit dynamic analysis Section 6 3 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e EXTREME ELEMENT VALUE e EXTREME NODE VALUE Optional parameter HALT Set HALT NO default if the analysis should continue even if the variables have exceeded the user specified bounds Set HALT YES to stop the analysis at the first occurrence of a variable exceeding its user specifed bound The analysis will be stopped after the increment following the one in which such an occurrence took place There are no data lines associated with this option 5 34 1 FABRIC FABRIC Specify the in plane response of a fabric material This option is used to define the in plane behavior of a fabric material under plane stress conditions Product Abaqus Explicit Type Model data Level Model References Fabric material behavior Section 20 4 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual VFABRIC Section 1 2 3 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual DAMPING DENSITY DEPVAR INITIAL CONDITIONS ORIENTATION SECTION CONTROLS UNIAXIAL Optional parameters PROPERTIES This parameter can be used only if the USER parameter is specified Set this parameter equal to the number of property values neede
114. parameter is omitted the cavity is assumed to consist of surfaces for which surface properties have already been defined as part of the surface definitions Data lines to define a cavity for thermal radiation using surfaces with defined surface properties default First line 1 List of surfaces that compose this cavity Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the cavity 3 9 1 CAVITY DEFINITION Data lines to define a cavity when the SET PROPERTY parameter is included First line 1 Surface name 2 Surface property name Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the cavity 3 9 2 CECHARGE 3 10 CECHARGE Specify concentrated electric charges in piezoelectric analysis This option is used to apply electric charge to any node in a piezoelectric model Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Load module Reference e Piezoelectric analysis Section 6 7 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters AMPLITUDE Set this parameter equal to the name of the amplitude curve that defines the magnitude of the electric charge during the step If this parameter is omitted the reference magnitude is applied immediately at the beginning of the step or linearly over the step depending on the value assigned to the AMPLITUDE parameter on the STEP option Procedures overview Section 6 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual
115. parameter to specify completely rough no slipping friction SLIP TOLERANCE USER This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses Set this parameter equal to the value of F defined as the ratio of allowable maximum elastic slip velocity to angular velocity times the diameter of the spinning body in a steady state transport analysis or as the ratio of allowable maximum elastic slip to characteristic contact surface face dimension in all other analysis procedures The default is SLIP TOLERANCE 005 When friction is defined for connector elements F is defined when possible as the ratio of allowable maximum elastic slip to a characteristic element dimension in the model In this case the default is SLIP TOLERANCE 0001 This parameter cannot be used when friction is defined for connector elements In an Abaqus Standard analysis set USER FRIC default if the friction model is to be defined in user subroutine FRIC Set USER COEFFICIENT if the friction coefficient is to be defined in user subroutine FRIC_COEF In an Abaqus Explicit analysis set USER FRIC default if the friction model is to be defined in user subroutine VFRIC Set USER FRICTION if the friction model is to be defined in user subroutine VFRICTION VFRIC is applicable to contact pairs whereas VFRICTION is applicable to general contact Set USER COEFFICIENT if the friction coefficient is to be defined in user subroutine VFRIC_COEF VFRIC_COEF can be used only wit
116. part of the base motion record given by the amplitude definition There are no data lines associated with this option unless a primary base motion defines rotation about a point that is not the origin of the coordinate system Data line to define the center of rotation for a prescribed rotation First and only line 1 X coordinate of the point about which the rotation is applied 2 Y coordinate of the point about which the rotation is applied 3 Z coordinate of the point about which the rotation is applied This data line is relevant only for a primary base motion defined in the MODAL DYNAMIC and STEADY STATE DYNAMICS procedures 2 12 BASELINE CORRECTION 2 2 BASELINE CORRECTION Include baseline correction This option is used to modify an acceleration history to minimize the overall drift ofthe displacement obtained from the time integration of the given acceleration It must appear immediately after the data lines of the AMPLITUDE option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type Model or history data Level Model Step Abaqus CAE Amplitude toolset References e AMPLITUDE e Amplitude curves Section 30 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual There are no parameters associated with this option Data lines to define the correction intervals optional if no data lines are given the baseline correction treats the entire time of the amplitude definition as a single correction interval First line 1
117. per unit area In an Abaqus Explicit analysis enter a blank field 5 Average value of the first field variable f 6 Average value of the second field variable fo 7 Ete Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the dependence of gap conductance on gap clearance gap pressure average surface temperature average mass flow rate and any predefined field variables At least two data lines must be specified When gap conductance is defined as a function of clearance the value of the conductance drops to zero immediately after the last data point therefore there is no heat conductance when the clearance is greater than the value corresponding to the last data point Data lines to define the gap conductance k by a user subroutine There are no data lines when the USER parameter is used Instead define the gap conductance in user subroutine GAPCON 7 2 2 GAP ELECTRICAL CONDUCTANCE 7 3 GAP ELECTRICAL CONDUCTANCE Specify electrical conductance between surfaces This option is used to introduce gap electrical conductance in a surface interaction model in a coupled thermal electrical simulation It must be used in conjunction with the SURFACE INTERACTION option Product Abaqus Standard Type Model data Level Model in Abaqus Standard Step in Abaqus Explicit References e Electrical contact properties Section 33 3 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e SURFACE INTERACTION e GAPELECTR Sectio
118. period is assumed 4 Maximum time increment allowed This entry is used only if the CETOL or DELTMX parameter is specified If this entry is omitted the upper limit is equal to 0 1 times the single loading cycle period 5 Initial number of terms in the Fourier series The value must be greater than 0 and less than 100 It cannot be greater than half of the time of a single loading cycle divided by the initial time increment If the TIME POINTS option is used the number of terms in the Fourier series must be less than half of the number of time points specified Abaqus Standard will 4 23 2 6 T 8 DIRECT CYCLIC automatically adjust the number of Fourier terms used in the analysis if such a condition is not satisfied The default is 11 Maximum number of terms in the Fourier series It must be greater than 0 and less than 100 The default is 25 Increment in number of terms in the Fourier series The default is 5 Maximum number of iterations allowed in a step The default is 200 Data lines for a low cycle fatigue analysis using the direct cyclic approach First line 1 7 8 Second line 1 Initial time increment If this entry is omitted a default value of 0 1 times the single loading cycle period is assumed If automatic incrementation is used this should be a reasonable suggestion for the initial increment size and will be adjusted as necessary If direct incrementation is used this entry will be used
119. remain important throughout the problem therefore HAFTOL values should be smaller than recommended above Choose HAFTOL as 1 to 10 times typical actual force values for moderate accuracy choose HAFTOL as 0 1 to 1 times actual force values for higher accuracy HALFINC SCALE FACTOR Set this parameter equal to a scale factor applied to Abaqus Standard calculated time average force and moment values to be used as the half increment residual tolerance with the automatic time incrementation solution accuracy checking scheme The DIRECT and HALFINC SCALE FACTOR parameters are mutually exclusive The HALFINC SCALE FACTOR is ignored when NOHAF parameter is set The HALFINC SCALE FACTOR parameter is unitless As a guideline with smaller HALFINC SCALE FACTOR values more accurate solutions should be obtained at the expense of using finer time increments By default for APPLICATION TRANSIENT FIDELITY it is set to 10000 if contact is present in the model and to 1000 otherwise These defaults differ from the suggested HAFTOL ratios primarily because the HALFINC SCALE FACTOR is applied to known force averages hence they need not be as conservative IMPACT Use this parameter to choose a time incrementation type when contact impacts or releases occur during analysis Set IMPACT AVERAGE TIME to choose a time incrementation scheme that employs average time of impact release cut backs to enforce energy balance and maintains velocities and accelerations comp
120. separation behavior for cohesive elements TYPEZCOUPLED TRACTION First line Kns Ky Ka Temperature First field variable 9 n AAR WN Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than one 1 Second field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the elastic behavior as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables 5 3 3 ELASTIC Data lines to define orthotropic elasticity with moduli TYPE ENGINEERING CONSTANTS First line FA 9o Up Qu UA lt uA qc N e Second line Temperature 0 First field variable Second field variable AeA U N e Etc up to six field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than six 1 Seventh field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the elastic behavior as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to define isotropic elasticity TYPE ISOTROPIC First line Young s modulus E Poisson s ratio v Temperature 0 First field variable Second field variable Nn BW N Etc up to five field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth f
121. should typically be 1 0 If the sum of the weights is less than 1 0 the mesh smoothing algorithm will be less aggressive at each adaptive 1 6 3 ADAPTIVE MESH CONTROLS mesh increment If the sum of the weights is greater than 1 0 their values are normalized so that their sum is 1 0 Data line to define weights for combining the mesh smoothing methods in Abaqus Standard analyses First and only line 1 The weight for the original configuration projection method The default is 1 0 2 The weight for the volumetric smoothing method The default is 0 0 Each of the weights must be zero or positive and their sum must be nonzero The weights are significant only in a relative sense their values are normalized so that their sum is 1 0 1 6 4 AMPLITUDE 1 7 AMPLITUDE Define an amplitude curve This option allows arbitrary time or frequency in an Abaqus Standard analysis variations of load displacement and other prescribed variable magnitudes to be given throughout a step Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model or history data Level Model Step Abaqus CAE Amplitude toolset bubble loading is not supported Similar functionality is available in the Interaction module Reference e Amplitude curves Section 30 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameter NAME Set this parameter equal to a label that will be used to refer to the amplitude curve Optional parameters
122. sta file or the message msg file WARPED SURFACE Set WARPED SURFACE SUMMARY default to obtain a warning message in the status sta file when a surface is first considered to contain at least one highly warped facet Set WARPED SURFACE DETAIL to have detailed warning messages also output to the message msg file Set WARPED SURFACE OFF to suppress all warnings about warped surfaces There are no data lines associated with this option 4 20 3 DIELECTRIC 4 21 DIELECTRIC Specify dielectric material properties This option is used to define the dielectric property of a fully constrained material for use in coupled piezoelectric analysis Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module Reference e Piezoelectric behavior Section 23 6 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variables included in the definition of the dielectric property If this parameter is omitted the dielectric property is assumed not to depend on any field variables but may still depend on temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information TYPE Set TYPE ISO default for isotropic behavior Set TYPE ORTHO for orthotropic behavior Set TYPE ANISO for fully anisotropic behavior
123. static step or in a dynamic step with APPLICATION QUASI STATIC are given with TYPE VELOCITY for which the default is always a STEP function If this parameter is omitted in an Abaqus Explicit analysis the reference magnitude is applied immediately at the beginning of the step and subsequently held constant a STEP function In an Abaqus Standard dynamic or modal dynamic procedure amplitude curves specified for TYPE DISPLACEMENT or TYPE VELOCITY will be smoothed automatically In an Abaqus Explicit analysis the user must request that such amplitude curves are smoothed For more information see Amplitude curves Section 30 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual BLOCKING FIXED This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses when the USER parameter is specified Set BLOCKING YES default to enable blocking for a given node set The blocking size will be set to a predefined value in Abaqus Explicit Set BLOCKING NO to disable blocking This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses and cannot be used with the TYPE and USER parameters Include this parameter to indicate that the values of the variables being prescribed with this BOUNDARY option should remain fixed at their current values at the start of the step If this parameter is used any magnitudes given on the data lines are ignored LOAD CASE NAME OP This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses It is ignored in all procedures except
124. status sta file Set CONTACT INITIAL OVERCLOSURE SUMMARY to obtain only a summary of the maximum initial overclosure for each contact pair in the status sta file CRITICAL ELEMENTS Set this parameter equal to the number of critical elements elements having the smallest stable time increment written to the output database diagnostic information The default is 10 CUTOFF RATIO Set this parameter equal to the cut off ratio of deformation speed versus wave speed the default is 1 0 If the maximum ratio calculated is greater than this value the analysis ends with an error message The cutoff check is not applied to a model that has an equation of state material or a user defined material DEEP PENETRATION FACTOR Set this parameter equal to the fraction of the typical element face dimension in the general contact domain used to detect excessively deep penetrations the default is 0 5 If during node to face contact the penetration of a node into its tracked face exceeds the deep penetration factor times the typical element face dimension in the general contact domain a diagnostic message is issued The deep penetration check does not apply to contact penetrations detected by the contact pair algorithm DEFORMATION SPEED CHECK Set DEFORMATION SPEED CHECK SUMMARY default to print messages for only the element with the greatest deformation speed to wave speed ratio in the model This information is output to the status sta file
125. strain at damage initiation as a function of minor principal strain equivalent plastic strain rate temperature and other predefined field variables 4 3 7 DAMAGE INITIATION Data lines to specify damage initiation for CRITERION QUADE or CRITERION MAXE First line a Nn A Nominal strain at damage initiation in a normal only mode Nominal strain at damage initiation in a shear only mode that involves separation only along the first shear direction Nominal strain at damage initiation in a shear only mode that involves separation only along the second shear direction Temperature if temperature dependent First field variable Second field variable 7 Etc up to four field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four 1 2 Fifth field variable Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the maximum normal and shear tractions at damage initiation as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to specify damage initiation for CRITERION QUADS or CRITERION MAXS First line 1 Maximum nominal stress in the normal only mode Nn A Maximum nominal stress in the first shear direction for a mode that involves separation only in this direction Maximum nominal stress in the second shear direction for a mode that involves separation o
126. the DAMAGE INITIATION CRITERION HASHIN and DAMAGE EVOLUTION options for surface based traction separation behavior you can use this option in conjunction with the DAMAGE INITIATION CRITERION MAXS MAXE QUADS or QUADE and DAMAGE EVOLUTION options Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module Reference e Viscous regularization in Damage evolution and element removal for fiber reinforced composites Section 21 3 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Surface based cohesive behavior Section 33 1 10 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Modeling discontinuities as an enriched feature using the extended finite element method Section 10 6 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual There are no parameters associated with this option Data lines to define viscosity coefficients for fiber reinforced materials First line Viscosity coefficient in the longitudinal tensile direction Viscosity coefficient in the longitudinal compressive direction Viscosity coefficient in the transverse tensile direction BW Ne Viscosity coefficient in the transverse compressive direction Data line to define viscosity coefficients for surfaced based traction separation behavior or cohesive behavior in enriched elements First and only line 1 Viscosity coefficient 4 41 DAMPING 4 5 DAMPING Specify material damping WARNIN
127. the SHELL GENERAL SECTION option The hourglass control defined with this option affects only those elements whose section properties are defined by the immediately preceding section option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Part Part instance Abaqus CAE Mesh module References e Section controls Section 24 1 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual MEMBRANE SECTION SHELL GENERAL SECTION SHELL SECTION SOLID SECTION There are no parameters associated with this option Data line to define a nondefault hourglass stiffness First and only line 1 Hourglass control stiffness parameter rp G for use with membrane and solid elements and for membrane hourglass mode control in shells Units are stress FL If this value is left blank or entered as zero Abaqus Standard will use the default value 2 Hourglass control stiffness parameter rr K for use with element type C3D4H Units of this parameter depend on the material property assigned to the element For nearly incompressible elastomers HYPERELASTIC and elastometric foams HYPERFOAM the units are stress FL 5 for all other remaining materials including fully incompressible elastomers the units are stress compliance 12 If this value is left blank or entered as zero Abaqus Standard will use the default value 8 5 1 HOURGLASS STIFFNESS 3 Hourglass control stiffness parameter rgG for bending hourglass mode contr
128. the default setting 1s 596 3 54 1 CONTACT CONTROLS Optional parameters APPROACH Include this parameter to automatically address situations where an initial rigid body mode exists normal to the contact direction This option activates viscous damping in the normal direction to prevent numerical difficulties associated with rigid body motion that occurs when surfaces not initially in contact are brought into contact The bodies should be moved into contact in a single step but there should not be significant further deformation of the parts during the step due to the loads bringing them into contact This parameter must be used in conjunction with the SLAVE and MASTER parameters to specify a contact pair For more general situations in which rigid body modes need to be controlled use the STABILIZE parameter instead AUTOMATIC TOLERANCES Include this parameter to have Abaqus Standard automatically compute an overclosure tolerance and a separation pressure tolerance to prevent chattering in contact This parameter cannot be used with the MAXCHP PERRMX and UERRMX parameters FRICTION ONSET Set FRICTION ONSET IMMEDIATE default to include friction in the increment when contact occurs Set FRICTION ONSET DELAYED to delay the application of friction to the increment after contact occurs LAGRANGE MULTIPLIER Set LAGRANGE MULTIPLIER YES to enforce the contact constraints with Lagrange multipliers Set LAGRANGE MULTIPLIER NO to enfor
129. the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than seven 1 Eighth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of the material parameter on field variables 1 10 1 AQUA 1 11 AQUA Define fluid variables for use in loading immersed beam type structures This option is used to define the fluid properties and steady current velocity Product Abaqus Aqua Type Model data Level Model Reference e Abaqus Aqua analysis Section 6 11 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameter INPUT Set this parameter equal to the name of the alternate input file containing the data lines for this option See Input syntax rules Section 1 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for the syntax of such file names If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the data follow the keyword line Data lines to define fluid properties and a steady current First line 1 Elevation of the seabed 2 Elevation of the still fluid surface 3 Gravitational constant 4 Mass density of the fluid Second line Steady velocity of the fluid in the X direction Steady velocity of the fluid in the Y direction 1 2 3 Steady velocity of the fluid in the Z direction Only relevant for three dimensional cases 4 Elevation 5 X coordinate defining the location where the velocity applies If this value is om
130. the definition of electrical conductivity If this parameter is omitted the electrical conductivity is assumed not to depend on any field variables but may still depend on temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information TYPE Set TYPE ISO default to define isotropic electrical conductivity Set TYPE ORTHO to define orthotropic electrical conductivity Set TYPE ANISO to define fully anisotropic electrical conductivity Data lines to define isotropic electrical conductivity TYPE ISO First line Electrical conductivity Units of CTL y Temperature First field variable Second field variable Un BW N Etc up to six field variables 5 5 1 ELECTRICAL CONDUCTIVITY Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than six 1 Seventh field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define isotropic electrical conductivity as a function of temperature and field variables Data lines to define orthotropic electrical conductivity TYPE ORTHO First line Units of CT L g BE mi Temperature First field variable Second field variable Etc up to four field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater th
131. the element set containing the contact or connector elements for which the friction properties are being redefined INTERACTION Use this parameter if the contact conditions have been modeled with surface based contact pairs or general contact Set this parameter equal to the name of the SURFACE INTERACTION property definition for which the friction properties are being redefined Optional parameters AMPLITUDE Set this parameter equal to the name of the amplitude curve defined in the AMPLITUDE option that gives the time variation of any changes in friction coefficients and allowable elastic slip throughout the step Amplitude curves Section 30 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual If this parameter is omitted transitions in these friction properties occur according to the value assigned to the AMPLITUDE parameter on the STEP option see Procedures overview Section 6 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Changes in friction properties other than the 3 16 1 CHANGE FRICTION friction coefficient and the allowable elastic slip are always made immediately Sudden changes in friction properties when the frictional stress is nonzero can cause convergence difficulties RESET Include this parameter to reset the friction properties to their original values When this parameter is used no FRICTION option is needed to redefine the friction properties There are no data lines associated with this option 3 16
132. the fabric response using test data in terms of the fabric stresses and the fabric strains in the local system The local system for the fabric material defined either through the test data or the user subroutine is initialized to the fill and the warp yarn directions in the reference configuration by using the ORIENTATION option Abaqus updates this local system with deformation to track the fill and the warp directions in the current configuration Data lines to define the material properties for the USER fabric model No data lines are needed if the PROPERTIES parameter is omitted or set to 0 Otherwise first line 1 Give the material properties eight per line Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the material properties 6 1 2 FAIL STRAIN 6 2 FAIL STRAIN Define parameters for strain based failure measures This option is used to define the strain limits for strain based failure measures It can be used only in conjunction with the ELASTIC option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References e Plane stress orthotropic failure measures Section 19 2 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e ELASTIC Optional parameter DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the failure criteria in addition to temperature If this parameter is omitted it i
133. the model by which a node on the embedded element may lie outside the region of the host elements in the model If this parameter is omitted or has a value of 0 0 the EXTERIOR TOLERANCE will apply EXTERIOR TOLERANCE Set this parameter equal to the fraction of the average size of all the non embedded elements in the model by which a node of the embedded element may lie outside the region of the host elements The default is 0 05 If both exterior tolerance parameters are specified by the user Abaqus will use the smaller of the two tolerances HOST ELSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the host element set in which the specified elements on the data lines are to be embedded If this parameter is omitted Abaqus will search all non embedded elements in the model that lie in the vicinity of specified embedded elements ROUNDOFF TOLERANCE Set this parameter equal to a small value below which the weight factors of the nodes on a host element associated with an embedded node will be zeroed out The small weight factors will be distributed to the other nodes on the host element in proportion to their initial weights The position of the embedded node will also be adjusted accordingly The default value is 10 5 12 1 EMBEDDED ELEMENT Data lines to define the elements embedded in the host elements First line 1 List of elements or element set labels Up to 16 entries are allowed per line Repeat this data line as often as ne
134. the second data line as often as necessary to define additional variables to be monitored and their maxima or minima 5 32 2 EXTREME NODE VALUE 5 33 EXTREME NODE VALUE Define nodal variables to be monitored This option is used to define nodal variables that are to be monitored and compared with user specified values It must be used in conjunction with the EXTREME VALUE option Product Abaqus Explicit Type History data Level Step References e Explicit dynamic analysis Section 6 3 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e EXTREME VALUE Required parameter NSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the node set in which the variables are to be monitored Required mutually exclusive parameters ABS Include this parameter if the user specified value is to be the upper bound for the absolute value of the variable At every increment Abaqus Explicit will check whether the absolute value of the variable has exceeded the specified value MAX Include this parameter if the user specified value is to be the upper bound for the variable At every increment Abaqus Explicit will check whether the variable has exceeded the specified value MIN Include this parameter if the user specified value is to be the lower bound for the variable At every increment Abaqus Explicit will check whether the variable has fallen below the specified value Optional parameter OUTPUT Set OUTPUT YES default if the requested fiel
135. the stiffness recovery factor w which determines the amount of compression stiffness that is recovered as the loading changes from tension to compression If We 1 the material fully recovers the compressive stiffness if w 0 there is no stiffness recovery Intermediate values of we 0 lt we lt 1 result in partial recovery of the compressive stiffness The default value is 1 0 which corresponds to the assumption that as cracks close the compressive stiffness is unaffected by tensile damage DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the tension damage in addition to temperature If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the tension damage behavior depends only on temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information 3 29 1 CONCRETE TENSION DAMAGE TYPE Set TYPE STRAIN default to specify the tensile damage variable as a function of cracking strain Set TYPE DISPLACEMENT to specify the tensile damage variable as a function of cracking displacement Data lines if the tensile damage is specified as a function of cracking strain TYPE STRAIN First line Tensile damage variable d Direct cracking strain 2 Temperature First field variable Second field variable D BW Etc up to five field va
136. the tensile stiffness if w 0 there is no stiffness recovery Intermediate values of w 0 lt ws lt 1 result in partial recovery of the tensile stiffness The default value is 0 0 3 26 1 CONCRETE COMPRESSION DAMAGE Data lines to define compression damage First line Compressive damage variable de Inelastic crushing strain Temperature First field variable Second field variable QN tn BW NO Etc up to five field variables The first point at each value of temperature must have a crushing strain of 0 0 and a compressive damage value of 0 0 Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of the compressive damage behavior on crushing strain temperature and other predefined field variables 3 26 2 CONCRETE COMPRESSION HARDENING 3 27 CONCRETE COMPRESSION HARDENING Define hardening in compression for the concrete damaged plasticity model This option is used to define the compression hardening data for the concrete damaged plasticity material model It must be used in conjunction with the CONCRETE DAMAGED PLASTICITY and CONCRETE TENSION STIFFENING options In addition the CONCRETE TENSION DAMAGE and or CONCRETE COMPRESSION DAMAGE options can be used to specify tensile and or compressive
137. the variation of the sink temperature 6 with time If this parameter is omitted in an Abaqus Standard analysis the reference sink temperature is applied immediately at the beginning of the step or linearly over the step depending on the value assigned to the AMPLITUDE parameter on the STEP option Procedures overview Section 6 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual If this parameter is omitted in an Abaqus Explicit analysis the reference sink temperature is applied immediately at the beginning of the step For nonuniform film coefficients which are available only in Abaqus Standard the sink temperature amplitude is defined in user subroutine FILM and AMPLITUDE references are ignored FILM AMPLITUDE Set this parameter equal to the name of the AMPLITUDE option that gives the variation of the film coefficient h with time If this parameter is omitted in an Abaqus Standard analysis the reference film coefficient is applied immediately at the beginning of the step and kept constant over the step independent of the value assigned to the AMPLITUDE parameter on the STEP option If this parameter is omitted in an Abaqus Explicit analysis the reference film coefficient is applied immediately at the beginning of the step 6 10 1 FILM OP REGION The FILM AMPLITUDE parameter is ignored if a nonuniform film coefficient is defined in user subroutine FILM or if a film coefficient is defined to be a function of tempe
138. thermal conductivity TYPE ORTHO First line k Units of JT L 0 k33 Temperature if temperature dependent First field variable Second field variable Etc up to four field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four 1 Fifth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the thermal conductivity as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to define anisotropic thermal conductivity TYPE ANISO First line k Units of JT L6 Temperature if temperature dependent First field variable CON N e Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than one 1 Second field variable 3 31 2 CONDUCTIVITY 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the thermal conductivity as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables 3 31 3 CONNECTOR BEHAVIOR 3 32 CONNECTOR BEHAVIOR Begin the specification of a connector behavior This option is used to indicate the start of a connector behavior definition Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Interaction module References e Connector behavior Section 28 2 1 of the Abaqus
139. three 1 Fourth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the variation 7 4 2 GAP HEAT GENERATION 7 5 GAP HEAT GENERATION Introduce heat generation due to energy dissipation at the interface This option is used to modify the default gap heat generation model used to dissipate energy created by nonthermal surface interactions such as frictional sliding or electric currents The default is to convert all of the dissipated energy to heat and to distribute it evenly between the two interacting surfaces The GAP HEAT GENERATION option must be used in conjunction with the SURFACE INTERACTION option or in an Abaqus Standard analysis with the GAP option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data in Abaqus Standard History data in Abaqus Explicit Level Part Part instance Assembly Model in Abaqus Standard Step in Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Interaction module References e Frictional behavior Section 33 1 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Thermal contact properties Section 33 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Electrical contact properties Section 33 3 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e GAP e INTERFACE e SURFACE INTERACTION There are no parameters associated with this option Data line to define the gap heat generation First and only line 1 7 fraction of
140. to define concentrated fluid added mass at various nodes or node sets 3 1 1 CAP CREEP 3 2 CAP CREEP Specify a cap creep law and material properties This option is used to define a cap creep model and material properties Creep behavior defined by this option is active only during SOILS CONSOLIDATION COUPLED TEMPERATURE DISPLACEMENT and VISCO procedures It must be used in conjunction with the CAP PLASTICITY and the CAP HARDENING options Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References e Modified Drucker Prager Cap model Section 20 3 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e CAP PLASTICITY e HARDENING e CREEP Section 1 1 1 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual Optional parameters DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the creep constants in addition to temperature If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the creep constants depend only on temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information LAW Set LAW STRAIN default to choose a strain hardening power law Set LAW TIME to choose a time hardening power law Set LAW SINGHM to choose a Singh Mitchell type law Set LAW USER to input the creep law using user subroutine CREEP
141. traction vectors for different elements or element sets Data lines to define a surface normal traction vector a shell edge traction vector in the normal transverse or tangent direction or a shell edge moment First line 1 Element number or element set label 2 Distributed load type EDMOMn EDNORn EDSHRn EDTRAn EDMOMRrNU EDNORxNU EDSHRZNU or EDTRAnNU 3 Reference load magnitude which can be modified by using the AMPLITUDE option For nonuniform loads in Abaqus Standard the magnitude must be defined in user subroutine UTRACLOAD If given the magnitude will be passed into the user subroutine in an Abaqus Standard analysis Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define traction vectors for different elements or element sets Data lines to define centrifugal loads and Coriolis forces Abaqus Standard only First line Element number or element set label Distributed load type label CENTRIF CENT or CORIO Actual magnitude of the load which can be modified by the use of the AMPLITUDE option Coordinate 1 of a point on the axis of rotation Coordinate 2 of a point on the axis of rotation Coordinate 3 of a point on the axis of rotation NYDN fF WN 1 component of the direction cosine of the axis of rotation 4 29 4 DLOAD 8 2 component of the direction cosine of the axis of rotation 9 3 component of the direction cosine of the axis of rotation For axisymmetric elements the
142. variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of the compressive yield stress on crushing strain crushing strain rate and other predefined field variables 3 272 CONCRETE DAMAGED PLASTICITY 3 28 CONCRETE DAMAGED PLASTICITY Define flow potential yield surface and viscosity parameters for the concrete damaged plasticity model This option is used to define flow potential yield surface and viscosity parameters for the concrete damaged plasticity material model The CONCRETE DAMAGED PLASTICITY option must be used in conjunction with the CONCRETE TENSION STIFFENING and the CONCRETE COMPRESSION HARDENING options In addition the CONCRETE TENSION DAMAGE and or the CONCRETE COMPRESSION DAMAGE options can be used to specify tensile and or compressive stiffness degradation damage Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References e Concrete damaged plasticity Section 20 6 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e CONCRETE TENSION STIFFENING e CONCRETE COMPRESSION HARDENING CONCRETE TENSION DAMAGE e CONCRETE COMPRESSION DAMAGE Optional parameter DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the material parameters other than temperature If this parameter 1s omitted it is assumed t
143. with this DLOAD option Exposed area AA Drag coefficient C Structural velocity factor ar The default value is 1 0 if this entry is left blank or set equal to 0 0 For load types FD1 or FD2 name of the AMPLITUDE curve used for scaling steady current velocities A For load types WD1 or WD2 name of the AMPLITUDE curve used for scaling the local z direction wind velocity A If this entry is blank the velocities are not scaled A 1 or A 1 For load types FD1 or FD2 name of the AMPLITUDE curve used for scaling wave velocities A For load types WD1 or WD2 name of the AMPLITUDE curve used for scaling the local y direction wind velocity A If this entry is blank the velocities are not scaled 1 or Ay 1 Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define concentrated fluid or wind drag loading on the ends of elements Data lines to define concentrated fluid inertia loading on the ends of elements First line 1 Element number or element set label 92 oN DN Distributed load type label or FD Magnitude factor M default value is 1 0 This factor will be scaled by any AMPLITUDE specification associated with this DLOAD option Fluid inertia coefficient Kis Fluid acceleration shape factor Fis Added mass coefficient L Structural acceleration shape factor Fos Name of the AMPLITUDE curve used for scaling fluid particle accelerations
144. 0 Increment in element numbers of corresponding elements from layer to layer Repeat this data line as often as necessary Each line will generate N1 x N2 x N3 elements where N1 is the number of elements in a row N2 is the number of rows in a layer and N3 is the number of layers 5 10 2 ELSET 5 11 ELSET Assign elements to an element set This option is used to assign elements to an element set Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model or history data Level Part Part instance Assembly Model Step Abaqus CAE Set toolset Reference e Element definition Section 2 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameter ELSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the element set to which the elements will be assigned Optional parameters GENERATE If this parameter is included each data line should give a first element a last element e and the increment in element numbers between these elements i Then all elements going from e to ez in steps of i will be added to the set i must be an integer such that ea e i is a whole number not a fraction INSTANCE Set this parameter equal to the name of the part instance that contains the elements listed on the data line This parameter can be used only at the assembly level and is intended to be used as a shortcut to the naming convention It can be used only in a model defined in terms of an assembly of part instanc
145. 0 The value is ignored for gasket elements that do not require this input BW N First component of the thickness direction of the elements QN tA Second component of the thickness direction of the elements 7 Third component of the thickness direction of the elements 7 10 2 GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR 7 11 GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR Specify a gasket thickness direction behavior This option is used to define the behavior in the thickness direction for a gasket Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module Reference Defining the gasket behavior directly using a gasket behavior model Section 29 6 6 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the data in addition to temperature If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the data depend only on temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information DIRECTION Set DIRECTION LOADING default to prescribe the loading curve of the model used to define the gasket thickness direction behavior Set DIRECTION UNLOADING to prescribe the unloading curves of the model used to define the gasket thickness direction behavior TENSILE STIFFNESS FACTOR Set this parameter eq
146. 1 CLAY HARDENING 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of the yield surface size on volumetric plastic strain and if needed on temperature and other predefined field variables 3 17 2 3 18 CLAY PLASTICITY CLAY PLASTICITY Specify the extended Cam clay plasticity model This option is used to specify the plastic part of the material behavior for elastic plastic materials that use the extended Cam clay plasticity model Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References e Critical state clay plasticity model Section 20 3 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e CLAY HARDENING Optional parameters DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies in addition to temperature included in the definition of the Cam clay parameters If this parameter is omitted the Cam clay parameters may depend only on temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information HARDENING Set HARDENING EXPONENTIAL default for Abaqus Standard to specify an exponential hardening softening law This hardening law is not supported in Abaqus Explicit Set HARDENING TABULAR default and only option for Abaqus Explicit to sp
147. 1 FLUID LINK 4 Average temperature 0 if temperature dependent 5 First field variable 6 Second field variable 7 Etc up to four field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four 1 Fifth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to specify Cy and as functions of p 0 and field variables Data lines for TYPE TABULAR First line Mass flow rate q Pressure difference Ap Average pressure p if pressure dependent Average temperature 9 if temperature dependent First field variable Second field variable fF WN Etc up to four field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four 1 Fifth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to specify gas a function of Ap p 6 and field variables 6 29 2 FLUID PROPERTY 6 30 FLUID PROPERTY Define properties for hydrostatic fluid elements This option is used to define properties for hydrostatic fluid elements associated with a given fluid cavity Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Type Model data Level Part Part instance References Modeling fluid filled cavities Section 11 5 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Hydrostatic fluid
148. 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information TYPE Set TYPE RETENTION FACTOR default to specify the postcracking shear behavior by entering the shear retention factor crack opening strain relationship directly Set TYPE POWER LAW to specify the postcracking shear behavior by entering the material parameters p and for the power law shear retention model max Data lines if the TYPE RETENTION FACTOR parameter is included default First line 1 Shear retention factor p ck 2 Crack opening strain 2 14 1 BRITTLE SHEAR 3 Temperature 4 First field variable 5 Second field variable 6 Etc up to five field variables The first point at each value of temperature must have a retention factor of 1 0 and a cracking strain of 0 0 Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 2 Sixth field variable Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of the postcracking shear behavior on temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines if the TYPE POWER LAW parameter is included First line 246 max D Temperature First field variable Second field variable 6 Etc up to five field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 2
149. 2 CLAY HARDENING 3 17 CLAY HARDENING Specify hardening for the clay plasticity model This option is used to define piecewise linear hardening softening of the Cam clay plasticity yield surface It can be used only in conjunction with the CLAY PLASTICITY option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References e Critical state clay plasticity model Section 20 3 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e CLAY PLASTICITY Optional parameter DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies in addition to temperature included in the definition of the hydrostatic pressure stress If this parameter is omitted the hydrostatic pressure stress may depend only on the volumetric plastic strain and possibly on the temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information Data lines to define hardening for Cam clay plasticity First line Value of the hydrostatic pressure stress at yield pe Absolute value of the corresponding volumetric plastic strain Temperature First field variable Second field variable D Un BW Ne Etc up to five field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 3 17
150. 2 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameters STEP Set this parameter equal to the step number in the global analysis for which the values of the driven variables will be read during this step of the submodel analysis SUBMODEL Include this parameter to specify that the boundary conditions are the driven variables in a submodel analysis Nodes used in this option must be listed in the SUBMODEL model definition option Optional parameters INC This parameter can be used only in a static linear perturbation step General and linear perturbation procedures Section 6 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Set this parameter equal to the increment in the selected step of the global analysis at which the solution will be used to specify the values of the driven variables By default Abaqus Standard will use the solution at the last increment of the selected step 2 11 6 BOUNDARY OP Set OP MOD default for existing BOUNDARY conditions to remain with this option defining boundary conditions to be added or modified Set OP NEW if all boundary conditions that are currently in effect should be removed To remove only selected boundary conditions use OP NEW and respecify all boundary conditions that are to be retained If a boundary condition is removed in a stress displacement analysis it will be replaced by a concentrated force equal to the reaction force calculated at the restrained degree of free
151. 3 1 Ds 2 Temperature Repeat this pair of data lines as often as necessary to define the material constants as a function of temperature Data lines for higher values of N up to 6 1 The data lines for higher values of N follow the same pattern First give the jz and for i from 1 to N Then give the N coefficients D Finally give the temperature Exactly eight data values should be given on each line Data lines to define the material constants for the POLYNOMIAL strain energy potential First line if N21 1 Cio 2 3 DA 4 Temperature Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the material constants as a function of temperature First line if 2 1 Cio Cp Co Coa Ds 8 Temperature Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the material constants as a function of temperature AA BD First line if N 3 1 Cig 8 6 5 HYPERELASTIC Ro Q w e Second line if N23 1 Cos Ds Da Temperature Repeat this pair of data lines as often as necessary to define the material constants as a function of temperature wR YN Data lines for higher values of N up to 6 1 The data lines for higher values of N follow the same pattern For each value of i 4 7 from 1 to N give the C with i decreasing from i j to zero and j increasing from zero to i Then give the N coefficients D Finally give the temperature Exactl
152. 3 Node number of the third reference node optional required if a node number for the second reference node is given 4 24 1 DISTRIBUTING 4 25 DISTRIBUTING Define a distributing coupling constraint This option is used to define a distributing coupling constraint It must be used in conjunction with the COUPLING option to define the reference node and coupling nodes Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Part Part instance Assembly Abaqus CAE Interaction module References e Coupling constraints Section 31 3 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e COUPLING Optional parameters COUPLING Set this parameter equal to the coupling method used to couple the displacement and rotation of the reference node to the average motion of the surface nodes within the influence radius Set COUPLING CONTINUUM default to couple the displacement and rotation of each attachment point to the average displacement of the surface nodes within the influence radius Set COUPLING STRUCTURAL to couple the displacement and rotation of each attachment point to the average displacement and rotation of the surface nodes within the influence radius This parameter value is available only in three dimensional analyses WEIGHTING METHOD Defines an optional weighting method to modify the default weight distribution at the coupling nodes Set WEIGHTING METHOD UNIFORM to select a uniform weight di
153. 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Connector behavior Section 28 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Connector friction behavior Section 28 2 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e CONNECTOR BEHAVIOR CONNECTOR DERIVED COMPONENT e CONNECTOR POTENTIAL e FRICTION Optional parameters PREDEFINED Include this parameter to specify predefined friction behavior if available for the connection type Abaqus defines the contact forces and the magnitude of the tangential tractions automatically as illustrated in Connection type library Section 28 1 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual STICK STIFFNESS Set this parameter equal to the stick stiffness associated with frictional behavior If this parameter is omitted a default value which usually is appropriate is chosen Optional parameters used to specify user defined friction mutually exclusive with the PREDEFINED parameter COMPONENT Set this parameter equal to the connector s component of relative motion for which user defined frictional behavior is specified Omit this parameter and use the CONNECTOR POTENTIAL option in conjunction with the CONNECTOR FRICTION option to specify coupled user defined frictional behavior 3 40 1 CONNECTOR FRICTION CONTACT FORCE Set this parameter equal to the name of the associated CONNECTOR DERIVED COMPONENT option or the number of the connector component of relative motion that defines the frictio
154. 6 5 FASTENER PROPERTY 6 6 FIELD 6 7 FILE FORMAT 6 8 FILE OUTPUT 6 9 FILM 6 10 FILM PROPERTY 6 11 FILTER 6 12 FIXED MASS SCALING 6 13 FLOW 6 14 FLUID BEHAVIOR 6 15 FLUID BULK MODULUS 6 16 FLUID CAVITY 6 17 FLUID DENSITY 6 18 FLUID EXCHANGE 6 19 FLUID EXCHANGE ACTIVATION 6 20 FLUID EXCHANGE PROPERTY 6 21 FLUID EXPANSION 6 22 FLUID FLUX 6 23 FLUID INFLATOR 6 24 FLUID INFLATOR ACTIVATION 6 25 FLUID INFLATOR MIXTURE 6 26 FLUID INFLATOR PROPERTY 6 27 FLUID LEAKOFF 6 28 FLUID LINK 6 29 FLUID PROPERTY 6 30 FOUNDATION 6 31 FRACTURE CRITERION 6 32 FRAME SECTION 6 33 FREQUENCY 6 34 FRICTION 6 35 G GAP 7 1 GAP CONDUCTANCE 7 2 GAP ELECTRICAL CONDUCTANCE 73 GAP FLOW GAP HEAT GENERATION GAP RADIATION GASKET BEHAVIOR GASKET CONTACT AREA GASKET ELASTICITY GASKET SECTION GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR GAS SPECIFIC HEAT GEL GEOSTATIC GLOBAL DAMPING HEADING HEAT GENERATION HEAT TRANSFER HEATCAP HOURGLASS STIFFNESS HYPERELASTIC HYPERFOAM HYPOELASTIC HYSTERESIS xi CONTENTS 7 4 7 5 7 6 7 7 7 8 7 9 7 10 7 11 7 12 7 13 7 14 7 15 CONTENTS Volume Il IMPEDANCE 9 1 IMPEDANCE PROPERTY 9 2 IMPERFECTION 9 3 IMPORT 9 4 IMPORT CONTROLS 9 5 IMPORT ELSET 9 6 IMPORT NSET 9 7 INCIDENT WAVE 9 8 INCIDENT WAVE FLUID PROPERTY 9 9 INCIDENT WAVE INTERACTION 9 10 INCIDENT WAVE INTERACTION PROPERTY 9 11 INCIDENT WAVE PROPERTY 9 12 INCIDENT WAVE
155. 9 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual The Abaqus CAE field indicates where within Abaqus CAE you can locate the user interface related to the keyword You can also refer to the online HTML version of Appendix A Keyword support of the Abaqus CAE User s Manual which lists all Abaqus keywords and their support within the user interface or from the input file reader To find examples of the usage of a particular keyword in an input file you can use the findkeyword utility defined in Querying the keyword problem database Section 3 2 11 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual to search the sample input files included with the Abaqus release The abaqus fetch utility is used to extract these input files for use For example to fetch input file boltpipeflange 3d cyclsym inp type abaqus fetch job boltpipeflange 3d cyclsym inp The abaqus fetch utility is explained in detail in Fetching sample input files Section 3 2 12 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual 1 0 1 ACOUSTIC FLOW VELOCITY 1 1 ACOUSTIC FLOW VELOCITY Specify flow velocities as a predefined field for acoustic elements This option is used to specify the fluid flow velocity of node sets or individual nodes for acoustic analysis This option defines an underlying flow about which the acoustic analysis is a linear perturbation Product Abaqus Standard Type History data Level Step Reference e Acoustic shock and coupled acoustic structural anal
156. ASE 1 be used to define the connector motion for the applied loads and LOAD CASE 2 can be used to define antisymmetry connector motion for the buckling modes Set OP MOD default to modify existing connector motions or to add connector motions to available components of relative motion that were previously unconstrained Set OP NEW if all connector motions that are currently in effect should be removed To remove only selected connector motions use OP NEW and respecify all connector motions that are to be retained If a connector motion is removed in a stress displacement analysis it will be replaced by a concentrated force equal to the reaction force calculated at the restrained degree of freedom at the end of the previous step If the step is a general nonlinear analysis step this concentrated force will then be removed according to the AMPLITUDE parameter on the STEP option Therefore by default the concentrated force will be reduced linearly to zero over the period of the step in a static analysis and immediately in a dynamic analysis Optional mutually exclusive parameters history data only FIXED TYPE USER Include this parameter to indicate that the values of the variables being prescribed with this CONNECTOR MOTION option should remain fixed at their current values at the start of the step If this parameter is used any magnitudes given on the data lines are ignored This parameter is used in a stress displacement a
157. Analysis User s Manual e CONNECTOR SECTION Required parameter NAME Set this parameter equal to the behavior name referred to on the CONNECTOR SECTION option Connector behavior names in the same input file must be unique Optional parameters EXTRAPOLATION The choice of extrapolation defined here applies to all suboptions of the connector behavior unless it is redefined on the suboption Set EXTRAPOLATION CONSTANT default to use constant extrapolation of the dependent variables outside the specified range of the independent variables Set EXTRAPOLATION LINEAR to use linear extrapolation of the dependent variables outside the specified range of the independent variables INTEGRATION This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses Set INTEGRATION IMPLICIT default to integrate the connector behavior with implicit time integration Set INTEGRATION EXPLICIT to integrate the connector behavior with explicit time integration 3 32 1 CONNECTOR BEHAVIOR REGULARIZE This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses The choice of regularization defined here applies to all suboptions of the connector behavior unless it is redefined on the suboption Set REGULARIZE ON default to regularize the user defined tabular connector behavior data Set REGULARIZE OFF to use the user defined tabular connector behavior data directly without regularization RTOL This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses
158. BUCKLE Set this parameter equal to 1 default or 2 LOAD CASE 1 can be used to define boundary conditions for the applied loads and LOAD CASE 2 can be used to define antisymmetry boundary conditions for the buckling modes This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses when the USER parameter is specified Set this parameter equal to the name that will be used to reference the boundary condition in user subroutine VDISP Boundary names that appear in an Abaqus Explicit analysis must be unique They cannot begin with a number and they must adhere to the naming convention for labels See Input syntax rules Section 1 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for the syntax of such names Set OP MOD default to modify existing boundary conditions or to add boundary conditions to degrees of freedom that were previously unconstrained Set OP NEW if all boundary conditions that are currently in effect should be removed To remove only selected boundary conditions use OP NEW and respecify all boundary conditions that are to be retained 2 11 2 BOUNDARY If a boundary condition is removed in a stress displacement analysis in Abaqus Standard it will be replaced by a concentrated force equal to the reaction force calculated at the restrained degree of freedom at the end of the previous step If the step is a general nonlinear analysis step this concentrated force will then be removed according to the AMPLITUDE parameter on the
159. BW Ne 6 Etc up to five field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the major principal stress at damage initiation as a function of minor principal stress temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to specify damage initiation for CRITERION HASHIN First line Longitudinal tensile strength of the lamina Longitudinal compressive strength of the lamina Transverse tensile strength of the lamina Transverse compressive strength of the lamina Longitudinal shear strength of the lamina Transverse shear strength of the lamina Temperature if temperature dependent 8 First field variable Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than one 1 Second field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of the strengths on temperature and other predefined field variables 4 3 5 DAMAGE INITIATION Data lines to specify damage initiation for CRITERION HYSTERESIS ENERGY First line QN Un BW F2 Material constant Units of CY CLE F 1 72 Material constant Temperature if temperature dependent First field variable
160. CITY 3 7 CAST IRON PLASTICITY Specify plastic material properties for gray cast iron This option is used to define the plastic properties for gray cast iron It must be used in conjunction with the CAST IRON COMPRESSION HARDENING and CAST IRON TENSION HARDENING options Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References e Cast iron plasticity Section 20 2 10 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e CAST IRON COMPRESSION HARDENING e CAST IRON TENSION HARDENING Optional parameter DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the material properties in addition to temperature If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the material properties depend only on temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information Data lines to define the plastic Poisson s ratio First line 1 Value of the plastic Poisson s ratio where 1 0 lt vy lt 0 5 Dimensionless If no value is provided a default value of 0 04 is assumed 2 Temperature 6 3 First field variable 4 Etc up to six field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than six 1 Seventh field variable 3 7 1 CAST IRON P
161. CT Begin the definition of general contact This option is used to indicate the start of a general contact definition The various aspects of a general contact definition are specified by using other options in conjunction with the CONTACT option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data in Abaqus Standard Model or history data in Abaqus Explicit Level Model in Abaqus Standard Model or Step in Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Interaction module References e Defining general contact interactions in Abaqus Standard Section 32 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Defining general contact interactions in Abaqus Explicit Section 32 4 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameter OP This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit Set OP MOD default to modify an existing general contact definition relative to the previous step Set OP NEW to delete any previously specified general contact definition and specify a new one There are no data lines associated with this option 3 51 1 CONTACT CLEARANCE 3 52 CONTACT CLEARANCE Define contact clearance properties This option is used to create a contact clearance property definition The contact clearance properties will govern any contact interactions that are assigned these properties via the CONTACT CLEARANCE ASSIGNMENT option Product Abaqus Explicit Type Model data Level Model References e Cont
162. Connector relative position or constitutive relative motion in the first independent component identified on the first data line Connector relative position or constitutive relative motion in the second independent component identified on the first data line Etc up to N entries as identified on the first data line Temperature First field variable 3 37 3 CONNECTOR DERIVED COMPONENT If the number of data entries exceeds the limit of eight entries per line continue the input on the next data line Continuation line if needed 1 Second field variable 2 Etc up to eight entries per line Do not repeat the first two data lines Repeat the subsequent data lines as often as necessary to define the contributions to the derived component as a function of connector relative position or constitutive relative motion temperature and field variables 3 374 CONNECTOR ELASTICITY 3 38 CONNECTOR ELASTICITY Define connector elastic behavior This option is used to define the elastic behavior for connector elements Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Interaction module References e Connector behavior Section 28 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Connector elastic behavior Section 28 2 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e CONNECTOR BEHAVIOR Optional parameters COMPONENT Set this parameter equal to the connector s c
163. D option 4 Exposed area AA 5 Drag coefficient Cn 6 Structural velocity factor The default value is 1 0 if this entry is left blank or set equal to 0 0 7 For load type TFD name of the AMPLITUDE curve used for scaling steady current velocities A For load type TWD name of the AMPLITUDE curve used for scaling the local 2 direction wind velocity A If this data item is blank the velocities are not scaled A 1 or A 1 8 For load type TFD name of the AMPLITUDE curve used for scaling wave velocities Aw For load type TWD name of the AMPLITUDE curve used for scaling the local y direction wind velocity A If this data item is blank the velocities are not scaled A 1 or Ay 1 Second line Give the following direction cosines in the local coordinate system if the TRANSFORM option was used at this node 3 20 4 1 X direction cosine of the outward normal to the exposed transition section area pointing into the fluid in the initial configuration 2 Y direction cosine of the outward normal to the exposed transition section area pointing into the fluid in the initial configuration 3 Z direction cosine of the outward normal to the exposed transition section area pointing into the fluid in the initial configuration Repeat this pair of data lines as often as necessary to define concentrated fluid or wind drag loading at various nodes or node sets Data lines to define concentrated fluid
164. DYNAMICS DIRECT and STEADY STATE DYNAMICS SUBSPACE PROJECTION analyses only Temperature First field variable Second field variable mn Hb w 6 Etc up to five field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 3 38 2 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line CONNECTOR ELASTICITY Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the elastic stiffness as a function of frequency temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to define linear coupled elastic behavior the COMPONENT and NONLINEAR parameters are omitted all 21 elasticity constants must be specified regardless of whether temperature or field variable dependencies are included First line 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Second line Units of FL F for SLIPRING Units of FL F for SLIPRING Dog Units of FL F for SLIPRING Units of FL F for SLIPRING Do3 Units of FL F for SLIPRING D33 Units of FL F for SLIPRING Dia Units of F D 4 Units of F 1 D34 Units of F Third line 2 A A RODA P3 onaupunn Das Units of FL Di5 Units of F Units of F Das Units of F Das Units of FL Dss5 Units of FL Ds Units of F Dg Units of F Dg Units of F Dag Units of FL Units of FL Units of FL rn o
165. Data line for TYPE SURFACE First and only line 1 The name of the element based or node based surface 3 76 2 CO SIMULATION REGION Data line for TYPE NODE First and only line 1 The name of the node set 3 76 3 3 77 COUPLED TEMPERATURE DISPLACEMENT COUPLED TEMPERATURE DISPLACEMENT Fully coupled simultaneous heat transfer and stress analysis This option is used to analyze problems where the simultaneous solution of the temperature and stress displacement fields is necessary Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Step module References e Fully coupled thermal stress analysis Section 6 5 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Rate dependent plasticity creep and swelling Section 20 2 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters ALLSDTOL Include this parameter to indicate that an adaptive automatic damping algorithm will be activated in this step Set this parameter equal to the maximum allowable ratio of the stabilization energy to the total strain energy The initial damping factor is specified via the STABILIZE parameter or the FACTOR parameter This damping factor will then be adjusted through the step based on the convergence history and the value of ALLSDTOL If this parameter is set equal to zero the adaptive automatic damping algorithm is not activated a constant damping factor will be used throughout the step I
166. Data lines to define isotropic behavior TYPE ISO First line Dielectric constant Units of Cp L Temperature 0 First field variable Second field variable Un A U Ne Etc up to six field variables 4 21 1 DIELECTRIC Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than six 1 Seventh field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dielectric property as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to define orthotropic behavior TYPE ORTHO First line DE Units of Cg L Da DE Temperature 6 First field variable Second field variable Etc up to four field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four 1 Fifth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dielectric property as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to define anisotropic behavior TYPE ANISO First line D Units of Co L pee DES Dee Dee DES Temperature 6 First field variable IAN Roc 4 21 2 DIELECTRIC Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than one 1 Second field variable 2 Etc
167. E 2 Distributed electric charge label ES 3 Reference electric surface charge magnitude Units of CL Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define distributed electric charges for various surfaces 4 35 2 DSECURRENT 4 36 DSECURRENT Specify distributed current densities over a surface in an electric conduction analysis This option is used to input distributed current densities over a surface in a coupled thermal electrical analysis Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Load module Reference e Coupled thermal electrical analysis Section 6 7 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters AMPLITUDE Set this parameter equal to the name of the amplitude curve that defines the magnitude of the electric current density during the step Amplitude curves Section 30 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual If this parameter is omitted the reference magnitude is applied immediately at the beginning of the step or linearly over the step depending on the value assigned to the AMPLITUDE parameter on the STEP option Procedures overview Section 6 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual OP Set OP MOD default for existing DSECURRENTS to remain with this option defining distributed current densities to be added or modified Set OP NEW if all existing DSECURRENTS applied to the model should be removed Data lines to define distr
168. EBOND option in Abaqus Standard and after the COHESIVE BEHAVIOR option in Abaqus Explicit This option can also be used in Abaqus Standard to specify a linear elastic fracture mechanics based criterion for crack propagation in enriched elements It must appear immediately following the SURFACE BEHAVIOR option in Abaqus Standard in this case Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model or history data in Abaqus Standard Model data in Abaqus Explicit Level Model or Step in Abaqus Standard Model in Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Interaction module References e Crack propagation analysis Section 11 4 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Modeling discontinuities as an enriched feature using the extended finite element method Section 10 6 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e DEBOND e COHESIVE BEHAVIOR e SURFACE BEHAVIOR Required parameters DISTANCE This parameter is required only if TYPE COD or TYPE CRITICAL STRESS is used If TYPE CRITICAL STRESS set this parameter equal to the distance along the potential crack surface ahead of the crack tip at which the critical stress criterion is evaluated If TYPE COD set this parameter equal to the distance behind the crack tip along the slave surface at which the crack opening displacement is measured NSET This parameter is required only if TYPE CRACK LENGTH Set this parameter equal to the name of the node set containing the nodes that are used to
169. ECTION BEAM SECTION GENERATE BIAXIAL TEST DATA BLOCKAGE BOND BOUNDARY BRITTLE CRACKING BRITTLE FAILURE BRITTLE SHEAR BUCKLE BUCKLING ENVELOPE BUCKLING LENGTH BUCKLING REDUCTION FACTORS BULK VISCOSITY CONTENTS 1 1 1 2 13 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 1 10 1 11 1 12 1 13 1 14 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 2 6 2 7 2 8 2 9 2 10 2 11 2 12 2 13 2 14 2 15 2 16 2 17 2 18 2 19 CONTENTS C C ADDED MASS 3 1 CAP CREEP 32 CAP HARDENING 3 3 CAP PLASTICITY 3 4 CAPACITY 3 5 CAST IRON COMPRESSION HARDENING 3 6 CAST IRON PLASTICITY 3 7 CAST IRON TENSION HARDENING 3 8 CAVITY DEFINITION 3 9 CECHARGE 3 10 CECURRENT 3 11 CENTROID 3 12 CFILM 3 13 CFLOW 3 14 CFLUX 3 15 CHANGE FRICTION 3 16 CLAY HARDENING 3 17 CLAY PLASTICITY 3 18 CLEARANCE 3 19 CLOAD 3 20 COHESIVE BEHAVIOR 3 21 COHESIVE SECTION 3 22 COMBINED TEST DATA 3 23 COMPLEX FREQUENCY 3 24 CONCRETE 3 25 CONCRETE COMPRESSION DAMAGE 3 26 CONCRETE COMPRESSION HARDENING 3 27 CONCRETE DAMAGED PLASTICITY 3 28 CONCRETE TENSION DAMAGE 3 29 CONCRETE TENSION STIFFENING 3 30 CONDUCTIVITY 3 31 CONNECTOR BEHAVIOR 3 32 CONNECTOR CONSTITUTIVE REFERENCE 3 33 CONNECTOR DAMAGE EVOLUTION 3 34 CONNECTOR DAMAGE INITIATION 3 35 CONNECTOR DAMPING 3 36 CONNECTOR DERIVED COMPONENT 3 37 CONNECTOR ELASTICITY 3 38 CONNECTOR FAILURE 3 39 CONNECTOR FRICTION 3 40 vi CONNECTOR HARDENING CONNECTOR LOAD CONNECTOR L
170. ECTOR BEHAVIOR e CONNECTOR FRICTION CONNECTOR POTENTIAL Required parameter NAME Set this parameter equal to a label that will be used to refer to the derived component Optional parameters DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the connector derived component in addition to temperature If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the connector derived components are independent of field variables See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information EXTRAPOLATION Set EXTRAPOLATION CONSTANT default unless CONNECTOR BEHAVIOR EXTRAPOLATION LINEAR is used to use constant extrapolation of the dependent variables outside the specified range of the independent variables 3 37 1 CONNECTOR DERIVED COMPONENT Set EXTRAPOLATION LINEAR to use linear extrapolation of the dependent variables outside the specified range of the independent variables INDEPENDENT COMPONENTS Set INDEPENDENT COMPONENTS POSITION default to specify dependencies on components of relative position included in the derived component definition Set INDEPENDENT COMPONENTS CONSTITUTIVE MOTION to specify dependencies on components of constitutive relative motion included in the derived component definition OPERATOR Set OPERATOR NORM default to use a square root of a su
171. EGRATION POINTS default if values are being written at the integration points at which the variables are actually calculated Set POSITION NODES if the values being written are extrapolated to the nodes of each element in the set but not averaged at the nodes Optional parameters REBAR This parameter applies only to rebar in membrane shell and surface elements This parameter can be used to obtain output only for the rebar in the element set specified output for the matrix material will not be given It can be used with or without a value If it is used without a value the output will be given for all rebar in the element set Its value can be set to the name assigned to the rebar on the REBAR LAYER option to specify output for that particular rebar in the element set If this parameter is omitted in a model that includes rebar the output requests govern the output for the matrix material only except for section forces when the forces in the rebar are included in the force calculation Rebar output can be obtained only in membrane shell or surface elements at the integration points and at the centroid of the element VARIABLE Set VARIABLE ALL to indicate that all element variables applicable to this procedure and material type should be written to the output database Set VARIABLE PRESELECT to indicate that the default element output variables for the current procedure type should be written to the output database Additional
172. EHAVIOR option 3 54 3 CONTACT CONTROLS TANGENT FRACTION Set this parameter equal to a fraction of the damping in the normal direction as specified with the STABILIZE parameter By default the tangential and normal stabilization are the same UERRMX Set this parameter equal to the maximum overclosure distance allowed at a slave node that is considered to be open If any contact point violates the contact constraint by more than UERRMX iteration will occur regardless of the value of MAXCHP which must be used in conjunction with this parameter By default no overclosure is allowed Optional data line if the STABILIZE parameter is included First and only line 1 Damping coefficient to be used in the contact interface The value entered overrides the damping coefficient calculated by Abaqus When a nonzero value is entered the value assigned to the STABILIZE parameter is ignored 2 Fraction of the damping that remains at the end of the step The default is zero Set to one to keep the damping constant over the step If a nonzero value is specified convergence problems may occur in a subsequent step if stabilization is not used in that step 3 Clearance at which the damping becomes zero By default the clearance is calculated by Abaqus based on the facet size associated with the contact pair Set to a large value to obtain damping independent of the opening distance Specifying additional controls for contact in an Abaqus Ex
173. ERSION CHECK First line 1 The name of the surface for which the fold inversion check should be activated If the surface name is omitted a default surface that encompasses the entire general contact domain including all nodes and facets is assumed Repeat this data line as often as necessary Data lines for TYPE SCALE PENALTY First line 1 The name of the first surface If the first surface name is omitted a default surface that encompasses the entire general contact domain including all nodes and facets is assumed 2 The name of the second surface If the second surface name is omitted or is the same as the first surface name the specified contact controls are assigned to contact interactions between the first surface and itself 3 55 2 CONTACT CONTROLS ASSIGNMENT 3 The factor by which Abaqus Explicit will scale the default penalty stiffnesses for the specified contact pairings Repeat this data line as often as necessary assignment applies in the overlap region If the contact controls assignments overlap the last 3 55 3 CONTACT DAMPING 3 56 CONTACT DAMPING Define viscous damping between contacting surfaces This option is used to define viscous damping between two interacting surfaces It must be used in conjunction with the SURFACE INTERACTION the GAP or the INTERFACE option In Abaqus Standard this option is primarily used to damp relative motions of the surfaces during approach or separat
174. ES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the dashpot coefficient in addition to temperature If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the dashpot coefficient is independent of field variables See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information NONLINEAR Include this parameter to define nonlinear dashpot behavior Omit this parameter to define linear dashpot behavior 4 7 1 DASHPOT ORIENTATION This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses If the option is being used to define the behavior of DASHPOT1 or DASHPOT2 elements this parameter can be used to refer to an orientation definition so that the dashpot is acting in a local system Set this parameter equal to the name of the ORIENTATION definition Orientations Section 2 2 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual RTOL This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses Set this parameter equal to the tolerance to be used for regularizing the material data The default is RTOL 0 03 See Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for a discussion of data regularization Data lines to define linear dashpot behavior for DASHPOTA or ITS elements First line 1 Enter a blank line Second line 1 Dashpot coefficient force per relative
175. ESHED Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of material moduli in addition to temperature If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the moduli are constant or depend only on temperature 2 5 1 BEAM GENERAL SECTION POISSON Set this parameter equal to the effective Poisson s ratio for the section to provide uniform strain in the section due to strain of the beam axis so that the cross sectional area changes when the beam is stretched The value of the effective Poisson s ratio must be between 1 0 and 0 5 The default is POISSON 0 A value of 0 5 will enforce incompressible behavior of the element For PIPE elements with SECTION PIPE this parameter will also be used along with the Young s modulus given on the third data line to compute the axial strain due to hoop strain This parameter is used only in large displacement analysis It is not used with element types B23 B33 or the equivalent hybrid elements which are available only in Abaqus Standard ROTARY INERTIA This parameter is relevant only for three dimensional Timoshenko beam elements Set ROTARY INERTIA EXACT default to use the exact rotary inertia corresponding to the beam cross section geometry in dynamic and eigenfrequency extraction procedures Set ROTARY INERTIA ISOTROPIC to use an approximate rotary inertia for the cross section In Abaqus Standard the rotary inertia associated with the
176. Etc up to eight field variables per line Do not repeat the data line that specifies the affected components Repeat the subsequent set of data lines as often as necessary to define connector damage evolution as a function of connector relative plastic or constitutive motion mode mix ratio temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to define the damage evolution for TYPE ENERGY First line needed only if the AFFECTED COMPONENTS parameter is included 1 First component of relative motion number that will be damaged 2 Second component of relative motion number that will be damaged 3 Etc up to six entries Second line if the AFFECTED COMPONENTS parameter is included otherwise first line 1 Total energy dissipated by damage at ultimate failure 2 Mode mix ratio if CRITERION PLASTIC MOTION and the COMPONENT parameter is omitted from the associated CONNECTOR DAMAGE INITIATION option Leave blank otherwise Temperature First field variable Second field variable Nn rw Etc up to five field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Do not repeat the data line that specifies the affected components Repeat the subsequent set of data lines as often as necessary to define connector damage evolution by specifying the post initiation dissipation energy as a func
177. F 3 Reference load magnitude which can be modified by the use of the AMPLITUDE option Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define viscous body force stagnation pressure or stagnation body loads for different elements or element sets Loads used by Abaqus Aqua Reference e Abaqus Aqua analysis Section 6 11 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters AMPLITUDE Set this parameter equal to the name of the amplitude curve that defines the variation of the load magnitude during the step If this parameter is omitted for uniform load types the reference magnitude is applied immediately at the beginning of the step or linearly over the step depending on the value assigned to the AMPLITUDE parameter on the STEP option see Procedures overview Section 6 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Amplitude references are ignored for nonuniform loads given by user subroutine DLOAD Only the load magnitude is changed with time Quantities such as the fluid surface level in hydrostatic pressure loading are not changed OP Set OP MOD default for existing DLOADS to remain with this option modifying existing loads or defining additional loads Set OP NEW if all existing DLOADs applied to the model should be removed New distributed loads can be defined Data lines to define distributed buoyancy forces First line 1 Element number or element set label 2 Distributed load type label
178. FREQUENCY This parameter is valid only for an Abaqus Standard analysis used with the parameter TIME INCREMENTATION SUBCYCLE and CO SIMULATION PROGRAM ABAQUS option Set FACTORIZATION FREQUENCY EXPLICIT INCREMENT default to specify factoring of the interface matrix every Abaqus Explicit increment Set FACTORIZATION FREQUENCY STANDARD INCREMENT to specify factoring of the interface matrix once per Abaqus Standard increment 3 75 2 CO SIMULATION CONTROLS TIME INCREMENTATION Set TIME INCREMENTATION SUBCYCLE default to allow Abaqus to take one or more increments to reach the next target time to exchange data with the external program Set TIME INCREMENTATION LOCKSTEP to force Abaqus to use only one increment to reach the next target time TIME MARKS Set TIME MARKS YES default to enforce the target time in an exact manner that is Abaqus will temporarily cut back the increment such that the exchange occurs at the specified target time Set TIME MARKS NO to enforce the target time in a loose manner This setting is applicable only when TIME INCREMENTATION SUBCYCLE is used This parameter does not apply when using the CO SIMULATION PROGRAM ABAQUS option the target time will always be enforced in an exact manner There are no data lines associated with this option 3 75 3 CO SIMULATION REGION 3 76 CO SIMULATION REGION Identify the interface regions in the Abaqus model and specify the fields to be exchanged during co simulat
179. G The use of stiffness proportional material damping in Abaqus Explicit may reduce the stable time increment dramatically and can lead to longer analysis times See Material damping Section 23 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User Manual This option is used to provide material damping for mode based analyses and for direct integration dynamic analysis in Abaqus Standard and for explicit dynamic analysis in Abaqus Explicit Damping is defined in a material data block except in the case of elements defined with the BEAM GENERAL SECTION option the SHELL GENERAL SECTION option the ROTARY INERTIA option the MASS option or the SUBSTRUCTURE PROPERTY option For the BEAM GENERAL SECTION the SHELL GENERAL SECTION and the SUBSTRUCTURE PROPERTY options the DAMPING option must be used in conjunction with the property references For the MASS and the ROTARY INERTIA options damping must be specified using either the ALPHA or the COMPOSITE parameter associated with these options Damping may also be defined as step data using the GLOBAL DAMPING option and may come from damper elements like connectors and dashpots Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Part Part instance Abaqus CAE Property module References e Material damping Section 23 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Dynamic analysis procedures overview Section 6 3 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Explicit dy
180. IAL parameter with N 1 OGDEN Include this parameter to use the Ogden strain energy potential POLYNOMIAL Include this parameter to use the polynomial strain energy potential This method is the default method of defining the strain energy potential 8 6 1 HYPERELASTIC REDUCED POLYNOMIAL Include this parameter to use the reduced polynomial strain energy potential This method is equivalent to using the POLYNOMIAL parameter with C 0 for j 0 USER This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses Include this parameter if the derivatives of the strain energy potential with respect to the strain invariants are defined in user subroutine UHYPER VAN DER WAALS Include this parameter to use the Van der Waals model also known as the Kilian model YEOH Include this parameter to use the Yeoh model This method is equivalent to using the REDUCED POLYNOMIAL parameter with N 3 Required parameter if the USER parameter is included TYPE This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses Set TYPE INCOMPRESSIBLE to indicate that the hyperelastic material defined by UHYPER is incompressible Set TYPE COMPRESSIBLE to indicate that the hyperelastic material defined by UHYPER is compressible Optional parameters BETA This parameter can be used only when both the VAN DER WAALS and TEST DATA INPUT parameters are used it defines the value of 8 while the other coefficients of the Van der Waals model are fitted
181. IGUE Include this parameter to perform a low cycle fatigue analysis using a direct cyclic approach in conjunction with the damage extrapolation technique Multiple cycles can be included in a single direct cyclic analysis The analysis models progressive damage and failure on constitutive points in the bulk materials based on a continuum damage approach It can also be used to model delamination debonding growth at the interfaces in laminated composites TIME POINTS Set this parameter equal to the name of the TIME POINTS option that defines the time points at which the response of the structure will be evaluated Data line to control incrementation and Fourier representation in a direct cyclic analysis without the FATIGUE parameter First and only line 1 Initial time increment If this entry is omitted a default value of 0 1 times the single loading cycle period is assumed If automatic incrementation is used this should be a reasonable suggestion for the initial increment size and will be adjusted as necessary If direct incrementation is used this entry will be used as the constant time incrementation or will be ignored if the TIME POINTS option is specified 2 Time of a single loading cycle 3 Minimum time increment allowed This entry is used only if the CETOL or DELTMX parameter is specified If this entry is omitted a default value of the smaller of the suggested initial time increment or 10 times the single loading cycle
182. INED FIELD USER ELEMENT USER MATERIAL USER OUTPUT VARIABLES VARIABLE MASS SCALING VIEWFACTOR OUTPUT VISCO VISCOSITY VISCOELASTIC VISCOUS VOID NUCLEATION VOLUMETRIC TEST DATA xvii CONTENTS 18 56 18 57 18 58 19 1 19 2 19 3 19 4 19 5 19 6 19 7 19 8 19 9 19 10 19 11 19 12 19 13 19 14 19 15 20 1 20 2 20 3 20 4 20 5 20 6 20 7 20 8 20 9 21 1 212 21 3 21 4 21 5 21 6 21 7 21 8 CONTENTS W X Y Z WAVE 22 1 WIND 22 2 xviii 1 0 1 BROWSING THE Abaqus Keywords Reference Manual This manual describes all of the input options that are available in Abaqus A brief description of the intended use of the keyword is listed at the top of each keyword section The Products field lists each of the products that support the keyword Keywords that are at least partially supported in Abaqus CAE include Abaqus CAE in the list of products The user interface in Abaqus CAE does not necessarily support all optional parameters for each supported keyword The Type field indicates whether the keyword appears in the model or history data portion of the input file For more information see Defining a model in Abaqus Section 1 3 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual The Level field indicates the level s at which the keyword can appear within the input file if the model is defined in terms of an assembly of part instances For more information see Defining an assembly Section 2
183. ITERION LINEAR default to define the linear yield criterion This is required if creep material behavior is included for an Abaqus Standard analysis Set SHEAR CRITERION HYPERBOLIC to define the hyperbolic yield criterion Set SHEAR CRITERION EXPONENT FORM to define the exponent form as a yield criterion TEST DATA This parameter is only for use with SHEAR CRITERION EXPONENT FORM Include this parameter if the material constants for the exponent model are to be computed by Abaqus from triaxial test data at different levels of confining pressure The TRIAXIAL TEST DATA option must be used for this purpose Data lines to define a linear Drucker Prager plasticity model SHEAR CRITERION LINEAR First line 1 Material angle of friction 3 in the p t plane Give the value in degrees 2 K the ratio of the flow stress in triaxial tension to the flow stress in triaxial compression 0 778 lt K lt 1 0 If this field is left blank or a value of 0 0 is entered the default of 1 0 is used If creep material behavior is included K should be set to 1 0 Dilation angle p in the p t plane Give the value in degrees Temperature First field variable Second field variable UAU fF YW Etc up to four field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four 1 Fifth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as n
184. If the FACTOR parameter is used any value of the dissipated energy fraction will be overriden by the damping factor STEADY STATE Include this parameter to choose steady state analysis If this parameter is omitted the step is assumed to involve transient response If this parameter is included automatic time incrementation will be used Optional parameters to control time incrementation in transient analysis CETOL Set this parameter equal to the maximum difference in the creep strain increment calculated from the creep strain rates at the beginning and at the end of the increment thus controlling the accuracy of the creep integration The tolerance is sometimes calculated by choosing an acceptable stress error tolerance and dividing by a typical elastic modulus This parameter is meaningful only when the 3 772 COUPLED TEMPERATURE DISPLACEMENT material response is time dependent creep and swelling If both this parameter and the DELTMX parameter are omitted in a transient analysis fixed time increments will be used with a constant time increment equal to the initial time increment DELTMX Set this parameter equal to the maximum temperature change allowed within an increment Abaqus Standard will restrict the time step to ensure that this value is not exceeded at any node during any increment of the step If both this and the CETOL parameter are omitted in a transient analysis fixed time increments will be used with a constan
185. If this entry is blank the fluid particle accelerations are not scaled Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define concentrated fluid inertia loading on the ends of elements 4 29 10 DRAG CHAIN 4 30 DRAG CHAIN Specify parameters for drag chain elements This option is used to specify the maximum length of a drag chain the frictional limit between the chain and the seabed and the weight of the drag chain Product Abaqus Standard Type Model data Level Part Part instance Reference e Drag chains Section 29 12 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameter ELSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the element set with which this behavior is associated Data line for DRAG2D elements First and only line 1 Horizontal length of chain at slip 2 Friction limit between the chain and the seabed Data line for DRAG3D elements First and only line 1 Total length of chain 2 Friction coefficient 3 Weight of chain per unit length 4 30 1 DRUCKER PRAGER 4 31 DRUCKER PRAGER Specify the extended Drucker Prager plasticity model This option is used to define yield surface and flow potential parameters for elastic plastic materials that use one of the extended Drucker Prager plasticity models It must be used in conjunction with the DRUCKER PRAGER HARDENING option and if creep material behavior is included in an Abaqus Standard analysis with the DRUC
186. K DIRECTION 2 for two dimensional and axisymmetric elements If STACK DIRECTION ORIENTATION the ORIENTATION parameter is also required To obtain a desired thickness direction the appropriate numerical value for the STACK DIRECTION parameter depends on the element connectivity For a mesh independent specification use STACK DIRECTION ORIENTATION This parameter cannot be used with pore pressure cohesive elements THICKNESS Set THICKNESS GEOMETRY if the initial constitutive thickness of the cohesive layer is determined from the nodal coordinates of the elements Set THICKNESS SPECIFIED to specify the initial constitutive thickness of the layer on the data line below If the data field representing the initial constitutive thickness is left blank or set equal to zero a unit thickness is assumed The default value of this parameter depends on the choice of the RESPONSE parameter If RESPONSE TRACTION SEPARATION the default is THICKNESS SPECIFIED If RESPONSE CONTINUUM the default is THICKNESS GEOMETRY If RESPONSE GASKET there is no default the THICKNESS parameter must be stated explicitly Data line to define the attributes of cohesive elements First and only line 1 Initial constitutive thickness of the cohesive element 2 Out of plane thickness for two dimensional cohesive elements The default is 1 0 The value is ignored for cohesive elements that do not require this input 3 22 2 COMBINED TEST DATA 3 23 COMBINED
187. KER PRAGER CREEP option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References e Extended Drucker Prager models Section 20 3 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e DRUCKER PRAGER HARDENING e DRUCKER PRAGER CREEP Optional parameters DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the material parameters other than temperature If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the material parameters depend only on temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information ECCENTRICITY This parameter is only for use with SHEAR CRITERION HYPERBOLIC or SHEAR CRITERION EXPONENT FORM or if creep material properties are included with SHEAR CRITERION LINEAR It is used to define the flow potential eccentricity e The eccentricity is a small positive number that defines the rate at which the hyperbolic flow potential approaches its asymptote The default is 0 1 for the exponent model and if 4 0 it is set to d o pilo tan B G o tan 8 for the hyperbolic model to ensure associated flow the terms are defined in Extended Drucker Prager models Section 20 3 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual 4 31 1 DRUCKER PRAGER SHEAR CRITERION Set SHEAR CR
188. L SECTION Using a general beam section to define the section behavior Section 26 3 7 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters if neither ELASTIC nor LINEAR is included elastic plastic response is assumed DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the axial force axial strain relationship in addition to temperature If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the axial force axial strain relationship is constant or depends only on temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information ELASTIC Include this parameter if the axial force axial strain relationship is nonlinear but elastic LINEAR Include this parameter if the axial force axial strain relationship is linear Data lines if the LINEAR parameter is included First line Axial stiffness of the section Temperature First field variable Second field variable BW 59 Etc up to six field variables 1 14 1 AXIAL Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than six 1 Seventh field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the axial stiffness as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines
189. LASTICITY 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of the material parameter vy on temperature and field variables 3 72 CAST IRON TENSION HARDENING 3 8 CAST IRON TENSION HARDENING Specify hardening in tension for the gray cast iron plasticity model This option is used to specify the tension hardening data for gray cast iron It must be used in conjunction with the CAST IRON PLASTICITY and CAST IRON COMPRESSION HARDENING options Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References e Cast iron plasticity Section 20 2 10 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e CAST IRON COMPRESSION HARDENING e CAST IRON PLASTICITY Optional parameter DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the tensile yield stress in addition to temperature If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the tensile yield stress depends only on the plastic strain and possibly on temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information Data lines to define tension hardening First line Yield stress in uniaxial tension g Corresponding plastic strain The first tabular value entered must alw
190. M SECTION Data lines for BOX CIRC HEX I L PIPE RECT and TRAPEZOID sections First line 1 Beam section geometric data Values should be given as specified in Beam cross section library Section 26 3 9 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for the chosen section type 2 Ete Second line optional enter a blank line if the default values are to be used 1 First direction cosine of the first beam section axis 2 Second direction cosine of the first beam section axis 3 Third direction cosine of the first beam section axis The entries on this line must be 0 0 1 for planar beams The default for beams in space is 0 0 1 if the first beam section axis is not defined by an additional node in the element s connectivity See Beam element cross section orientation Section 26 3 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for details Third line optional 1 Number of integration points in the first direction or branch This number must be an odd number for Simpson s integration unless noted otherwise in Beam cross section library Section 26 3 9 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual 2 Number of integration points in the second direction or branch This number must be an odd number for Simpson s integration unless noted otherwise in Beam cross section library Section 26 3 9 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual This entry is needed only for beams in space 3 Number of integration points in the t
191. NDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the internal contact force as a function of accumulated slip temperature and field variables Omit these data lines if internal contact forces do not need to be specified Data lines to define the internal contact forces for user defined friction that depends on the relative positions or motions in one or more component directions the PREDEFINED parameter is omitted and the INDEPENDENT COMPONENTS parameter is included First line 1 First independent component number 1 6 2 Second independent component number 1 6 3 Etc up to N entries maximum six Subsequent lines 1 Internal contact force moment generating friction 2 Connector relative position or constitutive relative motion in the first independent component identified on the first data line 3 Connector relative position or constitutive relative motion in the second independent component identified on the first data line 4 Etc up to N entries as identified on the first data line 3 40 3 CONNECTOR FRICTION 5 Accumulated slip 6 Temperature 7 First field variable 8 Second field variable If the number of data entries exceeds the limit of eight entries per line continue the input on the next data line Continuation line if needed 1 Third field variabl
192. NDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four 1 Fifth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of the unloading curve of the elastic plastic model on temperature and field variables Data lines to define the unloading in terms of force or force per unit length versus closure for an elastic plastic model TYPE ELASTIC PLASTIC DIRECTION UNLOADING and VARIABLE FORCE First line Force or force per unit length This value cannot be negative Closure This value must be positive Plastic closure This value must be positive Temperature 0 First field variable Etc up to four field variables QN Un EU Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four 1 Fifth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of the unloading curve of the elastic plastic model on temperature and field variables Data lines to define the unloading in terms of pressure versus closure for a damage model TYPE DAMAGE DIRECTION UNLOADING and VARIABLE STRESS First line 1 Pressure This value cannot be negative 7 11 3 GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR aA tn A U N Closure This value cannot be negative Maximum closure reached while loading the gasket This value must be po
193. NEAR is used to use constant extrapolation of the dependent variables outside the specified range of the independent variables Set EXTRAPOLATION LINEAR to use linear extrapolation of the dependent variables outside the specified range of the independent variables INDEPENDENT COMPONENTS This parameter can be used only if the COMPONENT and NONLINEAR parameters are included Set INDEPENDENT COMPONENTS POSITION default to specify dependencies on components of relative position included in the damping definition Set INDEPENDENT COMPONENTS CONSTITUTIVE MOTION to specify dependencies on components of constitutive relative motion included in the damping definition If damping is dependent on only the relative velocity in the component specified with the COMPONENT parameter the INDEPENDENT COMPONENTS parameter should not be used NONLINEAR This parameter can be used only if the COMPONENT parameter is included Include this parameter to define nonlinear damping behavior Omit this parameter to define linear damping behavior REGULARIZE This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses Set REGULARIZE ON default unless CONNECTOR BEHAVIOR REGULARIZE OFF is used to regularize the user defined tabular connector damping data Set REGULARIZE OFF to use the user defined tabular connector damping data directly without regularization RTOL This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses Set this parameter equal to the toler
194. NEAR to use linear extrapolation of the dependent variables outside the specified range of the independent variables RATE FILTER FACTOR This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses Set this parameter equal to the factor to be used for filtering the equivalent relative plastic motion rate for the evaluation of rate dependent connector hardening data The default value is 0 9 RATE INTERPOLATION This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses and is used only to interpolate rate dependent connector hardening data Set RATE INTERPOLATION LINEAR default to use linear intervals for the equivalent relative plastic motion rate while interpolating rate dependent hardening data Set RATE INTERPOLATION LOGARITHMIC to use logarithmic intervals for the equivalent relative plastic motion rate while interpolating rate dependent hardening data REGULARIZE This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses Set REGULARIZE ON default unless CONNECTOR BEHAVIOR REGULARIZE OFF is used to regularize the user defined tabular connector hardening data Set REGULARIZE OFF to use the user defined tabular connector hardening data directly without regularization RTOL This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses Set this parameter equal to the tolerance to be used to regularize the connector hardening data If this parameter is omitted the default is RTOL 0 03 unless the tolerance is specified on the CONNECTOR BEHAVIOR
195. NEW if all existing DSFLOWSs applied to the model should be removed New flows can be defined Data lines to define uniform seepage First line 1 Surface name 2 Distributed uniform seepage type label S 3 Reference seepage magnitude Units of LT The seepage magnitude is the pore fluid effective velocity crossing the surface at this point in an outward direction Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define uniform seepage for various surfaces 4 37 1 DSFLOW Data lines to define nonuniform seepage First line 1 Surface name 2 Nonuniform distributed seepage type label SNU 3 Seepage magnitude optional If given this value is passed into user subroutine DFLOW in the variable used to define the seepage magnitude Nonuniform seepage magnitudes are defined via user subroutine DFLOW Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define nonuniform seepage for surfaces 4 37 2 DSFLUX 4 38 DSFLUX Specify distributed surface fluxes for heat transfer analysis This option is used to apply distributed surface fluxes in fully coupled thermal stress analysis In Abaqus Standard it is also used for heat transfer and coupled thermal electrical analyses Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Load module References e Thermal loads Section 30 4 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e DFLUX Section 1 1 3 of the Abaqus User Subro
196. OAD for Abaqus Standard and VDLOAD for Abaqus Explicit If given this value will be passed into the user subroutine in an Abaqus Standard analysis Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define distributed loads for different elements or element sets Data lines to define a general surface traction vector a surface shear traction vector or a general shell edge traction vector First line 1 Element number or element set label 4 29 3 DLOAD 2 Distributed load type label TRVECn TRVEC TRSHRn TRSHR EDLDn TRVECHNU TRVECNU TRSHRANU TRSHRNU or EDLDrNU Reference load magnitude which can be modified by using the AMPLITUDE option l component of the traction vector direction 2 component of the traction vector direction QN Un A U 3 component of the traction vector direction For a two dimensional or axisymmetric analysis only the first two components of the traction vector direction need to be specified For the shear traction load labels TRSHRn TRSHR TRSHRANU or TRSHRNU the loading direction is computed by projecting the specified traction vector direction down upon the surface in the reference configuration For nonuniform loads in Abaqus Standard the magnitude and traction vector direction must be defined in user subroutine UTRACLOAD If given the magnitude and vector will be passed into the user subroutine in an Abaqus Standard analysis Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define
197. OCK CONNECTOR MOTION CONNECTOR PLASTICITY CONNECTOR POTENTIAL CONNECTOR SECTION CONNECTOR STOP CONNECTOR UNIAXIAL BEHAVIOR CONSTRAINT CONTROLS CONTACT CONTACT CLEARANCE CONTACT CLEARANCE ASSIGNMENT CONTACT CONTROLS CONTACT CONTROLS ASSIGNMENT CONTACT DAMPING CONTACT EXCLUSIONS CONTACT FILE CONTACT FORMULATION CONTACT INCLUSIONS CONTACT INITIALIZATION ASSIGNMENT CONTACT INITIALIZATION DATA CONTACT INTERFERENCE CONTACT OUTPUT CONTACT PAIR CONTACT PRINT CONTACT PROPERTY ASSIGNMENT CONTACT RESPONSE CONTACT STABILIZATION CONTOUR INTEGRAL CONTROLS CONWEP CHARGE PROPERTY CORRELATION CO SIMULATION CO SIMULATION CONTROLS CO SIMULATION REGION COUPLED TEMPERATURE DISPLACEMENT COUPLED THERMAL ELECTRICAL COUPLING CRADIATE CREEP CREEP STRAIN RATE CONTROL vii CONTENTS 3 41 3 42 3 43 3 44 3 45 3 46 3 47 3 48 3 49 3 50 3 51 3 52 3 53 3 54 3 59 3 56 3 57 3 58 3 59 3 60 3 61 3 62 3 63 3 64 3 65 3 66 3 67 3 68 3 69 3 70 3 71 3 72 3 73 3 74 3 75 3 76 3 77 3 78 3 79 3 80 3 81 3 82 CONTENTS CRUSHABLE FOAM 3 83 CRUSHABLE FOAM HARDENING 3 84 CYCLED PLASTIC 3 85 CYCLIC 3 86 CYCLIC HARDENING 3 87 CYCLIC SYMMETRY MODEL 3 88 D D ADDED MASS 4 1 DAMAGE EVOLUTION 4 2 DAMAGE INITIATION 4 3 DAMAGE STABILIZATION 4 4 DAMPING 4 5 DAMPING CONTROLS 4 6 DASHPOT 4 7 DEBOND 4 8 DECHARGE 4 9 DECURRENT 4 10 DEFORMATION PLAS
198. ODE This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses This parameter is useful only during eigenvalue extraction for natural frequencies Natural frequency extraction Section 6 3 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual and for eigenvalue buckling estimation Eigenvalue buckling prediction Section 6 2 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Set this parameter equal to the highest mode number for which output is required The default value is LAST MODE N where N is the number of modes extracted If the MODE parameter is used the default value is LAST MODE M where Mis the value of the MODE parameter This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses This parameter is useful only during eigenvalue extraction for natural frequencies Natural frequency extraction Section 6 3 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual and for eigenvalue buckling estimation Eigenvalue buckling prediction Section 6 2 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Set this parameter equal to the first mode number for which output is required The default is MODE 1 When performing a FREQUENCY analysis the normalization will follow the format set by the NORMALIZATION parameter Otherwise the normalization is such that the largest displacement component in the mode has a magnitude of 1 0 POSITION REBAR This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses Set POSITION AVERAGED AT NODES if the values being written are t
199. ON Set this parameter equal to the Poisson s ratio v to account for compressibility This parameter cannot be used if the material coefficients are specified directly or if volumetric behavior is defined by entering nonzero values for D on the data line or by specifying the VOLUMETRIC TEST DATA option In addition this parameter cannot be used for the Marlow model if the nominal lateral strains are specified on the UNIAXIAL TEST DATA BIAXIAL TEST DATA or PLANAR TEST DATA option PROPERTIES This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses This parameter can be used only if the USER parameter is specified Set this parameter equal to the number of property values needed as data in user subroutine UHYPER The default value is 0 TEST DATA INPUT Include this parameter if the material constants are to be computed by Abaqus from data taken from simple tests on a material specimen If this parameter is omitted the material constants must be given directly on the data lines This parameter is not relevant for the Marlow model in which case the test data must be specified To define the material behavior by giving test data Alternative options for specifying test data rather than specifying relevant material constants on the data lines of the HYPERELASTIC option are applicable to all hyperelastic material models except the user defined model No data lines are used with the HYPERELASTIC option when the MARLOW or TEST DATA INP
200. ON TYPE EULERIAN to apply the boundary conditions to an Eulerian boundary region This option is used to create a boundary region across which material can flow and is typically used with velocity boundary conditions Mesh constraints must be used normal to an Eulerian boundary region to allow material to flow through the region If no mesh constraints are applied an Eulerian boundary region will behave in the same way as a sliding boundary region This parameter cannot be used with the FIXED parameter This parameter is used in a stress displacement analysis to specify whether the magnitude is in the form of a displacement history a velocity history or an acceleration history In an Abaqus Standard analysis TYPE VELOCITY should normally be used to specify finite rotations Set TYPE DISPLACEMENT default to give a displacement history Abaqus Explicit does not admit jumps in displacement If no amplitude is specified Abaqus Explicit will ignore the user supplied displacement value and enforce a zero displacement boundary condition See Boundary conditions in Abaqus Standard and Abaqus Explicit Section 30 3 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for details Set TYPE VELOCITY to give a velocity history Velocity histories can be specified in static analyses in Abaqus Standard as discussed in Prescribing large rotations in Boundary conditions 2 11 3 BOUNDARY USER Optional in Abaqus Standard and Abaqus Explicit Se
201. OP Set OP MOD default for existing CECHARGEs to remain with this option modifying existing electric charges or defining additional electric charges Set OP NEW if all existing CECHARGEs applied to the model should be removed Optional mutually exclusive parameters for matrix generation and direct solution steady state dynamics analysis IMAGINARY Include this parameter to define the imaginary out of phase part of the concentrated electric charges REAL Include this parameter default to define the real in phase part of the concentrated electric charges Data lines to define concentrated electric charges First line 1 Node number or node set label 3 10 1 CECHARGE 2 Leave blank 3 Reference electric charge magnitude Units of C Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define concentrated electric charges at various nodes or node sets 3 10 2 CECURRENT 3 11 CECURRENT Specify concentrated current in an electric conduction analysis This option is used to apply concentrated current to any node of a model in a coupled thermal electrical analysis Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Load module Reference e Coupled thermal electrical analysis Section 6 7 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters AMPLITUDE Set this parameter equal to the name of the amplitude curve that defines the magnitude of the current d
202. OS Specify an equation of state model This option is used to define a hydrodynamic material model in the form of an equation of state Products Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module Reference e Equation of state Section 22 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameter TYPE Set TYPE IDEAL GAS for an ideal gas equation of state Set TYPE IGNITION AND GROWTH for an ignition and growth equation of state if this equation of state is used the REACTION RATE option and the GAS SPECIFIC HEAT option are required Set TYPE JWL for an explosive equation of state if this equation of state is used the DETONATION POINT option is required Set TYPE TABULAR for a tabulated equation of state that is linear in energy Set TYPE USUP for a linear U U equation of state Optional parameters DETONATION ENERGY This parameter can be used only in combination with TYPE IGNITION AND GROWTH Set this parameter equal to the energy of detonation The default value is 0 0 Data line for an ideal gas equation of state TYPE IDEAL GAS First and only line 1 Gas constant Units of JM 6 2 The ambient pressure Units of FL If this field is left blank a default of 0 0 is used 5 24 1 Data lines for an ignition and growth equation of state TYPE IGNITION AND GROWTH First line Material constants used in the equation of state for un
203. PE VARIATION PART PERIODIC PERMEABILITY PHYSICAL CONSTANTS PIEZOELECTRIC PIPE SOIL INTERACTION PIPE SOIL STIFFNESS PLANAR TEST DATA PLASTIC PLASTIC AXIAL PLASTIC MI PLASTIC M2 PLASTIC TORQUE POROUS BULK MODULI POROUS ELASTIC POROUS FAILURE CRITERIA POROUS METAL PLASTICITY POST OUTPUT POTENTIAL PREPRINT PRESSURE PENETRATION xiv 14 6 14 7 14 8 14 9 14 10 14 11 14 12 14 13 14 14 14 15 14 16 15 1 15 2 15 3 16 1 16 2 16 3 16 4 16 5 16 6 16 7 16 8 16 9 16 10 16 11 16 12 16 13 16 14 16 15 16 16 16 17 16 18 16 19 16 20 16 21 16 22 16 23 16 24 PRESSURE STRESS PRESTRESS HOLD PRE TENSION SECTION PRINT PSD DEFINITION RADIATE RADIATION FILE RADIATION OUTPUT RADIATION PRINT RADIATION SYMMETRY RADIATION VIEWFACTOR RANDOM RESPONSE RATE DEPENDENT RATIOS REACTION RATE REBAR REBAR LAYER REFLECTION RELEASE RESPONSE SPECTRUM RESTART RETAINED NODAL DOFS RIGID BODY RIGID SURFACE ROTARY INERTIA SECTION CONTROLS SECTION FILE SECTION ORIGIN SECTION POINTS SECTION PRINT SELECT CYCLIC SYMMETRY MODES SELECT EIGENMODES SFILM SFLOW SHEAR CENTER SHEAR FAILURE SHEAR RETENTION SHEAR TEST DATA XV CONTENTS 16 25 16 26 16 27 16 28 16 29 17 1 17 2 17 3 17 4 17 5 17 6 17 7 17 8 17 9 17 10 17 11 17 12 17 13 17 14 17 15 17 16 17 17 17 18 17 19 17 20 18 1 18 2 18 3 18 4 18 5 18 6 18 7
204. PENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four 1 Fifth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the properties as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables 6 33 4 FREQUENCY 6 34 FREQUENCY Extract natural frequencies and modal vectors This option is used to perform eigenvalue extraction to calculate the natural frequencies and corresponding mode shapes of a system Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Abaqus AMS Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Step module Reference Natural frequency extraction Section 6 3 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters ACOUSTIC COUPLING For the Lanczos eigensolver that is not based on the SIM architecture set ACOUSTIC COUPLING ON default to include the effect of acoustic structural coupling during the natural frequency extraction procedure in models with acoustic and structural elements coupled using the TIE option or in models with ASI type elements For the AMS eigensolver and Lanczos eigensolver based on the SIM architecture set ACOUSTIC COUPLING PROJECTION default to project the acoustic structural coupling operator during the natural frequency extraction procedure in models with acoustic and structural elements coupled using the TIE option Set ACOUSTIC COUPLING OFF to omit the projection of the acoustic structural coupling operator
205. PERTY option Product Abaqus Explicit Type Model data Level Part Part instance References e Fluid cavity definition Section 11 6 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Inflator definition Section 11 6 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e FLUID BEHAVIOR e FLUID INFLATOR PROPERTY Required parameter NUMBER SPECIES Set this parameter equal to the number of gas species used for this inflator Optional parameter TYPE Set TYPE MASS FRACTION default to use the mass fraction for a mixture of ideal gases Set TYPE MOLAR FRACTION to use the molar fraction for a mixture of ideal gases Data lines to define gas species for a fluid inflator First line 1 Fluid behavior name 2 Etc up to eight fluid behavior names per line Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define all gas species for this inflator Next line 1 Inflation time 2 Mass fraction or molar fraction for the first entry of fluid behavior 3 Mass fraction or molar fraction for the second entry of fluid behavior 4 Etc mass fraction or molar fraction up to the seventh entry of fluid behavior 6 26 1 FLUID INFLATOR MIXTURE Subsequent lines only needed if the NUMBER SPECIES parameter has a value greater than seven 1 Mass fraction or molar fraction for the eighth entry of fluid behavior 2 Etc mass fraction or molar fraction for up to eight entries of fluid behavior per line Repeat this set of data lines as oft
206. RAINTS SELECTIVE default to use a selective scheme of supplementary constraints Set SUPPLEMENTARY CONSTRAINTS YES to add the supplementary contact constraints when applicable Set SUPPLEMENTARY CONSTRAINTS NO to forgo the supplementary contact constraints TIED Include this parameter to indicate that the surfaces of this CONTACT PAIR are to be tied together for the duration of the simulation The ADJUST parameter is required when the TIED parameter is used This parameter is not allowed with self contact TRACKING This parameter controls which contact tracking algorithm is used for finite sliding surface to surface contact it has no effect on contact pairs that use other formulations Set TRACKING PATH default to invoke a path based contact tracking algorithm for finite sliding surface to surface contact Set TRACKING STATE to invoke a state based contact tracking algorithm for finite sliding surface to surface contact TYPE Set TYPE NODE TO SURFACE default to have the contact constraint coefficients generated according to the interpolation functions at the point where the slave node projects onto the master surface Set TYPE SURFACE TO SURFACE to have the contact constraint coefficients generated such that stress accuracy is optimized for the specified surface type pairings This parameter setting will be ignored for contact pairs that include a node based surface 3 65 3 CONTACT PAIR Data lines to define the surfac
207. REFLECTION 9 13 INCLUDE 9 14 INCREMENTATION OUTPUT 9 15 INELASTIC HEAT FRACTION 9 16 INERTIA RELIEF 9 17 INITIAL CONDITIONS 9 18 INSTANCE 9 19 INTEGRATED OUTPUT 9 20 INTEGRATED OUTPUT SECTION 9 21 INTERFACE 9 22 ITS 9 23 J JOINT 10 1 JOINT ELASTICITY 10 2 JOINT PLASTICITY 10 3 JOINTED MATERIAL 10 4 JOULE HEAT FRACTION 10 5 K K APPA 11 1 KINEMATIC 11 2 KINEMATIC COUPLING 11 3 xii LATENT HEAT LOAD CASE LOADING DATA LOW DENSITY FOAM MAP SOLUTION MASS MASS DIFFUSION MASS FLOW RATE MATERIAL MATRIX MATRIX ASSEMBLE MATRIX GENERATE MATRIX INPUT MEMBRANE SECTION MODAL DAMPING MODAL DYNAMIC MODAL FILE MODAL OUTPUT MODAL PRINT MODEL CHANGE MOHR COULOMB MOHR COULOMB HARDENING MOISTURE SWELLING MOLECULAR WEIGHT MONITOR MOTION E MULLINS EFFECT XK OA A ACA AECA CAE KK KF SS P NCOPY NFILL NGEN NMAP NO COMPRESSION xiii CONTENTS 12 1 12 2 12 3 12 4 13 1 13 2 13 3 13 4 13 5 13 6 13 7 13 8 13 9 13 10 13 11 13 12 13 13 13 14 13 15 13 16 13 17 13 18 13 19 13 20 13 21 13 22 13 23 13 24 13 25 13 26 14 1 14 2 14 3 14 4 14 5 CONTENTS P Q NO TENSION NODAL ENERGY RATE NODAL THICKNESS NODE NODE FILE NODE OUTPUT NODE PRINT NODE RESPONSE NONSTRUCTURAL MASS NORMAL NSET ORIENTATION ORNL OUTPUT PARAMETER PARAMETER DEPENDENCE PARAMETER SHA
208. RY default to obtain a summary at the end of the step The summary gives the average number of advection sweeps per adaptive mesh increment and the average maximum and minimum percentages of nodes moved during the step Set ADAPTIVE MESH SUMMARY to obtain a summary for each adaptive mesh increment The summary gives the number of mesh sweeps the average percentage of nodes moved during those mesh sweeps and the number of advection sweeps performed during the adaptive mesh increment In addition to this information the STEP SUMMARY information will be written at the end of each step Set ADAPTIVE MESH DETAIL to obtain detailed information about each adaptive mesh increment The detailed report gives the number of mesh sweeps performed the minimum average and maximum percentage of nodes moved during those mesh sweeps the number of advection sweeps performed the mass and momentum before and after advection and the percentage volume 4 20 1 DIAGNOSTICS change during the adaptive mesh increment In addition to this information the STEP SUMMARY information will be written at the end of each step Set ADAPTIVE MESH OFF to suppress all diagnostic messages about adaptive meshing CONTACT INITIAL OVERCLOSURE Set CONTACT INITIAL OVERCLOSURE DETAIL default to write all of the initial displacements required to resolve initial overclosures to the message msg file and a summary of the maximum initial overclosure for each contact pair to the
209. Reference magnitude of the field variable If the amplitude parameter is present this and subsequent values will be modified by the AMPLITUDE specification 3 Gradient in the n direction for beams or gradient through the thickness for shells 4 Gradient in the n gt direction for beams Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define a field variable at different nodes or node sets Data lines to define a predefined field variable at temperature points in beams and shells First line 1 Node set or node number If a node set label is given all nodes in this set must have identical initial field variable values 2 Magnitude at the first temperature point If the amplitude parameter is present this and subsequent values will be modified by the AMPLITUDE specification 3 Magnitude of the field variable at the second temperature point 4 Magnitude of the field variable at the third temperature point 5 Etc up to seven values Subsequent lines only needed if there are more than seven temperature points in the element 1 Magnitude of the field variable at the eighth temperature point 2 Etc up to eight values per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define a field variable at different nodes or node sets Data lines to define a predefined field variable for solid elements using the data line format First line 1 Node set or node number If a node set label is given all nodes in this se
210. S parameter has a value greater than six 1 Seventh field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the maximum principal stress at damage initiation as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to specify damage initiation for CRITERION SHEAR First line Equivalent plastic strain at damage initiation Shear stress ratio 0 q ksp Tmax Strain rate Temperature if temperature dependent First field variable Second field variable NYDN fF 09 59 Etc up to four field variables 4 3 9 DAMAGE INITIATION Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four 1 Fifth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the equivalent plastic strain at damage initiation as a function of the shear stress ratio strain rate temperature and other predefined field variables Defining damage initiation as part of a contact property model Reference e Surface based cohesive behavior Section 33 1 10 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameter CRITERION Set CRITERION MAXS to specify a damage initiation criterion based on the maximum nominal stress criterion for cohesive surfaces Set CRITERION MAXU to specify a damage initiation criterion based on the maximum
211. ST Include this parameter to indicate that a list of eigenmodes for which sensitivities are desired will be listed on the data lines This parameter is valid only in a FREQUENCY procedure Data lines to list desired eigenmodes if the MODE LIST parameter is included First line 1 Specify a list of desired eigenmodes Repeat this data line as often as necessary to list all desired eigenmodes 4 16 1 DETONATION POINT 4 17 DETONATION POINT Define detonation points for a JWL explosive equation of state This option is used to define detonation points for a JWL explosive equation of state It is required when the EOS TYPE JWL option is used The DETONATION POINT option should appear immediately after the EOS option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References e EOS e Equation of state Section 22 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual There are no parameters associated with this option Data lines to define detonation points First line Coordinate 1 of detonation point Coordinate 2 of detonation point Coordinate 3 of detonation point BW N Detonation delay time total time as defined in Conventions Section 1 2 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual The default is 0 Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define each detonation point 4 17 1 DFLOW 4 18 DFLOW Specify distrib
212. ST DATA option is used in conjunction with the HYPERELASTIC MARLOW option DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the test data If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the test data depend only on temperature Data lines to specify biaxial test data for hyperelasticity other than the Marlow model the nominal strains must be arranged in either ascending or descending order if the SMOOTH parameter is used First line 1 Nominal stress T5 2 8 1 BIAXIAL TEST DATA 2 Nominal strain Repeat this data line as often as necessary to give the stress strain data Data lines to specify biaxial test data for the Marlow model the nominal strains must be arranged in ascending order if the SMOOTH parameter is used First line 1 Nominal stress Tg 2 Nominal strain 95 Nominal lateral strain Not needed if the POISSON parameter is specified on the HYPERELASTIC option or if the VOLUMETRIC TEST DATA option is used Temperature 0 First field variable Second field variable ND tn RR Etc up to four field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four 1 Fifth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the test data as a function of temperature and other predefined
213. STEP option Therefore if the default amplitudes are used the concentrated force will be reduced linearly to zero over the period of the step in a static analysis and immediately in a dynamic analysis The OP parameter must be the same for all uses of the BOUNDARY option within a single step except in a BUCKLE step where OP NEW can be used with LOAD CASE 2 even when OP MOD is used with LOAD CASE 1 REGION TYPE TYPE This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses This parameter is relevant only for boundary conditions applied to nodes on the boundary of an adaptive mesh domain If boundary conditions are applied to nodes in the interior of an adaptive mesh domain these nodes will always follow the material Abaqus Explicit will create a Lagrangian boundary region automatically for surface type constraints symmetry planes moving boundary planes and fully clamped boundaries Set REGION TYPE LAGRANGIAN default to apply the boundary conditions to a Lagrangian boundary region The edge of a Lagrangian boundary region will follow the material while allowing adaptive meshing along the edge and in the interior of the region Set REGION TYPE SLIDING to define a sliding boundary region The edge of a sliding boundary region will slide over the material Adaptive meshing will occur on the edge and in the interior of the region Mesh constraints are typically applied on the edge of a sliding boundary region to fix it spatially Set REGI
214. Second line 1 2 3 Number of segments making up the section Local 1 coordinate of first point defining the section Local 2 coordinate of first point defining the section Local 1 coordinate of second point defining the section Local 2 coordinate of second point defining the section Thickness of first segment Local 1 coordinate of next section point Local 2 coordinate of next section point Thickness of segment ending at this point Repeat the second data line as often as necessary to define the ARBITRARY section Third line optional enter a blank line if the default values are to be used 1 2 3 First direction cosine of the first beam section axis Second direction cosine of the first beam section axis Third direction cosine of the first beam section axis The entries on this line must be 0 0 1 for planar beams The default for beams in space is 0 0 1 if the first beam section axis is not defined by an additional node in the element s 2 5 6 BEAM GENERAL SECTION connectivity See Beam element cross section orientation Section 26 3 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for details Fourth line Young s modulus E Torsional shear modulus G Not used for beams in a plane Coefficient of thermal expansion Temperature First field variable Second field variable NA Wn PWN Etc up to four field variables Subsequent lines only
215. TEST DATA Specify simultaneously the normalized shear and bulk compliances or relaxation moduli as functions of time This option can be used only in conjunction with the VISCOELASTIC option and cannot be used if the SHEAR TEST DATA and VOLUMETRIC TEST DATA options are used Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References e Time domain viscoelasticity Section 19 7 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e VISCOELASTIC Optional parameters SHRINF To specify creep test data set this parameter equal to the value of the long term normalized shear compliance To specify relaxation test data set this parameter equal to the value of the long term normalized shear modulus The shear compliance and shear modulus are related by js oo 1 gr co The fitting procedure will use the specified value in the constraint 1 E gr VOLINF To specify creep test data set this parameter equal to the value of the long term normalized volumetric compliance jx To specify relaxation test data set this parameter equal to the value of the long term normalized volumetric modulus kg oc The volumetric compliance and volumetric modulus are related by jx oo 1 kp oo The fitting procedure will use this value the constraint 1 DY kP k R 00 Data lines to specify creep test data First line 1 Nor
216. TIC to provide force moment versus plastic motion data of a first half cycle This parameter is valid only for TYPE KINEMATIC Set DEFINITION PARAMETERS to specify the kinematic hardening parameters C and y directly This parameter is valid only for TYPE KINEMATIC Set DEFINITION STABILIZED to provide force moment versus plastic motion data of a stabilized cycle This parameter is valid only for TYPE KINEMATIC Set DEFINITION TABULAR default for TYPE ISOTROPIC to provide force moment versus plastic motion values Either uniaxial test data or processed data as explained in Connector 8 41 1 CONNECTOR HARDENING behavior Section 28 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual from cyclic experiments can be used This parameter is valid only for TYPE ISOTROPIC DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the connector hardening data in addition to temperature If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the connector hardening is independent of field variables See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information EXTRAPOLATION Set EXTRAPOLATION CONSTANT default unless CONNECTOR BEHAVIOR EXTRAPOLATION LINEAR is used to use constant extrapolation of the dependent variables outside the specified range of the independent variables Set EXTRAPOLATION LI
217. TICITY 4 11 DENSITY 4 12 DEPVAR 4 13 DESIGN GRADIENT 4 14 DESIGN PARAMETER 4 15 DESIGN RESPONSE 4 16 DETONATION POINT 4 17 DFLOW 4 18 DFLUX 4 19 DIAGNOSTICS 4 20 DIELECTRIC 4 21 DIFFUSIVITY 4 22 DIRECT CYCLIC 4 23 DISPLAY BODY 4 24 DISTRIBUTING 4 25 DISTRIBUTING COUPLING 4 26 DISTRIBUTION 4 27 DISTRIBUTION TABLE 4 28 DLOAD 4 29 DRAG CHAIN 4 30 DRUCKER PRAGER 4 31 DRUCKER PRAGER CREEP 4 32 DRUCKER PRAGER HARDENING 4 33 DSA CONTROLS 4 34 DSECHARGE 4 35 viii DSECURRENT DSFLOW DSFLUX DSLOAD DYNAMIC DYNAMIC TEMPERATURE DISPLACEMENT EL FILE EL PRINT ELASTIC ELCOPY ELECTRICAL CONDUCTIVITY ELEMENT ELEMENT MATRIX OUTPUT ELEMENT OUTPUT ELEMENT RESPONSE ELGEN ELSET EMBEDDED ELEMENT EMISSIVITY END ASSEMBLY END INSTANCE END LOAD CASE END PART END STEP ENERGY FILE ENERGY OUTPUT ENERGY PRINT ENRICHMENT ENRICHMENT ACTIVATION EOS EOS COMPACTION EPJOINT EQUATION EULERIAN BOUNDARY EULERIAN MESH MOTION EULERIAN SECTION EXPANSION EXTREME ELEMENT VALUE EXTREME NODE VALUE EXTREME VALUE CONTENTS 4 36 4 37 4 38 4 39 4 40 4 41 5 1 5 2 5 3 5 4 5 5 5 6 5 7 5 8 5 9 5 10 5 11 5 12 5 13 5 14 5 15 5 16 5 17 5 18 5 19 5 20 5 21 5 22 5 23 5 24 5 25 5 26 5 27 5 28 5 29 5 30 5 31 5 32 5 33 5 34 CONTENTS F FABRIC 6 1 FAIL STRAIN 6 2 FAIL STRESS 6 3 FAILURE RATIOS 6 4 FASTENER
218. TUDE curve A used for scaling steady current velocities If this entry is blank the current velocities are not scaled A 1 Name of the AMPLITUDE curve Aw used for scaling wave velocities If this entry is blank the wave velocities are not scaled A 1 Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define distributed tangential fluid drag on various elements or element sets Data lines to define distributed fluid inertia loading First line UJ ND Ur a Element number or element set label Distributed load type label FI Magnitude factor M default value is 1 0 This factor will be scaled by any AMPLITUDE specification associated with this DLOAD option Effective outer diameter of the member D Transverse fluid inertia coefficient Transverse added mass coefficient C 4 Name of the AMPLITUDE curve used for scaling fluid particle accelerations Aw If this entry is blank the fluid particle accelerations are not scaled A 1 Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define fluid inertia loading for various elements or element sets Data lines to define concentrated fluid and wind drag loading on the ends of elements First line 1 2 Element number or element set label Distributed load type label FD1 FD2 WD1 or WD2 4 29 9 DLOAD Magnitude factor M default value is 1 0 This factor will be scaled by any AMPLITUDE specification associated
219. The default scaling factor is 1 0 This parameter can be used to scale the default global time estimate and it can be used in conjunction with the ELEMENT BY ELEMENT and FIXED TIME INCREMENTATION parameters It cannot be used in conjunction with the DIRECT USER CONTROL parameter Data line for automatic time incrementation global or ELEMENT BY ELEMENT estimation First and only line 1 Enter a blank field 2 T time period of the step 3 Enter a blank field 4 Atmar Maximum time increment allowed If this value is not specified no upper limit is imposed Data line for fixed time incrementation using DIRECT USER CONTROL First and only line 1 At time increment to be used throughout the step 2 T time period of the step Data line for fixed time incrementation using FIXED TIME INCREMENTATION First and only line 1 Enter a blank field 2 T time period of the step 4 41 2 EL FILE 5 1 EL FILE Define results file requests for element variables This option is used to select the element variables that will be written to the results 11 file in an Abaqus Standard analysis or to the selected results sel file in an Abaqus Explicit analysis In an Abaqus Explicit analysis it must be used in conjunction with the FILE OUTPUT option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Unsupported Abaqus CAE reads output from the output database file o
220. This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses Include this parameter if the thermal expansion of the pore fluid in a porous medium is being defined The thermal expansion of a fluid must be isotropic so TYPE ORTHO and TYPE ANISO cannot be used if this parameter is included TYPE Set TYPE ISO default to define isotropic expansion 5 31 1 EXPANSION USER ZERO Data line omitted First line Set TYPE ORTHO to define orthotropic expansion Set TYPE ANISO to define fully anisotropic expansion in an Abaqus Standard analysis Set TYPE SHORT FIBER to define laminate material properties for each layer in each shell element This parameter setting is applicable only when using Abaqus Standard in conjunction with the Abaqus Interface for Moldflow Any data lines will be ignored Material properties will be read from the ASCII neutral file identified as jobid sh See the Abaqus Interface for Moldflow User s Manual for more information In an Abaqus Standard analysis spatially varying isotropic orthotropic or anisotropic expansion can be defined using a distribution When using a distribution the TYPE parameter must be used to indicate the level of anisotropy of thermal expansion The level of anisotropy must be consistent with that defined in the distribution See Distribution definition Section 2 7 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses Include this pa
221. UT parameter is specified In this case the test data are specified with the BIAXIAL TEST DATA PLANAR TEST DATA UNIAXIAL TEST DATA and VOLUMETRIC TEST DATA options Data lines to define the material constants for the ARRUDA BOYCE model First line 1 m peor b gt 4 Temperature Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the material constants as a function of temperature 8 6 3 HYPERELASTIC Data lines to define the material constants for the MOONEY RIVLIN model First line 1 Cio 2 3 Dy 4 Temperature Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the material constants as a function of temperature Data lines to define the material constants for the NEO HOOKE model First line 1 Cio 2 Di 3 Temperature Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the material constants as a function of temperature Data lines to define the material constants for the OGDEN strain energy potential First line if N 1 1 2 a1 3 Di 4 Temperature Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the material constants as a function of temperature First line if 2 1 H NU R N 7 Temperature Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the material constants as a function of temperature First line if N 3 l py 2 ay 3 8 6 4 HYPERELASTIC O3 Di D 90 Em Second line if N2
222. User s Manual e Frame section behavior Section 26 4 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Buckling strut response for frame elements Section 3 9 3 of the Abaqus Theory Manual Optional parameters AXIS1 AXIS2 Include this parameter to define the method for calculating the buckling reduction factor c 1 for bending about the first cross section direction Set AXISI TYPEI default to set cm1 to the constant value of 0 85 Set AXIS1 TYPE2 for members with no distributed transverse loading Then cm max 0 6 0 4M Ma 0 4 where is the ratio of smaller to larger moments about the first cross section axis at the element ends Set AXISI TYPE3 for members with distributed transverse loading Then c min 1 0 0 4f Fe1 0 85 where fe is the compressive axial stress and is the Euler buckling stress corresponding to the first cross section direction Include this parameter to define the method for calculating the buckling reduction factor cm2 for bending about the second cross section direction Set AXIS2 TYPEI default to set c 2 to the constant value of 0 85 Set AXIS2 TYPE2 for members with no distributed transverse loading Then c 57max 0 6 0 4M M2 0 4 where My is the ratio of smaller to larger moments about the second cross section axis at the element ends 2 181 BUCKLING REDUCTION FACTORS Set AXIS2 TYPE3 for members with distributed transverse loading Then cma mi
223. a function of angular distance temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to specify damage initiation for CRITERION MSFLD DEFINITION MSFLD First line Equivalent plastic strain at initiation of localized necking Ratio of minor to major principal strains a Equivalent plastic strain rate Temperature if temperature dependent First field variable Second field variable FW Ne 7 Etc up to four field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four 1 Fifth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the equivalent plastic strain at damage initiation as a function of equivalent plastic strain rate temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to specify damage initiation for CRITERION MSFLD DEFINITION FLD First line Major principal strain at initiation of localized necking Minor principal strain Equivalent plastic strain rate Temperature if temperature dependent First field variable Second field variable QN tn FW NY m 7 Etc up to four field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four 1 Fifth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the major principal
224. a multiple ofthe nominal maximum frequency of interest The acoustic range factor must be greater than 0 The default value is 1 0 No additional data lines are needed if default residual modes are sufficient or residual modes are not requested Otherwise subsequent lines 1 Node number or node set label 2 First degree of freedom for which residual modes are requested 6 34 3 FREQUENCY 3 Last degree of freedom for which residual modes are requested This field can be left blank if residual modes for only one degree of freedom are requested Repeat this line as often as necessary to request residual modes Data line for a natural frequency extraction when EIGENSOLVER SUBSPACE First and only line 1 Number of eigenvalues to be calculated 2 Maximum frequency of interest in cycles time This user specified maximum frequency is increased automatically by 12 5 to help capture closely spaced modes Abaqus Standard will also report all eigenvalues that converge in the same iteration as those in the specified range even if their frequencies are more than 12 5 above the maximum frequency specified by the user If this field is left blank no maximum is set Abaqus Standard will extract frequencies until either of the above limits is reached 3 Shift point in squared cycles per time positive or negative The eigenvalues closest to this point will be extracted 4 Number of vectors used in the iteration If this entry is
225. able Etc up to five field variables nA bh U Ne Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the values of the isotropic component as a function of plastic strain temperature and other predefined variables Data lines to define the material parameters directly PARAMETERS First line Equivalent stress defining the size of the elastic range at zero plastic strain Isotropic hardening parameter Qoo Isotropic hardening parameter b Temperature First field variable Etc up to four field variables Nn BW Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four 1 Fifth field variable 3 87 2 CYCLIC HARDENING 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of the material parameters on temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines for USER with PROPERTIES First line 1 Give the hardening properties eight per line Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define all hardening properties 3 87 3 CYCLIC SYMMETRY MODEL 3 88 CYCLIC SYMMETRY MODEL Define the number of sectors and the axis of symmetry for a cyclic symmetric structure This option is used to define the n
226. ables Data lines to specify damage evolution for TYPE DISPLACEMENT SOFTENING TABULAR without the MIXED MODE BEHAVIOR parameter First line Damage variable Effective total or plastic displacement measured from the time of damage initiation Temperature if temperature dependent First field variable Second field variable Un BW HN 6 Etc up to five field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the damage variable as a function of the total or the plastic displacement temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to specify damage evolution for TYPE DISPLACEMENT SOFTENING TABULAR MIXED MODE BEHAVIOR TABULAR First line Damage variable Effective total displacement measured from the time of damage initiation Appropriate mode mix ratio AA U Ne Appropriate mode mix ratio ifrelevant for three dimensional problems with anisotropic shear behavior Temperature if temperature dependent First field variable Second field variable 8 Third field variable Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than three 1 Fourth field variable ON tA 4 2 7 DAMAGE EVOLUTION 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat thi
227. al flux magnitude is defined Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define distributed fluxes for different surfaces 4 38 2 DSLOAD 4 39 DSLOAD Specify distributed surface loads This option is used to prescribe distributed surface loading Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Load module Applying distributed loads References e Distributed loads Section 30 4 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e DLOAD Section 1 1 5 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual e Analysis of models that exhibit cyclic symmetry Section 10 4 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameter for cyclic symmetry models in steady state dynamics analyses CYCLIC MODE Set this parameter equal to the cyclic symmetry mode number of loads that are applied in the current steady state dynamics procedure Optional parameters AMPLITUDE Set this parameter equal to the name of the amplitude curve that defines the variation of the load magnitude during the step If this parameter is omitted for uniform load types in an Abaqus Standard analysis the reference magnitude is applied immediately at the beginning of the step or linearly over the step depending on the value assigned to the AMPLITUDE parameter on the STEP option see Procedures overview Section 6 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual If this parameter is omitted in an A
228. ame given to the ORIENTATION definition Orientations Section 2 2 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual that specifies the initial orientation of the local system in which the constrained degrees of freedom are defined There are no data lines associated with this option 3 79 1 3 80 CRADIATE CRADIATE Specify radiation conditions and associated sink temperatures at one or more nodes or vertices This option is used to apply radiation boundary conditions between a node and a nonreflecting environment in fully coupled thermal stress analysis In Abaqus Standard it is also used for heat transfer and coupled thermal electrical analyses Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Interaction module Reference e Thermal loads Section 30 4 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters AMPLITUDE Set this parameter equal to the name of the AMPLITUDE option that gives the variation of the ambient temperature with time If this parameter is omitted in an Abaqus Standard analysis the reference magnitude is applied immediately at the beginning of the step or linearly over the step depending on the value assigned to the AMPLITUDE parameter on the STEP option see Procedures overview Section 6 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual If this parameter is omitted in an Abaqus Explicit analysis the reference magnitude is applied im
229. ameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the compressive yield stress in addition to temperature If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the compressive yield stress depends only on the plastic strain and possibly on temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information 3 25 1 CONCRETE Data lines to define the concrete properties First line 1 Absolute value of compressive stress Units of FL 2 2 Absolute value of plastic strain The first stress strain point given at each value of temperature and field variable must be at zero plastic strain and will define the initial yield point for that temperature and field variable Temperature First field variable Second field variable QN Un A UC Etc up to five field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of compressive yield stress on plastic strain and if needed on temperature and other predefined field variables 3 25 2 3 26 CONCRETE COMPRESSION DAMAGE CONCRETE COMPRESSION DAMAGE Define compression damage properties for the concrete damaged plasticity model This
230. ameters or data lines associated with this option 5 16 1 END PART 5 17 END PART End the definition of a part This option is used to end a part definition Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Part module References e Defining an assembly Section 2 9 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e PART There are no parameters or data lines associated with this option 5 171 END STEP 5 18 END STEP End the definition of a step This option is used to end a step definition Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Model Abaqus CAE Step module References e Procedures overview Section 6 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e STEP There are no parameters or data lines associated with this option 5 18 1 ENERGY FILE 5 19 ENERGY FILE Write energy output to the results file This option is used to write a summary of the total energy content of a model to the results 11 file in an Abaqus Standard analysis or to the selected results sel file in an Abaqus Explicit analysis In an Abaqus Explicit analysis it must be used in conjunction with the FILE OUTPUT option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Unsupported Abaqus CAE reads output from the output database file only References e Output to the data an
231. ample if NUMBER INTERVAL 10 Abaqus Explicit will write 11 results states consisting of the values at the beginning of the step and the values at the end of 10 intervals throughout the step The value of this parameter must be a positive integer Optional parameter TIME MARKS Set TIME MARKS NO default to write the results at the increment ending immediately after the time dictated by the NUMBER INTERVAL parameter Set TIME MARKS YES to write results at the exact times dictated by the NUMBER INTERVAL parameter TIME MARKS YES cannot be used when either the FIXED TIME INCREMENTATION or the DIRECT USER CONTROL parameter is included on the DYNAMIC option There are no data lines associated with this option 6 9 1 6 10 FILM FILM Define film coefficients and associated sink temperatures This option is used to provide film coefficients and sink temperatures for fully coupled thermal stress analysis In Abaqus Standard it is also used to provide film coefficients and sink temperatures for heat transfer and coupled thermal electrical analyses Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Interaction module References e Thermal loads Section 30 4 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e FILM Section 1 1 6 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual Optional parameters AMPLITUDE Set this parameter equal to the name of the AMPLITUDE option that gives
232. an four 1 Fifth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define orthotropic electrical conductivity as a function of temperature and field variables Data lines to define anisotropic electrical conductivity TYPE ANISO First line Units of CT 1 Tao oF of cE Temperature First field variable Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has value greater than 1 Second field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define anisotropic electrical conductivity as a function of temperature and field variables 5 5 2 ELEMENT 5 6 ELEMENT Define elements by giving their nodes This option is used to define an element directly by specifying its nodes Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Part Part instance Assembly Abaqus CAE Mesh module Reference e Element definition Section 2 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameter TYPE Set this parameter equal to the element type as defined in Part VI Elements of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual For user elements specify the Un type identification see User defined elements Section 29 16 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual The USER ELEMENT option must al
233. ance to be used to regularize the connector damping data If this parameter is omitted the default is RTOL 0 03 unless the tolerance is specified on the CONNECTOR BEHAVIOR option Data lines to define linear uncoupled viscous damping behavior TYPE VISCOUS COMPONENT with the NONLINEAR parameter omitted First line 1 Damping coefficient force or moment per relative velocity 2 Leave blank in an Abaqus Explicit analysis In an Abaqus Standard analysis this field corresponds to frequency in cycles per time Applicable for STEADY STATE DYNAMICS DIRECT STEADY STATE DYNAMICS SUBSPACE PROJECTION and STEADY STATE DYNAMICS and MODAL DYNAMIC analyses that support nondiagonal damping 3 36 2 CONNECTOR DAMPING 3 Temperature 4 First field variable 5 Second field variable 6 Etc up to five field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the damping coefficient as a function of frequency temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to define linear coupled viscous damping behavior TYPE VISCOUS with both the COMPONENT and NONLINEAR parameters omitted all 21 damping constants must be specified regardless of whether temperature or field variable dependencies are included First line C31 Units of FTL
234. andard Type History data Level Step References Meshed beam cross sections Section 10 5 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Beam section behavior Section 26 3 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Using a general beam section to define the section behavior Section 26 3 7 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual There are no parameters or data lines associated with this option 2 7 1 BIAXIAL TEST DATA 2 8 BIAXIAL TEST DATA Used to provide biaxial test data compression and or tension This option is used to provide biaxial test data It can be used only in conjunction with the HYPERELASTIC option the HYPERFOAM option and the MULLINS EFFECT option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module Using biaxial test data to define a hyperelastic material References e Hyperelastic behavior of rubberlike materials Section 19 5 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e HYPERELASTIC Optional parameter SMOOTH Include this parameter to apply a smoothing filter to the stress strain data Ifthe parameter is omitted no smoothing is performed Set this parameter equal to the number n such that 2n 1 is equal to the total number of data points in the moving window through which a cubic polynomial is fit using the least squares method n should be larger than 1 The default is SMOOTH 3 Optional parameter when the BIAXIAL TE
235. ant only for transient analysis STEADY STATE Include this parameter to choose steady state analysis Transient analysis is assumed if this parameter is omitted Optional parameter for cavity radiation analysis MXDEM Set this parameter equal to the maximum allowable emissivity change with temperature and field variables during an increment If this value is exceeded Abaqus Standard will cut back the increment until the maximum change in emissivity is less than the specified value If this parameter is omitted a default value of 0 1 is used 8 3 1 HEAT TRANSFER Data line to control incrementation and steady state conditions in a pure heat transfer analysis First and only line 1 Initial time increment If automatic incrementation is used this should be reasonable suggestion for the initial increment size and will be adjusted as necessary If direct incrementation is used this will be the fixed time increment size Total time period If END SS is chosen the step ends when steady state is reached or after this time period whichever occurs first Minimum time increment allowed If Abaqus Standard finds it needs a smaller time increment than this value the analysis is terminated If a value is given Abaqus Standard will use the minimum of the given value and 0 8 times the initial time increment If no value is given Abaqus Standard sets the minimum increment to the minimum of 0 8 times the initial time increment
236. ants define the instantaneous behavior This parameter value is not available for frequency domain viscoelasticity in an Abaqus Standard analysis Set MODULI LONG TERM default to indicate that the hyperfoam material constants define the long term behavior N Set this parameter equal to the order of the strain energy potential The maximum value is N 6 The default is N 1 POISSON Set this parameter equal to the effective Poisson s ratio v of the material This parameter is valid only when the TEST DATA INPUT parameter is specified 8 7 1 HYPERFOAM If this parameter is included it is assumed that v y for all and that lateral strain test data and volumetric test data are not required If this parameter is omitted the v are calculated from lateral strain data and or volumetric test data TEST DATA INPUT Include this parameter if the j1 the and the v material constants are to be computed by Abaqus from data taken from simple tests on a material specimen If this parameter is omitted 14 and v must be given directly on the data lines To define elastomeric foam behavior by giving test data No data lines are used with this option when the TEST DATA INPUT parameter is specified The data are given instead under the BIAXIAL TEST DATA the PLANAR TEST DATA the SIMPLE SHEAR TEST DATA the UNIAXIAL TEST DATA and the VOLUMETRIC TEST DATA options Data lines to define the elastic properties directly Fi
237. anual PARAMETER There are no parameters associated with this option Data lines to specify design parameters First line 1 List of parameter names chosen from those specified on the PARAMETER option The parameter names associated with this option must be chosen such that they are unique when interpreted in a case insensitive manner Repeat this data line as often as necessary Up to 16 entries are allowed per line 4 15 1 DESIGN RESPONSE 4 16 DESIGN RESPONSE Specify responses for design sensitivity analysis This option is used to write the sensitivities of contact element nodal and or eigenmode responses to the output database The CONTACT RESPONSE ELEMENT RESPONSE and or NODE RESPONSE options can be used in conjunction with this option Product Abaqus Design Type History data Level Step References e Design sensitivity analysis Section 16 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e CONTACT RESPONSE e ELEMENT RESPONSE e NODE RESPONSE Optional parameters FREQUENCY Set this parameter equal to the output frequency of the response sensitivities The output will always be written to the output database at the last increment If this parameter is omitted output will be written at every increment of the analysis Set FREQUENCY 0 to suppress output of the response sensitivities This parameter also controls the frequency of the sensitivity calculations for the total DSA formulation MODE LI
238. anual e Hydrostatic fluid models Section 23 4 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e FLUID BEHAVIOR e FLUID PROPERTY Optional parameter DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the fluid bulk modulus in addition to temperature If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the fluid bulk modulus depends only on temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information Data lines to define compressibility for a hydraulic fluid First line 1 Fluid bulk modulus K 2 Temperature 3 First field variable 4 Etc up to six field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than six 1 Seventh field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to specify K as a function of temperature and field variables 6 16 1 FLUID CAVITY 6 17 FLUID CAVITY Define a fluid cavity This option is used to define a surface based fluid cavity Product Abaqus Explicit Type Model data Level Part Part instance Assembly Reference e Fluid cavity definition Section 11 6 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameters NAME Set this parameter equal to a label that will be used to refer to the fluid ca
239. arameter can be used only if OPERATOR SUM Set this parameter equal to the inverse of the overall exponent in the potential definition 8 8 must be a positive number The default value is 8 2 0 OPERATOR Set OPERATOR SUM default to define the potential as the sum of the contributions defined on each data line Set OPERATOR MAX to define the potential as the contribution coming from the data line that yields the maximum value The EXPONENT parameter is ignored in this case 3 46 1 CONNECTOR POTENTIAL Data lines to define the potential First line 1 Connector component number 1 6 or connector derived component name that is used in the contribution 2 Nonzero scaling factor R The default value is R 1 0 3 Positive exponent a The default value is that of the EXPONENT parameter f The exponent is ignored if OPERATOR MAX 4 The function H to be used to generate the contribution H can be ABS absolute value MACAULEY Macauley bracket or NONE the identity function NONE can be used only if o 1 0 The default value is ABS 5 Shift factor a The default value is a 0 0 6 Sign of this contribution s The only admissible values are s 1 0 default and s 1 0 Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the potential 3 46 2 CONNECTOR SECTION 3 47 CONNECTOR SECTION Specify connector attributes for connector elements This option is used to define the attributes of connector el
240. arameter is not used if CONVERT SDI NO 15 maximum number of severe discontinuity iterations allowed in two consecutive increments for the time increment to be increased if CONVERT SDI YES Default 15 50 This parameter is not used if CONVERT SDI NO maximum number of allowed contact augmentations if the augmented Lagrange contact constraint enforcement method is specified Default 15 6 3 71 5 CONTROLS Second line These items rarely need to be reset from their default values 1 2 Third line D cutback factor used when the solution appears to be diverging Default Df 0 25 Do cutback factor used when the logarithmic rate of convergence predicts that too many equilibrium iterations will be needed Default Dg 0 5 Dg cutback factor for the next increment when too many equilibrium iterations Iz are used in the current increment Default Dg 0 75 D cutback factor used when the time integration accuracy tolerance is exceeded Default Da 0 85 Dg cutback factor used when too many iterations arise because of severe discontinuities Default Ds 0 25 Dy cutback factor used when element calculations have problems such as excessive distortion in large displacement problems Default Dy 0 25 Dp increase factor when two consecutive increments converge in a small number of equilibrium iterations 7 Default Dp 1 5 Wa ratio of average time integration accuracy measure over Ip
241. ariables DEPVAR Set this parameter equal to the number of solution dependent state variables required for user subroutine VUFLUIDEXCH The default is DEPVAR 0 Data lines for TYPE BULK VISCOSITY First line Viscous resistance coefficient Hydrodynamic resistance coefficient Average absolute pressure if pressure dependent Average temperature if temperature dependent First field variable Second field variable NYDN fF WN Etc up to four field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four 1 Fifth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to specify the viscous and hydrodynamic resistance coefficients as functions of average absolute pressure average temperature and other predefined field variables Data line for TYPE ENERGY FLUX First and only line 1 Heat energy flow rate per unit area Data lines for TYPE ENERGY RATE LEAKAGE First line 1 Absolute value of the heat energy flow rate per unit area The first tabular value entered must always be zero 6 21 2 FLUID EXCHANGE PROPERTY Temperature difference The first tabular value entered must always be zero Average absolute pressure if pressure dependent Average temperature if temperature dependent First field variable Second field variable OQ Un fF UN Etc up to
242. ariables but may still depend on temperature Data line for TYPE POLYNOMIAL First and only line 1 the first molar heat capacity coefficient Units of J MOLE K b the second molar heat capacity coefficient Units of I MOLE the third molar heat capacity coefficient Units of JMOLE K d the fourth molar heat capacity coefficient Units of JMOLE K the fifth molar heat capacity coefficient Units of JMOLE K E UN 3 5 1 CAPACITY Data lines for TYPE TABULAR First line Molar heat capacity at constant pressure Units of J MOLE K Temperature if temperature dependent First field variable Second field variable nA BW Ne Etc up to six field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than six 1 Seventh field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the heat capacity at constant pressure as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables 3 5 2 CAST IRON COMPRESSION HARDENING 3 6 CAST IRON COMPRESSION HARDENING Specify hardening in compression for the gray cast iron plasticity model This option is used to specify the compression hardening data for gray cast iron It must be used in conjunction with the CAST IRON PLASTICITY and CAST IRON TENSION HARDENING options Products Abaqus Standard Abaq
243. ata line as often as necessary to define the crack front node sets and virtual crack extension vectors along the crack front Data lines if the NORMAL and CRACK TIP NODES parameters are both included but the XFEM parameter is omitted First line 1 n4 direction cosine of the normal to the plane of the crack n for axisymmetric cases 2 ny direction cosine of the normal to the plane of the crack n for axisymmetric cases 3 For three dimensional cases give the n direction cosine of the normal to the plane of the crack This field can be left blank for two dimensional and axisymmetric cases 3 70 3 CONTOUR INTEGRAL Second line 1 First crack front node set 2 Node number of the first crack tip node or the node set that contains a crack tip node 3 Second crack front node set 4 Node number of the second crack tip node or node set that contains a crack tip node 5 Etc up to 8 pairs per line Repeat the second data line as often as necessary to define the crack front Data lines if the NORMAL and XFEM parameters are both omitted but the CRACK TIP NODES parameter is included First line Node set name The node set must contain all the nodes at one position on the crack front Node number of the crack tip node or a node set that contains a crack tip node q direction cosine of the virtual crack extension direction q for axisymmetric cases q direction cosine of the virtual crack extension direction q for axis
244. ata entered must be consistent with the TYPE parameter used on the DRUCKER PRAGER HARDENING option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References e Extended Drucker Prager models Section 20 3 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e DRUCKER PRAGER e DRUCKER PRAGER HARDENING e CREEP Section 1 1 1 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual Optional parameters DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the creep constants in addition to temperature If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the creep constants depend only on temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information LAW Set LAW STRAIN default to choose a strain hardening power law Set LAW TIME to choose a time hardening power law Set LAW SINGHM to choose a Singh Mitchell type law Set LAW USER to input the creep law using user subroutine CREEP Data lines for LAW TIME or LAW STRAIN First line 1 A Units of F L T 17 2 m 4 32 1 DRUCKER PRAGER CREEP 3 m 4 Temperature 5 First field variable 6 Etc up to four field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four 1 Fifth field variable 2 Etc up to eight
245. ata lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of the creep constants on predefined field variables 3 81 2 3 82 CREEP STRAIN RATE CONTROL CREEP STRAIN RATE CONTROL Control loadings based on the maximum equivalent creep strain rate This option is used to control loading based on a maximum equivalent creep strain rate calculated in a specified element set Product Abaqus Standard Type History data Level Step Reference e Rate dependent plasticity creep and swelling Section 20 2 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameters AMPLITUDE ELSET Set this parameter equal to the AMPLITUDE name of type DEFINITION SOLUTION DEPENDENT that is referenced by the loads being controlled Amplitude curves Section 30 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Set this parameter equal to the name of the element set in which the search for the maximum equivalent creep strain rate is made The CREEP option must be part of the MATERIAL definition Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for some elements in the set Optional parameters DEPENDENCIES OP Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the target creep strain rate in addition to temperature and creep strain If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the target creep strain rate depends only on the equivalent creep strain an
246. ata lines to define connector loads for specific components of relative motion First line 1 Connector element number or element set label 2 Available component of relative motion number 3 Reference magnitude for the load Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define connector loads 3 42 2 CONNECTOR LOCK 3 43 CONNECTOR LOCK Define a locking criterion for connector elements This option is used to define a locking criterion for connector elements that have available components of relative motion Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Interaction module References e Connector behavior Section 28 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Connection type library Section 28 1 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e CONNECTOR BEHAVIOR Required parameter COMPONENT Set this parameter equal to the component number on which a locking criterion is based See Connection type library Section 28 1 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for components of relative motion definitions Optional parameters DEPENDENCIES This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the connector lock data in addition to temperature If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the connector lock is independent of field variables See Sp
247. ata lines to request contact variable output in the data file First line 1 Give the identifying keys for the variables to be written to the data file for this contact pair The keys are defined in Abaqus Standard output variable identifiers Section 4 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Repeat this data line as often as necessary each line defines a table If this line is omitted the default variables will be output 3 66 2 CONTACT PROPERTY ASSIGNMENT 3 67 CONTACT PROPERTY ASSIGNMENT Assign contact properties for the general contact algorithm This option is used to modify contact properties for specific contact interactions within the domain considered by general contact It must be used in conjunction with the CONTACT and SURFACE INTERACTION options Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data in Abaqus Standard Model or history data in Abaqus Explicit Level Model in Abaqus Standard Model or Step in Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Interaction module References e Contact properties for general contact in Abaqus Standard Section 32 2 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Assigning contact properties for general contact in Abaqus Explicit Section 32 4 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e CONTACT e SURFACE INTERACTION There are no parameters associated with this option Data lines to assign nondefault contact properties First line 1 The name of
248. ate that buckling strut response is permitted for these elements and that the default buckling envelope is to be used When this parameter is included the YIELD STRESS parameter is required to determine and P on the buckling envelope To include buckling strut response with a nondefault buckling envelope use the BUCKLING ENVELOPE option in conjunction with the FRAME SECTION option and the YIELD STRESS parameter If both the BUCKLING parameter and BUCKLING ENVELOPE option are present the user defined buckling envelope takes precedence To define effective length factors and added lengths for the first and second cross section directions with either the default or nondefault buckling envelope use the BUCKLING LENGTH option in conjunction with the FRAME SECTION option To define buckling reduction factors for the first and second cross section directions with either the default or nondefault buckling envelope use the BUCKLING REDUCTION FACTORS option in conjunction with the FRAME SECTION option DENSITY Set this parameter equal to the mass density per unit volume of the frame element material This parameter is needed only when the mass of the element is required such as in dynamic analysis or for gravity loading 6 33 1 FRAME SECTION DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of material properties in addition to temperature If this parameter is omitted i
249. atible on the active contact interface The IMPACT AVERAGE TIME and TIME INTEGRATOR BWE settings are mutually exclusive Set IMPACT CURRENT TIME to choose a marching through scheme without impact release cut backs The velocities and accelerations are compatible on the active contact interface Set IMPACT NO to choose a marching through scheme without impact release cut backs and without velocity acceleration compatibility computations INCREMENTATION Use this parameter to choose a general time incrementation type 4 40 3 DYNAMIC INITIAL NOHAF Set INCREMENTATION CONSERVATIVE to choose a time incrementation scheme that maximizes solution accuracy Set INCREMENTATION AGGRESSIVE to choose a time incrementation scheme based only on convergence history similar to a scheme typically used in static problems without rate or history dependence Setting INCREMENTATION AGGRESSIVE also sets the value of the NOHAF parameter By default Abaqus Standard will calculate or recalculate accelerations at the beginning of the step if an IMPACT value other than NO is used Set INITIAL NO to bypass the calculation of initial accelerations at the beginning of the step If INITIAL NO Abaqus Standard assumes that the initial accelerations for the current step are zero if the current step is the first DYNAMIC step If the immediately preceding step was also a DYNAMIC step using INITIAL NO causes Abaqus Standard to use the accelerations fr
250. atically calculated will not be modified 3 First component of the normal 4 Second component of the normal 5 Third component of the normal Repeat the above data line as often as necessary to define the clearance value and the direction in which Abaqus tests for contact between the slave node and the corresponding closest point on the master surface The specification of the normal is optional If the normal is given it should be in the direction of 3 19 2 CLEARANCE the master surface s outward normal If the normal is not given Abaqus calculates it from the geometry of the master surface see Common difficulties associated with contact modeling in Abaqus Standard Section 35 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual and Common difficulties associated with contact modeling using contact pairs in Abaqus Explicit Section 35 2 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Data lines if both the TABULAR parameter and the BOLT parameter are included without the INPUT parameter see Figure 3 19 1 and Figure 3 19 2 First line 1 Half thread angle a in degrees 2 Pitch thread to thread distance p 3 Bolt major thread diameter d If the mean diameter is given the major diameter is ignored 4 Bolt mean thread diameter dm The default value is d 0 64951 9p Second line 1 Node number or node set label 2 Clearance value In an Abaqus Standard analysis a positive value indicates an opening between the surfaces a
251. ation associated with this CLOAD option 4 Exposed area Give the following direction cosines in the local coordinate system if the TRANSFORM option was used at this node 3 20 3 LOAD 5 X direction cosine of the outward normal to the exposed area pointing into the fluid in the initial configuration 6 Y direction cosine of the outward normal to the exposed area pointing into the fluid in the initial configuration 7 Z direction cosine of the outward normal to the exposed area pointing into the fluid in the initial configuration The following data should be provided only if it is necessary to change the fluid properties specified under the AQUA option 8 Density of the fluid outside the element This value will override the fluid density given on the data line of the AQUA option 9 Free surface elevation of the fluid outside the element This value will override the fluid surface elevation given on the data line of the AQUA option 10 Constant pressure added to the hydrostatic pressure outside the element Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define concentrated buoyancy at various nodes or node sets Data lines to define concentrated fluid drag loading First line 1 Node number or node set label 2 Concentrated load type label TFD fluid or TWD wind 3 Magnitude factor M The default value is 1 0 This factor will be scaled by any AMPLITUDE specification associated with this CLOA
252. ations Set FFELD VOLUMETRIC LAGRANGE MULTIPLIER to set parameters for the volumetric Lagrange multiplier field equations 3 71 2 CONTROLS Data lines for PARAMETERS FIELD First line 1 convergence criterion for the ratio of the largest residual to the corresponding average flux norm for convergence Default R 5 x 107 2 C2 convergence criterion for the ratio of the largest solution correction to the largest corresponding incremental solution value Default C 1072 3 49 initial value of the time average flux for this step The default is the time average flux from previous steps or 107 if this is Step 1 4 4 user defined average flux When this value is defined j t 42 for all t The remaining items rarely need to be reset from their default values 5 R alternative residual convergence criterion to be used after T iterations Default 2 x 107 6 e criterion for zero flux compared to j Default ee 1075 7 C convergence criterion for the ratio of the largest solution correction to the largest corresponding incremental solution value when there is zero flux in the model Default Cee 1078 8 convergence criterion for the ratio of the largest residual to the corresponding average flux norm for convergence to be accepted in one iteration that is for a linear case Default R 1078 Second line These items rarely need to be reset from their default values 1 fiel
253. ays be zero Not used Temperature First field variable 6 Etc up to four field variables nA BW Ne Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four 1 Fifth field variable 3 8 1 CAST IRON TENSION HARDENING 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of the yield stress on plastic strain and if needed on temperature and other predefined field variables 3 8 2 CAVITY DEFINITION 3 9 CAVITY DEFINITION Define a cavity for thermal radiation This option is used to define cavities for thermal radiation heat transfer It can be used only in conjunction with the SURFACE TYPE ELEMENT option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Interaction module References e Cavity radiation Section 37 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e SURFACE e SURFACE PROPERTY Required parameter NAME Set this parameter equal to a label that will be used to refer to the cavity Optional parameters AMBIENT TEMP Set this parameter equal to the reference temperature of the external medium to which radiation takes place in the case of an open cavity If this parameter is omitted the cavity is assumed to be closed SET PROPERTY Include this parameter to set or to redefine surface properties for the surfaces making up the cavity If this
254. baqus Analysis User s Manual e Connector damping behavior Section 28 2 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e CONNECTOR BEHAVIOR Optional parameters COMPONENT Set this parameter equal to the connector s component of relative motion for which damping behavior is specified For this component of relative motion the connector will act as a dashpot for TYPE VISCOUS Omit this parameter to define coupled behavior TYPE Set this parameter equal to VISCOUS default to specify velocity proportional damping Set this parameter equal to STRUCTURAL to specify displacement proportional damping This setting applies to steady state dynamic direct and subspace projection analyses and to steady state and transient mode based analyses that support nondiagonal damping in Abaqus Standard If TYPE STRUCTURAL only linear damping behavior is permitted Optional parameters for TYPE VISCOUS DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the connector damping data in addition to temperature If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the connector damping is independent of field variables See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information 3 36 1 CONNECTOR DAMPING EXTRAPOLATION Set EXTRAPOLATION CONSTANT default unless CONNECTOR BEHAVIOR EXTRAPOLATION LI
255. baqus Explicit analysis the reference magnitude is applied immediately at the beginning of the step Amplitude references are ignored for nonuniform loads given by user subroutine DLOAD in an Abaqus Standard analysis Amplitude references are passed into user subroutine VDLOAD in an Abaqus Explicit analysis 4 39 1 DSLOAD Only the load magnitude is changed with time Quantities such as the fluid surface level in hydrostatic pressure loading are not changed CONSTANT RESULTANT Set CONSTANT RESULTANT NO default if surface traction vectors edge traction vectors or edge moments are to be integrated over the surface in the current configuration Set CONSTANT RESULTANT YES if surface traction vectors edge traction vectors or edge moments are to be integrated over the surface in the reference configuration The CONSTANT RESULTANT parameter is valid only for uniform and nonuniform surface tractions and edge loads including edge moments it is ignored for all other load types FOLLOWER Set FOLLOWER YES default if a prescribed traction or shell edge load is to rotate with the surface or shell edge in a large displacement analysis live load Set FOLLOWER NO if a prescribed traction or edge load is to remain fixed in a large displacement analysis dead load The FOLLOWER parameter is valid only for traction and edge load labels TRVEC TRVECNU EDLD and EDLDNU It is ignored for all other load labels OP Set OP MOD default for
256. baqus Explicit will check whether the variable has exceeded the specified value MIN Include this parameter if the user specified value is to be the lower bound for the variable At every increment Abaqus Explicit will check whether the variable has fallen below the specified value Optional parameter OUTPUT Set OUTPUT YES default if the requested field type output to the output database and an additional restart state are to be written when any variable value exceeds the user specified bounds for the first time The output will be written in the increment following the one in which such an occurrence took place Set OUTPUT NO to prevent any output from being written 5 32 1 EXTREME ELEMENT VALUE Data lines to define element variables and the maxima or minima First line optional and relevant only if variables are being monitored for shell or beam elements 1 Specify a list of the section points in the beam or shell at which variables should be monitored If this data line is omitted the variables are monitored at the default section points Second line 1 Give the identifying keys for the element integration point and or element section output variables to be monitored Any variable available for history type output from the output database can be specified The keys are defined in Abaqus Explicit output variable identifiers Section 4 2 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual 2 Enter the extreme value Repeat
257. behavior is being defined Required mutually exclusive parameters BEHAVIOR Set this parameter equal to the name of the gasket behavior to which the specified element set refers MATERIAL Set this parameter equal to the name of the material of which the gasket is made Optional parameters ORIENTATION Set this parameter equal to the name given for the ORIENTATION option Orientations Section 2 2 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual to be used to define a local coordinate system for integration point calculations in the gasket elements in the specified element set 7 10 1 GASKET SECTION STABILIZATION STIFFNESS This parameter is usually not needed It is used to change the default stabilization stiffness used in all but link elements to stabilize gasket elements that are not supported at all nodes such as those that extend outside neighboring components The default value is set equal to 10 times the initial compressive stiffness in the thickness direction To change the default set this parameter equal to the desired stabilization stiffness The units are stress FL Data line to define the attributes of gasket elements First and only line Initial gasket thickness obtained from nodal coordinates if this field is blank or zero Initial gap default of 0 Initial void default of 0 Cross sectional area width or out of plane thickness depending on the gasket element type The default is 1
258. ble 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of the shear stiffness on temperature and field variables Data lines for COMPONENT MEMBRANE First line Young s modulus E Poisson s ratio v Temperature 0 First field variable Etc up to five field variables nA BW Ne Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of Young s modulus and Poisson s ratio on temperature and field variables 7 9 2 GASKET SECTION 7 10 GASKET SECTION Specify element properties for gasket elements This option is used to define the properties of gasket elements Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Part Part instance Abaqus CAE Property module References e Gasket elements overview Section 29 6 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Defining the gasket behavior using a material model Section 29 6 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Defining the gasket behavior directly using a gasket behavior model Section 29 6 6 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameter ELSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the element set containing the elements for which the gasket
259. ble choices regarding the concrete material parameters described in this section as well as in the case of reinforced concrete the definition of rebar in the problem It is important to be familiar with the issues relating to concrete modeling and rebar definition by referring to Concrete smeared cracking Section 20 6 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User 5 Manual Defining rebar as an element property Section 2 2 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual and the appropriate sections in the Theory Manual and the Example Problems Manual The CONCRETE option is used to define the properties of plain concrete outside the elastic range in an Abaqus Standard analysis It must be used in conjunction with the TENSION STIFFENING option and may also appear with the SHEAR RETENTION and FAILURE RATIOS options The properties and locations of reinforcement bars are given separately Defining rebar as an element property Section 2 2 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual The BRITTLE CRACKING option is used to analyze concrete in an Abaqus Explicit analysis see Cracking model for concrete Section 20 6 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References e Concrete smeared cracking Section 20 6 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e TENSION STIFFENING e SHEAR RETENTION e FAILURE RATIOS Optional parameter DEPENDENCIES Set this par
260. bles per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the elastic behavior as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables 5 3 6 ELASTIC Data line to define spatially varying elastic behavior for solid continuum elements in an Abaqus Standard analysis using a distribution Distributions are supported for TYPE ISOTROPIC TYPE ENGINEERING CONSTANTS TYPE LAMINA TYPE ORTHOTROPIC and TYPE ANISOTROPIC First line 1 Distribution name The data defined in the distribution must be in units that are consistent with the prescribed TYPE 5 3 7 ELCOPY 5 4 ELCOPY Create elements by copying from an existing element set This option is used to copy an element set to create new elements Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Part Part instance Abaqus CAE Not applicable copying portions of sketches and instancing of parts serve similar purposes Reference e Element definition Section 2 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameters ELEMENT SHIFT Set this parameter equal to an integer that will be added to each of the existing element numbers to define the element numbers of the elements being created OLD SET Set this parameter equal to the name of the element set being copied The elements that are copied are those that belong to this set at the time this option is encountered SHIFT NODES Set this parameter equal t
261. boundary conditions at different nodes and degrees of freedom Data lines for shell to solid submodeling First line 1 Node number or node set label 2 Thickness of the center zone size around the shell midsurface given in the units of the model If this value is omitted a default value of 10 of the shell thickness specified on the 2 11 7 BOUNDARY SUBMODEL option is used If more than one SUBMODEL option is used the default value is 10 of the maximum thickness specified on any of the SUBMODEL options Repeat this data line as often as necessary to specify submodel boundary conditions at different nodes Data lines for acoustic to structure submodeling First line 1 Node number or node set label 2 The pressure degree of freedom constrained 8 Repeat this data line as often as necessary to specify submodel boundary conditions at different nodes 2 11 8 BRITTLE CRACKING 2 12 BRITTLE CRACKING Define brittle cracking properties This option is used to define cracking and postcracking properties for the brittle cracking material model The BRITTLE CRACKING option must be used in conjunction with the BRITTLE SHEAR option and must immediately precede it The BRITTLE CRACKING option can be used in conjunction with the BRITTLE FAILURE option to specify a brittle failure criterion Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module Referenc
262. c up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the size of the elastic range and the isotropic hardening parameters as functions of temperature and field variables 3 41 3 CONNECTOR HARDENING Data lines for TYPE KINEMATIC DEFINITION HALF CYCLE First line Yield force or moment Connector relative plastic motion Temperature First field variable Second field variable Nn BW Etc up to five field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define yield forces moments as a function of connector relative plastic motion temperature and field variables Data lines for TYPE KINEMATIC DEFINITION STABILIZED First line Yield force or moment Connector relative plastic motion Connector relative constitutive motion range Temperature First field variable Second field variable ND fF WN Etc up to four field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four 1 Fifth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define yield forces moments as a function of connector relative plastic motion constitutive
263. ce the constraints without Lagrange multipliers Setting LAGRANGE MULTIPLIER NO is not recommended for problems with a high stiffness since it may lead to numerical problems during equation solution such as singularities For the default direct enforcement of hard contact LAGRANGE MULTIPLIER NO is not allowed The value of the contact stiffness determines whether or not Lagrange multipliers are used by default When the default penalty stiffness settings are used for penalty or augmented Lagrange contact Lagrange multipliers are not used by default If the penalty stiffness used in penalty or augmented Lagrange contact is set to greater than 1000 times the representative underlying element stiffness Lagrange multipliers are used by default For softened contact using the direct enforcement method see Contact pressure overclosure relationships Section 33 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Lagrange multipliers are used by default only if the maximum slope of the pressure overclosure relationship exceeds 1000 times the representative underlying element stiffness MASTER Set this parameter equal to the master surface name to apply the controls to a specific contact pair This parameter must be used in conjunction with the SLAVE parameter to specify a contact pair MAXCHP Set this parameter equal to the maximum number of points that are permitted to violate contact conditions in any increment The amount by which the condition can b
264. cedures Set OP MOD default for existing CLOADs to remain with this option modifying existing concentrated loads or defining additional concentrated loads Set OP NEW if all existing CLOADs applied to the model should be removed New concentrated loads can be defined TYPE This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses This parameter is relevant only for concentrated loads applied on the boundary of an adaptive mesh domain If concentrated loads are applied to nodes in the interior of an adaptive mesh domain these nodes will always follow the material Set REGION TYPE LAGRANGIAN default to apply a concentrated load to a node that follows the material nonadaptive Set REGION TYPE SLIDING to apply a concentrated load to a node that can slide over the material Mesh constraints are typically applied to the node to fix it spatially Set REGION TYPE EULERIAN to apply a concentrated load to a node that can move independently of the material This option is used only for boundary regions where the material can flow into or out of the adaptive mesh domain Mesh constraints must be used normal to an Eulerian boundary region to allow material to flow through the region If no mesh constraints are applied an Eulerian boundary region will behave in the same way as a sliding boundary region Optional mutually exclusive parameters for matrix generation and steady state dynamics analysis IMAGINARY Include this parameter to defi
265. cessary 5 12 2 EMISSIVITY 5 13 EMISSIVITY Specify surface emissivity This option is used to define the emissivity of a surface in a cavity radiation problem It must appear immediately after the SURFACE PROPERTY option and must be used in conjunction with the PHYSICAL CONSTANTS option which is used to define the Stefan Boltzmann constant Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Interaction module References e Cavity radiation Section 37 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e SURFACE PROPERTY Optional parameter DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variables included in the definition of emissivity If this parameter is omitted the emissivity is assumed not to depend on any field variables but may still depend on temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information Data lines to define the emissivity of a surface First line Emissivity e Temperature if temperature dependent First field variable Second field variable nA BW NHN Re Etc up to six field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than six 1 Seventh field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the
266. cks are performed PRINT Set PRINT YES to print the constraint chains to the message file If you set PRINT NO default the constraint chains will not be printed 3 50 1 CONSTRAINT CONTROLS Optional parameters history data only CHECK FREQUENCY Set this parameter equal to the desired overconstraint check frequency in increments Overconstraint checks are always performed at the beginning of the first increment of the step unless overconstraint checks are suppressed The default value is CHECK FREQUENCY 1 such that overconstraint checks are performed every increment Set CHECK FREQUENCY 0 to suppress overconstraint checks in this step TERMINATE ANALYSIS Set TERMINATE ANALYSIS NO default to allow an analysis to continue when an overconstraint is encountered Detailed messages regarding the overconstraints are issued Set TERMINATE ANALYSIS FIRST OCCURRENCE if the analysis is to be terminated the first time an overconstraint is encountered in a nonlinear general step Set TERMINATE ANALYSIS CONVERGED if the analysis is to be terminated when convergence is achieved in an increment in a nonlinear general step and an overconstraint exists If either FIRST OCCURRENCE or CONVERGED is used in a linear perturbation step where iterations are not necessary the analysis will be stopped in the first increment when an overconstraint is encountered There are no data lines associated with this option 3 50 2 CONTACT 3 51 CONTA
267. cludes the combination of both ELEMENT and FACTOR Set this parameter equal to NONE to exclude the structural damping matrix at this step If this parameter is omitted or the option is not used within the step definition the default uses all structural damping specified at the model and step levels If both material and global structural damping are specified the COMBINED damping is used If this parameter is omitted or the option is not used as a suboption of SUBSTRUCTURE PROPERTY the substructure property uses COMBINED as the default with the structural factor specified under the DAMPING STRUCTURAL option VISCOUS Set this parameter equal to ELEMENT to request a viscous damping matrix that includes material and or element damping properties only Set this parameter equal to FACTOR to request a viscous damping matrix that includes the global damping factor only Set this parameter equal to COMBINED to request a viscous damping matrix that includes a combination of ELEMENT and FACTOR Set this parameter equal to NONE to exclude the viscous damping matrix in this step If this parameter is omitted or the option is not used within the step definition the default uses all viscous damping specified at the model and step levels If both material and global damping are specified the COMBINED damping is used If this parameter is omitted or the option is not used as a suboption of SUBSTRUCTURE PROPERTY the substructure property uses COMBINED
268. cludes rebar the output requests govern the output for the matrix material only except for section forces when the forces in the rebar are included in the force calculation Rebar output can be obtained only at the integration points in continuum and beam elements In shell and membrane elements rebar output can be obtained at the integration points and at the centroid of the element Data lines to request element output in the results file in an Abaqus Standard analysis First line optional and relevant only if integration point variables are being printed for shell beam or layered solid elements 1 Give a list of the section points in the beam shell or layered solid at which variables should be written to the results file If this data line is omitted the variables are written at the default output points defined in Part VI Elements of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual A maximum number of 16 section points can be specified Repeat the EL FILE option as often as needed if output at additional points is required For section points on a meshed beam cross section specify a list of user defined section point labels If this data line is omitted all available section points will be written Second line 1 Give the identifying keys for the output variables to be written to the results i1 file The keys are defined in Abaqus Standard output variable identifiers Section 4 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual
269. condary bases for modal superposition procedures Reference e Natural frequency extraction Section 6 3 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameter BASE NAME This parameter is used to define a secondary base and can be used only in a frequency extraction step Natural frequency extraction Section 6 3 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Set this parameter equal to the name of a secondary base Dynamic analysis procedures overview 2 11 5 BOUNDARY Section 6 3 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual In subsequent modal superposition steps this base will be excited as specified by the BASE MOTION option that refers to the same base name If this parameter is not used in a frequency extraction step the nodes will be assigned to the primary base Data lines to define a primary or a secondary base within a FREQUENCY procedure First line 1 Node number or node set label 2 First degree of freedom constrained For a definition of the numbering of degrees of freedom in Abaqus Standard see Conventions Section 1 2 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual 3 Last degree of freedom constrained This field can be left blank if only one degree of freedom is being constrained Repeat this data line as often as necessary to specify boundary conditions at different nodes and degrees of freedom Submodel boundary conditions Reference e Node based submodeling Section 10
270. critical energy release rate ae Ratio of energy release rate upper limit used in the Paris law over the equivalent critical energy G release rate Gb Mode I critical energy release rate Mode II critical energy release rate Mode III critical energy release rate Exponent am Exponent an Exponent Temperature First field variable Second field variable Third field variable Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than three 1 Fourth field variable 6 32 5 FRACTURE CRITERION 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the constants used in the Paris law the critical energy rates and exponents as a function of temperature and field variables Data lines to define the VCCT criterion TYPE VCCT for MIXED MODE BEHAVIOR BK or REEDER First line Mode I critical energy release rate Mode critical energy release rate Mode III critical energy release rate Exponent 7 Temperature First field variable Second field variable Third field variable OND tn BPW NY Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than three 1 Fourth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to defi
271. ct pair TYPE CONTACT PAIR First line 1 Slave surface name 2 Master surface name It must be distinct from the slave surface name self contact is not allowed with this option If the SHRINK parameter is included no additional data are required Otherwise 3 Reference allowable interference v 4 X direction cosine of the shift direction vector optional 5 Y direction cosine of the shift direction vector optional 6 Z direction cosine of the shift direction vector optional Repeat this data line as often as necessary to specify additional contact pairs Each line defines a distinct contact interference between one contact pair Data lines to define an allowable contact interference for contact elements TYPE ELEMENT First line 1 Name of the element set containing the contact elements If the SHRINK parameter is included no additional data are required Otherwise 2 Reference allowable interference v 3 X direction cosine of the shift direction vector optional 4 Y direction cosine of the shift direction vector optional 5 Z direction cosine of the shift direction vector optional Repeat this data line as often as necessary to specify additional element sets containing contact elements 3 63 2 CONTACT OUTPUT 3 64 CONTACT OUTPUT Specify contact variables to be written to the output database This option is used to write contact variables to the output database It must be used in conjunction
272. ction 30 3 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual In this case the default variation is STEP Set TYPE ACCELERATION to give an acceleration history Acceleration histories should not be used in static analysis steps in Abaqus Standard If amplitude functions are specified as piecewise linear functions in Abaqus Explicit and a displacement history is used there will be a jump in the velocity and a spike in the acceleration at points on the curve where the curve changes slope This will result in a noisy solution If possible use AMPLITUDE DEFINITION SMOOTH STEP AMPLITUDE SMOOTH or BOUNDARY TYPE VELOCITY or TYPE ACCELERATION For TYPE ACCELERATION the value of the initial velocity given in INITIAL CONDITIONS TYPE VELOCITY must be specified to obtain the correct displacement history This parameter cannot be used with the FIXED parameter For Abaqus Standard include this parameter to indicate that any nonzero magnitudes associated with variables prescribed through this option can be redefined in user subroutine DISP Any magnitudes defined on the data lines of the option and possibly modified by the AMPLITUDE parameter will be passed into user subroutine DISP and can be redefined in subroutine DISP The value of the TYPE parameter is ignored when this option is used For Abaqus Explicit include this parameter to indicate that the boundary value associated with variables prescribed through this option are to be defined in user subr
273. ction behavior Section 26 3 7 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Meshed beam cross sections Section 10 5 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual There are no parameters associated with this option Data line to define the position of the centroid First and only line 1 Local z coordinate of centroid 212 The default is 0 2 Local x2 coordinate of centroid The default is 0 3 12 1 CFILM 3 13 CFILM Define film coefficients and associated sink temperatures at one or more nodes or vertices This option is used to provide film coefficients and sink temperatures at any node in the model for fully coupled thermal stress analysis In Abaqus Standard it is also used to provide film coefficients and sink temperatures at any node in the model for heat transfer and coupled thermal electrical analyses Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Interaction module References e Thermal loads Section 30 4 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e FILM Section 1 1 6 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual Optional parameters AMPLITUDE Set this parameter equal to the name of the AMPLITUDE option that gives the variation of the sink temperature 6 with time If this parameter is omitted in an Abaqus Standard analysis the reference sink temperature is applied immediately at the beginning of the step or linearly over the ste
274. d 2 Second component of relative motion number that will be damaged 3 Etc up to six entries Second line if the AFFECTED COMPONENTS parameter is included otherwise first line 1 Post initiation equivalent relative plastic motion at ultimate failure if CRITERION PLASTIC MOTION is specified on the associated CONNECTOR DAMAGE INITIATION option Otherwise post initiation constitutive relative motion displacement rotation at ultimate failure See Connector behavior Section 28 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for a description of the connector relative motions 2 Mode mix ratio if CRITERION PLASTIC MOTION and the COMPONENT parameter is omitted from the associated CONNECTOR DAMAGE INITIATION option Leave blank otherwise Temperature First field variable Second field variable QN Ur A UC Etc up to five field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Do not repeat the data line that specifies the affected components Repeat the subsequent set of data lines as often as necessary to define connector damage evolution by specifying the connector relative plastic or constitutive motion at ultimate failure as a function of mode mix ratio temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to define the damage evolution for TYPE MOTION SOFTENING EXPONENTIAL First
275. d possibly on temperature The creep strain dependency curve at each temperature must always start at zero equivalent creep strain See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information Set OP MOD default for existing target CREEP STRAIN RATE CONTROL definitions to remain with this option defining target creep strain rates to be added or modified Set OP NEW if all target creep strain rates defined in the previous step should be removed 3 82 1 CREEP STRAIN RATE CONTROL Data lines to define load control parameters First line Target equivalent creep strain rate Equivalent creep strain Temperature First field variable Second field variable O AeA U Ne 6 Etc up to five field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of target strain rate on creep strain temperature and other predefined field variables 3 82 2 CRUSHABLE FOAM 3 83 CRUSHABLE FOAM Specify the crushable foam plasticity model This option is used to specify the plastic part of the material behavior for elastic plastic materials that use the crushable foam plasticity model It must be used in conjunction with the CRUSHABLE
276. d as data in user subroutine VFABRIC The default value is 0 You can introduce state variables using the DEPVAR option and update these variables within user subroutine VFABRIC You can delete the element if needed using one of these state variables STRESS FREE INITIAL SLACK Set STRESS FREE INITIAL SLACK YES default to generate zero stresses in regions under initial compressive strains along the fill and the warp directions these initial compressive strains may arise from modeling techniques such as the initial metric method see INITIAL CONDITIONS TYPE REF COORDINATE The stress remains zero as the strain is continuously recovered from the initial compressive values toward the strain free state Once the initial slack is recovered any subsequent compressive strains generate stresses as per the material definition Set STRESS FREE INITIAL SLACK NO to generate stresses in the initial configuration as per the material definition even over fabric regions that are under compressive strains 6 1 1 FABRIC Abaqus also offers a technique to introduce any initial stresses both tensile and compressive in fabric materials gradually over a specified time period see SECTION CONTROLS USER Include this parameter if the fabric stresses in a local system are updated in user subroutine VFABRIC given the total and the incremental fabric strains in the local system If this parameter is omitted you must include the UNIAXIAL option to define
277. d conversion ratio used in scaling the relationship between two active fields when one is of negligible magnitude Default C 1 0 2 er criterion for zero flux compared to the time averaged value of the largest flux 42 in the model during the current step Default e 107 3 4 criterion for zero displacement increment and or zero penetration if CONVERT SDI YES compared to the characteristic element length in the model This item is used only when FIELD DISPLACEMENT Default e 1078 Data line for PARAMETERS CONSTRAINTS First and only line These items rarely need to be reset from their default values The relevance of certain parameters depends on the value of the CONVERT SDI parameter on the STEP option 1 T volumetric strain compatibility tolerance for hybrid solid elements Default T 1075 2 axial strain compatibility tolerance for hybrid beam elements Default 742144 10 5 3 71 3 CONTROLS T shear transverse shear strain compatibility tolerance for hybrid beam elements Default Ttshear 1075 Tort contact and slip compatibility tolerance For CONVERT SDI YES the ratio of the maximum error in the contact or slip constraints to the maximum displacement increment must be less than this tolerance For CONVERT SDI NO this is used only with softened contact specified with the SURFACE BEHAVIOR PRESSURE OVERCLOSURE option The ratio of the error in the soft contact constraint c
278. d material type should be written to the output database Set VARIABLE PRESELECT to indicate that the default energy output variables for the current procedure type should be written to the output database Additional output variables can be requested on the data lines If this parameter 1s omitted and no energy variables are specified on the data lines all energy variables will be written to the output database PER ELEMENT SET This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses Include this parameter to indicate that the requested energy variables are written to the output database for each user defined element set all internal element sets including the internal element sets defined in Abaqus CAE and the internal element sets created during the analysis are excluded PER SECTION This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses Include this parameter to indicate that the requested energy variables are written to the output database for every user defined element set that is associated with a section definition all internal 5 20 1 ENERGY OUTPUT element sets including the internal element sets defined in Abaqus CAE and the internal element sets created during the analysis are excluded Data lines to request energy output First line 1 Specify the identifying keys for the variables to be written to the output database The keys are defined in Abaqus Standard output variable identifiers Section 4 2 1
279. d only line for Abaqus Standard 1 Lower bound on the connector s relative position specified by the COMPONENT parameter By default no lower bound is used for the selected component 2 Upper bound on the connector s relative position specified by the COMPONENT parameter By default no upper bound is used for the selected component 3 Lower bound on the force or moment in the direction indicated by the COMPONENT parameter By default no lower bound is used for the selected force or moment 4 Upper bound on the force or moment in the direction indicated by the COMPONENT parameter By default no upper bound is used for the selected force or moment Data lines for Abaqus Explicit 1 Lower bound on the connector s relative position specified by the COMPONENT parameter By default no lower bound is used for the selected component 2 Upper bound on the connector s relative position specified by the COMPONENT parameter By default no upper bound is used for the selected component 3 Lower bound on the force or moment in the direction indicated by the COMPONENT parameter By default no lower bound is used for the selected force or moment 4 Upper bound on the force or moment in the direction indicated by the COMPONENT parameter By default no upper bound is used for the selected force or moment 5 Lower bound on velocity in the direction specified by the COMPONENT parameter By default no lower bound is used for the selected v
280. d results files Section 4 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e FILE OUTPUT Optional parameters ELSET This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses Set this parameter equal to the name of the element set for which this output request is being made If this parameter is omitted the energy for the whole model will be output FREQUENCY This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses Set this parameter equal to the output frequency in increments The output will always be written to the results file at the last increment of each step unless FREQUENCY 0 The default is FREQUENCY 1 Set FREQUENCY 0 to suppress the output There are no data lines associated with this option 5 19 1 ENERGY OUTPUT 5 20 ENERGY OUTPUT Define output database requests for whole model or element set energy data This option is used to write whole model or element set energy requests to the output database It must be used in conjunction with the OUTPUT HISTORY option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Step module References e Output to the output database Section 4 1 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e OUTPUT Optional parameters ELSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the element set for which this output request is being made VARIABLE Set VARIABLE ALL to indicate that all energy variables applicable to this procedure an
281. d type output to the output database and an additional restart state are to be written when any variable value exceeds the user specified bounds for the first time The output will be written in the increment following the one in which such an occurrence took place Set OUTPUT NO to prevent any output from being written 5 33 1 EXTREME NODE VALUE Data lines to define nodal variables and the maxima or minima First line 1 Give the identifying keys for the nodal variables to be monitored Any variable available for history type output to the output database can be specified The keys are defined in Abaqus Explicit output variable identifiers Section 4 2 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual 2 Enter the extreme value Repeat the data line as often as necessary to define additional variables to be monitored and their maxima or minima 5 33 2 EXTREME VALUE 5 34 EXTREME VALUE Define element and nodal variables to be monitored This option is used in conjunction with the EXTREME ELEMENT VALUE and or the EXTREME NODE VALUE options to indicate that nodal and element variables are to be monitored in the current step and compared with user specified values For each variable specified with these options the maximum minimum or absolute maximum value attained during the course of the analysis and the associated element or node number will be written to the status sta file at the end of the step Use the EXTREME VALUE
282. d with the CONTACT OUTPUT option to specify the contact pairs for which output database results are desired INTERACTION Set this parameter equal to the name of the SURFACE INTERACTION property definition associated with the contact pair being defined MECHANICAL CONSTRAINT Set this parameter equal to the name of the method used to enforce the contact constraints Set MECHANICAL CONSTRAINT KINEMATIC default to choose the kinematic contact method Set MECHANICAL CONSTRAINT PENALTY to choose the penalty contact method 3 65 4 CONTACT PAIR OP Set OP ADD default to add new contact pairs to the existing set of contact pairs Set OP DELETE to remove the contact pairs given in this use of the option from the active set of contact pairs SMALL SLIDING Include this parameter to indicate that the small sliding contact formulation rather than the finite sliding contact formulation should be used This parameter can be used only for contact pairs that are defined in the first step of the simulation and use the kinematic constraint method WEIGHT Set this parameter equal to the weighting factor for the contact surfaces Data lines to define the surfaces and node sets forming contact pairs First line 1 The name of the first surface 2 The name of the second surface If the second surface name is omitted or is the same as the first surface name Abaqus Explicit assumes that self contact is defined Repeat this data line as
283. d within the interior of the region Set REGION TYPE SLIDING to apply the pressure load to a sliding boundary region The edge of a sliding boundary region will slide over the material Adaptive meshing will occur along the edge and in the interior of the region Mesh constraints are typically applied on the edge of a sliding boundary region to fix it spatially Set REGION TYPE EULERIAN to apply the pressure to an Eulerian boundary region This option is used to create a boundary region across which material can flow Mesh constraints must be used normal to an Eulerian boundary region to allow material to flow through the region If no mesh constraints are applied an Eulerian boundary region will behave in the same way as a sliding boundary region Optional mutually exclusive parameters for matrix generation and steady state dynamics analyses direct modal or subspace IMAGINARY Include this parameter to define the imaginary out of phase part of the loading REAL Include this parameter default to define the real in phase part of the loading Data lines to define all distributed loads except those special cases described below First line 1 Element number or element set label 2 Distributed load type label see Part VI Elements of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual 3 Reference load magnitude which can be modified by the use of the AMPLITUDE option For nonuniform loads the magnitude must be defined in user subroutine DL
284. data for the first use of this data line Element number or element set for subsequent uses of this data line 2 D1122 D2223 4 27 5 DISTRIBUTION Di133 D2233 D3333 Di112 Second line 9o UM des a quA go oe N 605 ww w w w Third line 1 D1123 2 D2223 3 D3323 4 D1223 5 D1323 6 D 323 Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the data for element numbers or element sets Data lines to define a distribution of mass density First line 1 Blank space to define default data for the first use of this data line Element number or element set for subsequent data lines 2 Density Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the data for element numbers or element sets Data lines to define a distribution of isotropic thermal expansion First line 1 Blank space to define default data for the first use of this data line Element number or element set for subsequent data lines 2 a Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the data for element numbers or element sets 4 27 6 DISTRIBUTION Data lines to define a distribution of orthotropic thermal expansion First line Blank space to define default data for the first use of this data line Element number or element set for subsequent data lines Q11 99 4 033 Not used for plane stress case Repeat this data line
285. define the reference point TYPE Set TYPE CRITICAL STRESS to use the critical stress criterion at a distance ahead of the crack tip as the crack propagation criterion This setting is available only in Abaqus Standard 6 32 1 FRACTURE CRITERION Set TYPE COD to use the critical value of the crack opening displacement at a distance behind the crack tip as the crack propagation criterion This setting is available only in Abaqus Standard Set TYPE CRACK LENGTH to specify the crack length as a function of time This setting is available only in Abaqus Standard Set TYPE FATIGUE to indicate that the onset and fatigue crack growth are characterized by the relative fracture energy release rate at the crack tip based on the Paris law This setting is available only in Abaqus Standard Set TYPE VCCT to use the VCCT Virtual Crack Closure Technique criterion as the crack propagation criterion The VCCT criterion uses the principles of linear elastic fracture mechanics Optional parameters DEPENDENCIES This parameter is not relevant for TYPE CRACK LENGTH Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the data lines If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the data are constant or depend only on temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information MIXED MODE BEHAVIOR This paramet
286. dom at the end of the previous step If the step is a general nonlinear analysis step this concentrated force will then be removed according to the AMPLITUDE parameter on the STEP option Therefore by default the concentrated force will be reduced linearly to zero over the period of the step in a static analysis and immediately in a dynamic analysis The OP parameter must be the same for all uses of the BOUNDARY option in a step SCALE Set this parameter equal to the value by which the driven variables read from the global analysis are to be scaled The default is SCALE 1 0 TIMESCALE If the submodel analysis step time is different from the global analysis step time use the TIMESCALE parameter to adjust the time variable for the driven nodes amplitude functions The time variable of each driven node s amplitude function is scaled to match the submodel analysis step time If this parameter is omitted the time variable is not scaled Data lines for shell to shell or solid to solid submodeling First line 1 Node number or node set label 2 First degree of freedom constrained For a definition of the numbering of degrees of freedom in Abaqus Standard and Abaqus Explicit see Conventions Section 1 2 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual 3 Last degree of freedom constrained This field can be left blank if only one degree of freedom is being constrained Repeat this data line as often as necessary to specify submodel
287. domain This option is used to define an adaptive mesh domain and to specify the frequency and intensity of adaptive meshing for that domain Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Supported in the Step module only one adaptive mesh domain can be defined per step References Defining ALE adaptive mesh domains in Abaqus Explicit Section 12 2 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual ALE adaptive meshing and remapping in Abaqus Explicit Section 12 2 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual ec e Defining ALE adaptive mesh domains in Abaqus Standard Section 12 2 6 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual ec ALE adaptive meshing and remapping in Abaqus Standard Section 12 2 7 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e ADAPTIVE MESH CONTROLS e ADAPTIVE MESH CONSTRAINT At least one of the following parameters is required ELSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the element set that contains all the solid elements in the adaptive mesh domain OP Set OP MOD default to modify the frequency and intensity of adaptive meshing for an existing adaptive mesh domain with the same element set name or to define a new adaptive mesh domain Set OP NEW if all adaptive mesh domains that are currently in effect should be removed To remove only selected adaptive mesh domains use OP NEW and respecify all adaptive mesh domains that are to be reta
288. e 2 Etc up to eight entries per line Do not repeat the first data line Repeat the subsequent data lines as often as necessary to define the internal contact force as a function of connector relative position or constitutive relative motion accumulated slip temperature and other predefined field variables 3 40 4 3 41 CONNECTOR HARDENING CONNECTOR HARDENING Define the plasticity initial yield value and hardening behavior in connector elements This option is used to specify the initial yield surface size and optionally the post yield hardening behavior in connector available components of relative motion It must be used in conjunction with the CONNECTOR PLASTICITY option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Interaction module References Connector behavior Section 28 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Connector plastic behavior Section 28 2 6 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Models for metals subjected to cyclic loading Section 20 2 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual CONNECTOR BEHAVIOR CONNECTOR ELASTICITY CONNECTOR HARDENING CONNECTOR PLASTICITY CONNECTOR POTENTIAL Optional parameters DEFINITION Set DEFINITION EXPONENTIAL LAW to specify the isotropic hardening parameters Qi and b directly This parameter is valid only for TYPE ISOTROPIC Set DEFINITION HALF CYCLE default for TYPE KINEMA
289. e Common difficulties associated with contact modeling using contact pairs in Abaqus Explicit Section 35 2 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Adjusting initial surface positions and specifying initial clearances in Abaqus Standard contact pairs Section 32 3 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Adjusting initial surface positions and specifying initial clearances for contact pairs in Abaqus Explicit Section 32 5 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameters CPSET This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses Set this parameter equal to the name of the contact pair set name to associate these clearance data with the appropriate contact pairs MASTER This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses Set this parameter equal to the name of the master surface of the contact pair SLAVE This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses Set this parameter equal to the name of the slave surface of the contact pair 3 19 1 CLEARANCE Required mutually exclusive parameters TABULAR VALUE Optional BOLT INPUT Include this parameter to specify the slave nodes or the node sets and their corresponding initial clearance overclosure values and if required contact directions on the data lines of this option In an Abaqus Explicit analysis only initial clearances are allowed Set this parameter equal to the initial clearance overclosure for the entire se
290. e 1 Node number or node set label 2 First degree of freedom constrained For a definition of the numbering of degrees of freedom in Abaqus Standard and Abaqus Explicit see Conventions Section 1 2 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual 3 Last degree of freedom constrained This field can be left blank if only one degree of freedom is being constrained The following data item is necessary only when nonzero boundary conditions are specified as history data Any magnitude given will be ignored when the boundary conditions are given as model data 4 Actual magnitude of the variable displacement velocity or acceleration etc This magnitude will be modified by an amplitude specification if the AMPLITUDE parameter is used If this magnitude is a rotation it must be given in radians If TYPE DISPLACEMENT in an Abaqus Explicit analysis and no AMPLITUDE specification is provided this value will be ignored see Boundary conditions in Abaqus Standard and Abaqus Explicit Section 30 3 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual In Abaqus Standard the magnitude can be redefined in user subroutine DISP if the USER parameter is included In Abaqus Explicit the magnitude will be redefined in user subroutine VDISP if the USER parameter is included In this case the input magnitude will be ignored Repeat this data line as often as necessary to specify boundary conditions at different nodes and degrees of freedom Defining primary and se
291. e atmospheric temperature CHECK NORMALS This parameter is relevant only when the surface is defined to form the boundary of the fluid cavity Set CHECK NORMALS YES default to check the consistency of the surface normals Set CHECK NORMALS NO to skip the consistency checking for the surface normals MINIMUM VOLUME Use this parameter to define the magnitude of the minimum volume for the fluid cavity If the volume of the cavity which is equal to the actual volume plus the added volume drops below the minimum the minimum value will be used to evaluate the equation of state model Set this parameter equal to a positive value to define the minimum volume directly Set MINIMUM VOLUME INITIAL VOLUME to set the minimum volume equal to the initial volume of the cavity If the initial volume of the fluid cavity is a negative value the minimum volume will be set equal to zero SURFACE Set this parameter equal to the name of the surface forming the boundary of the fluid cavity This parameter is required if the parameter ADDED VOLUME is omitted Data line if the BEHAVIOR parameter is included First and only line 1 Out of plane thickness of the surface for two dimensional models when the SURFACE parameter is included If this value is left blank or is entered as zero the default value of 1 0 will be used Enter a blank line when the surface is defined by three dimensional and axisymmetric elements or when the SURFACE parameter is omitt
292. e info 3ds com Technical Support Centers Fremont CA Tel 1 510 794 5891 simulia west support 3ds com West Lafayette IN Tel 1 765 497 1373 simulia central support 3ds com Northville MI Tel 1 248 349 4669 simulia greatlakes info 3ds com Woodbury MN Tel 1 612 424 9044 simulia central support 3ds com Beachwood OH Tel 1 216 378 1070 simulia erie info 3ds com West Chester OH Tel 1 513 275 1430 simulia central support 3ds com Warwick RI Tel 1 401 739 3637 simulia east support 3ds com Lewisville TX Tel 1 972 221 6500 simulia south info 3ds com Richmond VIC Tel 61 3 9421 2900 simulia au support 3ds com Vienna Tel 43 1 22 707 200 simulia at info 3ds com Huizen The Netherlands Tel 31 35 52 58 424 simulia benelux support 3ds com Toronto ON Tel 1 416 402 2219 simulia greatlakes info 3ds com Beijing P R China Tel 8610 6536 2288 simulia cn support 3ds com Shanghai P R China Tel 8621 3856 8000 simulia cn support 3ds com Synerma s r o Psary Prague West Tel 420 603 145 769 abaqus synerma cz Vantaa Tel 358 46 712 2247 simulia nordic info 3ds com Velizy Villacoublay Cedex Tel 33 1 61 62 72 72 simulia fr support 3ds com Aachen Tel 49 241 474 01 0 simulia de info 3ds com Munich Tel 49 89 543 48 77 0 simulia de info 3ds com 3 Dimensional Data Systems Crete Tel 30 2821040012 support 3dds gr Chennai Tamil Nadu Tel 91 44 43443000 simulia in info 3ds co
293. e violated is limited by the 3 54 2 CONTACT CONTROLS PERRMX and UERRMX parameters at least one of which must be used in conjunction with this parameter If more than this number of points violate the contact conditions the solution will not be accepted PERRMX Set this parameter equal to the maximum value of tensile stress tensile force in GAP or ITT type contact elements allowed to be transmitted at a contact point If any point in contact has a tensile stress force across the contact interface greater than PERRMX iteration will occur regardless of the value of MAXCHP which must be used in conjunction with this parameter By default no tensile stress can be transmitted PERTURBATION TANGENT SCALE FACTOR RESET SLAVE Set this parameter equal to the factor by which Abaqus Standard will scale the default tangential stiffness used for the contact pairs in a particular linear perturbation step Only contact constraints enforced with penalty methods will be affected by this parameter This tangential scale factor 1s activated when a nonzero friction is specified on the data line of the FRICTION option Include this parameter to reset all contact controls to their default values This parameter cannot be used with any other parameters except for the SLAVE and MASTER parameters When this parameter is used in conjunction with the SLAVE and MASTER parameters the controls applied to the specific contact pair are removed Set thi
294. each node given on the data lines For an Abaqus Explicit analysis VUFIELD is called for each field variable or for a set of field variables when the NUMBER parameter is used If values are also given on the data lines these values will be ignored If a results file has been specified in addition to the user subroutine values read from the results file will be passed into the user subroutine for possible modification Optional parameters for defining data in user subroutine UFIELD or VUFIELD NUMBER This parameter permits multiple possibly all field variables to be updated simultaneously in user subroutine UFIELD or VUFIELD for example because they are interdependent Set this parameter equal to the number of field variables to be updated simultaneously at a point The NUMBER and VARIABLE parameters are mutually exclusive 6 7 3 FIELD BLOCKING This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses It is related to the NBLOCK variable used in the user subroutine argument list Set BLOCKING YES to enable blocking for a given node set The blocking size will be set to a predefined value in Abaqus Explicit Set BLOCKING NO default to disable blocking Use BLOCKING n to specify the blocking size Data lines to define gradients of a predefined field variable in beams and shells First line 1 Node set or node number If a node set label is given all nodes in this set must have identical initial field variable values 2
295. eans contact of a surface with itself without consideration of whether a surface contains disconnected regions If different names are specified for the first and second surfaces self contact is not considered except in any overlap between the two surfaces Repeat this data line as often as necessary 3 60 1 CONTACT INITIALIZATION ASSIGNMENT 3 61 CONTACT INITIALIZATION ASSIGNMENT Assign contact initialization methods for general contact This option is used to modify contact initialization methods for specific contact interactions within the domain considered by general contact in Abaqus Standard It must be used in conjunction with the CONTACT and CONTACT INITIALIZATION DATA options Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Interaction module References e Controlling initial contact status in Abaqus Standard Section 32 2 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e CONTACT e CONTACT INITIALIZATION DATA There are no parameters associated with this option Data lines to assign nondefault contact initialization methods First line 1 The name of the first surface If the first surface name is omitted a default surface that encompasses the entire general contact domain is assumed 2 The name of the second surface If the second surface name is omitted or is the same as the first surface name the specified contact initialization method definition is assigned to contact inte
296. ecessary to define the dependence of the material parameters on temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to define a hyperbolic Drucker Prager plasticity model SHEAR CRITERION HYPERBOLIC First line 1 Material angle of friction G at high confining pressure in the p q plane Give the value in degrees 2 Initial hydrostatic tension strength p o Units of FL 3 Not used 4 Dilation angle 7 at high confining pressure in the p q plane Give the value in degrees 4 31 2 DRUCKER PRAGER 5 Temperature 6 First field variable 7 Second field variable 8 Third field variable Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than three 1 Fourth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of the material parameters on temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to define a Drucker Prager plasticity model with the exponent law SHEAR CRITERION EXPONENT FORM and without test data TEST DATA First line Material constant a Exponent b To ensure a convex yield surface b gt 1 Not used Dilation angle v at high confining pressure in the p q plane Give the value in degrees Temperature First field variable Second field variable Third field variable OND Burn Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter
297. ecify a piecewise linear hardening softening relationship The CLAY HARDENING option must be used in this case HARDENING TABULAR and the use of the INTERCEPT parameter are mutually exclusive INTERCEPT This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses It is used as an alternative to the direct specification of the initial yield surface size ay when the exponential hardening law is specified Set this parameter equal to e the intercept of the virgin consolidation line with the void ratio axis in a plot of void ratio versus the logarithm of pressure stress Ifthis parameter is included the value given for ay on the data line is ignored This parameter cannot be used when the HARDENING TABULAR parameter is used 3 181 CLAY PLASTICITY Data lines to define Cam clay plasticity First line Logarithmic plastic bulk modulus A dimensionless This data item is ignored if HARDENING TABULAR Stress ratio at critical state M 3 Enter the initial yield surface size ag units of FL if HARDENING EXPONENTIAL 6 7 8 Enter the initial volumetric plastic strain a lo corresponding to pelo according to the CLAY HARDENING definition if HARDENING TABULAR A positive value must be entered This data item is ignored if the INTERCEPT parameter is included the parameter defining the size of the yield surface on the wet side of critical state If this value is omitted or set to zero a value of 1 0 is a
298. ecifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information EXTRAPOLATION Set EXTRAPOLATION CONSTANT default unless CONNECTOR BEHAVIOR EXTRAPOLATION LINEAR is used to use constant extrapolation of the dependent variables outside the specified range of the independent variables Set EXTRAPOLATION LINEAR to use linear extrapolation of the dependent variables outside the specified range of the independent variables 3 43 1 CONNECTOR LOCK LOCK Set this parameter equal to ALL default to lock all components of relative motion when the locking criterion is satisfied Set this parameter equal to an available component number to lock only that component of relative motion when the locking criterion is satisfied REGULARIZE This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses Set REGULARIZE ON default unless CONNECTOR BEHAVIOR REGULARIZE OFF is used to regularize the user defined tabular connector lock data Set REGULARIZE OFF to use the user defined tabular connector lock data directly without regularization RTOL This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses Set this parameter equal to the tolerance to be used to regularize the connector lock data If this parameter is omitted the default is RTOL 0 03 unless the tolerance is specified on the CONNECTOR BEHAVIOR option Data line to define the locking criterion First an
299. ection 5 30 2 EXPANSION 5 31 EXPANSION Specify thermal or field expansion This option is used to define thermal expansion or field expansion in Abaqus Standard for a material or for the behavior of a gasket In an Abaqus Standard analysis spatially varying thermal expansion can be defined for solid continuum elements using a distribution Distribution definition Section 2 7 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References e Thermal expansion Section 23 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Field expansion Section 23 1 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e UEXPAN Section 1 1 25 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual Optional parameters DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variables in addition to temperature on which the coefficients depend If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the thermal expansion is constant or depends only on temperature This parameter is not relevant if the USER parameter is included or if in an Abaqus Standard analysis spatially varying thermal expansion is defined using a distribution see Distribution definition Section 2 7 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual FIELD Set this parameter equal to the predefined field variable number for which field expansion is being defined PORE FLUID
300. ed Data lines if the MIXTURE parameter is included First line 1 Out of plane thickness of the surface for two dimensional models when the SURFACE parameter is included If this value is left blank or is entered as zero the default value of 6 17 2 FLUID CAVITY 1 0 will be used Enter a blank line when the surface is defined by three dimensional and axisymmetric elements or when the SURFACE parameter is omitted Second line 1 Name of fluid behavior forming the gas mixture 2 Mass fraction or molar fraction Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the initial gas mixture 6 17 3 FLUID DENSITY 6 18 FLUID DENSITY Specify hydrostatic fluid density This option is used to define the reference fluid density for fluid cavities It is applicable only for hydraulic and pneumatic fluids and should not be used for user defined fluids The FLUID DENSITY option can be used only in conjunction with the FLUID BEHAVIOR option or the FLUID PROPERTY option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Type Model data Level Part Part instance References e Fluid cavity definition Section 11 6 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Hydrostatic fluid models Section 23 4 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e FLUID BEHAVIOR e FLUID PROPERTY Optional parameters when the FLUID DENSITY option is used in conjunction with the FLUID PROPERTY option PRESSURE Set this parameter equal t
301. ed element stable time increment for the element set provided This parameter must be used in conjunction with the TYPE parameter to define how the mass scaling is to be applied If both the FACTOR and DT parameters are omitted a default mass scaling value of 1 0 is used If both parameters are included the mass is first scaled by the value assigned to the FACTOR parameter and then possibly scaled again depending on the values assigned to the DT and TYPE parameters Set this parameter equal to the name of the element set for which this mass scaling definition is being applied If this parameter is omitted the mass scaling definition will apply to all elements in the model The FIXED MASS SCALING option can be repeated with different ELSET definitions to define different mass scaling for the specified element sets Set this parameter equal to the mass scaling factor The masses of the elements will be scaled once at the beginning of the step by the value assigned to the FACTOR parameter If both the FACTOR and DT parameters are omitted a default mass scaling value of 1 0 is used If both parameters are included the mass is first scaled by the value assigned to the FACTOR parameter and then possibly scaled again depending on the values assigned to the DT and TYPE parameters 6 13 1 FIXED MASS SCALING TYPE Set TYPE UNIFORM to scale the masses of the elements equally so that the smallest element stable time increment of the scaled eleme
302. ed in conjunction with the EOS TYPE USUP or EOS TYPE TABULAR options Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References e Equation of state Section 22 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e EOS There are no parameters associated with this option Data line to define the plastic compaction behavior First and only line 1 Reference sound speed in the porous material ce Units of LT 2 Value of the porosity of the unloaded virgin material ny Dimensionless 3 Pressure required to initialize plastic behavior pe Units of FL 4 Compaction pressure at which all pores are crushed ps Units of FL 5 251 EPJOINT 5 26 EPJOINT Define properties for elastic plastic joint elements This option is used to define the properties for elastic plastic joint elements The JOINT ELASTICITY and if plasticity is to be defined JOINT PLASTICITY options must immediately follow this option Product Abaqus Standard Type Model data Level Part Part instance References e Elastic plastic joints Section 29 11 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e JOINT ELASTICITY e JOINT PLASTICITY Required parameters ELSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the element set containing the elastic plastic joint elements for which properties are being defined ORIENTATION Set this parameter equal to the name given to the
303. ed when you mesh the model Reference e Element definition Section 2 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters ALL NODES Include this parameter to increment the node numbers of rigid body reference nodes for IRS type and drag chain elements and nodes used to define the direction of the first cross section axis for beams in space By default these node numbers will not be incremented ELSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the element set to which the elements including the master element will be assigned Data lines to generate elements incrementally First line 1 Master element number 2 Number of elements to be defined in the first row generated including the master element 3 Increment in node numbers of corresponding nodes from element to element in the row The default is 1 4 Increment in element numbers in the row The default is 1 If necessary copy this newly created master row to define a layer of elements 5 Number of rows to be defined including the master row The default is 1 6 Increment in node numbers of corresponding nodes from row to row 7 Increment in element numbers of corresponding elements from row to row If necessary copy this newly created master layer to define a block of elements 8 Number of layers to be defined including the master layer The default is 1 5 10 1 ELGEN 9 Increment in node numbers of corresponding nodes from layer to layer 1
304. eded as data to define the friction model in user subroutine FRIC in an Abaqus Standard analysis or in user subroutines VFRIC VFRIC_COEF and VFRICTION in an Abaqus Explicit analysis The default is PROPERTIES 0 SHEAR TRACTION SLOPE This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses Set this parameter equal to the slope of the curve that defines the shear traction as a function of the elastic slip between the two surfaces If this parameter is omitted or frictional forces are not present shear softening will not be activated This parameter cannot be used in conjunction with user subroutines VFRIC VFRIC_COEF and VFRICTION TAUMAX Set this parameter equal to the equivalent shear stress limit 7 n a 5 that is the maximum achievable value of the equivalent shear stress If no value is given or TAUMAX 0 in an Abaqus Standard analysis there is no limit on the equivalent shear stress A value of zero is not allowed in an Abaqus Explicit analysis TEST DATA This parameter is valid only if the EXPONENTIAL DECAY parameter is used Include this parameter if the exponential decay coefficient de is to be computed by Abaqus If this parameter is omitted the decay coefficient must be given directly on the data line Data lines to define the coefficient of friction if the USER ROUGH EXPONENTIAL DECAY and ANISOTROPIC parameters are omitted First line 1 Friction coefficient y 2 Slip rate If this value is omitted the fr
305. edefining mesh motion after OP NEW is used SURFACE Set this parameter equal to the name of a node based element based or Eulerian material surface used to control the motion of the Eulerian mesh Optional parameters ASPECT RATIO MAX Set this parameter equal to the maximum change in the allowed aspect ratio of any of the three bounding box aspects 1 2 2 3 3 1 The default is 10 0 BUFFER Set this parameter equal to a value to maintain a buffer between the bounding box and surface equal to the value times the maximum Eulerian element size in the mesh The default is BUFFER 2 0 Set BUFFER INITIAL to maintain the initial scaling of the mesh with respect to the surface 5 29 1 EULERIAN MESH MOTION CENTER Set CENTER BOUNDING BOX default to align the center of the bounding box with the center of the surface s bounding box Set CENTER MASS to align the center of the bounding box with the center of mass of the surface CONTRACT Set CONTRACT YES default to allow the bounding box to contract during the analysis Set CONTRACT NO to disallow contraction of the bounding box OP Set OP MOD default to modify existing mesh motion options or to define additional mesh motion options for the given element set Set OP NEW to remove or overwrite an existing mesh motion definition for the given element set ORIENTATION Set this parameter equal to the name given for the ORIENTATION option Orientations Section 2 2 5 of
306. edom with which the dashpots are associated at their first nodes or for JOINTC elements the degree of freedom in the local corotational system for which the dashpot behavior is being defined For DASHPOT2 elements give the degree of freedom with which the dashpots are associated at their second nodes If the ORIENTATION parameter is included on the DASHPOT option when defining dashpot elements or on the JOINT option when defining joint elements the degrees of freedom specified here are in the local system defined by the ORIENTATION option referenced Second line QV tn Bu Dashpot coefficient force per relative velocity Frequency in cycles per time for STEADY STATE DYNAMICS DIRECT and STEADY STATE DYNAMICS SUBSPACE PROJECTION analyses only Temperature First field variable Second field variable Etc up to five field variables 4 7 3 DASHPOT Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 2 Etc up to eight variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dashpot coefficient as a function of frequency temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to define nonlinear dashpot behavior for DASHPOT1 DASHPOT2 or JOINTC elements First line 1 Give the degree of freedom with which the dashpots are associated at their first nodes or for JOINTC elements the de
307. ee end s of the beam 2 4 1 BEAM GENERAL SECTION 2 5 BEAM GENERAL SECTION Specify a beam section when numerical integration over the section is not required This option is used to define linear or nonlinear beam section response when numerical integration over the section is not required In this case the beam section geometry and material descriptions are combined no MATERIAL reference is associated with this option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Part Part instance Abaqus CAE General beam sections with linear response are supported in the Property module References Using a general beam section to define the section behavior Section 26 3 7 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Beam modeling overview Section 26 3 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameter ELSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the element set for which the section is defined Required parameter in Abaqus Explicit optional parameter in Abaqus Standard DENSITY Set this parameter equal to the mass density mass per unit volume of the beam material In an Abaqus Standard analysis this parameter is needed only when the mass of the elements is required such as in dynamic analysis or gravity loading This parameter cannot be used when SECTION MESHED Optional parameters DEPENDENCIES This parameter cannot be used when SECTION NONLINEAR GENERAL or SECTION M
308. elastic material Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Type Model data Level Model References e Anisotropic hyperelastic behavior Section 19 5 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e UANISOHYPER STRAIN Section 1 1 21 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual e UANISOHYPER INV Section 1 1 20 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual e VUANISOHYPER STRAIN Section 1 2 9 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual e VUANISOHYPER INV Section 1 2 8 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual Optional mutually exclusive parameters FUNG ANISOTROPIC Include this parameter to use the generalized Fung anisotropic strain energy potential FUNG ORTHOTROPIC Include this parameter to use the generalized Fung orthotropic strain energy potential HOLZAPFEL Include this parameter to use the Holzapfel Gasser Ogden strain energy potential USER Include this parameter if the strain energy potential and its derivatives are defined in a user subroutine user subroutines UANISOHYPER INV and UANISOHYPER STRAIN in Abaqus Standard or VUANISOHYPER INV and VUANISOHYPER STRAIN in Abaqus Explicit Required parameters if the USER parameter is included FORMULATION Set FORMULATION STRAIN to indicate that the anisotropic hyperelastic energy potential is formulated in terms of the components of the Green strain tensor and is defined by either UANISOHYPER STRAIN in Abaqus Standard or VUANISOHYPER STRAIN
309. elastic plastic materials that use the crushable foam plasticity model It must be used in conjunction with the CRUSHABLE FOAM option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References e Crushable foam plasticity models Section 20 3 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e CRUSHABLE FOAM Optional parameter DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the yield surface size in addition to temperature If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the size of the yield surface depends only on the volumetric plastic strain and possibly on the temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information Data lines to define crushable foam hardening First line 1 yield stress in uniaxial compression given as a positive value N Absolute value of the corresponding plastic strain The first tabular value entered must always be zero Temperature First field variable Second field variable A W Etc up to five field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 3 84 1 CRUSHABLE FOAM HARDENING 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line
310. eld variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the bulk modulus as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to define the cavitation pressure limit of an acoustic material First line Cavitation pressure limit Units of FL Temperature First field variable Second field variable nA WN Etc up to six field variables 1 2 2 ACOUSTIC MEDIUM Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than six 1 Seventh field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the cavitation pressure limit as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables Data line to define the complex bulk modulus of an acoustic material First and only line 1 Real part of the bulk modulus Units of FL 2 Imaginary part of the bulk modulus Units of FL 7 3 Frequency Units of T Data line to define the complex density of an acoustic material First and only line 1 Real part of the density Units of ML 2 Imaginary part of the density Units of 3 Frequency Units of T Data lines to define the volumetric drag of an acoustic material First line 1 Volumetric drag coefficient Units of FTL N Frequency Cycles time Frequency dependence is active only during frequency domain
311. elements Section 29 8 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e UFLUID Section 1 1 28 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual Required parameters ELSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the element set containing the hydrostatic fluid elements for which properties are being defined REF NODE Set this parameter equal to either the node number of the fluid cavity reference node or the name of a node set containing the fluid cavity reference node If the name of a node set is chosen the node set must contain exactly one node TYPE This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses Abaqus Explicit uses only pneumatic fluids to model the fluid within a cavity see Hydrostatic fluid models Section 23 4 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information Set TYPE HYDRAULIC to specify an incompressible or approximately incompressible fluid Set TYPE PNEUMATIC to specify a compressible fluid that behaves as an ideal gas Set TYPE USER to specify a fluid in which the fluid constitutive model is defined in user subroutine UFLUID Optional parameters AMBIENT This parameter specifies the magnitude of the ambient pressure which will typically be atmospheric pressure It is relevant only for TYPE PNEUMATIC The default is AMBIENT 0 6 30 1 FLUID PROPERTY NAME This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses Set this parameter equal to a label that will be used to refer t
312. elocity 3 43 2 CONNECTOR LOCK 6 Upper bound on velocity in the direction specified by the COMPONENT parameter By default no upper bound is used for the selected velocity 7 Temperature 8 First field variable Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than one 1 Second field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the lock criterion as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables 3 43 3 CONNECTOR MOTION 3 44 CONNECTOR MOTION Specify the motion of available components of relative motion in connector elements This option is used to prescribe the motion of available components of relative motion in connector elements Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model or history data Level Model Step Abaqus CAE Load module References e Connection type library Section 28 1 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e DISP Section 1 1 4 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual Optional parameters history data only AMPLITUDE This parameter is relevant only when some of the variables being prescribed have nonzero magnitudes Set this parameter equal to the name of the amplitude curve defining the magnitude of the prescribed connector motions Amplitude curves Section 30 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual If this param
313. ement set containing the GAP type contact elements for which properties are being defined Data line for GAPUNI and GAPUNIT elements First and only line 1 Initial clearance d If the remaining fields are omitted or specified as zero the contact direction will be computed from the nodal coordinates 2 Global X direction cosine of the contact direction 3 Global Y direction cosine of the contact direction 4 Global Z direction cosine of the contact direction 5 Element cross sectional area Data line for GAPCYL elements First and only line 1 Minimum maximum separation distance d Global X direction cosine of the cylinder axis Global Y direction cosine of the cylinder axis Global Z direction cosine of the cylinder axis nA BWW Element cross sectional area 7 1 1 GAP Data line for GAPSPHER elements First and only line Minimum maximum separation distance d Enter a blank field Enter a blank field Enter a blank field Element cross sectional area nA bh U Ne Data line for DGAP elements First and only line Clearance d Enter a blank field Enter a blank field Enter a blank field Element cross sectional area BW Ne 71 2 GAP CONDUCTANCE 7 2 GAP CONDUCTANCE Introduce heat conductance between interface surfaces This option is used to provide conductive heat transfer between closely adjacent or contacting surfaces It must be
314. ements Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Part Part instance Assembly Abaqus CAE Interaction module References e Connector elements Section 28 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Connection type library Section 28 1 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e CONNECTOR BEHAVIOR Required parameter ELSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the element set containing the connector elements for which the connection attributes are being defined Optional parameters BEHAVIOR Set this parameter equal to the name of the connector behavior that defines these connector elements If this parameter is omitted the connector element s behavior is determined by kinematic constraints only CONTROLS This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses Set this parameter equal to the name of a section controls definition see Section controls Section 24 1 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual to be used for the connector elements Section controls can be used to specify whether the connector elements should be deleted once they fail completely If this parameter is omitted the failed elements will not be deleted Section controls can also be used to specify a maximum value of the scalar degradation damage parameter D max and to specify the viscosity coefficient u for viscous damping or regularization ELIMINATION This parameter applies only to Abaqus E
315. emissivity as a function of temperature and user defined field variables 5 13 1 END ASSEMBLY 5 14 END ASSEMBLY End the definition of an assembly This option is used to end an assembly definition Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Assembly module References e Defining an assembly Section 2 9 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e ASSEMBLY There are no parameters or data lines associated with this option 5 14 1 END INSTANCE 5 15 END INSTANCE End the definition of an instance This option is used to end an instance definition Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Assembly Abaqus CAE Assembly module for part instances not imported from a previous analysis Load module for part instances imported from a previous analysis References e Defining an assembly Section 2 9 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e INSTANCE There are no parameters or data lines associated with this option 5 15 1 END LOAD CASE 5 16 END LOAD CASE End the definition of a load case for multiple load case analysis This option is used to end a load case definition Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Load module References e Multiple load case analysis Section 6 1 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e LOAD CASE There are no par
316. emperature 4 First field variable 3 83 1 CRUSHABLE FOAM 5 Second field variable 6 Etc up to five field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of the crushable foam parameters on temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to define the crushable foam plasticity model with isotropic hardening HARDENING ISOTROPIC First line 1 k o p yield stress ratio for compression loading 0 lt k lt 3 Enter the ratio of initial yield stress in uniaxial compression to initial yield stress in hydrostatic compression Up plastic Poisson s ratio 1 lt vp lt 0 5 Temperature First field variable Second field variable QN tn BW N Etc up to five field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of the crushable foam parameters on temperature and other predefined field variables 3 83 2 CRUSHABLE FOAM HARDENING 3 84 CRUSHABLE FOAM HARDENING Specify hardening for the crushable foam plasticity model This option is used to define the hardening data for
317. en as necessary to define the mass fraction or molar fraction as a function of inflation time 6 26 2 FLUID INFLATOR PROPERTY 6 27 FLUID INFLATOR PROPERTY Define a fluid inflator property This option is used to define a fluid inflator property to model the deployment of an airbag Product Abaqus Explicit Type Model data Level Part Part instance References e Inflator definition Section 11 6 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e FLUID INFLATOR Required parameters EFFECTIVE AREA This parameter is relevant only for TYPE DUAL PRESSURE and TYPE PRESSURE AND MASS Set this parameter equal to the total inflator orifice area NAME Set this parameter equal to a label that will be used to refer to the fluid inflator property TANK VOLUME This parameter is relevant only for TYPE DUAL PRESSURE or TYPE TANK TEST Set this parameter equal to the tank volume TYPE Set TYPE DUAL PRESSURE to use the dual pressure method to obtain the mass flow rate of the gas species Set TYPE PRESSURE AND MASS to use the given mass flow rate and inflator pressure to obtain the gas temperature Set TYPE TANK TEST to use tank test data to obtain the mass flow rate of the gas species Set TYPE TEMPERATURE AND MASS to use the given mass flow rate and inflator gas temperature to obtain the gas pressure Optional parameter DISCHARGE COEFFICIENT This parameter is relevant only for TYPE DUAL PRESSURE and TYPE PRESSURE AND MASS Set thi
318. ence seepage magnitude Units of LT The seepage magnitude is the pore fluid effective velocity crossing the surface at this point in an outward direction Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define uniform seepage for various elements or element sets Data lines to define nonuniform seepage First line 1 Element number or element set label 2 Distributed seepage type label see Part VI Elements of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual 3 Seepage magnitude optional If given this value is passed into user subroutine DFLOW in the variable used to define the seepage magnitude Nonuniform seepage magnitudes are defined via user subroutine DFLOW Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define nonuniform seepage for various elements or element sets 4 18 2 DFLUX 4 19 DFLUX Specify distributed fluxes in heat transfer or mass diffusion analyses This option is used to apply distributed fluxes in fully coupled thermal stress analysis In Abaqus Standard it is also used for heat transfer coupled thermal electrical and mass diffusion analyses Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Load module References e Thermal loads Section 30 4 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e DFLUX Section 1 1 3 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual Optional parameters AMPLITUDE Set this parameter equal to the name o
319. ences e Controlling initial contact status for general contact in Abaqus Explicit Section 32 4 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e CONTACT e CONTACT CLEARANCE There are no parameters associated with this option Data lines to define nondefault contact clearances First line 1 The name of the first single sided surface 2 The name of the second single sided surface 3 The name of the model data CONTACT CLEARANCE definition to be used Optional data item when a CONTACT CLEARANCE definition specified with ADJUST YES is referenced 4 Blank the word MASTER or the word SLAVE to indicate how the surfaces will be treated while adjusting the surface nodes to resolve contact clearance violations A blank entry indicates that the interaction will be treated as balanced master slave A setting of MASTER or SLAVE specifies the behavior of the first surface in a pure master slave interaction Repeat this data line as often as necessary If the contact clearance assignments overlap the last assignment applies in the overlap region 3 53 1 CONTACT CONTROLS 3 54 CONTACT CONTROLS Specify additional controls for contact This option is used to provide additional optional solution controls for models involving contact between bodies The standard solution controls are usually sufficient but additional controls are helpful to obtain cost effective solutions for models involving complicated geometries and
320. er is omitted the contact variables requested for output must be specified on the data lines Data lines to request contact output First line 1 Specify the identifying keys for the output variables to be written to the output database The keys are defined in Abaqus Standard output variable identifiers Section 4 2 1 of the Abaqus 3 64 2 CONTACT OUTPUT Analysis User s Manual and Abaqus Explicit output variable identifiers Section 4 2 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the list of variables to be written to the output database 3 64 3 CONTACT PAIR 3 65 CONTACT PAIR Define surfaces that contact each other This option is used to define pairs of surfaces or pairs of node sets and surfaces that may contact or interact with each other during the analysis Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data in Abaqus Standard History data in Abaqus Explicit Level Model in Abaqus Standard Step in Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Interaction module Defining contacting surfaces in an Abaqus Standard analysis References Defining contact pairs in Abaqus Standard Section 32 3 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Adjusting initial surface positions and specifying initial clearances in Abaqus Standard contact pairs Section 32 3 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Defining tied contact in Abaqus Standard
321. er is relevant only for TYPE FATIGUE or TYPE VCCT Set MIXED MODE BEHAVIOR BK to specify the fracture energy as a function of the mode mix by means of the Benzeggagh Kenane mixed mode fracture criterion Set MIXED MODE BEHAVIOR POWER to specify the fracture energy as a function of the mode mix by means of a power law mixed mode fracture criterion Set MIXED MODE BEHAVIOR REEDER to specify the fracture energy as a function of the mode mix by means of the REEDER mixed mode fracture criterion The default is MIXED MODE BEHAVIOR BK NODAL ENERGY RATE This parameter is relevant only for TYPE FATIGUE or TYPE VCCT Include this parameter to indicate that the critical energy release rates should not be read from the data lines but should be interpolated from the critical energy release rates specified at the nodes with the NODAL ENERGY RATE option The exponents are still read from the data lines NORMAL DIRECTION This parameter can be used only in conjunction with TYPE VCCT for enriched elements in Abaqus Standard Set NORMAL DIRECTION MTS default to specify that the crack will propagate orthogonal to the direction of the maximum tangential stress when the fracture criterion is satisfied Set NORMAL DIRECTION 1 to specify that the crack will propagate orthogonal to the element local 1 direction when the fracture criterion is satisfied 6 32 2 FRACTURE CRITERION Set NORMAL DIRECTION 2 to specify that the crack will propagate orthogonal to the
322. erenced is in the frequency domain STEP TIME corresponds to frequency Set TIME TOTAL TIME for total time accumulated over all non perturbation analysis steps See Conventions Section 1 2 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for a discussion of these time measures VALUE Set VALUE RELATIVE default for relative magnitude definition Set VALUE ABSOLUTE for direct input of absolute magnitudes In this case the data line values in the load option are ignored Because the values given in the field definition are ignored the absolute amplitude value will be used to define both the temperature and the gradient For this reason VALUE ABSOLUTE should not be used when temperatures or predefined field variables are specified for nodes connected to beam and shell elements whose section definition includes TEMPERATURE GRADIENTS default Required parameter for DEFINITION EQUALLY SPACED FIXED INTERVAL Set this parameter equal to the fixed time or frequency interval at which the amplitude data will be given Optional parameter for DEFINITION EQUALLY SPACED BEGIN Set this parameter equal to the time or lowest frequency at which the first amplitude is given The default is BEGIN 0 0 Optional parameter for DEFINITION TABULAR or DEFINITION EQUALLY SPACED SMOOTH Set this parameter equal to the fraction of the time interval before and after each time point during which the piecewise linear time variation is to be replaced by a smo
323. es 6 3 2 FAILURE RATIOS 6 4 FAILURE RATIOS Define the shape of the failure surface for a CONCRETE model This option is used to define the shape of the failure surface for a concrete model If used it must appear after the CONCRETE option The FAILURE RATIOS option can also be used with the TENSION STIFFENING and SHEAR RETENTION options Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References e Concrete smeared cracking Section 20 6 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e CONCRETE e TENSION STIFFENING e SHEAR RETENTION Optional parameter DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the failure ratios in addition to temperature If this parameter is omitted 1t is assumed that the failure ratios depend only on temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information Data lines to define the failure surface for a concrete model First line 1 Ratio of the ultimate biaxial compressive stress to the uniaxial compressive ultimate stress Default is 1 16 2 Absolute value of the ratio of uniaxial tensile stress at failure to the uniaxial compressive stress at failure Default is 0 09 3 Ratio of the magnitude of a principal component of plastic strain at ultimate stress i
324. es INTERNAL Abaqus CAE uses the INTERNAL parameter to identify sets that are created internally The INTERNAL parameter is used only in models defined in terms of an assembly of part instances The default is to omit the INTERNAL parameter 5 11 1 ELSET Data lines if the GENERATE parameter is omitted First line 1 List of elements or element set labels to be assigned to this element set Only previously defined element sets can be assigned to another element set Repeat this data line as often as necessary Up to 16 entries are allowed per line Data lines if the GENERATE parameter is included First line 1 First element in set 2 Last element in set 3 Increment in element numbers between elements in the set The default is 1 Repeat this data line as often as necessary 5 11 2 EMBEDDED ELEMENT 5 12 EMBEDDED ELEMENT Specify an element or a group of elements that lie embedded in a group of host elements in a model This option is used to specify an element or a group of elements that lie embedded in a group of host elements in a model Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Part Part instance Assembly Abaqus CAE Interaction module Reference e Embedded elements Section 31 4 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters ABSOLUTE EXTERIOR TOLERANCE Set this parameter equal to the absolute value given in the units used in
325. es e Cracking model for concrete Section 20 6 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e BRITTLE FAILURE e BRITTLE SHEAR Optional parameters DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the postcracking behavior in addition to temperature If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the postcracking behavior depends only on temperature See Using the DEPENDENCIES parameter to define field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information TYPE Set TYPE STRAIN default to specify the postcracking behavior by entering the postfailure stress strain relationship directly Set TYPE DISPLACEMENT to define the postcracking behavior by entering the postfailure stress displacement relationship directly Set TYPE GFI to define the postcracking behavior by entering the failure stress ae and the Mode I fracture energy G Data lines if the TYPE STRAIN parameter is included default First line 1 Remaining direct stress after cracking o Units of F 5 3 2 12 1 BRITTLE CRACKING ck nn Direct cracking strain e Temperature First field variable Second field variable DD Ur E U N Etc up to five field variables The first point at each value of temperature must have a cracking strain of 0 0 and gives the failure stress value Sub
326. es and node sets forming the contact pairs First line 1 The slave surface name 2 The master surface name If the master surface name is omitted or is the same as the slave surface name Abaqus Standard assumes that self contact is defined 3 Optional orientation name to specify the tangential slip directions on the slave surface 4 Optional orientation name to specify the tangential slip directions on the master surface Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define all of the surfaces or node sets forming the contact pairs Each data line defines a pair of surfaces or a node set and a surface that may interact with one another Defining contacting surfaces in an Abaqus Explicit analysis References Defining contact pairs in Abaqus Explicit Section 32 5 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Contact formulations for contact pairs in Abaqus Explicit Section 34 2 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Adjusting initial surface positions and specifying initial clearances for contact pairs in Abaqus Explicit Section 32 5 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters CPSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the contact pair set to which the contact pairs being defined should be added The CPSET name can be used to associate contact pairs with a CLEARANCE option or with a CONTACT CONTROLS option which can be used to adjust algorithmic control parameters It can also be use
327. es in each table must be of the same type integration point section point or whole element variables Repeat the second data line as often as necessary each line defines a table If this line is omitted no element output will be printed to the data file 5 2 3 5 3 ELASTIC ELASTIC Specify elastic material properties This option is used to define linear elastic moduli In an Abaqus Standard analysis spatially varying isotropic orthotropic including engineering constants and lamina or anisotropic linear elastic moduli can be defined for solid continuum elements using a distribution Distribution definition Section 2 7 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module Reference e Linear elastic behavior Section 19 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the moduli If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the moduli are constant or depend only on temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information This parameter is not relevant in an Abaqus Standard analysis if spatially varying elastic moduli are defined using a distribution See Dist
328. esh domains Abaqus Explicit Section 12 2 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Analysis of models that exhibit cyclic symmetry Section 10 4 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameter for cyclic symmetry models in steady state dynamics analyses CYCLIC MODE Set this parameter equal to the cyclic symmetry mode number of loads that are applied in the current steady state dynamics procedure Optional parameters AMPLITUDE Set this parameter equal to the name of the amplitude curve that defines the variation of the load magnitude during the step If this parameter is omitted for uniform load types in an Abaqus Standard analysis the reference magnitude is applied immediately at the beginning of the step or linearly over the step depending on the value assigned to the AMPLITUDE parameter on the STEP option see Procedures overview Section 6 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual If this parameter is omitted in an Abaqus Explicit analysis the reference magnitude is applied immediately at the beginning of the step 4 29 1 DLOAD Amplitude references are ignored for nonuniform loads given by user subroutine DLOAD in an Abaqus Standard analysis Amplitude references are passed into user subroutine VDLOAD in an Abaqus Explicit analysis Only the load magnitude is changed with time Quantities such as the direction of an applied gravity load and the fluid surface level in hydrostatic press
329. esh to the discontinued geometry Only solid continuum elements can be associated with the enriched feature Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Part Part instance Abaqus CAE Interaction module Reference Modeling discontinuities as an enriched feature using the extended finite element method Section 10 6 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameters ELSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the element set containing the elements in which the degrees of freedom are enriched with special functions The element set should consist of all the elements that are presently intersected by cracks and those that are likely to be intersected by cracks as the cracks propagate through the model NAME Set this parameter equal to a label that will be used to refer to the name of the enriched feature in the model Optional parameters ENRICHMENT RADIUS This parameter is relevant only when TYPE STATIONARY CRACK Set this parameter equal to a small radius from the crack tip within which the elements are used for crack singularity calculations The elements within the small radius should be included as part of the element set specified with the ELSET parameter The default enrichment radius is three times the typical element characteristic length in the enriched region 5 22 1 ENRICHMENT INTERACTION Set this parameter equal to the name of the SURFACE INTERACTION property definit
330. essary to define the critical stress criterion as a function of temperature and or field variables Data lines to define the crack opening displacement criterion TYPE COD First line 1 Critical crack opening displacement 6 2 Cumulative crack length 6 32 3 FRACTURE CRITERION 3 Temperature 4 First field variable 5 Second field variable 6 Etc up to five field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the crack opening displacement criterion as a function of temperature and or field variables Data lines to define the crack length versus time criterion TYPE CRACK LENGTH First line 1 Total time not step time 2 Crack length l from the reference point 3 Etc up to four time length pairs per line Crack length must be given as an increasing function of time Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the crack length as a function of time Data lines to define the low cycle fatigue onset and crack growth criterion TYPE FATIGUE for MIXED MODE BEHAVIOR BK or REEDER First line Material constant for fatigue crack initiation Material constant for fatigue crack initiation ca Material constant for fatigue crack growth c3 Material constant for fatigue crack growth c4 Un BW
331. et TYPE FOLD TRACKING to activate the nondefault tracking algorithm for node to face contact 3 55 1 CONTACT CONTROLS ASSIGNMENT Set TYPE FOLD INVERSION CHECK to activate the fold inversion check Set TYPE SCALE PENALTY to assign a scale factor to the default penalty stiffnesses Data lines for AUTOMATIC OVERCLOSURE RESOLUTION First line 1 The name of the first surface If the first surface name is omitted a default surface that encompasses the entire general contact domain including all nodes and facets is assumed 2 The name of the second surface If the second surface name is omitted or is the same as the first surface name the specified contact controls are assigned to contact interactions between the first surface and itself 3 The overclosure resolution method The words ADJUST NODES default or STORE OFFSETS Repeat this data line as often as necessary If the contact controls assignments overlap the last assignment applies in the overlap region No data lines are used with this option when the NODAL EROSION parameter is specified Data lines for TYPE FOLD TRACKING First line 1 The name of the surface whose nodes will be tracked using the nondefault node to face tracking algorithm If the surface name is omitted a default surface that encompasses the entire general contact domain including all nodes and facets is assumed Repeat this data line as often as necessary Data lines for TYPE FOLD INV
332. eter has a value greater than six 1 Seventh field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of the postcracking behavior on temperature and other predefined field variables 2 13 2 BRITTLE SHEAR 2 14 BRITTLE SHEAR Define the postcracking shear behavior of a material used with the brittle cracking model This option is used to define the postcracking shear behavior of a material used in a brittle cracking model The BRITTLE SHEAR option must be used with the BRITTLE CRACKING option and must immediately follow it The BRITTLE SHEAR option can be used in conjunction with the BRITTLE FAILURE option to specify a brittle failure criterion Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References e Cracking model for concrete Section 20 6 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e BRITTLE CRACKING e BRITTLE FAILURE Optional parameters DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the cracked shear behavior in addition to temperature If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the parameters defining cracked shear behavior are constant or depend only on temperature See Using the DEPENDENCIES parameter to define field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18
333. eter is omitted in an Abaqus Standard analysis either the reference magnitude is applied linearly over the step a RAMP function or it is applied immediately at the beginning of the step and subsequently held constant a STEP function The choice of RAMP or STEP function depends on the value assigned to the AMPLITUDE parameter on the STEP option Procedures overview Section 6 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Two exceptions are displacement or rotation components given with TYPE DISPLACEMENT for which the default is always a RAMP function and displacement or rotation components in a static step given with TYPE VELOCITY for which the default is always a STEP function If this parameter is omitted in an Abaqus Explicit analysis the reference magnitude is applied immediately at the beginning of the step and subsequently held constant a STEP function In an Abaqus Standard dynamic procedure amplitude curves specified for TYPE DISPLACEMENT or TYPE VELOCITY will be smoothed automatically In an explicit dynamic analysis using Abaqus Explicit the user must request that such amplitude curves are smoothed For more information see Amplitude curves Section 30 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual LOAD CASE This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses 3 44 1 CONNECTOR MOTION OP This parameter is ignored in all procedures except BUCKLE The parameter can be set equal to 1 default or 2 LOAD C
334. f Repeat this data line as often as necessary 3 69 2 CONTOUR INTEGRAL 3 70 CONTOUR INTEGRAL Provide contour integral estimates WARNING Contour integrals are not calculated accurately for the bending stress in shells If contour integral values are needed where the bending stress is significant use second order solid elements C3D20 or C3D27 in the crack tip region where the integral is evaluated instead of shell elements Contour integrals should not be requested in a linear perturbation step Initial stresses are not included in the evaluation of the J integrals the stress intensity factors and the T stress see Contour integral evaluation Section 11 4 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for details The CONTOUR INTEGRAL option offers the evaluation of the J integral the C integral the stress intensity factors and the T stress for fracture mechanics studies based on either the conventional finite element method or the extended finite element method XFEM The option also computes the crack propagation direction at initiation when the stress intensity factors are evaluated Contour integrals along several different crack fronts can be evaluated by repeating this option as often as needed in the step definition Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Interaction module References e Contour integral evaluation Section 11 4 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Ma
335. f field variable dependencies included in the definition of the cyclic hardening behavior in addition to temperature If this parameter is omitted this behavior does not depend on field variables See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information PARAMETERS Include this parameter to provide the material parameters Qa and b directly USER Include this parameter to define the elastic range in user subroutine UHARD in Abaqus Standard analyses and user subroutine VUHARD in Abaqus Explicit analyses This parameter cannot be included if the kinematic hardening component is specified via half cycle test data using DATA TYPE HALF CYCLE on the associated PLASTIC option 3 87 1 CYCLIC HARDENING Optional parameter for use with the USER parameter PROPERTIES Set this parameter equal to the number of property values needed as data in user subroutine UHARD in Abaqus Standard analyses and user subroutine VUHARD in Abaqus Explicit analyses The default is PROPERTIES 0 Optional parameter if neither PARAMETERS nor USER is included RATE Set this parameter equal to the equivalent plastic strain rate amp E for which this stress strain curve applies Data lines to give tabular material data First line Equivalent stress defining the size of the elastic range Equivalent plastic strain Temperature First field vari
336. f layers for each fastener This parameter is ignored if multiple surfaces are specified on the data lines ORIENTATION Set this parameter equal to the name of an orientation definition see Orientations Section 2 2 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual that defines the orientation of the fastener If this parameter is omitted the orientation of each fastener is determined from the default local directions of the 6 5 2 FASTENER surface see Conventions Section 1 2 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual that is closest to the reference node for that fastener Fasteners support only rectangular cylindrical and spherical orientation definitions Additional rotations defined as part of the orientation definition are ignored RADIUS OF INFLUENCE Set this parameter equal to the maximum distance from the projection point on a connected surface within which the nodes on that surface must lie to contribute to the motion of the projection point If this parameter is omitted Abaqus will compute a default value of the radius of influence internally based on the fastener diameter and the surface facet lengths SEARCH RADIUS Set this parameter equal to the distance from the reference nodes within which the connected points must lie If this parameter is omitted and no surface is specified by the user or a single surface is specified by the user Abaqus will compute a default search radius based on the facet thickness for
337. f the amplitude curve that defines the magnitude of the distributed fluxes during the step Amplitude curves Section 30 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual If this parameter is omitted for uniform flux types in an Abaqus Standard analysis the reference magnitude is applied immediately at the beginning of the step or linearly over the step depending on the value assigned to the AMPLITUDE parameter on the STEP option Procedures overview Section 6 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual If this parameter is omitted in an Abaqus Explicit analysis the reference magnitude is applied immediately at the beginning of the step For nonuniform fluxes of type BFNU and SnNU which are available only in Abaqus Standard the flux magnitude is defined in user subroutine DFLUX and AMPLITUDE references are ignored OP Set OP MOD default for existing DFLUXs to remain with this option modifying existing fluxes or defining additional fluxes Set OP NEW if all existing DFLUXs applied to the model should be removed 4 19 1 DFLUX Data lines to define a distributed flux First line 1 Element number or element set label 2 Distributed flux type label see Part VI Elements of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual 3 Reference flux magnitude units of JT L for surface fluxes and JT L for body fluxes It is needed for uniform fluxes only If this value is given for nonuniform fluxes it will be passed in
338. f this parameter is included without a specified value the default value is 0 05 If this parameter is omitted but the STABILIZE parameter is included with the default value of dissipated energy fraction the adaptive automatic damping algorithm will be activated automatically with ALLSDTOL 0 05 This parameter must be used in conjunction with the STABILIZE parameter see Solving nonlinear problems Section 7 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual CONTINUE Set CONTINUE NO default to specify that this step will not carry over the damping factors from the results of the preceding general step In this case the initial damping factors will be recalculated based on the declared damping intensity and on the solution of the first increment of the step or can be specified directly Set CONTINUE YES to specify that this step will carry over the damping factors from the end of the immediately preceding general step 3 77 1 COUPLED TEMPERATURE DISPLACEMENT CREEP FACTOR This parameter must be used in conjunction with the ALLSDTOL and the STABILIZE parameters Set CREEP EXPLICIT to use explicit integration for creep and swelling effects throughout the step which may sometimes be computationally less expensive When CREEP EXPLICIT the time increment will be limited by the accuracy tolerances CETOL and DELTMX and also by the stability limit of the forward difference operator See Rate dependent plasticity creep and swelling
339. fault is 100 Maximum increment in number of cycles over which the damage is extrapolated forward It must be greater than 0 The default is 1000 4 23 3 DIRECT CYCLIC 3 Total number of cycles allowed in a step If this entry is zero or not specified the default value is equal to one plus half of the maximum increment in number of cycles over which the damage is extrapolated 4 Damage extrapolation tolerance The maximum extrapolated damage increment will be limited by this value The default is 1 0 4 23 4 DISPLAY BODY 4 24 DISPLAY BODY Define a part instance that will be used for display only This option is used to specify that a part instance should be used for display purposes only and should not take part in the analysis This option must be used in conjunction with the ASSEMBLY and INSTANCE options Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Assembly Abaqus CAE Interaction module Reference e Display body definition Section 2 8 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameter INSTANCE Set this parameter to the name of the part instance that is to be considered a display body Data line to specify the reference nodes optional if no data line is given the display body will remain stationary during the analysis First and only line 1 Node number of the first reference node 2 Node number of the second reference node optional
340. field variables There are no data lines when the USER parameter is included 6 28 2 FLUID LINK 6 29 FLUID LINK Define properties for fluid link elements This option is used to define the properties of fluid link elements Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Type Model data Level Part Part instance References e Modeling fluid filled cavities Section 11 5 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Fluid link elements Section 29 8 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameter ELSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the element set containing the fluid link elements for which properties are being defined Optional parameters DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variables included in the specification of the mass flow rate If this parameter is omitted the mass flow rate is assumed not to depend on any field variables but may still depend on average pressure and average temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information TYPE Set TYPE FUNCTION default to specify a functional relationship between mass flow rate and pressure difference Set TYPE TABULAR to specify a table of mass flow rate versus pressure difference Data lines for TYPE FUNCTION First line 1 Cy 2 Cg 3 Average pressure p 1f pressure dependent 6 29
341. field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of the creep constants on temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines for LAW SINGHM First line A Units of T a Units 12 m t Units of T Temperature First field variable Etc up to three field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than three 1 Fourth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of the creep constants on temperature and other predefined field variables 4 32 2 DRUCKER PRAGER HARDENING 4 33 DRUCKER PRAGER HARDENING Specify hardening for Drucker Prager plasticity models This option is used to specify the hardening data for elastic plastic materials that use any of the generalized Drucker Prager yield criteria defined in the DRUCKER PRAGER option This option is also used in Abaqus Standard analyses to specify the type of creep test with which the creep laws defined in the DRUCKER PRAGER CREEP option are measured It must be used in conjunction with the DRUCKER PRAGER option and if creep material behavior is included in an Abaqus Standard analysis with the DRUCKER PRAGER CREEP option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property mod
342. fining default elastic plastic material response with the PLASTIC DEFAULTS parameter and when modeling buckling strut response by using the BUCKLING ENVELOPE option or the BUCKLING parameter ZERO Set this parameter equal to the reference temperature for thermal expansion 9 if required The default is ZERO 0 Data lines for SECTION GENERAL First line Area A Moment of inertia for bending about the 1 axis 74 Moment of inertia for cross bending 119 Moment of inertia for bending about the 2 axis T22 nN BW Ne Torsional constant J Second line optional enter a blank line if the default values are to be used 1 First direction cosine of the first element section axis 2 Second direction cosine of the first element section axis 3 Third direction cosine of the first element section axis The entries on this line must be 0 0 1 for FRAME2D elements The default for FRAME3D elements is 0 0 1 if the first element section axis is not defined by an additional node in the element s connectivity See Frame elements Section 26 4 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for details Third line Young s modulus E Torsional shear modulus G This value is ignored for FRAME2D elements Coefficient of thermal expansion Temperature First field variable BW Ne 6 33 3 FRAME SECTION 6 Second field variable 7 Etc up to four field variables Subsequent
343. flow and porous medium stress Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module Reference e Swelling gel Section 23 7 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual There are no parameters associated with this option Data line to define a swelling gel First and only line 1 Radius of gel particles when completely dry Units of L 2 Fully swollen radius of gel particles rf Units of L 3 Number of gel particles per unit volume ka Units of L 4 Relaxation time constant for long term swelling of gel particles Units of 7 13 1 GEOSTATIC 7 14 GEOSTATIC Obtain a geostatic stress field This option is used to verify that the geostatic stress field is in equilibrium with the applied loads and boundary conditions on the model and to iterate if needed to obtain equilibrium Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Step module Reference e Geostatic stress state Section 6 8 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters HEAT This parameter is relevant if there are regions in the model that use coupled temperature pore pressure elements it specifies whether heat transfer effects are to be modeled in these regions Set HEAT YES default to specify that heat transfer effects are to be modeled in these regions In this case Abaqus Standard solves the heat transfer equation
344. fluid exchange activations that are to be retained 6 20 1 FLUID EXCHANGE ACTIVATION OUTFLOW ONLY Include this parameter if the flow is allowed only from the first fluid cavity to the second fluid cavity defined in the FLUID EXCHANGE option If this parameter is omitted the flow is allowed from both directions The reference nodes defined on the data line on the FLUID EXCHANGE option should be in the appropriate order to obtain the desired flow direction Data lines to define the fluid exchange activation First line 1 List of fluid exchange names Repeat this data line as often as necessary Up to 8 entries are allowed per line 6 20 2 6 21 FLUID EXCHANGE PROPERTY FLUID EXCHANGE PROPERTY Define the fluid exchange property for flow in or out of a fluid cavity This option is used to define the fluid exchange property for flow between two fluid cavities or between a fluid cavity and its environment Product Abaqus Explicit Type Model data Level Model References e Fluid exchange definition Section 11 6 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e FLUID EXCHANGE Required parameters NAME TYPE Set this parameter equal to a label that will be used to refer to the fluid exchange property Set TYPE BULK VISCOSITY to define fluid exchange where the mass flow rate is related to the pressure difference by both viscous and hydrodynamic resistance coefficients Set TYPE ENERGY FLUX to define
345. fluid exchange by specifying the heat energy flow rate leakage explicitly Set TYPE ENERGY RATE LEAKAGE to define fluid exchange by specifying the heat energy flow rate as a function of temperature difference and pressure Set TYPE FABRIC LEAKAGE to define fluid exchange due to fabric leakage Set TYPE MASS FLUX to define fluid exchange by specifying the mass flow rate leakage explicitly Set TYPE MASS RATE LEAKAGE to define fluid exchange by specifying the mass flow rate as a function of pressure difference and temperature Set TYPE ORIFICE to define fluid exchange through a vent orifice Set TYPE VOLUME FLUX to define fluid exchange by specifying the volume rate leakage explicitly Set TYPE VOLUME RATE LEAKAGE to define fluid exchange by specifying the volume rate leakage as a function of pressure difference and temperature Set TYPE USER to indicate that user subroutine VUFLUIDEXCH is used to define fluid exchange by specifying the mass flow rate and or heat energy flow rate 6 21 1 FLUID EXCHANGE PROPERTY Optional parameters CONSTANTS Set this parameter equal to the number of constant values needed as data to define the fluid exchange in user subroutine VUFLUIDEXCH The default is CONSTANTS 0 DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variables included in the specification of the coefficients defined by the TYPE parameter If this parameter is omitted the coefficients are assumed not to depend on any field v
346. for three dimensional plane strain and axisymmetric elements ENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the failure criterion in addition to temperature If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the failure criterion depends only on temperature See Using the DEPENDENCIES parameter to define field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information 2 13 1 BRITTLE FAILURE Data lines if TYPE STRAIN default is used on the BRITTLE CRACKING option First line Direct cracking failure strain eck Temperature First field variable Second field variable nA U Ne Etc up to six field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than six 1 Seventh field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of the postcracking behavior on temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines if TYPE DISPLACEMENT or GFI is included on the BRITTLE CRACKING option First line Direct cracking failure displacement uc Units of L Temperature First field variable Second field variable U Ne Etc up to six field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES param
347. from the test data given by the user If this parameter is omitted 8 will be determined from a nonlinear least squares fit of the test data Allowable values of BETA are 0 lt 9 lt 1 It is recommended to set 8 0 if only one type of test data is available MODULI This parameter is applicable only when the HYPERELASTIC option is used in conjunction with the VISCOELASTIC or the HYSTERESIS option Set MODULI INSTANTANEOUS to indicate that the hyperelastic material constants define the instantaneous behavior This parameter value is not available for frequency domain viscoelasticity in an Abaqus Standard analysis This is the only option available if the hyperelastic material is defined in user subroutine UHYPER Set MODULI LONG TERM to indicate that the hyperelastic material constants define the long term behavior This option is not available when user subroutine UHYPER is used to define the hyperelastic material It is the default for all other hyperelastic models 8 6 2 HYPERELASTIC This parameter can be used only with the OGDEN POLYNOMIAL and REDUCED POLYNOMIAL parameters Include this parameter to define the order of the strain energy potential The default is N 1 If the TEST DATA INPUT parameter is used the parameter N can take only the values 1 or 2 for the POLYNOMIAL form and up to 6 for the OGDEN and REDUCED POLYNOMIAL forms If the TEST DATA INPUT parameter is omitted the maximum value of N is 6 for either form POISS
348. g forces will be calculated with fua C Av where A is the nodal area and v is the rate of relative elastic slip between the surfaces If a contact area is not defined such as may occur for node based surfaces or for GAP or ITT type contact elements coefficient units are force per relative velocity For contact with three dimensional beams or trusses coefficient units are force per unit length per unit velocity 3 56 1 CONTACT DAMPING Optional parameter TANGENT FRACTION Set this parameter equal to the tangential damping coefficient divided by the normal damping coefficient This parameter affects only the tangential damping the normal direction damping coefficient is defined on the data line below Set this parameter equal to zero if no tangential damping is desired The default is 0 0 in Abaqus Standard and 1 0 in Abaqus Explicit Data line to define viscous damping in the normal direction between the contacting surfaces First and only line 1 Damping coefficient The remaining data items are used only in Abaqus Standard analyses For Abaqus Explicit damping is applied only when the surfaces are in contact whereas for Abaqus Standard damping is applied independent of the open close state 2 Clearance at which the damping coefficient is zero co 3 Fraction of the clearance interval between zero clearance and cy over which the damping coefficient is constant 0 lt rj lt 1 The default is 7 0 0 3 56 2
349. g strut envelope First and only data line 1 coefficient defining P c A default value 0 95 y coefficient defining the isotropic hardening slope yE A default value 0 02 Qo coefficient defining a og a L default value 0 03 coefficient defining a ag gt default value 0 004 nA BW N coefficient defining compressive force for discontinuity in buckling envelope default value 0 28 6 B buckling envelope slope coefficient default value 0 02 7 coefficient defining the force axis intercept point default value min 1 0 aie In the above data line A is the cross section area o is a yield stress value E is Young s modulus y g Lis the element length D is the outer pipe diameter and tis the pipe wall thickness 2 16 1 BUCKLING LENGTH 2 17 BUCKLING LENGTH Define buckling length data for buckling strut response of frame elements with PIPE sections This option is used to define two sets of coefficients used in the ISO equation that predicts for frame elements with buckling strut response For a user defined buckling envelope it can be used only in conjunction with both the FRAME SECTION SECTION PIPE YIELD STRESS 0 option and the BUCKLING ENVELOPE option For the default buckling envelope it can be used only in conjunction with the FRAME SECTION BUCKLING SECTION PIPE YIELD STRESS o option with or without the PINNED parameter Product Abaq
350. gree of freedom in the local corotational system for which the dashpot behavior is being defined 2 For DASHPOT 2 elements give the degree of freedom with which the dashpots are associated at their second nodes If the ORIENTATION parameter is included on the DASHPOT option when defining dashpot elements or on the JOINT option when defining joint elements the degrees of freedom specified here are in the local system defined by the ORIENTATION option referenced Second line Force Relative velocity Temperature First field variable Second field variable D Un BW NY Etc up to five field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dashpot coefficient as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables 4 7 4 DEBOND 4 8 DEBOND Activate crack propagation capability and specify debonding amplitude curve This option is used to specify that crack propagation may occur between two surfaces that are initially partially bonded The FRACTURE CRITERION option must appear immediately following this option Product Abaqus Standard Type History data Level Step References e Crack propagation analysis Section 11 4 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e FRACTURE CRITERION Re
351. h general contact Optional parameters ANISOTROPIC This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses and cannot be used when friction is defined for connector elements Include this parameter if anisotropic friction is being defined DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the friction coefficient in addition to slip rate contact pressure and temperature If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the friction coefficients have no dependencies or depend only on slip rate contact pressure and temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information 6 35 2 FRICTION DEPVAR This parameter is valid only if the USER parameter is included Set DEPVAR equal to the number of state dependent variables required for user subroutine FRIC in an Abaqus Standard analysis or for user subroutines VFRIC and VFRICTION in an Abaqus Explicit analysis The default is DEPVAR 0 EXPONENTIAL DECAY Include this parameter to specify separate static and kinetic friction coefficients with a smooth transition zone defined by an exponential curve The ANISOTROPIC and TAUMAX parameters cannot be used with this parameter PROPERTIES This parameter is valid only if the USER parameter is included Set this parameter equal to the number of property values ne
352. hat the material parameters depend only on temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information Data lines to define concrete damaged plasticity flow potential yield surface and viscosity parameters First line 1 Dilation angle 4 in the p q plane Give the value in degrees 3 28 1 CONCRETE DAMAGED PLASTICITY 6 T 8 Flow potential eccentricity e The eccentricity is a small positive number that defines the rate at which the hyperbolic flow potential approaches its asymptote If this field is left blank or a value of 0 0 is entered the default of e 0 1 is used 040 00 the ratio of initial equibiaxial compressive yield stress to initial uniaxial compressive yield stress If this field is left blank or a value of 0 0 is entered the default of 1 16 is used Ka the ratio of the second stress invariant on the tensile meridian q rm to that on the compressive meridian at initial yield for any given value of the pressure invariant such that the maximum principal stress is negative lt 0 It must satisfy the condition 0 5 lt Ke lt 1 0 Ifthis field is left blank or a value of 0 0 is entered the default of 2 3 is used Viscosity parameter u used for the visco plastic regularization of the concrete constitutive equations in Abaqus Standard analyses This parameter is ign
353. he word MODULU The word MODULU The word MODULU The word MODULU The word MODULU QN nn BPW Ne Data line to define a distribution table for mass density First and only line 1 The word DENSITY Data line to define a distribution table for isotropic thermal expansion First and only line 1 The word EXPANSION 4 28 4 Data line to define a distribution table for orthotropic thermal expansion First and only line 1 The word EXPANSION 2 The word EXPANSION 3 The word EXPANSION Data line to define a distribution table for anisotropic thermal expansion First and only line 1 The word EXPANSION The word EXPANSION The word EXPANSION The word EXPANSION The word EXPANSION The word EXPANSION 4 28 5 DISTRIBUTION TABLE DLOAD 4 29 DLOAD Specify distributed loads This option is used to prescribe distributed loading It is also used to apply concentrated or distributed wind wave or buoyancy loading in an Abaqus Aqua analysis Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Abaqus Aqua Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Load module Applying distributed loads References e Distributed loads Section 30 4 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e DLOAD Section 1 1 5 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual e Defining ALE adaptive m
354. he averages of values extrapolated to the nodes of the elements in the set Since variables can be discontinuous between elements with different properties Abaqus Standard breaks the output into separate tables for different element property definitions within the element set specified Abaqus Standard will also output elements of differing types separately Thus averaging will occur only over elements that contribute to a node that have the same type Set POSITION CENTROIDAL if values are being written at the centroid of the element the centroid of the reference surface of a shell element the midpoint between the end nodes of a beam element Set POSITION INTEGRATION POINTS default if values are being written at the integration points at which the variables are actually calculated Set POSITION NODES if the values being written are extrapolated to the nodes of each element in the set but not averaged at the nodes This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses This parameter can be used to obtain output only for the rebar in the element set specified output for the matrix material will not be given It can be used with or without a value If it is used without a value the output will be given for all rebar in the element set Its value can be set to the name assigned to the rebar on the REBAR option to specify output for that particular rebar in the element set 5 1 2 EL FILE If this parameter is omitted in a model that in
355. he general contact algorithm in Abaqus Explicit It must be used in conjunction with the CONTACT option Product Abaqus Explicit Type Model or history data Level Model Step References e Contact controls for general contact in Abaqus Explicit Section 32 4 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e CONTACT Required mutually exclusive parameters AUTOMATIC OVERCLOSURE RESOLUTION Include this parameter to store offsets instead of adjusting nodes during initial overclosure resolution between surface pairs in the general contact domain CONTACT THICKNESS REDUCTION Set CONTACT THICKNESS REDUCTION SELF to limit automatic contact thickness reductions to only regions of potential self contact and the perimeters of shell surfaces Set CONTACT THICKNESS REDUCTION NOPERIMSELF to limit automatic contact thickness reductions to only regions of potential self contact NODAL EROSION Set NODAL EROSION NO default to keep a node of an element based surface in the general contact domain as a point mass after all contact faces and edges to which it is attached have eroded Set NODAL EROSION YES to delete a node of an element based surface from the general contact domain once all contact faces and edges to which it is attached have eroded TYPE Set TYPE EDGE TRACKING default to activate the default tracking algorithm for edge to edge contact Set TYPE ENHANCED EDGE TRACKING to activate an enhanced tracking algorithm for edge to edge contact S
356. he last increment of each step unless FREQUENCY 0 The default is FREQUENCY 1 Set FREQUENCY 0 to suppress the output NORMAL Include this parameter to indicate that the direction normal to the plane of the crack n is specified Omit this parameter to indicate that the virtual crack extension direction q is specified This parameter is not relevant when the XFEM parameter is specified OUTPUT If this parameter is omitted the contour integral values will be printed in the data dat file but not stored in the results i1 file Set OUTPUT FILE to store the contour integral values in the results file Set OUTPUT BOTH to print the contour integral values in the data file and to store them in the results file SYMM Include this parameter to indicate that the crack front is defined on a symmetry plane with only half the structure modeled The change in potential energy calculated from the virtual crack front advance is then doubled to compute the correct contour integral values This parameter is not relevant when the XFEM parameter is specified TYPE Set TYPE J default to specify J integral calculations Set TYPE C to specify C integral calculations 3 70 2 CONTOUR INTEGRAL Set TYPE K FACTORS to specify the calculations of the stress intensity factors Set TYPE T STRESS to specify the T stress calculations XFEM Include this parameter to indicate that the crack is modeled as an enriched feature with the extended finite element
357. he postfailure stress cracking displacement relationship Set TYPE GFI to define the postcracking behavior by entering the failure stress cto and the fracture energy 3 30 1 CONCRETE TENSION STIFFENING Data lines if the TYPE STRAIN parameter is included default First line Remaining direct stress after cracking o Units of FL Direct cracking strain 2 Direct cracking strain rate En Units of T71 Temperature First field variable Second field variable ND tn hh U Ne Etc up to four field variables The first point at each value of temperature must have a cracking strain of 0 0 and gives the failure stress value cio Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four 1 Fifth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of the postcracking behavior on temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines if the TYPE DISPLACEMENT parameter is included First line Remaining direct stress after cracking o Units of FL 2 Direct cracking displacement Units of L Direct cracking displacement rate Units of LT Temperature First field variable Second field variable ND WN fF WN Etc up to four field variables The first point at each value of temperature must have a cracking displacement of 0 0
358. hin the element set specified Abaqus Standard will also output elements of differing types separately Thus averaging will occur only over elements that contribute to a node that have the same type Set POSITION CENTROIDAL if values are being printed at the centroid of the element the centroid of the reference surface of a shell element the midpoint between the end nodes of a beam element Set POSITION INTEGRATION POINTS default if values are being printed at the integration points at which the variables are actually calculated Set POSITION NODES if the values being written are extrapolated to the nodes of each element in the set but not averaged at the nodes This parameter can be used to obtain output only for the rebar in the element set specified output for the matrix material will not be given It can be used with or without a value If it is used without a value the output will be given for all rebar in the element set Its value can be set to the name assigned to the rebar on the REBAR option to specify output for that particular rebar in the element set If this parameter is omitted in a model that includes rebar the output requests govern the output for the matrix material only except for section forces when the forces in the rebar are included in the force calculation Rebar output can be obtained only at the integration points in continuum and beam elements In shell and membrane elements rebar output can be obtained at the
359. hird direction or branch This number must be an odd number for Simpson s integration unless noted otherwise in Beam cross section library Section 26 3 9 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual This entry is needed only for I beams Data lines for ARBITRARY sections First line Number of segments making up the section Local 1 coordinate of first point defining the section Local 2 coordinate of first point defining the section Local 1 coordinate of second point defining the section Local 2 coordinate of second point defining the section Uu FW NY Thickness of first segment Second line 1 Local 1 coordinate of next section point 2 6 3 BEAM SECTION 2 Local 2 coordinate of next section point 3 Thickness of segment ending at this point Repeat the second data line as often as necessary to define the ARBITRARY section Third line optional 1 First direction cosine of the first beam section axis 2 Second direction cosine of the first beam section axis 3 Third direction cosine of the first beam section axis The entries on this line must be 0 0 1 for planar beams The default for beams in space is 0 0 1 if the first beam section axis is not defined by an additional node in the element s connectivity See Beam element cross section orientation Section 26 3 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for details Data lines for ELBOW sections First line 1 Outside radiu
360. iable Third field variable oN DN FW Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than three 1 Fourth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of fracture energies on temperature and other predefined field variables 4 2 8 DAMAGE EVOLUTION Data lines to specify damage evolution for TYPE HYSTERESIS ENERGY in a low cycle fatigue analysis First line Material constant Units of L CY CLE 2 Material constant c4 Temperature if temperature dependent First field variable Second field variable Nn BW NO Etc up to five field variables per line Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of material constants on temperature and other predefined field variables 4 2 9 DAMAGE INITIATION 4 3 DAMAGE INITIATION Specify material and contact properties to define the initiation of damage This option is used to provide material properties that define the initiation of damage It can also be used in conjunction with the SURFACE INTERACTION option to define a contact property model that allows definition of damage initiation for cohesive surfaces P
361. iable key The key is treated as a label therefore it must adhere to the conventions for labels see Input syntax rules Section 1 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual with the exception that case will be preserved 3 The output variable description The description is treated as a label therefore it must adhere to the conventions for labels see Input syntax rules Section 1 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual with the exception that case will be preserved Repeat this data line for each solution dependent state variable for which an output key and a description are being defined If an output key and a description are not given for a solution dependent state variable the default output identifier SDVn and description Solution dependent state variables will be used 4 13 2 DESIGN GRADIENT 4 14 DESIGN GRADIENT Directly specify design gradients for design sensitivity analysis This option is used to specify directly design gradients with respect to design parameters excluding design parameters related to shape By default Abaqus Design will automatically determine the design gradients with respect to non shape design parameters numerically based on the parameterization of the input file Design gradients with respect to shape design parameters must be specified via the PARAMETER SHAPE VARIATION option Product Abaqus Design Type Model data Level Part Part instance Assembly Model Step Refere
362. ibuted electrical current densities First line 1 Surface name 2 Distributed current density type label CS 3 Reference surface current density magnitude Units of CL T Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define current densities for various surfaces 4 36 1 DSFLOW 4 37 DSFLOW Specify distributed seepage flows normal to a surface This option is used to input seepage flows pore fluid velocities normal to surfaces of the model in consolidation problems Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Load module References fluid flow Section 30 4 6 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e DFLOW Section 1 1 2 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual Optional parameters AMPLITUDE Set this parameter equal to the name of the AMPLITUDE curve that defines the magnitude of the seepage flow during the step If this parameter is omitted for uniform seepage types the reference magnitude is applied immediately at the beginning of the step or linearly over the step depending on the value assigned to the AMPLITUDE parameter on the STEP option see Procedures overview Section 6 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Amplitude references are ignored for flows defined in user subroutine DFLOW OP Set OP MOD default for existing DSFLOWSs to remain with this option modifying existing flows or defining additional flows Set OP
363. ication factor to convert from the analysis length unit to meter 2 Multiplication factor to convert from the analysis time unit to second 3 Multiplication factor to convert from the analysis pressure unit to pascal N m 3 72 1 CORRELATION 3 73 CORRELATION Define cross correlation properties for random response loading This option is used to define the cross correlation as part of the definition of random loading for use in the RANDOM RESPONSE analysis procedure The PSD DEFINITION option is also needed to give the frequency function to be used with the correlation definition Product Abaqus Standard Type History data Level Step References e Random response analysis Section 6 3 11 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e PSD DEFINITION e UCORR Section 1 1 22 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual Required parameter for TYPE CORRELATED and TYPE UNCORRELATED PSD Set this parameter equal to the name of the frequency function defined on the PSD DEFINITION option to be associated with this correlation option Optional parameters COMPLEX Set COMPLEX YES to include both real and imaginary terms in the cross correlation definition The alternative is to include real terms only using COMPLEX NO default INPUT Set this parameter equal to the name of the alternate input file containing the data lines for this option See Input syntax rules Section 1 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis
364. ich the value is being given Data lines to define the capacitance magnitude First line Capacitance magnitude Capacitance pcV not specific heat should be given Temperature First field variable Second field variable nA Bb U Ne Etc up to six field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than six 1 Seventh field variable 8 4 1 HEATCAP 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the point capacitance as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables Abaqus does not use any specific physical units so the user s choice must be consistent 8 4 2 8 5 HOURGLASS STIFFNESS HOURGLASS STIFFNESS Specify nondefault hourglass stiffness This option is relevant for first order reduced integration elements second order reduced integration element types M3D9R S8R5 and S9R5 and modified tetrahedral and triangular elements It can also be used to define an hourglass scaling factor for the stiffness associated with the drill degree of freedom rotation about the surface normal in shell elements and to modify the hourglass stiffness factor for the pressure Lagrange multiplier degrees of freedom for C3D4H elements The HOURGLASS STIFFNESS option can be used only in conjunction with the MEMBRANE SECTION option the SOLID SECTION option the SHELL SECTION option or
365. iction coefficient is assumed to be independent of the slip rate 3 Contact pressure p If this value is omitted the friction coefficient is assumed to be independent of the contact pressure 6 35 3 FRICTION 4 Average temperature at the contact point 0 between the two contact surfaces If this value is omitted the friction coefficient is assumed to be independent of the surface temperature 5 Average value of the first field variable f 6 Average value of the second field variable f 7 Etc up to four field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four 1 Average value of the fifth field variable f 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the friction coefficient as a function of contact pressure slip rate average surface temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to define the coefficient of friction if the ANISOTROPIC parameter is used and the USER ROUGH and EXPONENTIAL DECAY parameters are omitted First line 1 Friction coefficient in the first slip direction 41 2 Friction coefficient in the second slip direction 42 3 Slip rate Yeg If this value is omitted the friction coefficient is assumed to be independent of the slip rate 4 Contact pressure p If this value is omitted the friction coefficient is assumed to be independent of the contact pressu
366. ied ESTEP is taken as equal to BSTEP EINC Set this parameter equal to the increment number of the analysis whose results or output database file is being used as input to this option that ends the history data to be read If no value is supplied EINC is taken as the last available increment of step ESTEP on the results file Required parameter for reading predefined field variable values from the output database file OUTPUT VARIABLE Set this variable equal to the scalar nodal output variable that will be read from an output database and used to initialize a specified predefined field For a list of scalar nodal output variables that can be used to initialize a predefined field see Predefined fields Section 30 6 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameter for reading predefined field variable values from the output database file INTERPOLATE Include this parameter to indicate that the scalar nodal output variable specified by the OUTPUT VARIABLE parameter being read into a predefined field needs to be interpolated between dissimilar meshes This feature is used to read nodal values from an output database file generated during a previous Abaqus analysis Required parameter for defining data in user subroutine UFIELD or VUFIELD USER Include this parameter to indicate that user subroutine UFIELD or VUFIELD will be used to define field variable values For an Abaqus Standard analysis UFIELD is called for
367. ield variable 5 3 4 ELASTIC 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the elastic behavior as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to define orthotropic elasticity in plane stress TYPE LAMINA First line IA E V12 G3 This shear modulus is needed to define transverse shear behavior in shells This shear modulus is needed to define transverse shear behavior in shells Temperature First field variable Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than one 1 Second field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the elastic behavior as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to define orthotropic elasticity directly TYPEZORTHOTROPIC First line Di111 Units of FL D1122 D2222 Dis D2233 D3333 Diz OND tn BW Second line 1 D s23 2 Temperature 3 First field variable 4 Second field variable 5 Etc up to six field variables 5 3 5 ELASTIC Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than six 1 Seventh field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to def
368. if the LINEAR parameter is omitted First line Axial force Axial strain Temperature First field variable Second field variable a FW HN m Etc up to five field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the axial force axial strain relationship as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables 1 14 2 BASE MOTION 2 1 BASE MOTION Define the base motion for linear eigenmode based dynamic procedures This option is relevant only during linear dynamics procedures that use the natural modes of the system STEADY STATE DYNAMICS without the DIRECT parameter MODAL DYNAMIC and RANDOM RESPONSE Product Abaqus Standard Type History data Level Step References e Natural frequency extraction Section 6 3 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Transient modal dynamic analysis Section 6 3 7 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Mode based steady state dynamic analysis Section 6 3 8 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Random response analysis Section 6 3 11 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameter DOF Set this parameter equal to the direction 1 6 including rotations for which the base motion is being defined This direction i
369. iffusivity TYPE ISO First line 1 Diffusivity D Units of L T 2 Concentration c 3 Temperature 6 4 First field variable 4 22 1 DIFFUSIVITY 5 Second field variable 6 Etc up to five field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the diffusivity as a function of concentration temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to define orthotropic diffusivity TYPE ORTHO First line Dy Units of LT Doo D33 Concentration c Temperature 6 First field variable Second field variable Third field variable Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than three 1 Fourth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the diffusivity as a function of concentration temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to define anisotropic diffusivity TYPE ANISO First line Units of L T Concentration c 9 nO ROOM 2 wo Temperature 0 4 22 2 DIFFUSIVITY Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter is used 1 First field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this
370. ignored for nonuniform seepage flow boundary conditions defined in user subroutine FLOW and for drainage only seepage boundary conditions OP Set OP MOD default for existing FLOWs to remain with this option modifying existing flows or defining additional flows Set OP NEW if all existing FLOWs applied to the model should be removed New flows can be defined Data lines to define uniform seepage First line 1 Element number or element set label 2 Seepage flow type label see Part VI Elements of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual 3 Reference pore pressure value 429 Units of FL 4 Reference seepage coefficient value ks Units of F L T Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define uniform seepage for various elements or element sets 6 14 1 FLOW Data lines to define drainage only seepage First line 1 Element number or element set label 2 Seepage flow type label see Part VI Elements of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual 3 Drainage only seepage coefficient value k Units of F L T Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define drainage only seepage for various elements or element sets Data lines to define nonuniform seepage First line 1 Element number or element set label 2 Seepage flow type label see Part VI Elements of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual 3 Optional reference pore pressure value If given this value is passed into use
371. ile must be unique Required parameter for use with the CO SIMULATION PROGRAM MULTIPHYSICS or MPCCI option optional parameter for use with the CO SIMULATION PROGRAM ABAQUS option STEP SIZE Set this parameter equal to a value that defines the constant coupling step size to be used throughout the coupled simulation Set STEP SIZE IMPORT for Abaqus to import a coupling step size from the external program for the next coupling step This setting is valid only when used with the CO SIMULATION PROGRAM MULTIPHYSICS or MPCCI option Set STEP SIZE EXPORT for Abaqus to export a coupling step size to the external program for the next coupling step This setting is valid only when used with the CO SIMULATION PROGRAM MULTIPHYSICS or MPCCI option 3 75 1 CO SIMULATION CONTROLS Set STEP SIZE MAX for Abaqus to select the maximum coupling step size based on the suggested coupling step size of Abaqus and the external program This setting is valid only when used with the CO SIMULATION PROGRAM MULTIPHYSICS option Set STEP SIZE MIN for Abaqus to select the minimum coupling step size based on the suggested coupling step size of Abaqus and the external program This setting is valid only when used with the CO SIMULATION PROGRAM MULTIPHYSICS option When you specify PROGRAM ABAQUS with the CO SIMULATION option you can specify the STEP SIZE parameter only in the Abaqus Explicit analysis If you do not specify the STEP SIZE parameter the step s
372. ime incrementation scheme at the expense of some solution accuracy The TIME INTEGRATOR HHT MD IMPACT NO and INCREMENTATION AGGRESSIVE are set Set APPLICATION QUASI STATIC to choose a method with very significant numerical damping that is primarily intended to obtain quasi static solutions The TIME INTEGRATOR BWE IMPACT NO and INCREMENTATION AGGRESSIVE values are set In addition the default step amplitude is set to RAMP instead of STEP Set this parameter equal to a nondefault value 8 in the implicit operator for TIME INTEGRATOR HHT TF HHT MD or HYBRID Allowable values are positive Include this parameter to choose direct user control of the incrementation through the step If this parameter is included and no contact impacts or releases occur constant increments of the size defined on the data line are used If this parameter is omitted Abaqus Standard uses the automatic time incrementation scheme after trying the user s initial time increment for the first attempt at the first increment The DIRECT parameter and the HAFTOL and HALFINC SCALE FACTOR parameters are mutually exclusive The DIRECT parameter may have the value NO STOP If this value is included the solution to an increment is accepted after the maximum number of iterations allowed as defined in the CONTROLS option have been done even if the equilibrium tolerances are not satisfied Small increments and a minimum of two iterations are usually necessary if this value i
373. in an element set called Whole Model Gravity Elset and applies the gravity load to all elements in this element set Distributed load type label GRAV Actual magnitude of the load which can be modified by the use of the AMPLITUDE option 1 component of the gravity vector 2 component of the gravity vector QN tn RR U N 3 component of the gravity vector 4 29 5 DLOAD For axisymmetric elements the gravity load must be in the zdirection therefore only component 2 should be nonzero Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define gravity loading for different elements or element sets Data lines to define external and internal pressure in pipe or elbow elements First line 1 Element number or element set label 2 Distributed load type label PE PI PENU or PINU 3 Actual magnitude of the load which can be modified by the use of the AMPLITUDE option For nonuniform loads the magnitude must be defined in user subroutine DLOAD 4 Effective inner or outer diameter Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define internal or external pressure loading for different pipe or elbow elements or element sets Data lines to define hydrostatic pressure First line Element number or element set label Distributed load type label HP or HP Actual magnitude of the load which can be modified by the use of the AMPLITUDE option Z coordinate of zero pressure level in three dimensional or axi
374. in conjunction with the mechanical equilibrium and the fluid flow continuity equations Set HEAT NO to specify that heat transfer will not be modeled in these regions This parameter is not relevant if only coupled pore pressure displacement elements are used in a model UTOL This parameter will invoke automatic time incrementation Set this parameter equal to the tolerance for the maximum change of displacements Abaqus Standard will ensure that the maximum absolute value of a displacement at a node is smaller than the tolerance times the characteristic element length in the model If this parameter is used without any value specified the default value of 10 is used If this parameter is omitted no restrictions are imposed on the displacement values Data line to define automatic time incrementation First and only line 1 Initial time increment This value will be modified as required If this entry is zero or is not specified a default value that is equal to the total time period of the step is assumed 7 14 1 GEOSTATIC 2 Time period ofthe step Ifthis entry is zero or is not specified a default value of 1 0 is assumed 3 Minimum time increment allowed If Abaqus Standard finds it needs a smaller time increment than this value the analysis is terminated If this entry 1s zero a default value of the smaller of the suggested initial time increment or 10 times the total time period is assumed 4 Maximum time incre
375. ine radiation conditions First line 1 Node number or node set name 2 Appropriate area associated with the node where the concentrated radiation condition is applied The default is 1 0 3 Reference ambient temperature value 9 Units of 0 4 Emissivity Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define radiation conditions 3 80 2 CREEP 3 81 CREEP Define a creep law This option is used when metal creep behavior is to be included in a material definition Metal creep behavior defined is active only during DIRECT CYCLIC SOILS CONSOLIDATION COUPLED TEMPERATURE DISPLACEMENT STEADY STATE TRANSPORT and VISCO procedures This option can also be used to define creep behavior in the thickness direction in a gasket in this case the option is active only during the VISCO procedure Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References e Rate dependent plasticity creep and swelling Section 20 2 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Anisotropic yield creep Section 20 2 6 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e CREEP Section 1 1 1 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual Optional parameters DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the creep constants 1n addition to temperature If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the creep constants have n
376. ine the elastic behavior as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to define isotropic elastic shear behavior TYPE SHEAR First line Shear modulus Units of FL Temperature First field variable Second field variable Un BW Etc up to six field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than six 1 Seventh field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the elastic shear modulus as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to define orthotropic shear behavior for warping elements or uncoupled traction behavior for cohesive elements TYPE TRACTION First line only line for defining orthotropic shear behavior for warping elements in this case the data cannot be defined as functions of temperature and or field variables E for warping elements Knn for cohesive elements G4 for warping elements Kss for cohesive elements G for warping elements for cohesive elements Temperature First field variable Etc up to four field variables per line Nn BW Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four relevant only for defining uncoupled traction behavior of cohesive elements 1 Fifth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field varia
377. ined The OP parameter must be the same for all uses of the ADAPTIVE MESH option within a single step 1 4 1 ADAPTIVE MESH Optional parameters CONTROLS Set this parameter equal to the name of the ADAPTIVE MESH CONTROLS option associated with this adaptive mesh domain Adaptive mesh controls can be used to control the adaptive meshing in explicit dynamic analysis and in implicit acoustic analysis and to control the advection algorithms applied to the adaptive mesh domain in explicit dynamic analysis FREQUENCY Set this parameter equal to the frequency in increments at which adaptive meshing is to be performed When the option is used in acoustic analysis or when a spatial mesh constraint or an Eulerian boundary region is defined on the adaptive mesh domain in explicit dynamic analysis the default frequency is 1 In all other cases the default frequency is 10 INITIAL MESH SWEEPS This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses Set this parameter equal to the number of mesh sweeps to be performed at the beginning of the first step in which this adaptive mesh definition is active The default number of initial mesh sweeps is 5 if ADAPTIVE MESH CONTROLS SMOOTHING OBJECTIVE UNIFORM is used The default number of initial mesh sweeps is 2 if ADAPTIVE MESH CONTROLS SMOOTHING OBJECTIVE GRADED is used MESH SWEEPS Set this parameter equal to the number of mesh sweeps to be performed in each adaptive mesh increment The defaul
378. ines when this parameter 1s used Set TYPE DIRECT CYCLIC to set parameters that will be used to control the stabilized state and plastic ratcheting detections and to specify when to impose the periodicity condition for direct cyclic analysis Set TYPE VCCT LINEAR SCALING to set the parameter that will be used with linear scaling for a VCCT debonding analysis Optional parameter FIELD This parameter can be used only with PARAMETERS FIELD Set FIELD CONCENTRATION to set parameters for the mass concentration field equilibrium equations Set FIELD DISPLACEMENT to set parameters for the displacement field and warping degree of freedom equilibrium equations Set FIELD ELECTRICAL POTENTIAL to set parameters for the electrical potential field equilibrium equations Set FIELD GLOBAL default to define one set of parameters to be used for all active fields Set FIELD HYDROSTATIC FLUID PRESSURE to set parameters for the hydrostatic fluid element volume constraint Set FIELD MATERIAL FLOW to set parameters for the material flow degree of freedom for connector elements Set FIELD PORE FLUID PRESSURE to set parameters for the pore liquid volumetric continuity equations Set FIELD PRESSURE LAGRANGE MULTIPLIER to set parameters for the pressure Lagrange multiplier field equations Set FIELD ROTATION to set parameters for the rotation field equilibrium equations Set FIELD TEMPERATURE to set parameters for the temperature field equilibrium equ
379. integration points and at the centroid of the element SUMMARY TOTALS Set SUMMARY YES default to obtain a summary and the locations of the maximum and minimum values in each column of the table Set SUMMARY NO to suppress this summary Set TOTALS YES to print the total of each column in the table This is useful for example to sum the energies of a set of elements The default is TOTALS NO Data lines to request element output in the data file First line optional and relevant only if integration point variables are being printed for shell beam or layered solid elements 1 Give a list of the section points in the beam shell or layered solid at which variables should be printed If this line is omitted the variables are printed at the default output points defined in 5 2 2 EL PRINT Part VI Elements of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual For section points on a meshed beam cross section specify a list of user defined section point labels If this data line is omitted all available section points will be printed A maximum number of 16 section points can be specified Repeat the EL PRINT option as often as needed if output at additional points is required Second line 1 Give the identifying keys for the variables to be printed in a table for this element set The keys are defined in Abaqus Standard output variable identifiers Section 4 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual All of the variabl
380. ion Data lines to define distributed fluid added mass First line 1 Element number or element set label 2 Distributed load type label FI 3 Effective outer diameter of the member 4 Transverse added mass coefficient Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define distributed fluid added mass at various elements or element sets Data lines to define concentrated fluid added mass First line 1 Element number or element set label 2 Distributed load type label FI1 or FI2 3 Added mass coefficient Lis 4 Structural acceleration shape factor Fos Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define concentrated fluid added mass at various elements or element sets 4 1 1 DAMAGE EVOLUTION 4 2 DAMAGE EVOLUTION Specify material properties to define the evolution of damage This option is used to provide material properties that define the evolution of damage leading to eventual failure It must be used in conjunction with the DAMAGE INITIATION option It can be utilized for materials defined for cohesive elements for enriched elements for elements with plane stress formulations plane stress shell continuum shell and membrane elements used with the damage model for fiber reinforced materials for ductile bulk materials associated with any element type in a low cycle fatigue analysis and in Abaqus Explicit for elastic plastic materials associated with any element type It can also be used in conjunc
381. ion This option is used to identify the regions across which data will be exchanged and to specify the fields to be passed across those regions It must be used in conjunction with the CO SIMULATION option to identify the analysis program for co simulation with Abaqus Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Interaction module Defining a co simulation region for exchange with a third party analysis program This section defines the use of this option when the PROGRAM parameter for the CO SIMULATION option is set to any value other than ABAQUS References e Co simulation overview Section 14 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Preparing an Abaqus Standard or Abaqus Explicit analysis for co simulation Section 14 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e CO SIMULATION Optional parameter REGION ID Integer identifier of the co simulation region The default value is 1 The third party analysis program uses this integer identifier to distinguish one region from another when multiple CO SIMULATION REGION options are associated with a single CO SIMULATION option Optional parameters mutually exclusive if neither parameter is specified Abaqus selects the coordinates for export and the concentrated forces for import EXPORT Include this parameter to specify fields and accompanying regions for export to the third party analysis program
382. ion In Abaqus Explicit this option is used to damp oscillations when using penalty or softened contact This option is not applicable if user subroutine VUINTER or VUINTERACTION is specified for the surface interaction Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data in Abaqus Standard Model or history data in Abaqus Explicit Level Part Part instance Assembly Model in Abaqus Standard Model or Step in Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Interaction module References e Mechanical contact properties overview Section 33 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Contact damping Section 33 1 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameter DEFINITION Use this parameter to choose the dimensionality of the damping coefficient that is specified on the data line The only option that is available in an Abaqus Standard analysis is DEFINITION DAMPING COEFFICIENT Set DEFINITION CRITICAL DAMPING FRACTION to use a unitless damping coefficient B The damping forces are calculated with fya By4mk v where m is the nodal mass ke is the nodal contact stiffness in units of FL and vel is the rate of relative elastic slip between the surfaces A default value of B 0 03 is used for kinematic contact with softened behavior and penalty contact Set DEFINITION DAMPING COEFFICIENT to specify damping in terms of a damping coefficient C with units of pressure per relative velocity such that the dampin
383. ion associated with the contact interaction of cracked element surfaces based on a small sliding formulation TYPE Set TYPE PROPAGATION CRACK default to model a discrete crack propagation along an arbitrary solution dependent path based on the extended finite element method Set TYPE STATIONARY CRACK to model an arbitrary stationary crack based on the extended finite element method There are no data lines associated with this option 5 22 2 ENRICHMENT ACTIVATION 5 23 ENRICHMENT ACTIVATION Activate or deactivate an enriched feature This option is used to activate or deactivate an enriched feature within the step definition Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Step module Reference e Modeling discontinuities as an enriched feature using the extended finite element method Section 10 6 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameter NAME Set this parameter equal to the name assigned to the enriched feature on the ENRICHMENT option Optional parameters ACTIVATE Set ACTIVATE ON default to activate this enriched feature within the step Set ACTIVATE OFF to deactivate this enriched feature within the step TYPE Set this parameter equal to the type of enriched feature specified on the ENRICHMENT option Currently only TYPE PROPAGATION CRACK default is supported There are no data lines associated with this option 5 23 1 EOS 5 24 E
384. ion or motion temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to define linear uncoupled structural damping behavior TYPE STRUCTURAL COMPONENT First line 1 Damping coefficient 2 Frequency in cycles per time Applicable for STEADY STATE DYNAMICS DIRECT STEADY STATE DYNAMICS SUBSPACE PROJECTION and STEADY STATE DYNAMICS and MODAL DYNAMIC analyses that support nondiagonal damping Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the damping coefficient as a function of frequency Data lines to define linear coupled structural damping behavior TYPE STRUCTURAL with the COMPONENT parameter omitted First line 811 819 22 13 Es 893 3 36 5 CONNECTOR DAMPING Second line Third line eI DAA YN Wee ATEO 933 814 894 3 36 6 CONNECTOR DERIVED COMPONENT 3 37 CONNECTOR DERIVED COMPONENT Specify user defined components in connector elements This option is used as many times as necessary in conjunction with the CONNECTOR FRICTION and CONNECTOR POTENTIAL options to define user customized components from numbered components Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Interaction module References e Connector behavior Section 28 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Connector functions for coupled behavior Section 28 2 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e CONN
385. ion 33 1 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e FRIC Section 1 1 8 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual e FRIC COEF Section 1 1 9 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual e VFRIC Section 1 2 4 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual e VFRIC COEF Section 1 2 5 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual e VFRICTION Section 1 2 6 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual e CHANGE FRICTION e CONNECTOR FRICTION e GAP e INTERFACE e TS e SURFACE INTERACTION Optional mutually exclusive parameters ELASTIC SLIP This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses In a steady state transport analysis set this parameter equal to the absolute magnitude of the allowable elastic slip velocity 7 to be used in the stiffness method for sticking friction In all other analysis procedures set this parameter equal to the absolute magnitude of the allowable elastic slip yi to be used in the stiffness method for sticking friction If this parameter is omitted the elastic slip or elastic slip velocity is defined by the SLIP TOLERANCE value 6 35 1 FRICTION LAGRANGE ROUGH This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses and cannot be used when friction is defined for connector elements Include this parameter to choose the Lagrange multiplier formulation for friction This parameter cannot be used when friction is defined for connector elements Include this
386. ior that depends on the relative displacement positions or motions in several component directions TYPE VISCOUS COMPONENT NONLINEAR INDEPENDENT COMPONENTS First line 1 First independent component number 1 6 2 Second independent component number 1 6 3 Etc up to N entries maximum six Subsequent lines 1 Force or moment in the direction specified by the COMPONENT parameter 3 36 4 CONNECTOR DAMPING 2 Relative velocity in the direction specified by the COMPONENT parameter 3 Connector relative position or constitutive relative motion in the first independent component identified on the first data line 4 Connector relative position or constitutive relative motion in the second independent component identified on the first data line 5 Etc up to N entries as identified on the first data line If six independent components are used and no temperature or field variable dependencies are specified a blank data line must be placed after this line 6 Temperature 7 First field variable 8 Second field variable If the number of data entries exceeds the limit of eight entries per line continue the input on the next data line Continuation line if needed 1 Third field variable 2 Etc up to eight entries per line Do not repeat the first data line Repeat the subsequent data lines as often as necessary to define the damping behavior as a function of connector relative angular velocity posit
387. is ignored when the USER parameter is specified 4 Actual magnitude of the mesh motion displacement or velocity This magnitude will be modified by an amplitude specification if the AMPLITUDE parameter is used This value will be ignored in an Abaqus Explicit analysis if TY PE DISPLACEMENT no AMPLITUDE specification is provided and this value is nonzero Repeat this data line as often as necessary to specify mesh constraints at different nodes and degrees of freedom Data lines to define nodes that must follow the material CONSTRAINT TYPE LAGRANGIAN First line 1 Node number or node set label Repeat this data line as often as necessary Up to 16 entries are allowed per line 1 5 2 ADAPTIVE MESH CONTROLS 1 6 ADAPTIVE MESH CONTROLS Specify controls for the adaptive meshing and advection algorithms This option is used to control various aspects of the adaptive meshing and advection algorithms applied to an adaptive mesh domain It can be used only in conjunction with the ADAPTIVE MESH option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Step module References Defining ALE adaptive mesh domains Abaqus Explicit Section 12 2 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual ec ALE adaptive meshing and remapping in Abaqus Explicit Section 12 2 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual ec Defining ALE adaptive mesh domains in Abaqus Standard Section 12 2
388. is not specified the local directions at the first node are used Omit the second line if neither of the two orientations is specified and the third line is omitted Leave blank if neither of the two orientations is specified and the third line is included Third line optional for SLIPRING connection type 1 Mass per unit reference length of belt material 2 Contact angle in radians made by belt wrapping around node b optional In Abaqus Standard the default value is 0 0 Abaqus Explicit the contact angle is computed automatically if it is not specified Omit the third line if no data are specified Third line optional for RETRACTOR or FLOW CONVERTER connection types 1 Scaling factor for material flow at node b 3 default value is 1 0 Omit the third line if no data are specified 3 47 2 CONNECTOR STOP 3 48 CONNECTOR STOP Specify connector stops for connector elements This option is used to define connector stops for connector elements Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Interaction module References e Connector behavior Section 28 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e CONNECTOR BEHAVIOR Required parameter COMPONENT Set this parameter equal to the connector s available component of relative motion number for which connector stops are defined Data line to define connector stops First and only line
389. is omitted If this parameter is included automatic time incrementation will be used Data line to define incrementation and steady state First and only line 1 Initial time increment If automatic incrementation is used this value should be a reasonable suggestion for the initial step and will be adjusted as necessary If direct incrementation is used this value will be the fixed time increment size Total time period If END SS is chosen the step ends when steady state is reached or after this time period whichever occurs first Minimum time increment allowed If Abaqus Standard finds it needs a smaller time increment than this value the analysis is terminated If a value is given Abaqus Standard will use the minimum of the given value and 0 8 times the initial time increment If no value is given Abaqus Standard sets the minimum increment equal to the minimum of 0 8 times the initial time increment first data item on this data line and 10 times the total time period second data item on this data line This value is used only for automatic time incrementation Maximum time increment allowed If this value is not specified the upper limit is the total step time This value is used only for automatic time incrementation Temperature change rate temperature per time used to define steady state thermal conditions only needed if END SS is chosen When all nodal temperatures are changing at less than this rate the
390. is option is used to define cracking and postcracking properties for the concrete damaged plasticity material model The CONCRETE TENSION STIFFENING option must be used in conjunction with the CONCRETE DAMAGED PLASTICITY and CONCRETE COMPRESSION HARDENING options In addition the CONCRETE TENSION DAMAGE and or CONCRETE COMPRESSION DAMAGE options can be used to specify tensile and or compressive stiffness degradation damage Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References e Concrete damaged plasticity Section 20 6 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual CONCRETE DAMAGED PLASTICITY CONCRETE COMPRESSION HARDENING CONCRETE TENSION DAMAGE CONCRETE COMPRESSION DAMAGE Optional parameters DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the postcracking behavior in addition to temperature If this parameter is omitted the postcracking stress depends only on the cracking strain the strain rate and possibly on temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information TYPE Set TYPE STRAIN default to specify the postcracking behavior by entering the postfailure stress cracking strain relationship Set TYPE DISPLACEMENT to define the postcracking behavior by entering t
391. ise velocity Name of the power spectral density function defined on the PSD DEFINITION option for this noise source Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the random loading nN d U Ne 3 73 2 CO SIMULATION 3 74 CO SIMULATION Identify the analysis program for co simulation with Abaqus This option is used to identify the analysis program for co simulation with Abaqus and to define parameters that control the co simulation Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Interaction module References e Co simulation overview Section 14 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Preparing an Abaqus Standard or Abaqus Explicit analysis for co simulation Section 14 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Abaqus Standard to Abaqus Explicit co simulation Section 14 1 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e CO SIMULATION CONTROLS e CO SIMULATION REGION Required parameters CONTROLS Set this parameter equal to the name of the co simulation controls to be used to define the rendezvousing scheme This parameter is not valid for PROGRAM MADYMO NAME Set this parameter equal to a label that will be used to refer to the co simulation event The co simulation name adheres to the naming convention for labels see Input syntax rules Section 1 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual except that it cannot begin with a number
392. it Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Interaction module References e Thermal loads Section 30 4 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e FILM e CFILM Required parameter NAME Set this parameter equal to a label that will be used to refer to this film property This label is referred to on the data lines of the FILM or CFILM options Optional parameter DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variables included in the definition of the film coefficient If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the film coefficient depends only on temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information Data lines to define the film coefficient as a function of temperature and field variables First line 1 Film coefficient h Units of JT 11 201 2 Temperature 3 First field variable 6 11 1 FILM PROPERTY 4 Second field variable 5 Etc up to six field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than six 1 Seventh field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to create a film property table 6 11 2 FILTER 6 12 FILTER Define a filter and or operator for output filtering and or operating This option defines a digital fil
393. ith USER parameter omitted First line 1 af Units of FV 2 Temperature 3 First field variable 4 Etc up to six field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than six 1 Seventh field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the field expansion coefficient as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to define orthotropic field expansion coefficients TYPE ORTHO with USER parameter omitted First line Units of FV s Q fog 7 Of 33 Temperature First field variable Nn tn BPW NY Etc up to four field variables 5 31 4 EXPANSION Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four 1 Fifth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the field expansion coefficients as functions of temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to define anisotropic field expansion coefficients TYPE ANISO with USER parameter omitted First line Units of FV Of 9 Of a4 Not used for plane stress case ae Qf 3 Temperature First field variable Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than one
394. itted the velocity is assumed to be independent of position in the X direction 1 11 1 AQUA 6 Y coordinate defining the location where the velocity applies Only relevant for three dimensional cases If this value is omitted in a three dimensional analysis the velocity is assumed to be independent of position in the Y direction Repeat the second data line as often as necessary to define the steady current velocity as a function of elevation and spatial coordinates See Input syntax rules Section 1 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for a description of how to define a property as a function of multiple independent variables 1 1120 ASSEMBLY 1 12 ASSEMBLY Begin an assembly definition This option is used to begin an assembly definition It must be used in conjunction with the END ASSEMBLY INSTANCE and PART options Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Assembly module References e END ASSEMBLY Defining an assembly Section 2 9 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameter NAME Set this parameter equal to a label that will be used to refer to the assembly There are no data lines associated with this option 1124 ASYMMETRIC AXISYMMETRIC 1 13 ASYMMETRIC AXISYMMETRIC Define areas of integration for contact elements used with CAXAn or SAXAn elements This option is used to allow Abaqus Standard to calculate app
395. ize is computed automatically Required parameter for use with the CO SIMULATION PROGRAM MULTIPHYSICS option COUPLING SCHEME Set COUPLING SCHEME GAUSS SEIDEL to select a Gauss Seidel coupling algorithm also referred to as a serial coupling scheme where the simulations are executed in sequential order Set COUPLING SCHEME JACOBI to select the Jacobi coupling algorithm also referred to as a parallel coupling scheme where both simulations are executed concurrently exchanging fields to update the respective solutions at the next target time Required parameter for COUPLING SCHEME GAUSS SEIDEL SCHEME MODIFIER Set SCHEME MODIFIER LEAD if Abaqus leads the co simulation In this case the third party analysis program needs to lag the co simulation Set SCHEME MODIFIER LAG if Abaqus lags the co simulation In this case the third party analysis program needs to lead the co simulation Set SCHEME MODIFIER SEND PREDICTOR if Abaqus lags the co simulation and can compute predictor fields for the next coupling step In this case the third party analysis program needs to lead the co simulation and be able to receive predictor fields Set SCHEME MODIFIER RECEIVE PREDICTOR if Abaqus leads the co simulation and can receive predictor fields to advance the co simulation In this case the third party analysis program needs to lag the co simulation and be able to send predictor fields for the upcoming coupling step Optional parameters FACTORIZATION
396. l be used throughout the step unless contact impacts or releases occur or the automatic time incrementation scheme is used If the SUBSPACE parameter is included the smaller of this time increment or 80 of 2 wmax Where Wimax is the circular frequency of the highest mode included in the dynamic response analysis is used throughout the step 4 40 4 2 3 DYNAMIC Time period of the step Minimum time increment allowed If a smaller time increment than this value is needed the analysis is terminated Ifthis entry is zero a default value ofthe smaller ofthe suggested initial time increment or 10 times the time period of the step is assumed Maximum time increment allowed Only useful for automatic time incrementation If this value is zero the default depends on the APPLICATION setting If APPLICATION TRANSIENT FIDELITY the maximum time increment allowed is the time period of the step divided by 100 If APPLICATION MODERATE DISSIPATION it is the time period of the step divided by 10 If APPLICATION QUASI STATIC it is the time period of the step Defining a dynamic analysis in Abaqus Explicit References e Explicit dynamic analysis Section 6 3 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Adiabatic analysis Section 6 5 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameter EXPLICIT Include this parameter to specify explicit time integration Optional mutually exclusive parameters DIRECT
397. l to the factor that is used to scale the time increment computed by Abaqus Explicit The default scaling factor is 1 0 This parameter can be used to scale the default global time estimate and it can be used in conjunction with the ELEMENT BY ELEMENT and FIXED TIME INCREMENTATION parameters It cannot be used in conjunction with the DIRECT USER CONTROL parameter Data line for automatic time incrementation global or ELEMENT BY ELEMENT estimation First and only line Enter a blank field 2 T time period of the step 3 Enter a blank field 4 Maximum time increment allowed If this value is not specified no upper limit is imposed Data line for fixed time incrementation using DIRECT USER CONTROL First and only line 1 At time increment to be used throughout the step 2 T time period of the step Data line for fixed time incrementation using FIXED TIME INCREMENTATION First and only line 1 Enter a blank field 2 T time period of the step 4 40 6 DYNAMIC TEMPERATURE DISPLACEMENT 4 41 DYNAMIC TEMPERATURE DISPLACEMENT Dynamic coupled thermal stress analysis using explicit integration This option is used to indicate that a dynamic coupled thermal stress analysis is to be performed using explicit integration Products Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Step module Reference Fully coupled thermal stress analysis Section 6 5 4 of the Aba
398. lastic material response use one or more as appropriate of the PLASTIC AXIAL PLASTIC MI PLASTIC M2 and PLASTIC TORQUE options in conjunction with the FRAME SECTION option If the PLASTIC DEFAULTS and YIELD STRESS parameters are omitted only those plastic options specified will be included in the elastic plastic material response This parameter cannot be used with the PINNED parameter SECTION Set this parameter equal to the name of a library section to choose a standard library section see Beam cross section library Section 26 3 9 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual The following cross sections are available for elastic frame elements when elastic plastic and buckling strut response are omitted e BOX for a rectangular hollow box section e CIRC for a solid circular section e GENERAL for a general cross section default e I for an I beam section e PIPE for a hollow circular section e RECT for a solid rectangular section 6 33 2 FRAME SECTION For elastic plastic material response the only available plastic interaction surface is an ellipsoid which is recommended for PIPE cross sections only Other cross section types except the GENERAL section can be used at the user s discretion For buckling strut response only the PIPE cross section is available YIELD STRESS Set this parameter equal to the yield stress for the material making up the cross section This parameter is required when de
399. lative or absolute at the first point Repeat this data line as often as necessary Each line must have exactly one time magnitude or frequency magnitude data pair Data lines for DEFINITION EQUALLY SPACED with eight values per line First line 1 Amplitude value at the time or frequency given on the BEGIN parameter 2 Amplitude value at the next point 3 Etc up to eight values per line Repeat this data line as often as necessary Each line except the last one must have exactly eight amplitude values 1 7 3 AMPLITUDE Data lines for DEFINITION EQUALLY SPACED with one value per each line First line 1 Amplitude value at the time or frequency given on the BEGIN parameter Repeat this data line as often as necessary Each line must have exactly one amplitude value Data lines to define periodic data DEFINITION PERIODIC First line 1 N the number of terms in the Fourier series 2 w the circular frequency in radians per time 3 to the starting time 4 Ap the constant term in the Fourier series Second line 1 Aj the first coefficient of the cosine terms the first coefficient of the sine terms Ag the second coefficient of the cosine terms Ba the second coefficient of the sine terms U N Etc up to eight values per line Repeat this data line as often as necessary Each line except the last one must have exactly eight entries to a total of 2N entries Data line to defi
400. le names If this parameter is not included when OUTPUT FILE USER DEFINED is specified the output will be written to the data file FREQUENCY Set this parameter equal to the output frequency in increments The output will always be written at the last increment of each step unless FREQUENCY 0 The default is FREQUENCY 1 Set FREQUENCY 0 to suppress the output MASS Set MASS YES to write the mass matrix The default is MASS NO 5 7 1 ELEMENT MATRIX OUTPUT OUTPUT FILE Set OUTPUT FILE RESULTS FILE default for the data to be written to the regular results file in the format specified in Results file output format Section 5 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Set OUTPUT FILE USER DEFINED for the results to be written to a user specified file in the format of the USER ELEMENT LINEAR option User defined elements Section 29 16 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual The name of the file is specified using the FILE NAME parameter STIFFNESS Set STIFFNESS YES to write the stiffness matrix or the operator matrix for heat transfer elements The default is STIFFNESS NO There are no data lines associated with this option 5 7 2 ELEMENT OUTPUT 5 8 ELEMENT OUTPUT Define output database requests for element variables This option is used to write element variables to the output database It must be used in conjunction with the OUTPUT option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE T
401. learance to the user specified clearance at which the contact pressure is zero must lie below this tolerance for gt p where y is the pressure value at zero clearance Default Ten 58210 soft contact compatibility tolerance for low pressure This tolerance which is used only if CONVERT SDI NO is similar to for softened contact except that it represents the tolerance when p 0 0 The actual tolerance is interpolated linearly between 749 and T for 0 lt p lt p Default 79 0 1 displacement compatibility tolerance for distributing coupling elements The ratio of the error in the distributing coupling displacement compatibility to a measure of the characteristic length of the coupling arrangement must lie below this tolerance This characteristic length is twice the average of the coupling node arrangement principal radii of gyration Default pee 1075 rotation compatibility tolerance for distributing coupling elements Default 1075 T f contact force error tolerance for CONVERT SDI YES The ratio of the maximum error in the contact force to the time average force must be less than this tolerance Default 74 6 1 0 This parameter is not used if CONVERT SDI NO Data line for PARAMETERS LINE SEARCH First and only line 1 8 N s maximum number of line search iterations Default N 0 for steps that use the Newton method and Nt 5 for steps that use the quasi Ne
402. les nA d WN Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of the loading curve on temperature and field variables Data lines to define the loading in terms of force or force per unit length per closure DIRECTION LOADING and VARIABLE FORCE First line Force or force per unit length This value cannot be negative Closure This value cannot be negative Temperature 6 First field variable Etc up to five field variables nA BW Ne Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of the loading curve on temperature and field variables 7 11 2 GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR Data lines to define the unloading in terms of pressure versus closure for an elastic plastic model TYPE ELASTIC PLASTIC DIRECTION UNLOADING and VARIABLE STRESS First line Pressure This value cannot be negative Closure This value must be positive Plastic closure This value must be positive Temperature 6 First field variable Etc up to four field variables Nn BW l2 Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPE
403. lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four 1 Fifth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the properties as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines for BOX CIRC I PIPE and RECT sections First data line 1 Element section geometric data Values should be given as specified in Beam cross section library Section 26 3 9 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for the chosen section type 2 Ete Second data line optional enter a blank line if the default values are to be used 1 First direction cosine of the first element section axis 2 Second direction cosine of the first element section axis 3 Third direction cosine of the first element section axis The entries on this line must be 0 0 1 for FRAME2D elements The default for FRAME3D elements is 0 0 1 if the first element section axis is not defined by an additional node in the element s connectivity See Frame elements Section 26 4 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for details Third data line 1 Young s modulus E Torsional shear modulus G This value is ignored for FRAME2D elements Coefficient of thermal expansion Temperature First field variable Second field variable NYDN Bb WM Etc up to four field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DE
404. lt Ip 9 Ig upper limit on the number of consecutive equilibrium iterations without severe discontinuities based on prediction of the logarithmic rate of convergence Default Ic 16 Iz number of consecutive equilibrium iterations without severe discontinuities above which the size of the next increment will be reduced Default Tr 10 Ig maximum number of consecutive equilibrium iterations without severe discontinuities allowed in consecutive increments for the time increment to be increased Default Ig 4 Is maximum number of severe discontinuity iterations allowed in an increment if CONVERT SDI NO Default s 12 This parameter is not used if CONVERT SDI YES 14 maximum number of cutbacks allowed for an increment Default T4 5 1j maximum number of severe discontinuity iterations allowed in two consecutive increments for the time increment to be increased if CONVERT SDI NO Default J 6 This parameter is not used if CONVERT SDI YES Ir minimum number of consecutive increments in which the time integration accuracy measure must be satisfied without any cutbacks to allow a time increment increase Default Ir 3 Maximum allowed 10 I maximum number of severe discontinuity iterations allowed in an increment if CONVERT SDI YES Default 16 50 This parameter serves only as a protection against failure of the default convergence criteria and should rarely need to be changed This p
405. lue of 6 The default is ZERO 0 Data lines to define the thermal expansion coefficient First line 1 Mean coefficient of thermal expansion a 2 Temperature 0 3 First field variable 4 Etc up to six field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than six 1 Seventh field variable 6 221 FLUID EXPANSION 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to specify as a function of 9 and field variables 6 22 2 FLUID FLUX 6 23 FLUID FLUX Change the amount of fluid in a fluid filled cavity This option is used to specify a change in the amount of fluid in a fluid filled cavity modeled with hydrostatic fluid elements Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Type History data Level Step Reference e Modeling fluid filled cavities Section 11 5 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters AMPLITUDE Set this parameter equal to the name of the amplitude versus time curve that defines the magnitude of the mass flow rate during the step Amplitude curves Section 30 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual If this parameter is omitted the reference magnitude is applied immediately at the beginning of the step regardless of the procedure being used in the step OP Set OP MOD default for existing fluid fluxes to remain with this option defining fluid fluxes to be added
406. m ADCOM Givataim Tel 972 3 7325311 shmulik keidar adcomsim co il Lainate MI Tel 39 02 39211211 simulia ity info 3ds com Tokyo Tel 81 3 5442 6300 simulia tokyo support 3ds com Osaka Tel 81 6 4803 5020 simulia osaka support 3ds com Yokohama shi Kanagawa Tel 81 45 470 9381 isight jp info 3ds com Mapo Gu Seoul Tel 82 2 785 6707 8 simulia kr info 3ds com Puerto Madero Buenos Aires Tel 54 11 4312 8700 Horacio Burbridge 3ds com WorleyParsons Advanced Analysis Kuala Lumpur Tel 603 2039 9000 abaqus my worleyparsons com Matrix Applied Computing Ltd Auckland Tel 64 9 623 1223 abaqus tech matrix co nz BudSoft Sp z o o Poznan Tel 48 61 8508 466 info budsoft com pl TESIS Ltd Moscow Tel 7 495 612 44 22 info tesis com ru Vasteras Sweden Tel 46 21 150870 simulia nordic info 3ds com WorleyParsons Advanced Analysis Singapore Tel 65 6735 8444 abaqus sg worleyparsons com Finite Element Analysis Services Pty Ltd Parklands Tel 27 21 556 6462 feas feas co za Principia Ingenieros Consultores S A Madrid Tel 34 91 209 1482 simulia principia es Simutech Solution Corporation Taipei R O C Tel 886 2 2507 9550 lucille simutech com tw WorleyParsons Advanced Analysis Singapore Tel 65 6735 8444 abaqus sg worleyparsons com A Ztech Ltd Istanbul Tel 90 216 361 8850 info a ztech com tr Warrington Tel 44 1 925 830900 simulia uk info 3ds com Sevenoaks Tel 44 1 732 834930 simulia
407. m inertia due to immersion in a fluid This option is used in conjunction with the BEAM SECTION or BEAM GENERAL SECTION option to include added inertia effects in Timoshenko beam elements due to immersion in an inviscid fluid Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Part Part instance Assembly Abaqus CAE Property module References Beam section behavior Section 26 3 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Acoustic shock and coupled acoustic structural analysis Section 6 10 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Loading due to an incident dilatational wave field Section 6 3 1 of the Abaqus Theory Manual Optional mutually exclusive parameters FULL Use this parameter to specify a fully submerged beam default HALF Use this parameter to specify a half submerged beam Data line to define beam fluid inertia First and only line 1 Mass density of fluid 2 Local 1 coordinate of the center of the cylindrical cross section with respect to the beam cross section 2 3 Local 2 coordinate of the center of the cylindrical cross section with respect to the beam cross section y 4 Radius of the cylindrical cross section r 5 Added mass coefficient default 1 0 for lateral motions of the beam 6 Added mass coefficient E default 0 0 for motions along the axis of the beam This coefficient affects only the term added to the fr
408. m of the squares function of the contributing components Set OPERATOR MACAULEY SUM to sum the contributing components with a Macauley bracket function applied to each contribution Set OPERATOR SUM to sum the contributing components directly REGULARIZE This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses Set REGULARIZE ON default unless CONNECTOR BEHAVIOR REGULARIZE OFF is used to regularize the user defined tabular connector derived component data Set REGULARIZE OFF to use the user defined tabular connector derived component data directly without regularization RTOL This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses Set this parameter equal to the tolerance to be used to regularize the connector derived component data If this parameter is omitted the default is RTOL 0 03 unless the tolerance is specified on the CONNECTOR BEHAVIOR option SIGN Set SIGN POSITIVE default to provide an overall positive sign to the derived component definition Set SIGN NEGATIVE to provide an overall negative sign to the derived component definition Data lines to define the derived component if the INDEPENDENT COMPONENTS parameter is omitted First line 1 First component number 1 6 to be used in the definition of the derived component 2 Second component number 1 6 to be used in the definition of the derived component 3 Etc up to N entries maximum six 3 37 2 CONNECTOR DERIVED COMPONENT Subsequent lines ON
409. malized shear compliance js t js t gt 1 2 Normalized volumetric bulk compliance jx t jx t gt 1 3 23 1 COMBINED TEST DATA 3 Time t t gt 0 Repeat the above data line as often as necessary to give the compliance time data Data lines to specify relaxation test data First line 1 Normalized shear modulus gr t 0 lt gr t lt 1 2 Normalized volumetric bulk modulus kr t 0 kp t lt 1 3 Time t t gt 0 Repeat the above data line as often as necessary to give the modulus time data 3 23 2 COMPLEX FREQUENCY 3 24 COMPLEX FREQUENCY Extract complex eigenvalues and modal vectors This option is used to perform eigenvalue extraction to calculate the complex eigenvalues and corresponding complex mode shapes of a system Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Step module Reference e Complex eigenvalue extraction Section 6 3 6 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters FRICTION DAMPING Set FRICTION DAMPING NO default to ignore friction induced damping effects Set FRICTION DAMPING YES to include friction induced damping effects PROPERTY EVALUATION Set this parameter equal to the frequency at which to evaluate frequency dependent properties for viscoelasticity springs and dashpots during complex eigenvalue extraction If this parameter is omitted Abaqus Standard will evaluate the material properties ass
410. means applying multiple consistent or inconsistent kinematic constraints Many models have nodal degrees of freedom that are overconstrained and such overconstraints may lead to inaccurate solutions or nonconvergence By default the model will be checked for overconstraints The consistent overconstraints will be removed whenever possible while an error message is issued if an inconsistent overconstraint is detected Product Abaqus Standard Type Model or history data Level Model Step References e Overconstraint checks Section 31 6 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Connectors overview Section 28 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Mesh tie constraints Section 31 3 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Common difficulties associated with contact modeling in Abaqus Standard Section 35 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional and mutually exclusive parameters model data only DELETE SLAVE Include this parameter to delete contact elements associated with tied slave nodes NO CHANGES Include this parameter to perform overconstraint checks but to prevent Abaqus from changing the model to remove redundant constraints Detailed messages regarding overconstraints are generated If this parameter 1s omitted Abaqus will attempt to change the model automatically NO CHECKS Include this parameter to suppress overconstraint checks for this model If this parameter is omitted overconstraint che
411. mediately at the beginning of the step OP Set OP MOD default for existing CRADIATE definitions to remain with this option modifying existing radiation conditions or defining additional radiation conditions Set OP NEW if all existing CRADIATE definitions applied to the model should be removed REGION TYPE This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses This parameter is relevant only for concentrated radiation conditions applied on the boundary of an adaptive mesh domain If concentrated radiation conditions are applied to nodes in the interior of an adaptive mesh domain these nodes will always follow the material Set REGION TYPE LAGRANGIAN default to apply a concentrated radiation condition to a node that follows the material nonadaptive 3 80 1 CRADIATE Set REGION TYPE SLIDING to apply a concentrated radiation condition to a node that can slide over the material Mesh constraints are typically applied to the node to fix it spatially Set REGION TYPE EULERIAN to apply a concentrated radiation condition to a node that can move independently of the material This option is used only for boundary regions where the material can flow into or out of the adaptive mesh domain Mesh constraints must be used normal to an Eulerian boundary region to allow material to flow through the region If no mesh constraints are applied an Eulerian boundary region will behave in the same way as a sliding boundary region Data lines to def
412. ment allowed If this value is zero or is not specified no upper limit is imposed 7 14 2 7 15 GLOBAL DAMPING GLOBAL DAMPING Specify global damping This option is used to provide global damping factors for the following procedures in Abaqus Standard COMPLEX FREQUENCY MODAL DYNAMIC RANDOM RESPONSE RESPONSE SPECTRUM STEADY STATE DYNAMICS STEADY STATE DYNAMICS DIRECT STEADY STATE DYNAMICS SUBSPACE PROJECTION MATRIX GENERATE SUBSTRUCTURE GENERATE Product Abaqus Standard Type History data Level Step References Material damping Section 23 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Damping in dynamic analysis in Dynamic analysis procedures overview Section 6 3 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Acoustic shock and coupled acoustic structural analysis Section 6 10 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters FIELD Set FIELD ACOUSTIC to apply the global damping only to the acoustic fields in the model Set FIELD ALL default to apply the global damping to all of the valid displacement rotation and acoustic fields in the model Set FIELD MECHANICAL to apply the global damping only to the valid displacement and rotation fields in the model ALPHA Set this parameter equal to the agiopqi factor to create global Rayleigh mass proportional damping Da Qglobal M where M denotes the model mass matrix The default is ALPHA 0 Units of T
413. mes If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the data follow the keyword line 6 7 1 FIELD OP Set OP MOD default for existing FIELD variable values to remain with this option modifying existing values or defining additional values Set OP NEW if all existing FIELD variable values should be removed New field variable values can be defined For a general analysis step a field variable that is removed via OP NEW is reset to the value given on the INITIAL CONDITIONS option or to zero if no initial field was defined For a linear perturbation step a field variable that is removed via OP NEW is always reset to zero If a field variable is being returned to its initial condition values the AMPLITUDE parameter described above does not apply Rather the AMPLITUDE parameter given on the STEP option governs the behavior in an Abaqus Standard analysis The default is to linearly ramp the field variable back to its initial conditions In an Abaqus Explicit analysis the field variable is always linearly ramped back to its initial conditions If the field variable is being reset to a new value not to its initial condition via OP NEW the AMPLITUDE parameter described above applies Required parameter for reading predefined field variable values from the results or output database file FILE Set this parameter equal to the name of the results 11 or output database odb file from which the data are read The file extension
414. meter equal to the number of field variables included in the definition of conductivity If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the conductivity is constant or depends only on temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information PORE FLUID This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses Include this parameter if the conductivity of the pore fluid in a porous medium is being defined The conductivity of a fluid must be isotropic therefore TYPE ORTHO and TYPE ANISO cannot be used if this parameter is included TYPE Set TYPE ISO default to define isotropic conductivity Set TYPE ORTHO to define orthotropic conductivity Set TYPE ANISO to define fully anisotropic conductivity Data lines to define isotropic thermal conductivity TYPE ISO First line Conductivity k Units of JT L 67 Temperature if temperature dependent First field variable Second field variable nA BW l2 Etc up to six field variables 3 31 1 CONDUCTIVITY Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than six 1 Seventh field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the thermal conductivity as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to define orthotropic
415. mic equations for all global level degrees of freedom is used Optional parameters for the general implicit integration method ADIABATIC Include this parameter if an adiabatic stress analysis is to be performed This parameter is relevant only for isotropic metal plasticity materials with a Mises yield surface and when the INELASTIC HEAT FRACTION option has been specified ALPHA Set this parameter equal to a nondefault value of the numerical artificial damping control parameter in the implicit operator for TIME INTEGRATOR HHT TF HHT MD or HYBRID Allowable values are 0 no damping to 0 5 The value of 0 333 provides maximum damping The default for TIME INTEGRATOR HHT TF is ALPHA 0 05 which provides slight numerical damping 4 40 1 DYNAMIC APPLICATION BETA DIRECT GAMMA HAFTOL Use this parameter to choose a time integration method Other parameter values are determined by the time integration method selected You can override the defaults by specifying these parameter values directly Set APPLICATION TRANSIENT FIDELITY default for problems without contact in the model to choose a method for an accurate solution with slight numerical damping The TIME INTEGRATOR HHT TF IMPACT AVERAGE TIME and INCREMENTATION CONSERVATIVE are set Set APPLICATION MODERATE DISSIPATION default for problems with contact in the model to choose a method with larger than default numerical damping and a more aggressive t
416. mitted it is assumed that the Drucker Prager Cap parameters are constant or depend only on temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information Data lines to define Drucker Prager Cap plasticity yield surface parameters First line 1 Material cohesion d in the p t plane Abaqus Standard or in the p q plane Abaqus Explicit Units of FL 2 Material angle of friction 8 in the p t plane Abaqus Standard or in the p q plane Abaqus Explicit Give the value in degrees 3 Cap eccentricity parameter R Its value must be greater than zero typically 0 0001 lt R lt 1000 0 4 Initial cap yield surface position on the volumetric inelastic strain axis 6 3 4 1 PLASTICITY 5 Transition surface radius parameter o Its value should be a small number compared to unity If this field is left blank the default of 0 0 is used 1 e no transition surface If creep properties are included in the material model must be set to zero 6 Not used in Abaqus Explicit K the ratio of the flow stress in triaxial tension to the flow stress in triaxial compression The value of K should be such that 0 778 lt K lt 1 0 If this field is left blank or a value of 0 0 is entered the default of 1 0 is used If creep properties are included in the material model K should be set to 1 0 7 Temperature
417. mitted in an Abaqus Standard analysis the reference magnitude is applied immediately at the beginning of the step or linearly over the step depending on the value assigned to the AMPLITUDE parameter on the STEP option see Procedures overview Section 6 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual If this parameter is omitted in an Abaqus Explicit analysis the reference magnitude is applied immediately at the beginning of the step LOAD CASE This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses Set this parameter equal to the load case number This parameter is used in RANDOM RESPONSE analysis Random response analysis Section 6 3 11 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual when it is the cross reference for the load case on the CORRELATION option The parameter s value is ignored in all other procedures OP Set OP MOD default for existing CONNECTOR LOADs to remain with this option modifying existing connector loads or defining additional connector loads Set OP NEW if all existing CONNECTOR LOADS applied to the model should be removed New connector loads can be defined 3 42 1 CONNECTOR LOAD Optional mutally exclusive parameters for matrix generation and steady state dynamics analysis direct modal or subspace IMAGINARY Include this parameter to define the imaginary out of phase part of the loading REAL Include this parameter default to define the real in phase part of the loading D
418. modulus for the acoustic medium COMPLEX DENSITY Include this parameter to define the complex density for the acoustic medium POROUS MODEL This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses 1 2 1 ACOUSTIC MEDIUM Set POROUS MODEL DELANY BAZLEY default to use the Delany Bazley model to compute the frequency dependent complex density and the complex bulk modulus Set POROUS MODEL MIKI to use the Delany Bazley Miki model to compute the frequency dependent complex density and the complex bulk modulus VOLUMETRIC DRAG Include this parameter to define the volumetric drag coefficient for the acoustic medium Optional parameter DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the acoustic medium in addition to temperature If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the acoustic medium property is constant or depends only on temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information Data lines to define the bulk modulus of an acoustic material First line Bulk modulus Units of FL Temperature First field variable Second field variable nA BW Ne Etc up to six field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than six 1 Seventh field variable 2 Etc up to eight fi
419. motion range temperature and field variables Data lines for TYPE KINEMATIC DEFINITION PARAMETERS First line 1 Yield force or moment at zero relative plastic motion 2 Kinematic hardening parameter C 3 Kinematic hardening parameter y Set y 0 to specify linear Ziegler kinematic hardening 4 Temperature 3 41 4 CONNECTOR HARDENING 5 First field variable 6 Second field variable 7 Etc up to four field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four 1 Fifth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the yield force moment at zero relative plastic motion and the kinematic hardening parameters as functions of temperature and field variables 3 41 5 CONNECTOR LOAD 3 42 CONNECTOR LOAD Specify loads for available components of relative motion in connector elements This option is used to apply concentrated forces and moments to the available components of relative motion in connector elements Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Load module Reference e Connector actuation Section 28 1 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters AMPLITUDE Set this parameter equal to the name of the amplitude curve that defines the magnitude of the load during the step If this parameter is o
420. n 1 0 0 4f Fea 0 85 where fe is the compressive axial stress and is the Euler buckling stress corresponding to the second cross section direction Data line to define the buckling reduction coefficients First and only data line 1 cm1 buckling reduction factor in the first cross section direction 2 Cm2 buckling reduction factor in the second cross section direction If a blank is given on the data line it is interpreted as zero If a blank or zero value is given on the data line and either the AXIS1 or AXIS2 parameter is included for this reduction factor the parameter value will override the zero value given on the data line If a nonzero value is given on the data line and the AXIS1 or AXIS2 parameter is specified for the same reduction coefficient an error is issued 2 18 2 BULK VISCOSITY 2 19 BULK VISCOSITY Modify bulk viscosity parameters This option is used to redefine bulk viscosity parameters in a model Products Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Step module Reference e Explicit dynamic analysis Section 6 3 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual There are no parameters associated with this option Data line to define the bulk viscosity parameters First and only line 1 Linear bulk viscosity parameter bj If the BULK VISCOSITY option is omitted or is specified without the data line the default value is 0 06 If the data line is give
421. n 1 1 11 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual Optional parameters DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variables on which c depends USER Include this parameter to define o in user subroutine GAPELECTR In this case the DEPENDENCIES parameter and any data lines are ignored Data lines to define the gap electrical conductance directly First line Electrical conductivity Units of CT L p Surface separation d Average temperature 0 Average value of the first field variable f Average value of the second field variable fz Etc Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the dependence of gap electrical conductance on the surface separation average surface temperature and the average of any predefined field variables on the surfaces Nn RU D m 7 3 1 GAP FLOW 7 4 GAP FLOW Define constitutive parameters for tangential flow in pore pressure cohesive elements This option is used to define tangential flow constitutive parameters for pore pressure cohesive elements Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module Reference Defining the constitutive response of fluid within the cohesive element gap Section 29 5 7 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variables included in the definition of the co
422. n and the value of b is omitted the default value is 0 0 2 Quadratic bulk viscosity parameter If the BULK VISCOSITY option is omitted or is specified without the data line the default value is 1 2 If the data line is given and the value of by is omitted the default value is 0 0 2 19 1 C ADDED MASS 3 1 C ADDED MASS Specify concentrated added mass in a FREQUENCY step This option is used to include the added mass contributions due to concentrated fluid inertia loads in a FREQUENCY step Product Abaqus Aqua Type History data Level Step Reference e Abaqus Aqua analysis Section 6 11 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual There are no parameters associated with this option Data lines to define concentrated fluid added mass First line 1 Node number or node set label 2 Load type label TSI 3 Tangential added mass coefficient L 4 Structural acceleration shape factor for the tangential inertia term F Second line 1 X direction cosine of the outward normal to the exposed transition section area pointing into the fluid in the initial configuration 2 Y direction cosine of the outward normal to the exposed transition section area pointing into the fluid in the initial configuration 3 Z direction cosine of the outward normal to the exposed transition section area pointing into the fluid in the initial configuration Repeat this pair of data lines as often as necessary
423. n biaxial compression to the plastic strain at ultimate stress in uniaxial compression Default is 1 28 4 Ratio of the tensile principal stress value at cracking in plane stress when the other nonzero principal stress component is at the ultimate compressive stress value to the tensile cracking stress under uniaxial tension Default is 1 3 6 4 1 FAILURE RATIOS 5 Temperature 6 First field variable 7 Second field variable 8 Third field variable Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than three 1 Fourth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of the failure ratios on temperature and other predefined field variables 6 4 2 FASTENER 6 5 FASTENER Define mesh independent fasteners This option is used to define mesh independent fasteners Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Part Part instance Assembly Abaqus CAE Interaction module References Mesh independent fasteners Section 31 3 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e FASTENER PROPERTY Required parameters INTERACTION NAME Set this parameter equal to a label that will be used to refer to the fastener interaction PROPERTY Set this parameter equal to the name of the property to be used with this fastener definition At least one of the following pa
424. n generating contact force DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the connector friction data in addition to temperature If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the friction forces and moments or the contact normal force contributions are independent of field variables See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information EXTRAPOLATION Set EXTRAPOLATION CONSTANT default unless CONNECTOR BEHAVIOR EXTRAPOLATION LINEAR is used to use constant extrapolation of the dependent variables outside the specified range of the independent variables Set EXTRAPOLATION LINEAR to use linear extrapolation of the dependent variables outside the specified range of the independent variables INDEPENDENT COMPONENTS Set INDEPENDENT COMPONENTS POSITION default to specify dependencies on components of relative position included in the frictional behavior definition Set INDEPENDENT COMPONENTS CONSTITUTIVE MOTION to specify dependencies on components of constitutive relative motion included in the frictional behavior definition REGULARIZE This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses Set REGULARIZE ON default unless CONNECTOR BEHAVIOR REGULARIZE OFF is used to regularize the user defined tabular connector friction data Set REGULARIZE OFF to use the u
425. n is satisfied NUMBER IMPERFECTIONS This parameter can be used only in conjunction with CRITERION MK Set this parameter equal to the number of imperfections to be considered for the evaluation of the Marciniak Kuczynski analysis These imperfections are assumed to be equally spaced in the angular direction By default four imperfections are used OMEGA This parameter can be used only in conjunction with CRITERION MSFLD in Abaqus Explicit 4 3 3 DAMAGE INITIATION Set this parameter equal to the factor w used for filtering the ratio of principal strain rates used for the evaluation of the MSFLD damage initiation criterion The default value is w 1 0 PEINC This parameter can be used only in conjunction with CRITERION MSFLD in Abaqus Explicit Set this parameter equal to the accumulated increment in equivalent plastic strain used to trigger the evaluation of the MSFLD damage initiation criterion The default value is 0 002 0 2 TOLERANCE This parameter can be used only in conjunction with CRITERION MAXPE CRITERION MA XPS CRITERION MAXE CRITERION MAXS CRITERION QUADE or CRITERION QUADS for enriched elements in Abaqus Standard Set this parameter equal to the tolerance within which the damage initiation criterion must be satisfied The default is 0 05 Data lines to specify damage initiation for CRITERION DUCTILE First line Equivalent plastic strain at damage initiation Stress triaxiality p q Strain rate
426. n vector direction Foratwo dimensional or axisymmetric analysis only the first two components ofthe traction vector direction need to be specified Forthe shear traction load labels TRSHR and TRSHRNU the loading direction is computed by projecting the specified traction vector direction down upon the surface in the reference configuration For nonuniform loads in Abaqus Standard the magnitude and traction 4 39 3 DSLOAD vector direction must be defined in user subroutine UTRACLOAD If given the magnitude and vector will be passed into the user subroutine in an Abaqus Standard analysis Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define traction vectors on different surfaces Data lines to define a surface normal traction vector a shell edge traction vector in the normal transverse or tangent direction or a shell edge moment First line 1 Surface name 2 Distributed load type label EDMOM EDNOR EDSHR EDTRA EDMOMNU EDNORNU EDSHRNU or EDTRANU 3 Reference load magnitude which can be modified by using the AMPLITUDE option For nonuniform loads in Abaqus Standard the magnitude must be defined in user subroutine UTRACLOAD If given the magnitude will be passed into the user subroutine in an Abaqus Standard analysis Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define traction vectors on different surfaces Data lines to define stagnation pressure loads Abaqus Explicit only First line 1 Surface name 2
427. nal parameters DELTMX Include this parameter to activate automatic time incrementation in transient analysis If the DELTMX parameter is omitted in a transient analysis fixed time increments will be used Set this parameter equal to the maximum temperature change to be allowed in an increment in a transient analysis Abaqus Standard will restrict the time step to ensure that this value will not be exceeded at any node except nodes with boundary conditions during any increment of the analysis END Set END PERIOD default to analyze a specific time period in a transient analysis Set END SS to end the analysis when steady state is reached MXDEM For problems including cavity radiation heat transfer set this parameter equal to the maximum allowable emissivity change with temperature and field variables during an increment If the value of MXDEM is exceeded Abaqus Standard will cut back the increment until the maximum change in emissivity is less than the value input If this parameter is omitted a default value of 0 1 is used This parameter controls the accuracy of changes in emissivity due to temperature since Abaqus Standard evaluates the emissivity based on the temperature at the start of each increment and uses that emissivity value throughout the increment 3 78 1 COUPLED THERMAL ELECTRICAL STEADY STATE Include this parameter to choose steady state thermal analysis Transient thermal analysis is assumed if this parameter
428. nalysis to specify whether the magnitude is in the form of a displacement history a velocity history or an acceleration history Set TYPE DISPLACEMENT default to give a displacement history Set TYPE VELOCITY to give a velocity history Velocity histories can be specified in static analyses In this case the default variation is STEP Set TYPE ACCELERATION to give an acceleration history Acceleration histories should not be used in static analysis steps This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses Include this parameter to indicate that any nonzero magnitudes associated with variables prescribed through this option will be defined in user subroutine DISP If this parameter is used any magnitudes defined by the data lines of the option and possibly modified by the AMPLITUDE parameter can be redefined in subroutine DISP The value of the TYPE parameter is ignored when this option is used 3 44 2 CONNECTOR MOTION Optional mutually exclusive parameters for matrix generation and direct solution steady state dynamics analysis history data only IMAGINARY Include this parameter to define the imaginary out of phase part of the connector motion REAL Include this parameter default to define the real in phase part of the connector motion Data lines to prescribe connector motion First line 1 Connector element number or element set label 2 Available component of relative motion number for which the m
429. namic analysis Section 6 3 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters ALPHA Set this parameter equal to the factor to create Rayleigh mass proportional damping in the following procedures DYNAMIC Abaqus Standard or Abaqus Explicit COMPLEX FREQUENCY STEADY STATE DYNAMICS DIRECT STEADY STATE DYNAMICS SUBSPACE PROJECTION STEADY STATE DYNAMICS that allows nondiagonal damping MODAL DYNAMIC that allows nondiagonal damping 4 5 1 DAMPING This parameter is ignored in mode based procedures that follow Lanczos or subspace iteration eigenvalue extraction The default is ALPHA 0 Units of T BETA Set this parameter equal to the factor to create Rayleigh stiffness proportional damping in the following procedures DYNAMIC Abaqus Standard or Abaqus Explicit COMPLEX FREQUENCY STEADY STATE DYNAMICS DIRECT STEADY STATE DYNAMICS SUBSPACE PROJECTION STEADY STATE DYNAMICS that allows nondiagonal damping MODAL DYNAMIC that allows nondiagonal damping This parameter is ignored in mode based procedures that follow Lanczos or subspace iteration eigenvalue extraction The default is BETA 0 Units of T COMPOSITE This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses Set this parameter equal to the fraction of critical damping to be used with this material in calculating composite damping factors for the modes Composite damping is used in modal based procedures that follow Lanczos or subs
430. nces e Design sensitivity analysis Section 16 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e PARAMETER e DESIGN PARAMETER Required parameters DEPENDENT Set this parameter equal to the list of parameter names whose gradients with respect to the design parameter are to be specified The list must be given inside parentheses as parameter names separated by commas for example depParl depPar2 depPar3 INDEPENDENT Set this parameter equal to the name of the design parameter with respect to which gradients are specified Data lines to define the design gradients First line 1 Python expression giving the gradient of the first dependent parameter Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the gradients of the dependent parameters consecutively with respect to the design parameter Up to 16 entries are allowed per line 4 14 1 DESIGN PARAMETER 4 15 DESIGN PARAMETER Specify design parameters with respect to which sensitivities are calculated This option is used to specify design parameters for design sensitivity analysis Sensitivities of responses specified under the DESIGN RESPONSE option will be calculated with respect to these design parameters The design parameters must be chosen from an existing set of parameters defined on the PARAMETER option Product Abaqus Design Type Model data Level Model References e Design sensitivity analysis Section 16 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s M
431. nd a negative value indicates overclosure If this field is left blank the clearance value calculated automatically will not be modified X coordinate of point a along the axis of the bolt bolt hole Y coordinate of point a along the axis of the bolt bolt hole Z coordinate of point a along the axis of the bolt bolt hole X coordinate of point b along the axis of the bolt bolt hole A tn A Y coordinate of point b along the axis of the bolt bolt hole 8 Z coordinate of point b along the axis of the bolt bolt hole Repeat the second data line as often as necessary to define the clearance value and the direction vector on the axis of the bolt and bolt hole assembly that Abaqus uses to calculate the contact normal directions based on the thread geometry see Adjusting initial surface positions and specifying initial clearances in Abaqus Standard contact pairs Section 32 3 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual and Specifying initial clearance values precisely in Adjusting initial surface positions and specifying initial clearances for contact pairs in Abaqus Explicit Section 32 5 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual To define a clearance value by using the VALUE parameter No data lines are used with this option when the VALUE parameter is specified 3 19 3 CLEARANCE Figure 3 19 1 Thread geometry 3 19 4 CLEARANCE
432. nded for Eulerian like problems where material flow is significant compared to the overall deformation In an Abaqus Standard analysis set MESHING PREDICTOR CURRENT to perform adaptive meshing based on the positions of the nodes at the start of the current adaptive mesh increment Set MESHING PREDICTOR PREVIOUS default to perform adaptive meshing based on the nodal positions in the original mesh MOMENTUM ADVECTION This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses 1 6 2 RESET ADAPTIVE MESH CONTROLS Set MOMENTUM ADVECTION ELEMENT CENTER PROJECTION default to use the element center projection method for advecting momentum This method is less expensive than the half index shift method Set MOMENTUM ADVECTION HALF INDEX SHIFT to use the half index shift method for momentum advection This algorithm is more expensive computationally but may demonstrate better dispersion properties than the element center projection method Include this parameter to reset all adaptive mesh controls to their default values Controls that are specified with other parameters on the same ADAPTIVE MESH CONTROLS option are retained If this parameter is omitted only the specified controls will be changed in the current step the others will remain at their settings from previous steps SMOOTHING OBJECTIVE This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses Set SMOOTHING OBJECTIVE UNIFORM default if the adaptive mesh domain has no Eulerian b
433. ne modulated data DEFINITION MODULATED First and only line 1 Ap A to Q1 BN coe pa wa Data line to define exponential decay DEFINITION DECAY First and only line 1 Ag the constant term 2 A the coefficient of the exponential function 3 to the start time of the exponential function 4 ta the decay time of the exponential function 1 7 4 AMPLITUDE Data line to define a solution dependent amplitude DEFINITION SOLUTION DEPENDENT First and only line 1 Initial amplitude value default 1 0 2 Minimum amplitude value default 0 1 3 Maximum amplitude value default 1000 Data line to define smooth step data DEFINITION SMOOTH STEP First line Time or frequency Amplitude value relative or absolute at the first point Time or frequency Amplitude value relative or absolute at the second point nA AeA WN Re Etc up to four pairs per line Repeat this data line as often as necessary Each line except the last one must have exactly four time magnitude or frequency magnitude data pairs Data line to define bubble loading DEFINITION BUBBLE First line Charge material constant K Charge material constant k Charge material constant A Charge material constant B Adiabatic charge constant Ratio of specific heats for gas y Density of charge material p Mass of charge material me oa WPD Depth magnit
434. ne the critical energy rates and exponent as a function of temperature and field variables Data lines to define the VCCT criterion TYPE VCCT for MIXED MODE BEHAVIOR POWER First line Mode I critical energy release rate Mode critical energy release rate Gyro Mode III critical energy release rate Gr c Exponent am Exponent an Exponent Temperature First field variable OND tn AUNG Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than one 1 Second field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the critical energy rates and exponents as a function of temperature and field variables 6 32 6 FRAME SECTION 6 33 FRAME SECTION Specify a frame section This option is used to define the cross section for frame elements Since frame section geometry and material descriptions are combined no MATERIAL reference is associated with this option Product Abaqus Standard Type Model data Level Part Part instance References e Frame elements Section 26 4 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Frame section behavior Section 26 4 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameter ELSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the element set for which the section is defined Optional parameters BUCKLING Include this parameter to indic
435. ne the data for element numbers or element sets 4 27 2 DISTRIBUTION Data lines to define a distribution of shell offset First line 1 Blank space to define default data for the first use of this data line Element number or element set for subsequent data lines 2 Shell offset Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the data for element numbers or element sets Data lines to define a distribution of general section stiffnesses First line 1 Blank space to define default data for the first use of this data line Element number or element set for subsequent uses of this data line 9 n 9 t Bow S w Second line DUDA ce Third line w 4 27 3 DISTRIBUTION 6 Dag Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the data for element numbers or element sets Data lines to define a distribution of initial contact clearances First line 1 Node number or node set Default data are not allowed 2 Initial clearance Repeat this data line as often as necessary Data lines to define a distribution of isotropic elastic moduli First line 1 Blank space to define default data for the first use of this data line Element number or element set for subsequent uses of this data line 2 E 3 v Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the data for element numbers or element sets Data lines to define a distribution of orthotropic elastic m
436. ne the imaginary out of phase part of the loading 3 20 2 CLOAD REAL Include this parameter default to define the real in phase part of the loading Data lines to define concentrated loads for specific degrees of freedom First line 1 Node number or node set label 2 Degree of freedom 3 Reference magnitude for load Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define concentrated loads Applying Abaqus Aqua loads Reference e Abaqus Aqua analysis Section 6 11 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters AMPLITUDE Set this parameter equal to the name of the amplitude curve that defines the magnitude of the load during the step If this parameter is omitted the reference magnitude is applied immediately at the beginning of the step or linearly over the step depending on the value assigned to the AMPLITUDE parameter on the STEP option see Procedures overview Section 6 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual OP Set OP MOD default for existing CLOADs to remain with this option modifying existing concentrated loads or defining additional concentrated loads Set OP NEW if all existing CLOADs applied to the model should be removed Data lines to define concentrated buoyancy forces First line 1 Node number or node set label 2 Concentrated load type label TSB 3 Magnitude factor M The default value is 1 0 This factor will be scaled by any AMPLITUDE specific
437. nential law parameter Appropriate mode mix ratio Bw Ne Appropriate mode mix ratio if relevant for three dimensional problems with anisotropic shear behavior Temperature if temperature dependent First field variable Second field variable Third field variable QN tA Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than three 1 Fourth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the total displacement at failure and the exponential law parameter as a function of mode mix temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to specify damage evolution for TYPE ENERGY SOFTENING EXPONENTIAL MIXED MODE BEHAVIOR TABULAR First line 1 Fracture energy 2 Appropriate mode mix ratio UJ Appropriate mode mix ratio if relevant for three dimensional problems with anisotropic shear behavior Temperature if temperature dependent First field variable Second field variable ND Uu GR Etc up to four field variables 4 2 6 DAMAGE EVOLUTION Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four 1 Fifth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the fracture energy as a function of mode mix temperature and other predefined field vari
438. ning part of the material model for elastic plastic materials that use the Drucker Prager Cap yield surface It must be used in conjunction with the CAP PLASTICITY option and if creep material behavior is included in an Abaqus Standard analysis with the CAP CREEP option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References e Modified Drucker Prager Cap model Section 20 3 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e CAP PLASTICITY e CAP CREEP Optional parameters DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the hydrostatic yield stress in addition to temperature If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the hydrostatic yield stress depends only on the volumetric plastic strain and possibly on the temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information SCALESTRESS Set this parameter equal to the factor by which you want the yield stress to be scaled Data lines to define Drucker Prager Cap plasticity hardening First line Hydrostatic pressure yield stress The initial tabular value must be greater than zero and values must increase with increasing volumetric inelastic strain Absolute value of the corresponding volumetric inelastic strain Temperatu
439. njunction with the Abaqus Interface for Moldflow Any data lines given will be ignored Material properties will be read from the ASCII neutral file identified as jobid sh See the Abaqus Interface for Moldflow User s Manual for more information Set TYPE TRACTION to define orthotropic shear behavior for warping elements or uncoupled traction behavior for cohesive elements When using a distribution to define elastic moduli the TYPE parameter must be used to indicate the level of anisotropy in the elastic behavior The level of anisotropy must be consistent with that defined in the distribution See Distribution definition Section 2 7 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Data lines to define fully anisotropic elasticity directly TYPE ANISOTROPIC First line Di111 Units of FL P Di122 D2223 D2233 Dii D2212 Second line DUAL E N w 5 3 2 ELASTIC 7 Di313 8 D1123 Third line D2223 D3323 D1223 Di323 D2323 Temperature First field variable Second field variable OQ t RR Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than two 1 Third field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the elastic behavior as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to define coupled traction
440. nly References e Output to the data and results files Section 4 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e FILE OUTPUT Optional parameters DIRECTIONS This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses This parameter is used to obtain the directions of local element or material coordinate systems when component output is requested The directions are written as a separate record for each point at which a local coordinate system is used See Results file output format Section 5 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for a detailed description Set DIRECTIONS NO default if the local coordinate directions should not be written Set DIRECTIONS YES if the local coordinate directions should be written ELSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the element set for which this output request is being made If this parameter is omitted the output will be written for all elements in the model In an Abaqus Explicit analysis output will also be written for all of the rebars in the model The REBAR parameter must be included in an Abaqus Standard analysis to obtain rebar output FREQUENCY This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses Set this parameter equal to the output frequency in increments The output will always be written to the results file at the last increment of each step unless FREQUENCY 0 The default is FREQUENCY 1 Set FREQUENCY 0 to suppress the output 5 1 1 EL FILE LAST MODE M
441. nly in this direction Temperature if temperature dependent First field variable Second field variable 7 Etc up to four field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four 1 2 Fifth field variable Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the maximum normal and shear tractions at damage initiation as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables 4 3 8 DAMAGE INITIATION Data lines to specify damage initiation for CRITERION MAXPE First line 1 Maximum principal strain at damage initiation 2 Temperature if temperature dependent 3 First field variable 4 Second field variable 5 Etc up to six field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than six 1 Seventh field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the maximum principal strain at damage initiation as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to specify damage initiation for CRITERION MAXPS First line Maximum principal stress at damage initiation Temperature if temperature dependent First field variable Second field variable RW N 5 Etc up to six field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIE
442. nstitutive parameters in addition to temperature If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the constitutive parameters are constant or depend only on temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information TYPE Set TYPE NEWTONIAN default to define the viscosity for a Newtonian fluid Set TYPE POWER LAW to define the consistency and exponent for a power law fluid KMAX Set this parameter equal to the maximum permeability value that should be used This parameter is meaningful only when TYPE NEWTONIAN If this parameter is omitted Abaqus assumes that the permeability is not bounded Data lines to define the pore fluid viscosity 4 TYPE NEWTONIAN First line l u 2 Temperature 0 3 First field variable 7 4 1 GAP FLOW 4 Second field variable 5 Etc up to five field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the variation Data lines to define the consistency X and exponent a TYPE POWER LAW First line 1 K 2 a 3 Temperature 0 4 First field variable 5 Second field variable 6 Third field variable Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than
443. nstraints must be used normal to an Eulerian boundary region to allow material to flow through the region If no mesh constraints are applied an Eulerian boundary region will behave in the same way as a sliding boundary region Data lines to define sink temperatures and film coefficients First line 1 Element number or element set label 2 Film type label see Part VI Elements of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual 3 Reference sink temperature value 9 Units of 0 For nonuniform film coefficients the sink temperature must be defined in user subroutine FILM If given this value will be passed into the user subroutine 4 Reference film coefficient value h units of JT 11 207 or name of the film property table defined with the FILM PROPERTY option Nonuniform film coefficients must be defined in user subroutine FILM If given this value will be passed into the user subroutine Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define film conditions 6 10 2 FILM PROPERTY 6 11 FILM PROPERTY Define a film coefficient as a function of temperature and field variables This option is used to define a film coefficient as a function of temperature and field variables for fully coupled thermal stress analyses In Abaqus Standard it is also used for heat transfer and coupled thermal electrical analyses It can be used only in conjunction with the FILM CFILM and SFILM options Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explic
444. nt or velocity This magnitude will be modified by the AMPLITUDE specification if the AMPLITUDE parameter is used Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define translational flow velocity for different nodes and degrees of freedom Data lines to define rotational flow velocity ROTATION First line 1 Node set label or node number 2 Magnitude of the rotation in radians or rotational velocity in radians time This magnitude will be modified by the AMPLITUDE specification if the AMPLITUDE parameter is used The rotation is about the axis defined from point a to point b where the coordinates of a and b are given next In steady state transport analysis the position and orientation of the rotation axis are applied at the beginning of the step and remain fixed during the step 3 Global z component of point a on the axis of rotation 4 Global y component of point a on the axis of rotation The following data are required only for three dimensional cases 5 Global zcomponent of point a on the axis of rotation 6 Global z component of point b on the axis of rotation 7 Global y component of point b on the axis of rotation 8 Global z component of point b on the axis of rotation Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define rotational flow velocity for different nodes 1 1 2 ACOUSTIC MEDIUM 1 2 ACOUSTIC MEDIUM Specify an acoustic medium This option is used to define the properties of an acoustic medium u
445. ntered must always be Zero Average absolute pressure if pressure dependent Average temperature if temperature dependent First field variable Second field variable OQ tn HB Etc up to four field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four 1 Fifth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to specify the mass flow rate as a function of pressure difference average absolute pressure average temperature and other predefined field variables Data line for TYPE VOLUME FLUX First and only line 1 Volumetric flow rate per unit area Data lines for TYPE VOLUME RATE LEAKAGE First line 1 Absolute value of the volumetric flow rate per unit area The first tabular value entered must always be zero 2 Absolute value of the pressure difference The first tabular value entered must always be Zero Average absolute pressure if pressure dependent Average temperature if temperature dependent First field variable Second field variable NYDN 4 4 9 Etc up to four field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four 1 Fifth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the volume rate leakage as a function of pres
446. nts equals the value assigned to DT Set TYPE BELOW MIN default to scale the masses of only the elements whose element stable time increments are less than the value assigned to DT The masses of these elements will be scaled so that the element stable time increments equal the value assigned to DT Set TYPE SET EQUAL DT to scale the masses of all elements so that they all have the same element stable time increment equal to the value assigned to DT There are no data lines associated with this option 6 13 2 FLOW 6 14 FLOW Define seepage coefficients and associated sink pore pressures This option is used to provide seepage coefficients and sink pore pressures to control pore fluid flow normal to the surface in consolidation analysis Product Abaqus Standard Type History data Level Step References e Pore fluid flow Section 30 4 6 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e FLOW Section 1 1 7 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual Optional parameters AMPLITUDE Set this parameter equal to the name of the amplitude curve that gives the variation of reference pore pressure with time If this parameter is omitted the reference magnitude is applied immediately at the beginning of the step or linearly over the step depending on the value assigned to the AMPLITUDE parameter on the STEP option see Procedures overview Section 6 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual The AMPLITUDE parameter is
447. nual e Modeling discontinuities as an enriched feature using the extended finite element method Section 10 6 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameter CONTOURS Set this parameter equal to the number of contours to be used Each contour provides an evaluation of the contour integral 3 70 1 CONTOUR INTEGRAL Optional parameters CRACK NAME Set this parameter equal to a label that will be used to refer to the crack When the extended finite element method is used set this parameter equal to the name assigned to the enriched feature on the ENRICHMENT option CRACK TIP NODES Include this parameter to indicate that the crack tip nodes are specified to form the crack front line If this parameter is omitted the crack front line will be formed along the first nodes of the crack front node sets The first node will be the node with the smallest node number for each crack front node set unless the node set is generated as unsorted This parameter is not relevant when the XFEM parameter is specified DIRECTION This parameter can be used only in combination with the TYPE K FACTORS parameter Set DIRECTION MTS default to choose the maximum tangential stress criterion Set DIRECTION MERR to choose the maximum energy release rate criterion Set DIRECTION KIIO to choose the 0 criterion FREQUENCY Set this parameter equal to the output frequency in increments The output will always be printed at t
448. numerous contact interfaces as well as for models in which rigid body motions are initially not constrained The CONTACT CONTROLS option can be repeated to set different control values for different contact pairs It must be used in conjunction with the CONTACT PAIR option in Abaqus Explicit analyses Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Interaction module Specifying additional controls for contact in an Abaqus Standard analysis WARNING The parameters LAGRANGE MULTIPLIER MAXCHP PERRMX and UERRMX are intended for experienced analysts and should be used with care Reference e Adjusting contact controls in Abaqus Standard Section 32 3 6 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional mutually exclusive parameters applicable to augmented Lagrangian constraint enforcement ABSOLUTE PENETRATION TOLERANCE Set this parameter equal to the allowable penetration Only contact constraints defined with augmented Lagrangian surface behavior will be affected by this parameter RELATIVE PENETRATION TOLERANCE Set this parameter equal to the ratio of the allowable penetration to the characteristic contact surface face dimension Only contact constraints defined with augmented Lagrangian surface behavior will be affected by this parameter By default the RELATIVE PENETRATION TOLERANCE parameter is set to 0 1 except for finite sliding surface to surface contact in which case
449. o an integer that will be added to each of the node numbers of the existing elements to define the node numbers of the elements being created Optional parameters NEW SET Set this parameter equal to the name of the element set to which the elements created by the operation will be assigned If this parameter is omitted the newly created elements are not assigned to an element set REFLECT Include this parameter to modify the node numbering sequence on the elements being created which is necessary in some cases to avoid creating elements that violate the Abaqus convention for counterclockwise element numbering This parameter can be used only with continuum elements and usually is required only when the nodes have been generated using the NCOPY option There are no data lines associated with this option 5 4 1 ELECTRICAL CONDUCTIVITY 5 5 ELECTRICAL CONDUCTIVITY Specify electrical conductivity This option is used to define electrical conductivity for coupled thermal electrical elements in coupled thermal electrical analysis Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References e Electrical conductivity Section 23 6 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Coupled thermal electrical analysis Section 6 7 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variables included in
450. o define the debonding amplitude curve First line 1 Time relative to the time at the start of debonding 2 Relative amplitude of the stresses at the contact interface due to bonding remaining at this time 3 Etc up to four time amplitude pairs per line Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the debonding amplitude curve 4 8 2 DECHARGE 4 9 DECHARGE Input distributed electric charges for piezoelectric analysis This option is used to input distributed electric charges on piezoelectric elements Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Load module Reference Piezoelectric analysis Section 6 7 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters AMPLITUDE Set this parameter equal to the name of the amplitude curve that defines the magnitude of the distributed electric charge during the step If this parameter is omitted the reference magnitude is applied immediately at the beginning of the step or linearly over the step depending on the value assigned to the AMPLITUDE parameter on the STEP option Procedures overview Section 6 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual OP Set OP MOD default for existing DECHARGEs to remain with this option defining electric charges to be added or modified Set OP NEW if all existing DECHARGEs applied to the model should be removed Optional mutually exclusive parameters for matrix generation
451. o dependencies or depend only on temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information LAW Set LAW STRAIN default to choose a strain hardening power law Set LAW TIME to choose a time hardening power law Set LAW HYPERB to choose a hyperbolic sine law Set LAW USER to input the creep law using user subroutine CREEP Data lines for LAW TIME or LAW STRAIN First line 1 A Units of F L T 17 2 m 3 81 1 CREEP 3 m 4 Temperature 5 First field variable 6 Second field variable 7 Etc up to four field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four 1 Fifth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of the creep constants on temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines for LAW HYPERB First line 1 A Units of T 2 B Units of F L 3 4 AH Units of JM This value can be left blank if temperature dependence is not needed 5 R Units of JM 9 6 First field variable 7 Second field variable 8 Third field variable Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than three 1 Fourth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of d
452. o the fluid property The label given can be used to identify the fluid property in user subroutine UFLUID Data line for two dimensional elements First and only line 1 Element thickness To define fluid properties for three dimensional and axisymmetric elements There are no data lines required To define the fluid model by using a user subroutine No data lines are used with this option when TYPE USER is specified Instead user subroutine UFLUID must be used to define the fluid model 6 30 2 FOUNDATION 6 31 FOUNDATION Prescribe element foundations This option is used to model foundations on elements Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Part Part instance Assembly Abaqus CAE Interaction module Reference e Element foundations Section 2 2 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual There are no parameters associated with this option Data lines to define element foundations First line 1 Element number or element set label 2 Foundation type identification 3 Foundation stiffness per area or per length for beams Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define foundations for various elements or element sets 6 31 1 FRACTURE CRITERION 6 32 FRACTURE CRITERION Specify crack propagation criteria This option is used to specify the criterion for crack propagation along initially partially bonded surfaces It must appear immediately following the D
453. o the value of the reference gauge pressure pr It is relevant only for a pneumatic fluid The default is PRESSURE 0 TEMPERATURE Set this parameter equal to the value of the reference temperature 0 p for the temperature scale in use It is relevant only for a pneumatic fluid The default is TEMPERATURE 0 Data line to define the reference fluid density First and only line 1 Reference fluid density pr 6 18 1 FLUID EXCHANGE 6 19 FLUID EXCHANGE Define fluid exchange This option is used to define fluid exchange between two fluid cavities or between a fluid cavity and its environment Product Abaqus Explicit Type Model data Level Model References e Fluid exchange definition Section 11 6 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e FLUID EXCHANGE PROPERTY Required parameters NAME Set this parameter equal to a label that will be used to refer to the fluid exchange definition PROPERTY Set this parameter equal to the name of the FLUID EXCHANGE PROPERTY option defining the fluid exchange property Optional parameters CONSTANTS Set this parameter equal to the number of fluid exchange constants needed as data to define the effective area for fluid exchange in user subroutine VUFLUIDEXCHEFFAREA The default is CONSTANTS 0 EFFECTIVE AREA Set EFFECTIVE AREA equal to the total area for the exchange The default value is 1 0 if the SURFACE parameter is omitted Otherwise the default value is e
454. ociated with frequency dependent springs and dashpots at zero frequency and will not consider the contributions from frequency domain viscoelasticity in the COMPLEX FREQUENCY step UNSTABLE MODES ONLY Set this parameter equal to the cut off value for complex modes Only complex modes with the real part of the eigenvalue higher than the cut off value are written to the output database odb file The default value of this parameter is 0 0 If this parameter is omitted all complex modes are output Data line for complex eigenvalue extraction First and only line 1 Number of complex eigenmodes to be extracted If this entry is omitted all the eigenmodes available in the projected subspace formulated on the basis of all eigenmodes computed in the preceding FREQUENCY step and possibly reduced by using the SELECT EIGENMODES option will be extracted 3 24 1 COMPLEX FREQUENCY 2 Minimum frequency of interest in cycles per time If this field is left blank no minimum is set 3 Maximum frequency of interest in cycles per time If this field is left blank no maximum is set 4 Shift point S in cycles per time S gt 0 The eigenvalues with the imaginary part closest to this point are extracted The default value is zero 3 24 2 CONCRETE 3 25 CONCRETE Define concrete properties beyond the elastic range WARNING Success in analyzing plain and reinforced concrete problems depends significantly on making sensi
455. oduli First line 1 Blank space to define default data for the first use of this data line Element number or element set for subsequent uses of this data line Dia D1122 D2222 D1133 D2233 D3333 Di212 A E Ze Second line 1 D1313 2 D2323 Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define data for element numbers or element sets 4 27 4 DISTRIBUTION Data lines to define a distribution of orthotropic elastic moduli using engineering constants First line 3 4 5 6 T 8 Second line 1 2 Blank space to define default data for the first use of this data line Element number or element set for subsequent uses of this data line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the data for element numbers element sets Data lines to define a distribution of orthotropic elastic moduli in plane stress First line AAA Blank space to define default data for the first use of this data line Element number or element set for subsequent data lines E Es 1719 G5 This shear modulus is needed to define transverse shear behavior in shells Go3 This shear modulus is needed to define transverse shear behavior in shells Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the data for element numbers or element sets Data lines to define a distribution of anisotropic elastic moduli First line Blank space to define default
456. oduli are defined on the data lines Data lines to define hypoelasticity by specifying the material constants directly First line Instantaneous Young s modulus E Instantaneous Poisson s ratio v First strain invariant Second strain invariant I gt Un BW Ne Third strain invariant 15 Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the variation of the moduli with the strain invariants To define hypoelasticity by a user subroutine No data lines are used with this option when the USER parameter is specified Instead user subroutine UHYPEL must be used to define the hypoelasticity 8 8 1 HYSTERESIS 8 9 HYSTERESIS Specify a rate dependent elastomer model This option is used to specify the creep part of the material model for the hysteretic behavior of elastomers Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module Reference e Hysteresis in elastomers Section 19 8 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual There are no parameters associated with this option Data line to define the creep behavior First and only line Stress scaling factor 9 Creep parameter A Effective stress exponent m Creep strain exponent C nA A U N Constant E for regularizing the creep strain rate near the undeformed state The value of E should be non negative If this field is left blank the default value of 0 01 is used
457. of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual and Abaqus Explicit output variable identifiers Section 4 2 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the energy variables to be written to the output database 5 20 2 ENERGY PRINT 5 21 ENERGY PRINT Print a summary of the total energies This option is used to print a summary of the total energy content of a whole model or part of a model to the data dat file Product Abaqus Standard Type History data Level Step Reference e Output to the data and results files Section 4 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters ELSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the element set for which this output request is being made If this parameter is omitted the energy for the whole model will be output FREQUENCY Set this parameter equal to the output frequency in increments The output will always be printed at the last increment of each step unless FREQUENCY 0 The default is FREQUENCY 1 Set 0 to suppress the output There are no data lines associated with this option 5 21 1 ENRICHMENT 5 22 ENRICHMENT Specify an enriched feature and the properties of the enrichment This option is used to define an enriched feature using the extended finite element method XFEM Enriched features are effective for modeling discontinuities such as cracks without conforming the m
458. of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual CONSTRAINT TYPE Set CONSTRAINT TYPE SPATIAL default to prescribe mesh motions that are independent of the underlying material Set CONSTRAINT TYPE LAGRANGIAN to define nodes that must follow the material OP Set OP MOD default to modify existing mesh constraints or to add mesh constraints to degrees of freedom that were previously unconstrained 1 5 1 ADAPTIVE MESH CONSTRAINT Set OP NEW if all mesh constraints that are currently in effect should be removed To remove only selected mesh constraints use OP NEW and respecify all mesh constraints that are to be retained The OP parameter must be the same for all uses of the ADAPTIVE MESH CONSTRAINT option within a single step TYPE Set TYPE DISPLACEMENT default to prescribe mesh displacement Set TYPE VELOCITY to prescribe mesh velocity USER This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses Include this parameter if the mesh motion is to be defined in user subroutine UMESHMOTION This parameter cannot be used when CONSTRAINT TYPE LAGRANGIAN Data lines to prescribe mesh motions that are independent of the material CONSTRAINT TYPE SPATIAL First line 1 Node number or node set label 2 First degree of freedom constrained This value is ignored when the USER parameter is specified 3 Last degree of freedom constrained This field can be left blank if the mesh must be constrained only in one direction This value
459. of the alternate input file containing the data lines for this option See Input syntax rules Section 1 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for the syntax of such file names If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the data follow the keyword line Data lines to define a distribution of the coordinates of points a and b used to define a local coordinate system First line 1 Blank space to define default data for the first use of this data line Element number or element set for subsequent data lines X coordinate of point a Y coordinate of point a Z coordinate of point a X coordinate of point b Y coordinate of point b De Z coordinate of point b Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the data for element numbers or element sets Data lines to define a distribution of additional rotation angles used to define a local coordinate system First line 1 Blank space to define default data for the first use ofthis data line Element number or element set for subsequent data lines 2 Angle in degrees Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the data for element numbers or element sets Data lines to define a distribution of shell thickness First line 1 Blank space to define default data for the first use ofthis data line Element number or element set for subsequent data lines 2 Shell thickness Repeat this data line as often as necessary to defi
460. often as necessary to define all of the surfaces or node sets forming contact pairs Each data line defines a pair of surfaces or a node set and a surface that may interact with one another 3 65 5 CONTACT PRINT 3 66 CONTACT PRINT Define print requests for contact variables This option is used to provide tabular printed output of contact variables for contact surface pairs Product Abaqus Standard Type History data Level Step Reference Output to the data and results files Section 4 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters FREQUENCY Set this parameter equal to the output frequency in increments The output will always be printed at the last increment of each step unless FREQUENCY 0 The default is FREQUENCY 1 Set 0 to suppress the output MASTER Set this parameter equal to the name of the master surface for which this output request 1s being made NSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the node set for which this output request is being made SLAVE Set this parameter equal to the name of the slave surface for which this output request is being made SUMMARY Set SUMMARY YES default to obtain a summary of the maximum and minimum values in each column of the table and their locations Set SUMMARY NO to suppress this summary TOTALS Set TOTALS YES to print the total of each column in the table The default is TOTALS NO 3 66 1 CONTACT PRINT D
461. ohesive elements is uniaxial When RESPONSE CONTINUUM or GASKET the constitutive behavior of the element must be defined in terms of continuum material properties using any available material model in Abaqus subject to the limitation that certain models are not available for a one dimensional stress state 3 22 1 COHESIVE SECTION Optional parameters CONTROLS Set this parameter equal to the name of a SECTION CONTROLS definition see Section controls Section 24 1 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual The SECTION CONTROLS option can be used to specify whether the cohesive elements should be deleted once they completely fail This option may also be used to specify a maximum value of the scalar degradation damage parameter D and or the viscosity coefficient jz for viscous regularization ORIENTATION Set this parameter equal to the name given for the ORIENTATION option Orientations Section 2 2 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual to be used to define a local coordinate system for integration point calculations in the cohesive elements in the specified element set STACK DIRECTION Set this parameter equal to 1 2 3 or ORIENTATION to define the cohesive element stack or thickness direction Specify one of the numerical values to select the corresponding isoparametric direction of the element as the stack or thickness direction The default is STACK DIRECTION 3 for three dimensional cohesive elements and STAC
462. ol in shells Units are stress FL If this value is left blank or entered as zero Abaqus Standard will use the default value 4 Factor by which the default stiffness for rotation about the shell surface normal is to be scaled for shell nodes where six degrees of freedom are active If this value is not entered or is entered as zero Abaqus Standard will use the default value 8 5 2 HYPERELASTIC 8 6 HYPERELASTIC Specify elastic properties for approximately incompressible elastomers This option is used to define material constants for a general hyperelastic material Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References e Hyperelastic behavior of rubberlike materials Section 19 5 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e UHYPER Section 1 1 33 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual e BIAXIAL TEST DATA e PLANAR TEST DATA e UNIAXIAL TEST DATA e VOLUMETRIC TEST DATA Optional mutually exclusive parameters ARRUDA BOYCE Include this parameter to use the Arruda Boyce model also known as the eight chain model MARLOW Include this parameter to use the Marlow model MOONEY RIVLIN Include this parameter to use the Mooney Rivlin model This method is equivalent to using the POLYNOMIAL parameter with N 1 NEO HOOKE Include this parameter to use the neo Hookean model This method is equivalent to using the REDUCED POLYNOM
463. olation of the dependent variables outside the specified range of the independent variables RATE FILTER FACTOR This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses Set this parameter equal to the factor to be used for filtering the equivalent relative plastic motion rate for the evaluation of rate dependent connector damage initiation data The default value is 0 9 RATE INTERPOLATION This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses and is used only to interpolate rate dependent connector damage initiation data Set RATE INTERPOLATION LINEAR default to use linear intervals for the equivalent relative plastic motion rate while interpolating rate dependent damage initiation data Set RATE INTERPOLATION LOGARITHMIC to use logarithmic intervals for the equivalent relative plastic motion rate while interpolating rate dependent damage initiation data REGULARIZE This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses Set REGULARIZE ON default unless CONNECTOR BEHAVIOR REGULARIZE OFF is used to regularize the user defined tabular connector damage initiation data Set REGULARIZE OFF to use the user defined tabular connector damage initiation data directly without regularization RTOL This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses 3 35 2 data CONNECTOR DAMAGE INITIATION Set this parameter equal to the tolerance to be used to regularize the connector damage initiation If this parameter is omitted the
464. olution behavior is mode independent Set MIXED MODE BEHAVIOR TABULAR to specify the fracture energy or displacement total or plastic directly as a function of the shear normal mode mix for cohesive elements This method must be used to specify the mixed mode behavior for cohesive elements when TYPE DISPLACEMENT Set MIXED MODE BEHAVIOR POWER LAW to specify the fracture energy as a function of the mode mix by means of a power law mixed mode fracture criterion Set MIXED MODE BEHAVIOR BK to specify the fracture energy as a function of the mode mix by means of the Benzeggagh Kenane mixed mode fracture criterion MODE MIX RATIO This parameter can be used only in conjunction with the MIXED MODE BEHAVIOR parameter The specification of the damage evolution properties fracture energy or effective displacement as a function of the mode mix depends on the value of this parameter See Defining damage evolution data as a tabular function of mode mix in Defining the constitutive response of cohesive elements 4 2 2 POWER DAMAGE EVOLUTION using a traction separation description Section 29 5 6 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual or Defining damage evolution data as a tabular function of mode mix in Surface based cohesive behavior Section 33 1 10 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for further details Set MODE MIX RATIO ENERGY default to define the mode mix in terms of a ratio of fracture energy in the different
465. om the end of the previous step to continue the new step This is appropriate only if the loading does not change suddenly at the start of the new step Include this parameter to suppress calculation of the half increment residuals and thus skip some accuracy checking for the automatic time incrementation scheme For fixed time incrementation with the DIRECT parameter included Abaqus Standard calculates the half increment residuals by default the NOHAF parameter switches off this calculation saving some of the solution cost TIME INTEGRATOR Use this parameter to choose the time integration method Set TIME INTEGRATOR BWE to choose the backward Euler time integrator Set TIME INTEGRATOR HHT TF to choose the Hilber Hughes Taylor time integrator with default parameter settings which provide slight numerical damping This is the default for APPLICATION TRANSIENT FIDELITY Set TIME INTEGRATOR HHT MD to choose the Hilber Hughes Taylor time integrator with default parameter settings that provide moderate numerical damping This is the default for APPLICATION MODERATE DISSIPATION Set TIME INTEGRATOR HYBRID to choose a hybrid time integrator that closely resembles the Hilber Hughes Taylor time integrator with slight numerical damping except that it has fully implicit treatment of contact Data line for a transient dynamic analysis First and only line 1 Suggested initial time increment For implicit integration this same time increment wil
466. omitted a default value which is usually appropriate is created The default number of vectors used is the minimum of n 8 2n where n is the number of eigenvalues requested the first data item on this data line In general the convergence is more rapid with more vectors but the memory requirement is also larger Thus if the user knows that a particular type of eigenproblem converges slowly providing more vectors by using this option might reduce the analysis cost 5 Maximum number of iterations The default is 30 6 34 4 FRICTION 6 35 FRICTION Specify a friction model This option is used to introduce friction properties into a mechanical surface interaction model governing the interaction of contact surfaces a contact pair or connector elements It must be used in conjunction with the SURFACE INTERACTION option the CONNECTOR FRICTION option or in an Abaqus Standard analysis with the CHANGE FRICTION the the INTERFACE or the ITS options Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model or history data in Abaqus Standard History data in Abaqus Explicit Level Part Part instance Assembly Model in Abaqus Standard Step in Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Interaction module References e Connector behavior Section 28 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Mechanical contact properties overview Section 33 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Frictional behavior Sect
467. omponent of relative motion for which elastic behavior is specified For this component of relative motion the connector will act as a spring Omit this parameter if linear coupled behavior is to be defined DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the connector elasticity data in addition to temperature If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the connector elasticity is independent of field variables See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information EXTRAPOLATION Set EXTRAPOLATION CONSTANT default unless CONNECTOR BEHAVIOR EXTRAPOLATION LINEAR is used to use constant extrapolation of the dependent variables outside the specified range of the independent variables Set EXTRAPOLATION LINEAR to use linear extrapolation of the dependent variables outside the specified range of the independent variables INDEPENDENT COMPONENTS This parameter can be used only if the COMPONENT and NONLINEAR parameters are included Set INDEPENDENT COMPONENTS POSITION default to specify dependencies on components of relative position included in the elasticity definition 3 38 1 CONNECTOR ELASTICITY Set INDEPENDENT COMPONENTS CONSTITUTIVE MOTION to specify dependencies on components of constitutive relative motion included in the elasticity definition If elasticity i
468. on factor for the time unit used in the Abaqus model to that in the MADYMO model For example Abaqus Explicit will multiply the coordinate values by the above length conversion factor prior to exporting these values to MADYMO Appropriate scale factors based on the above conversion factors are used for the various quantities that are exported to MADYMO Similarly Abaqus will divide the imported values from MADYMO with appropriate scale factors based on the above conversion factors 3 74 2 CO SIMULATION CONTROLS 3 75 CO SIMULATION CONTROLS Specify the rendezvousing scheme for co simulation This option is used to specify the rendezvousing scheme for co simulation It must be used in conjunction with the CO SIMULATION option to identify the analysis program for which the co simulation controls are specified This option is not required for co simulation with MADYMO Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Interaction module References e Co simulation overview Section 14 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Preparing an Abaqus Standard or Abaqus Explicit analysis for co simulation Section 14 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e CO SIMULATION e CO SIMULATION REGION Required parameter NAME Set this parameter equal to the label that will be used to identify the co simulation controls All co simulation control names in the same input f
469. on vectors in the reference configuration are specified using the ORIENTATION LOCAL DIRECTIONS M option with M gt N If gt N the first N directions will be used If the HOLZAPFEL strain energy potential is used at least one local direction must be specified MODULI This parameter is applicable only when the ANISOTROPIC HYPERELASTIC option is used in conjunction with the VISCOELASTIC option Set MODULI INSTANTANEOUS to indicate that the anisotropic hyperelastic material constants define the instantaneous behavior This parameter value is not available for frequency domain viscoelasticity in an Abaqus Standard analysis This is the only option available if the anisotropic hyperelastic potential is defined in a user subroutine Set MODULI LONG TERM to indicate that the hyperelastic material constants define the long term behavior This option 1s not available when a user subroutine is used to define the anisotropic hyperelastic potential It is the default for all other anisotropic hyperelastic models PROPERTIES This parameter can be used only if the USER parameter is specified Set this parameter equal to the number of property values needed as data in user subroutines UANISOHYPER INV and UANISOHYPER STRAIN in Abaqus Standard or VUANISOHYPER INV and VUANISOHYPER STRAIN in Abaqus Explicit The default value is 0 1 8 2 ANISOTROPIC HYPERELASTIC Data lines to define the material constants for the FUNG ANISOTROPIC model Fir
470. onal parameter MASS Set this parameter equal to the additional mass that will be distributed to the fastener nodes Data lines to specify the fastener properties First line 1 Radius r Second line 1 First degree of freedom constrained See Conventions Section 1 2 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for a definition of the numbering of degrees of freedom in Abaqus If this field is left blank all degrees of freedom will be constrained 2 Last degree of freedom constrained If this field is left blank the degree of freedom specified in the first field will be the only one constrained Repeat this data line as often as necessary to specify constraints for different degrees of freedom When the ORIENTATION parameter is specified on the associated FASTENER option the degrees of freedom 6 6 1 FASTENER PROPERTY are in the specified local system in the initial configuration otherwise they are in the default local system In either case these directions will rotate with the reference node in large displacement analyses when the NLGEOM parameter on the STEP option is set equal to YES 6 6 2 FIELD 6 7 FIELD Specify predefined field variable values This option is used to specify values for predefined field variables used in the analysis To use this option in a restart analysis of Abaqus Standard either FIELD or INITIAL CONDITIONS TYPE FIELD must have been specified in the original analysis Product
471. option 3 41 2 TYPE CONNECTOR HARDENING Set TYPE ISOTROPIC default to specify the initial yield surface size and optionally isotropic hardening data Set TYPE KINEMATIC to specify kinematic hardening data Data lines for TYPE ISOTROPIC DEFINITION TABULAR First line ND Nf WN Equivalent yield force or moment defining the size of the elastic range Equivalent relative plastic motion Equivalent relative plastic motion rate Temperature First field variable Second field variable Etc up to four field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four 1 2 Fifth field variable Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the size of the elastic range as a function of connector equivalent relative plastic motion equivalent relative plastic motion rate temperature and field variables Data lines for TYPE ISOTROPIC DEFINITION EXPONENTIAL LAW First line tcn Rot NY Equivalent force or moment defining the size of the elastic range at zero plastic motion Isotropic hardening parameter Qi Isotropic hardening parameter b Temperature First field variable Second field variable Etc up to four field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four l 2 Fifth field variable Et
472. option is used to define compression damage or stiffness degradation properties for the concrete damaged plasticity material model The CONCRETE COMPRESSION DAMAGE option must be used in conjunction with the CONCRETE DAMAGED PLASTICITY CONCRETE TENSION STIFFENING and CONCRETE COMPRESSION HARDENING options In addition the CONCRETE TENSION DAMAGE option can be used to specify tensile stiffness degradation damage Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References e Concrete damaged plasticity Section 20 6 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual CONCRETE DAMAGED PLASTICITY CONCRETE TENSION STIFFENING CONCRETE COMPRESSION HARDENING CONCRETE TENSION DAMAGE Optional parameters DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the compression damage in addition to temperature If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the compression damage behavior depends only on temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information TENSION RECOVERY This parameter is used to define the stiffness recovery factor w which determines the amount of tension stiffness that is recovered as the loading changes from compression to tension If w 1 the material fully recovers
473. ored in Abaqus Explicit The default value is 0 0 Units of T Temperature First field variable Second field variable Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than two 1 2 Third field variable Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of the material parameters on temperature and other predefined field variables 3 28 2 3 29 CONCRETE TENSION DAMAGE CONCRETE TENSION DAMAGE Define postcracking damage properties for the concrete damaged plasticity model This option is used to define postcracking damage or stiffness degradation properties for the concrete damaged plasticity material model The CONCRETE TENSION DAMAGE option must be used in conjunction with the CONCRETE DAMAGED PLASTICITY CONCRETE TENSION STIFFENING and CONCRETE COMPRESSION HARDENING options In addition the CONCRETE COMPRESSION DAMAGE option can be used to specify compressive stiffness degradation damage Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References e Concrete damaged plasticity Section 20 6 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual CONCRETE DAMAGED PLASTICITY CONCRETE TENSION STIFFENING CONCRETE COMPRESSION HARDENING CONCRETE COMPRESSION DAMAGE Optional parameters COMPRESSION RECOVERY This parameter is used to define
474. ors are scaled so that the generalized mass for each vector is unity Mass normalization is the default and only available option for the AMS eigensolver and for the Lanczos eigensolver used in conjunction with the SIM parameter PROPERTY EVALUATION Set this parameter equal to the frequency at which to evaluate frequency dependent properties for viscoelasticity springs and dashpots during the eigenvalue extraction If this parameter is omitted Abaqus Standard will evaluate the stiffness associated with frequency dependent springs and dashpots at zero frequency and will not consider the stiffness contributions from frequency domain viscoelasticity in the FREQUENCY step RESIDUAL MODES This parameter is relevant only for the Lanczos and AMS eigensolvers Include this parameter to indicate that residual modes are to be computed SIM This parameter is relevant only for the Lanczos eigensolver Include this parameter to indicate that subsequent mode based linear dynamic analysis steps should use the high performance versions based on the SIM software architecture Only mode based transient and mode based or subspace based steady state dynamic procedures are supported with this option The SIM parameter is turned on by default if the AMS eigensolver is activated Optional parameter when EIGENSOLVER AMS NSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the node set containing the nodes at which eigenvectors will be computed If this parameter is omi
475. ot be used if the SEARCH NSET parameter has been used SEARCH BELOW Set this parameter equal to the distance below the surfaces that will be searched for slave nodes to be included in the clearance specification The default for solid elements is approximately one tenth of the element size of the elements attached to a slave node The default for structural elements e g shell elements is the thickness associated with the slave node This parameter cannot be used if the SEARCH NSET parameter has been used SEARCH NSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the node set containing the slave nodes to be included in the clearance specification The specified clearance will be enforced at all slave nodes in this node set irrespective of whether they are above or below their respective master surfaces This parameter can also be used to identify initially bonded nodes in a VCCT analysis This parameter cannot be used if either the SEARCH ABOVE or SEARCH BELOW parameter has been used There are no data lines associated with this option 3 52 2 CONTACT CLEARANCE ASSIGNMENT 3 53 CONTACT CLEARANCE ASSIGNMENT Assign contact clearances between surfaces in the general contact domain This option is used to define initial contact clearances between contact surfaces and to control how initial contact overclosures are resolved in the general contact algorithm Product Abaqus Explicit Type Model or history data Level Model Step Refer
476. oth quadratic time variation 1 7 2 AMPLITUDE in any case when time derivatives of the amplitude definition are required The defaults are SMOOTH 0 25 in Abaqus Standard and SMOOTH 0 0 in Abaqus Explicit The allowable range is 0 0 lt SMOOTH lt 0 5 A value of 0 05 is suggested for amplitude definitions that contain large time intervals to avoid severe deviation from the specified definition This parameter is applicable only when time derivatives are needed for displacement or velocity boundary conditions in a direct integration dynamic analysis and is ignored for all other uses of this option Optional parameter for DEFINITION USER VARIABLES Set this parameter equal to the number of solution dependent state variables that must be stored with this amplitude definition Its value must be greater than 0 The default is VARIABLES 1 Data lines for DEFINITION TABULAR with four data points eight entries per each line First line Time or frequency Amplitude value relative or absolute at the first point Time or frequency Amplitude value relative or absolute at the second point nA BW Ne Etc up to four pairs per line Repeat this data line as often as necessary Each line except the last one must have exactly four time magnitude or frequency magnitude data pairs Data lines for DEFINITION TABULAR with one data pair two entries per each line First line 1 Time or frequency 2 Amplitude value re
477. otion is specified See Connection type library Section 28 1 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for definitions of the available components of relative motion The following data item is necessary only when nonzero connector motion is specified as history data Any magnitude given will be ignored when the connector motion is given as model data 3 Actual magnitude of the variable displacement velocity or acceleration This magnitude will be modified by an amplitude specification if the AMPLITUDE parameter is used If this magnitude is a rotation it must be given in radians The magnitude can be redefined in user subroutine DISP if the USER parameter is included Repeat this data line as often as necessary to specify connector motion for different connector elements and available components of relative motion 3 44 3 3 45 CONNECTOR PLASTICITY CONNECTOR PLASTICITY Define plasticity behavior in connector elements This option is used to define plasticity behavior in connector elements It must be used in conjunction with the CONNECTOR HARDENING option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Interaction module References Connector behavior Section 28 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Connector plastic behavior Section 28 2 6 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual CONNECTOR BEHAVIOR CONNECTOR HARDENING CONNECTOR POTENTIAL
478. oundary regions in explicit dynamic analysis to perform adaptive meshing that minimizes element distortion and improves element aspect ratios at the expense of diffusing initial mesh gradation This objective is recommended for problems with moderate to large overall deformation Set SMOOTHING OBJECTIVE GRADED default if the adaptive mesh domain has one or more Eulerian boundary regions in explicit dynamic analysis to perform adaptive meshing that attempts to preserve initial mesh gradation while reducing distortions as the analysis evolves This objective is recommended only for adaptive mesh domains with reasonably structured graded meshes undergoing low to moderate overall deformation TRANSITION FEATURE ANGLE Set this parameter equal to the transition geometric feature angle in degrees 0 lt dr lt 180 This angle is used to determine when geometric edges and corners should be deactivated to allow remeshing across them The default value is 30 Setting 0 will ensure that no geometric edges or corners are deactivated Data line to define weights for combining the mesh smoothing methods in Abaqus Explicit analyses First and only line 1 The weight for the volumetric smoothing method The default is 1 0 2 The weight for the Laplacian smoothing method The default is 0 0 3 The weight for the equipotential smoothing method The default is 0 0 Each of the weights must be zero or positive and their sum
479. outine VDISP Any magnitudes defined on the data lines of the option are ignored and the amplitude if the AMPLITUDE parameter is included is passed into the VDISP routine for your usage The type of user prescribed variable in subroutine VDISP is determined by the TYPE parameter The NAME parameter can be used in user subroutine VDISP to distinguish multiple boundary conditions Only translational and rotational degrees of freedom are supported for user prescribed boundary conditions mutually exclusive parameters for matrix generation and direct solution steady state dynamics analysis history data only IMAGINARY REAL Include this parameter to define the imaginary out of phase part of the boundary condition Include this parameter default to define the real in phase part of the part of the boundary condition Data lines to define zero valued boundary conditions using the type format model data only First line 1 Node number or node set label 2 11 4 BOUNDARY 2 Label specifying the type of boundary condition to be applied see Boundary conditions in Abaqus Standard and Abaqus Explicit Section 30 3 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Only one type specification can be used per line Repeat this data line as often as necessary to specify fixed boundary conditions at different nodes and degrees of freedom Data lines to prescribe boundary conditions using the direct format First lin
480. output variables can be requested on the data lines If this parameter is omitted the element variables requested for output must be specified on the data lines Data lines to request element output First line optional and relevant only if integration point variables are being written for shell beam or layered solid elements in an Abaqus Standard analysis or if integration point variables are being written for shell or beam elements in an Abaqus Explicit analysis 1 Specify a list of the section points in the shell beam or layered solid at which variables should be written to the output database If this data line is omitted the variables are written at the default output points For section points on a meshed beam cross section specify a list of user defined section point labels For elbow elements the mid through thickness section point 5 8 2 ELEMENT OUTPUT must be specified to allow COORD data display in Abaqus CAE since this point is not among the default output points A maximum number of 16 section points can be specified Repeat ELEMENT OUTPUT as often as needed if output at additional points is required Second line 1 Specify the identifying keys for the output variables to be written to the output database The keys are defined in Abaqus Standard output variable identifiers Section 4 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual and Abaqus Explicit output variable identifiers Section 4 2 2 of the Abaqus
481. p depending on the value assigned to the AMPLITUDE parameter on the STEP option Procedures overview Section 6 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual If this parameter is omitted in an Abaqus Explicit analysis the reference sink temperature given on the data lines is applied immediately at the beginning of the step For nonuniform film coefficients which are available only in Abaqus Standard the sink temperature amplitude is defined in user subroutine FILM and AMPLITUDE references are ignored FILM AMPLITUDE Set this parameter equal to the name of the AMPLITUDE option that gives the variation of the film coefficient h with time If this parameter is omitted the reference film coefficient is applied immediately at the beginning of the step and kept constant over the step 3 13 1 CFILM OP The FILM AMPLITUDE parameter is ignored if a nonuniform film coefficient is defined in user subroutine FILM or if a film coefficient is defined to be a function of temperature and field variables via the FILM PROPERTY option Set OP MOD default for existing CFILMs to remain with this option modifying existing films or defining additional films Set OP NEW if all existing CFILMs applied to the model should be removed REGION TYPE USER This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses This parameter is relevant only for concentrated films applied on the boundary of an adaptive mesh domain If concentrated film
482. p site To facilitate data transfer with SIMULIA an anonymous ftp account is available on the computer ftp simulia com Login as user anonymous and type your e mail address as your password Contact support before placing files on the site Training All offices and representatives offer regularly scheduled public training classes We also provide training seminars at customer sites All training classes and seminars include workshops to provide as much practical experience with Abaqus as possible For a schedule and descriptions of available classes see www simulia com or call your local office or representative Feedback We welcome any suggestions for improvements to Abaqus software the support program or documentation We will ensure that any enhancement requests you make are considered for future releases If you wish to make a suggestion about the service or products refer to www simulia com Complaints should be addressed by contacting your local office or through www simulia com by visiting the Quality Assurance section of the Support page Contents Volume ACOUSTIC FLOW VELOCITY ACOUSTIC MEDIUM ACOUSTIC WAVE FORMULATION ADAPTIVE MESH ADAPTIVE MESH CONSTRAINT ADAPTIVE MESH CONTROLS AMPLITUDE ANISOTROPIC HYPERELASTIC ANNEAL ANNEAL TEMPERATURE AQUA ASSEMBLY ASYMMETRIC AXISYMMETRIC AXIAL BASE MOTION BASELINE CORRECTION BEAM ADDED INERTIA BEAM FLUID INERTIA BEAM GENERAL SECTION BEAM S
483. pace iteration eigenvalue extraction except for STEADY STATE DYNAMICS SUBSPACE PROJECTION Use MODAL DAMPING COMPOSITE option to activate it The default is COMPOSITE 0 STRUCTURAL Set this parameter equal to the s factor to create imaginary stiffness proportional damping in the following procedures FREQUENCY DAMPING PROJECTION ON STEADY STATE DYNAMICS DIRECT STEADY STATE DYNAMICS SUBSPACE PROJECTION STEADY STATE DYNAMICS that allows nondiagonal damping MODAL DYNAMIC that allows nondiagonal damping This parameter is ignored in mode based procedures that follow a Lanczos or subspace iteration eigenvalue extraction The default is STRUCTURAL 0 There are no data lines associated with this option 4 5 2 DAMPING CONTROLS 4 6 DAMPING CONTROLS Specify damping controls This option is used to control the type viscous structural and source of damping material global within the step definition for the following types of analyses in Abaqus Standard STEADY STATE DYNAMICS DIRECT STEADY STATE DYNAMICS SUBSPACE PROJECTION STEADY STATE DYNAMICS that supports nondiagonal damping MODAL DYNAMIC that supports nondiagonal damping MATRIX GENERATE SUBSTRUCTURE GENERATE Damping can be defined at the material level using DAMPING at the element level using SPRING COMPLEX STIFFNESS or CONNECTOR DAMPING for acoustic elements using ACOUSTIC MEDIUM VOLUMETRIC DRAG or using the acoustic impedance definitions
484. part of this documentation may be reproduced or distributed in any form without prior written permission of Dassault Syst mes or its subsidiary The Abaqus Software is a product of Dassault Systemes Simulia Corp Providence RI USA Dassault Syst mes 2010 Abaqus the 3DS logo SIMULIA CATIA and Unified FEA are trademarks or registered trademarks of Dassault Syst mes or its subsidiaries in the United States and or other countries Other company product and service names may be trademarks or service marks of their respective owners For additional information concerning trademarks copyrights and licenses see the Legal Notices in the Abaqus 6 10 Release Notes and the notices at http www simulia com products products_legal html SIMULIA Worldwide Headquarters SIMULIA European Headquarters United States Australia Austria Benelux Canada China Czech amp Slovak Republics Finland France Germany Greece India Israel Italy Japan Korea Latin America Malaysia New Zealand Poland Russia Belarus amp Ukraine Scandinavia Singapore South Africa Spain amp Portugal Taiwan Thailand Turkey United Kingdom Locations Rising Sun Mills 166 Valley Street Providence RI 02909 2499 Tel 1 401 276 4400 Fax 1 401 276 4408 simulia support 3ds com http www simulia com Gaetano Martinolaan 95 P O Box 1637 6201 BP Maastricht The Netherlands Tel 31 43 356 6906 Fax 31 43 356 6908 simulia europ
485. pe it will operate on filtered data and when it is used without a filter type it will operate on raw unfiltered data Set OPERATOR MAX if you want to obtain the maximum value for the variables for which this filter is used You can put a cap value on the maximum value by using the LIMIT parameter Set OPERATOR MIN if you want to obtain the minimum value for the variables for which this filter is used You can put a cap value on the minimum value by using the LIMIT parameter Set OPERATOR ABSMAX if you want to obtain the absolute maximum value for the variables for which this filter is used You can put a cap value on this value by using the LIMIT parameter START CONDITION This parameter must be used with the TYPE parameter Set START CONDITION DC default to pre charge the filter with constant values equal to the first raw data value Set START CONDITION USER DEFINED to pre charge the filter with constant values equal to the user defined value TYPE Set TYPE BUTTERWORTH which is the default value when OPERATOR is omitted to define a Butterworth filter Set TYPE CHEBYSI to define a Type I Chebyshev filter Set TYPE CHEBYS2 to define a Type II Chebyshev filter Data lines to define a Butterworth filter First line 1 Cutoff frequency fc Units of T 2 Order of the filter N Abaqus expects an even number if an odd number is specified it will be internally changed to the closest greater even number The default value is two
486. pic shear behavior Temperature if temperature dependent First field variable Second field variable ND UU Etc up to four field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four 1 Fifth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the total displacement at failure as a function of mode mix temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to specify damage evolution for TYPE ENERGY SOFTENING LINEAR MIXED MODE BEHAVIOR TABULAR First line 1 Fracture energy 2 Appropriate mode mix ratio 4 2 4 DAMAGE EVOLUTION 3 Appropriate mode mix ratio if relevant for three dimensional problems with anisotropic shear behavior Temperature if temperature dependent First field variable Second field variable ND Ur RR Etc up to four field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four 1 Fifth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the fracture energy as a function of mode mix temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to specify damage evolution for TYPE DISPLACEMENT SOFTENING EXPONENTIAL without the MIXED MODE BEHAVIOR parameter First line Effective total or plastic displacement
487. plicit analysis WARNING These controls are intended for experienced analysts and should be used with care Using nondefault values of these controls may greatly increase the computational time of the analysis or produce inaccurate results References e Defining contact pairs in Abaqus Explicit Section 32 5 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Contact controls for contact pairs in Abaqus Explicit Section 32 5 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e CONTACT PAIR Required parameter CPSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the contact pair set associated with this contact controls definition The contact controls defined with this option will be applied to all contact pairs having this contact pair set name 3 54 4 CONTACT CONTROLS Optional parameters FASTLOCALTRK Set FASTLOCALTRK NO if contact is not being enforced appropriately A more conservative local tracking method will be used that may resolve the error The default is FASTLOCALTRK YES which uses a more computationally efficient local tracking method GLOBTRKINC Set this parameter equal to the maximum number of increments between global contact searches The default is 100 increments for two surface contact and 4 increments for self contact RESET Include this parameter to reset all of the optional controls to their default values Those controls that are explicitly specified with other parameters on the same CONTACT CONTROLS option are
488. point 1 Surface name 2 Etc up to eight surface names per line Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define all the surfaces to be connected for this fastener interaction Data lines to define the fastener if the projection direction for the first fastening point is specified by the user First line 1 First direction cosine of the projection direction 2 Second direction cosine of the projection direction 3 Third direction cosine of the projection direction Subsequent lines optional if omitted Abaqus will search for fastening points on all element facets that fall within a search radius of the positioning point 1 Surface name 2 Etc up to eight surface names per line Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define all the surfaces to be connected for this fastener interaction 6 5 4 FASTENER PROPERTY 6 6 FASTENER PROPERTY Prescribe mesh independent fastener properties This option is used to prescribe the properties of a fastener interaction This option must be used in conjunction with the FASTENER option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Part Part instance Assembly Abaqus CAE Interaction module References Mesh independent fasteners Section 31 3 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e FASTENER Required parameter NAME Set this parameter equal to a label that will be used to refer to the fastener property Opti
489. primary response Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the material properties Data lines to define the material constants for the VAN DER WAALS model First line gt E bees 1 2 3 4 5 6 Temperature Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the material constants as a function of temperature Data lines to define the material constants for the YEOH model First line 1 Cio 2 Cag 8 6 7 HYPERELASTIC C30 D D Da 7 Temperature Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the material constants as a function of temperature Qv Uh d og 8 6 8 HYPERFOAM HYPERFOAM Specify elastic properties for a hyperelastic foam This option is used to define material constants for a general elastomeric foam This material is distinct from the regular hyperelastic materials in that it is highly compressible Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References Hyperelastic behavior in elastomeric foams Section 19 5 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual BIAXIAL TEST DATA PLANAR TEST DATA SIMPLE SHEAR TEST DATA UNIAXIAL TEST DATA VOLUMETRIC TEST DATA Optional parameters MODULI This parameter is applicable only when the HYPERFOAM option is used in conjunction with the VISCOELASTIC option Set MODULI INSTANTANEOUS to indicate that the hyperfoam material const
490. procedures in Abaqus Standard Temperature First field variable Second field variable ON Un Bb U Etc up to five field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the volumetric drag as a function of frequency temperature and other predefined field variables 1 2 3 ACOUSTIC MEDIUM Data line when POROUS MODEL DELANY BAZLEY or POROUS MODEL MIKI First and only line 1 Flow resistivity Units of FTL 1 2 4 ACOUSTIC WAVE FORMULATION 1 3 ACOUSTIC WAVE FORMULATION Specify the type of formulation in acoustic problems with incident wave loading This option is used to identify the type of incident wave loading formulation in acoustic problems Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Model attribute Reference e Acoustic and shock loads Section 30 4 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameter TYPE Set TYPE SCATTERED WAVE default to obtain the scattered wave field solution that will be produced by incident wave loading Set TYPE TOTAL WAVE to obtain the total acoustic pressure wave solution There are no data lines associated with this option 1 3 1 ADAPTIVE MESH 1 4 ADAPTIVE MESH Define an adaptive mesh
491. put distributed electric surface charges for piezoelectric analysis This option is used to input distributed electric surface charges on a surface underlying piezoelectric elements Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Load module Reference Piezoelectric analysis Section 6 7 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters AMPLITUDE Set this parameter equal to the name of the amplitude curve that defines the magnitude of the distributed electric charge during the step If this parameter is omitted the reference magnitude is applied immediately at the beginning of the step or linearly over the step depending on the value assigned to the AMPLITUDE parameter on the STEP option Procedures overview Section 6 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual OP Set OP MOD default for existing DSECHARGES to remain with this option defining electric charges to be added or modified Set OP NEW if all existing DSECHARGEs applied to the model should be removed Optional mutually exclusive parameters for matrix generation and direct solution steady state dynamics analysis IMAGINARY Include this parameter to define the imaginary out of phase part of the loading REAL Include this parameter default to define the real in phase part of the loading Data lines to define distributed electric charges First line 1 Surface name 4 35 1 DSECHARG
492. qual to the area of the surface If both the EFFECTIVE AREA and SURFACE parameters are specified the area of the surface is used only to determine blockage and the effective area is reduced to the extent that the surface is blocked Set EFFECTIVE AREA USER to indicate that user subroutine VUFLUIDEXCHEFFAREA will be used to define the effective area of the surface taking the local material state into account The SURFACE parameter is required if user subroutine VUFLUIDEXCHEFFAREA is used 6 19 1 FLUID EXCHANGE SURFACE Set this parameter equal to the name of the surface on the fluid cavity over which fluid and or heat energy may be exchanged If this parameter is omitted the value specified with the EFFECTIVE AREA parameter is used for the exchange This parameter is required if EFFECTIVE AREA USER Data lines to define the fluid exchange First line 1 First reference node number of fluid cavity 2 Optional second reference node number of fluid cavity If only one node is specified fluid exchange will occur between the fluid cavity and its environment Second line needed only if the CONSTANTS parameter is used 1 Enter the values of the fluid exchange constants to define the effective area for fluid exchange eight per line Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define all properties 6 19 2 FLUID EXCHANGE ACTIVATION 6 20 FLUID EXCHANGE ACTIVATION Activate fluid exchange definitions This option is used to
493. quired parameters MASTER Set this parameter equal to the name of the master surface of the contact pair used in the crack propagation analysis SLAVE Set this parameter equal to the name of the slave surface of the contact pair used in the crack propagation analysis Optional parameters FREQUENCY Set this parameter equal to the output frequency in increments The crack tip location and associated quantities will always be printed at the last increment of each step unless FREQUENCY 0 The default is FREQUENCY 1 Set FREQUENCY 0 to suppress this output OUTPUT If this parameter is omitted crack propagation information will be printed in the data dat file but not stored in the results i1 file Set OUTPUT FILE to store the crack propagation information in the results file Set OUTPUT BOTH to print the crack propagation information in the data file and to store it in the results file 4 8 1 DEBOND TIME INCREMENT Set this parameter equal to the suggested time increment for automatic time incrementation to use for the first increment just after debonding starts The default is the last relative time given on the data lines below For fixed time incrementation the value of this parameter will be used as the time increment after debonding starts if Abaqus Standard finds it needs a smaller time increment than its current value The time increment size will be modified as required until debonding is complete Data lines t
494. qus Analysis User s Manual Required parameter EXPLICIT Include this parameter to specify explicit time integration Optional mutually exclusive parameters DIRECT USER CONTROL Include this parameter to specify that this step should use a fixed time increment that is specified by the user ELEMENT BY ELEMENT Include this parameter to indicate that variable automatic time incrementation using the element by element stable time increment estimates should be used This method will generally require more increments and more computational time than the global time estimator FIXED TIME INCREMENTATION Include this parameter to specify that this step should use a fixed time increment that will be determined by Abaqus Explicit at the beginning of the step using the element by element time estimator 441 1 DYNAMIC TEMPERATURE DISPLACEMENT Optional parameters IMPROVED DT METHOD Set IMPROVED DT METHOD YES default to use the improved method to estimate the element stable time increment due to the mechanical response for elements with plane stress formulations shell membrane and two dimensional plane stress elements Set IMPROVED DT METHOD NO to use the conservative method to estimate the element stable time increment due to the mechanical response for elements with plane stress formulations SCALE FACTOR Set this parameter equal to the factor that is used to scale the time increment computed by Abaqus Explicit
495. r subroutine FLOW in the variable used to define the sink pore pressure 4 Optional reference seepage coefficient If given this value is passed into user subroutine FLOW in the variable used to define the seepage coefficient The reference pore pressure value u and reference seepage coefficient ks are defined in user subroutine FLOW for nonuniform flow Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define nonuniform seepage for various elements or element sets 6 14 2 FLUID BEHAVIOR 6 15 FLUID BEHAVIOR Define fluid behavior for a fluid cavity This option is used to define the fluid behavior for a surface based fluid cavity Product Abaqus Explicit Type Model data Level Part Part instance Reference e Fluid cavity definition Section 11 6 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameter NAME Set this parameter equal to a label that will be used to refer to the fluid behavior There are no data lines associated with this option 6 15 1 FLUID BULK MODULUS 6 16 FLUID BULK MODULUS Define compressibility for a hydraulic fluid This option is used to define compressibility for the hydraulic fluid model It can be used only in conjunction with the FLUID BEHAVIOR option or the FLUID PROPERTY option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Type Model data Level Part Part instance References e Fluid cavity definition Section 11 6 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s M
496. ractions between the first surface and itself 3 The name of the CONTACT INITIALIZATION DATA definition to be assigned Repeat this data line as often as necessary If the contact initialization method assignments overlap the last assignment applies in the overlap region 3 61 1 CONTACT INITIALIZATION DATA 3 62 CONTACT INITIALIZATION DATA Define contact initialization methods for general contact This option is used to define contact initialization methods for Abaqus Standard The contact initialization method is applied to a contact interaction using the CONTACT INITIALIZATION ASSIGNMENT option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Interaction module References e Controlling initial contact status in Abaqus Standard Section 32 2 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Common difficulties associated with contact modeling in Abaqus Standard Section 35 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e CONTACT e CONTACT INITIALIZATION ASSIGNMENT Required parameter NAME Set this parameter equal to a label that will be used to refer to this contact initialization method Optional mutually exclusive parameters INITIAL CLEARANCE Set this parameter equal to a positive value to specify an initial clearance distance INTERFERENCE FIT Include this parameter without setting it to a value to treat initial overclosures as interference fits Set this parameter
497. ral contact algorithm It should be used in conjunction with the CONTACT option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data in Abaqus Standard Model or history data in Abaqus Explicit Level Model in Abaqus Standard Model or Step in Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Interaction module References Defining general contact interactions in Abaqus Standard Section 32 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Defining general contact interactions in Abaqus Explicit Section 32 4 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e CONTACT Optional parameter ALL EXTERIOR Include this parameter to specify self contact for a default unnamed all inclusive surface that includes all element based surface facets and in Abaqus Explicit only all analytical rigid surfaces This is the simplest way to define the contact domain The option should have no data lines when this parameter is used any data lines specified will be ignored If this parameter is omitted the contact surfaces must be specified on the data lines Data lines to specify contact inclusions if the ALL EXTERIOR parameter is omitted First line 1 The name of the first surface If the first surface name is omitted the default all inclusive surface defined by Abaqus is assumed 2 The name of the second surface If the second surface name is omitted or is the same as the first surface name Abaqus assumes that self contact is defined Self contact m
498. rameter and the DELTMX parameter are omitted fixed time stepping will be used with a constant time increment equal to the initial time increment or by following precisely the time points specified on the TIME POINTS option CONTINUE Set CONTINUE YES to specify that the current DIRECT CYCLIC step is a continuation of the previous direct cyclic step The displacement solution in the Fourier series obtained in the previous DIRECT CYCLIC step is then used as the starting values for the current step Set CONTINUE NO default to reset all the displacement Fourier coefficients to zero thus allowing application of cyclic loading conditions that are very different from those in the previous direct cyclic step 4 23 1 DIRECT CYCLIC DELTMX Set this parameter equal to the maximum temperature change to be allowed in an increment during a direct cyclic analysis Abaqus Standard will restrict the time increment to ensure that this value will not be exceeded at any node during any increment of the step This parameter can be used in conjunction with the TIME POINTS option In this case Abaqus Standard will ensure the response will also be evaluated at each time point specified on the TIME POINTS option If both this parameter and the CETOL parameter are omitted fixed time stepping will be used with a constant time increment equal to the initial time increment or by following precisely the time points specified on the TIME POINTS option FAT
499. rameter to indicate that user subroutine UEXPAN will be used to define increments of thermal strain The TYPE parameter should be used to indicate the level of anisotropy of thermal expansion The PORE FLUID parameter can also be used to indicate that the thermal expansion of the pore fluid is being defined The DEPENDENCIES and ZERO parameters are not relevant if this parameter is used If the thermal expansion is temperature or field variable dependent set this parameter equal to the value of 9 The default is ZERO 0 This parameter is not relevant if the USER parameter is included s to define isotropic thermal expansion coefficients TYPE ISO with USER parameter 1 a Units of 0 2 Temperature 3 First field variable 4 Etc up to six field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than six 1 Seventh field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the thermal expansion coefficient as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables 5 31 2 EXPANSION Data lines to define orthotropic thermal expansion coefficients TYPE ORTHO with USER parameter omitted First line 031 Units of 6 022 033 Temperature First field variable Etc up to four field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four
500. rameters is required ELSET This parameter is applicable only when the fastener is modeled using connector elements If the connector elements are defined explicitly set this parameter equal to the name of the element set containing the connector elements If the connector elements are to be generated internally by Abaqus set this parameter equal to an empty element set name REFERENCE NODE SET Use this parameter along with the ELSET parameter if internally generated connector elements are to be used to model the fastener Use this parameter without the ELSET parameter if internally generated rigid beam MPCs are to be used to model the fastener Set this parameter equal to the name of the node set containing the reference nodes for this fastener definition 6 5 1 FASTENER Optional parameters ADJUST ORIENTATION Set ADJUST ORIENTATION YES default to have Abaqus adjust the user defined orientation such that the local z axis for each fastener is normal to the surface that is closest to the reference node for that fastener Set ADJUST ORIENTATION NO to define the local directions precisely ATTACHMENT METHOD Set this parameter equal to the projection method to be used to find the fastening points for the fastener Set ATTACHMENT METHOD FACETOFACE default to select the default projection method of locating fastening points on the specified surface or surfaces The positioning point is projected onto the nearest surface to c
501. rature and field variables via the FILM PROPERTY option Set OP MOD default for existing FILMs to remain with this option modifying existing films or defining additional films Set OP NEW if all existing FILMs applied to the model should be removed TYPE This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses This parameter is relevant only for film conditions applied to the boundary of an adaptive mesh domain If a film condition is applied to a surface in the interior of an adaptive mesh domain the nodes on the surface will move with the material in all directions they will be nonadaptive Abaqus Explicit will create a boundary region automatically on the surface subjected to the defined film load Set REGION TYPE LAGRANGIAN default to apply the film condition to a Lagrangian boundary region The edge ofa Lagrangian boundary region will follow the material while allowing adaptive meshing along the edge and within the interior of the region Set REGION TYPE SLIDING to apply the film condition to a sliding boundary region The edge of a sliding boundary region will slide over the material Adaptive meshing will occur along the edge and in the interior of the region Mesh constraints are typically applied on the edge of a sliding boundary region to fix it spatially Set REGION TYPE EULERIAN to apply the film condition to an Eulerian boundary region This option is used to create a boundary region across which material can flow Mesh co
502. rd MODULU MODULUS MODULU MODULUS MODULU MODULU MODULU MODULU MODULU S S S S 5 5 5 DISTRIBUTION TABLE Data lines to define a distribution table for orthotropic elasticity with engineering constants First line 1 The word MODULUS 2 The word MODULUS 3 The word MODULUS 4 The word RATIO 5 The word RATIO 6 The word RATIO 7 The word MODULUS Second line 1 The word MODULUS 2 The word MODULUS Data line to define a distribution table for orthotropic elasticity in plane stress First and only line 1 DD tn The word The word The word The word The word The word RATIO MODULU MODULU MODULU MODULU MODULU S S S S S 4 28 3 DISTRIBUTION TABLE Data lines to define a distribution table for anisotropic elasticity First line The word MODULUS The word MODULUS The word MODULUS The word MODULUS The word MODULUS The word MODULUS The word MODULUS ND fF WN Second line The word MODULUS The word MODULUS The word MODULUS The word MODULUS The word MODULUS The word MODULUS The word MODULUS The word MODULUS oN DN FW NY Third line The word MODULU T
503. rdinates in which components of traction or shell edge loads are specified The ORIENTATION parameter is valid only for traction and edge load labels TRSHRz TRSHR TRSHRzNU TRSHRNU TRVECn TRVEC TRVECHNU TRVECNU EDLDn and EDLD xNU It is ignored for all other load labels REF NODE This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses and is relevant only for viscous and stagnation body force and pressure loads when the velocity at the reference node is used Set this parameter equal to either the node number of the reference node or the name of a node set containing the reference node If the name of a node set is chosen the node set must contain exactly one node If this parameter is omitted the reference velocity 1s assumed to be zero REGION TYPE This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses 4 29 2 DLOAD This parameter is relevant only for pressure loads applied to the boundary of an adaptive mesh domain If a distributed pressure load is applied to a surface in the interior of an adaptive mesh domain the nodes on the surface will move with the material in all directions they will be nonadaptive Abaqus Explicit will create a boundary region automatically on the surface subjected to the defined pressure load Set REGION TYPE LAGRANGIAN default to apply the pressure to a Lagrangian boundary region The edge of a Lagrangian boundary region will follow the material while allowing adaptive meshing along the edge an
504. re First field variable Second field variable aA U BW N Etc up to five field variables 3 3 1 CAP HARDENING Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of hydrostatic yield stress on volumetric inelastic strain in Abaqus Standard or volumetric plastic strain in Abaqus Explicit and if needed on temperature and other predefined field variables 3 3 2 CAP PLASTICITY 3 4 CAP PLASTICITY Specify the Modified Drucker Prager Cap plasticity model This option is used to define yield surface parameters for elastic plastic materials that use the modified Drucker Prager Cap plasticity model It must be used in conjunction with the CAP HARDENING option and if creep material behavior is included in an Abaqus Standard analysis with the CAP CREEP option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References Modified Drucker Prager Cap model Section 20 3 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e CAP HARDENING e CAP CREEP Optional parameter DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies in addition to temperature included in the definition of the Drucker Prager Cap parameters If this parameter is o
505. re 5 Average temperature at the contact point 0 between the two contact surfaces If this value is omitted the friction coefficient is assumed to be independent of the temperature 6 Average value of the first field variable f 7 Average value of the second field variable f 8 Etc up to three field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than three 1 Average value of the fourth field variable f 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the friction coefficient as a function of contact pressure slip rate average surface temperature and other predefined field variables Data line to define the static and kinetic friction coefficients if the EXPONENTIAL DECAY parameter is used and the decay coefficient is specified directly First and only line 1 Static friction coefficient ps 6 35 4 FRICTION 2 Kinetic friction coefficient 3 Decay coefficient d The default value is zero Data lines if the EXPONENTIAL DECAY and TEST DATA parameters are used First line 1 Friction coefficient for the first data point This value corresponds to the static friction coefficient Second line 1 Friction coefficient for the second data point This value corresponds to the dynamic friction coefficient measured at the reference slip rate ya 2 Slip rate of the second da
506. re and other predefined field variables Data lines to specify damage initiation for CRITERION QUADS or CRITERION MAXS First line 1 Maximum nominal stress in the normal only mode 2 Maximum nominal stress in the first shear direction for a mode that involves separation only in this direction 3 Maximum nominal stress in the second shear direction for a mode that involves separation only in this direction Temperature if temperature dependent First field variable Second field variable NN Nn 4 Etc up to four field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four 1 Fifth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the maximum normal and shear tractions at damage initiation as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables 4 3 11 DAMAGE STABILIZATION 4 4 DAMAGE STABILIZATION Specify viscosity coefficients for the damage model for fiber reinforced materials surface based cohesive behavior or cohesive behavior in enriched elements This option is used to specify viscosity coefficients used in the viscous regularization scheme for the damage model for fiber reinforced materials surface based traction separation behavior in contact or cohesive behavior in enriched elements For fiber reinforced materials you can use this option in conjunction with
507. re energy after the initiation of damage Set TYPE HYSTERESIS ENERGY to define the evolution of damage in terms of the inelastic hysteresis energy dissipated per stabilized cycle after the initiation of damage in a low cycle fatigue analysis Optional parameters DEGRADATION Set DEGRADATION MAXIMUM default to specify that the current damage evolution mechanism will interact with other damage evolution mechanisms in a maximum sense to determine the total damage from multiple mechanisms Set DEGRADATION MULTIPLICATIVE to specify that the current damage evolution mechanism will interact with other damage evolution mechanisms using the same value of the DEGRADATION parameter in a multiplicative manner to determine the total damage from multiple mechanisms DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variables included in the definition of damage evolution If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that properties defining the evolution of damage are constant or depend only on temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information MIXED MODE BEHAVIOR This parameter is meaningful only when the DAMAGE EVOLUTION option is used to define the evolution of damage for materials associated with cohesive elements or for surface based cohesive behavior If this parameter is omitted Abaqus assumes that the damage ev
508. reacted explosive 1 A Units of FL B Units of FL ws Dimensionless Dimensionless Un AUN Ras Dimensionless Second line Material constants used in the equation of state for reacted products 1 A Units of FL B Units of FL wg Dimensionless Fg Dimensionless A U N Rag Dimensionless Data line for an explosive equation of state TYPE JWL First and only line 1 Detonation wave speed Cy Units of LT A Units of FL B Units of FL w Dimensionless R Dimensionless Ra Dimensionless Detonation energy density Ey Units of JM Pre detonation bulk modulus Kpa Units of F L Data line for a tabulated equation of state TYPE TABULAR where the volumetric strain values must be arranged in descending order First line 1 f Units of FL 2 f Dimensionless 3 Volumetric strain eyo Dimensionless Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the dependence of f and f on volumetric strain 5 24 2 cos Data line for a linear equation of state TYPE USUP First and only line 1 Units of LT 2 s Dimensionless 3 Dimensionless 5 24 3 EOS COMPACTION 5 25 EOS COMPACTION Specify plastic compaction behavior for an equation of state model This option is used to specify plastic compaction behavior for a hydrodynamic material It must be us
509. reate the first fastening point and normal projection is used to find subsequent fastening points Set ATTACHMENT METHOD FACETOEDGE to find the first fastening point by projecting the normal on the nearest surface and to find subsequent fastening points at the closest points on the specified surface or surfaces Set ATTACHMENT METHOD EDGETOFACE to find the closest point on the nearest surface as the first fastening point and to find subsequent fastening points via normal projections on the remaining surfaces Set ATTACHMENT METHOD EDGETOEDGE to find the closest fastening points on the specified surface or surfaces COUPLING Set this parameter equal to the coupling method used to couple the displacement and rotation of each fastening point to the average motion of the surface nodes within the radius of influence from the fastener projection point Set COUPLING CONTINUUM default to couple the displacement and rotation of each fastening point to the average displacement of the surface nodes within the radius of influence Set COUPLING STRUCTURAL to couple the displacement and rotation of each fastening point to the average displacement and rotation of the surface nodes within the radius of influence NUMBER OF LAYERS Set this parameter equal to the number of layers for each fastener If this parameter is omitted and no surface is specified by the user or a single surface is specified by the user Abaqus will form the maximum possible number o
510. relative motion number to release only that component when the failure criterion is satisfied In Abaqus Explicit set this parameter equal to a component number to release only that component when the failure criterion is satisfied 3 391 CONNECTOR FAILURE Data line to define the failure criterion First and only line 1 Lower bound on the connector s component of relative position specified by the COMPONENT parameter If not specified no lower bound is used for the selected component 2 Upper bound on the connector s component of relative position specified by the COMPONENT parameter If not specified no upper bound is used for the selected component 3 Lower bound on the force or moment in the direction of the component of relative motion indicated by the COMPONENT parameter If not specified no lower bound is used for the selected force or moment 4 Upper bound on the force or moment in the direction of the component of relative motion indicated by the COMPONENT parameter If not specified no upper bound is used for the selected force or moment 3 39 2 CONNECTOR FRICTION 3 40 CONNECTOR FRICTION Define friction forces and moments in connector elements This option is used to define friction forces and moments in connector elements Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Interaction module References e Connection type library Section 28 1
511. riables The first point at each value of temperature must have a cracking strain of 0 0 and a tensile damage value of 0 0 Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of the tensile damage behavior on cracking strain temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines if the tensile damage is specified as a function of cracking displacement TYPE DISPLACEMENT First line Tensile damage variable d Direct cracking displacement ut Units of L Temperature First field variable Second field variable QN Un d WN Etc up to five field variables The first point at each value of temperature must have a cracking displacement of 0 0 and a tensile damage value of 0 0 Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 3 29 2 CONCRETE TENSION DAMAGE 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of the tensile damage behavior on cracking displacement temperature and other predefined field variables 3 29 3 3 30 CONCRETE TENSION STIFFENING CONCRETE TENSION STIFFENING Define postcracking properties for the concrete damaged plasticity model Th
512. ribution definition Section 2 7 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual MODULI TYPE This parameter is applicable only when the ELASTIC option is used in conjunction with the VISCOELASTIC option Set MODULI INSTANTANEOUS to indicate that the elastic material constants define the instantaneous behavior This parameter value is not available for frequency domain viscoelasticity in an Abaqus Standard analysis Set MODULI LONG TERM default to indicate that the elastic material constants define the long term behavior Set TYPE ANISOTROPIC to define fully anisotropic behavior Set TYPE COUPLED TRACTION to define coupled traction behavior for cohesive elements 5 3 1 ELASTIC Set TYPE ENGINEERING CONSTANTS to define orthotropic behavior by giving the engineering constants the generalized Young s moduli the Poisson s ratios and the shear moduli in the principal directions Set TYPE ISOTROPIC default to define isotropic behavior Set TYPE LAMINA to define an orthotropic material in plane stress Set TYPE ORTHOTROPIC to define orthotropic behavior by giving the elastic stiffness matrix directly Set TYPE SHEAR to define the isotropic shear elastic modulus This parameter setting is applicable only in conjunction with the EOS option in Abaqus Explicit Set TYPE SHORT FIBER to define laminate material properties for each layer in each shell element This parameter setting is applicable only when using Abaqus Standard in co
513. roducts Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module Defining damage initiation as a material property References e Damage initiation for ductile metals Section 21 2 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Damage initiation for fiber reinforced composites Section 21 3 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Damage initiation for ductile materials in low cycle fatigue Section 21 4 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Defining the constitutive response of cohesive elements using a traction separation description Section 29 5 6 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Modeling discontinuities as an enriched feature using the extended finite element method Section 10 6 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameter CRITERION Set CRITERION DUCTILE to specify a damage initiation criterion based on the ductile failure strain Set CRITERION FLD to specify a damage initiation criterion based on a forming limit diagram Set CRITERION FLSD to specify a damage initiation criterion based on a forming limit stress diagram Set CRITERION HASHIN to specify damage initiation criteria based on the Hashin analysis Set CRITERION HYSTERESIS ENERGY to specify damage initiation criteria based on the inelastic hysteresis energy dissipated per stabilized cycle in a low cycle fatigue analysis 4 3 1 DAMAGE INITIATION Set CRITERION
514. rolling initial contact status for general contact in Abaqus Explicit Section 32 4 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e CONTACT e CLEARANCE ASSIGNMENT e DISTRIBUTION Required parameter NAME Set this parameter equal to a label that will be used to refer to this contact clearance property Optional parameters ADJUST Set ADJUST YES default to resolve clearances by adjusting the nodal coordinates without creating strain in the model ADJUST YES can be used only for clearances defined in the first step of an analysis Set ADJUST NO to store contact offsets so that the clearances can be satisfied without adjusting the nodal coordinates CLEARANCE Set this parameter equal to the value of the initial clearance for the entire set of slave nodes or to the name of a nodal distribution see Distribution definition Section 2 7 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual The clearance values must be non negative for slave nodes on solid element surfaces The default value is 0 0 3 52 1 CONTACT CLEARANCE SEARCH ABOVE Set this parameter equal to the distance above the surfaces that will be searched for slave nodes to be included in the clearance specification The default for solid elements is approximately one tenth of the element size of the elements attached to a slave node The default for structural elements e g shell elements is the thickness associated with the slave node This parameter cann
515. ropriate areas of integration for ISL and IRS type contact elements used in conjunction with CAXAn or SAXAn elements The ASYMMETRIC AXISYMMETRIC option must be used in conjunction with the INTERFACE option Product Abaqus Standard Type Model data Level Part Part instance Assembly References e Contact interaction analysis overview Section 32 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Contact modeling if asymmetric axisymmetric elements are present Section 32 3 10 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e NTERFACE Required parameters ANGLE Set this parameter equal to the angular position measured in degrees of the circumferential plane in which the contact elements exists Valid values are 9 0 180 for n 1 6 0 90 180 for n 2 0 0 60 120 180 for n 3 and 0 0 45 90 135 180 for n 4 Abaqus Standard does not model contact correctly on other circumferential planes MODE Set this parameter equal to the number of Fourier modes used with the CAXAn or SAXA elements that share nodes with the contact elements There are no data lines associated with this option 143 5 AXIAL 1 14 AXIAL Used to define the axial behavior of beams This option can be used only in conjunction with the BEAM GENERAL SECTION SECTION NONLINEAR GENERAL option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Type Model data Level Part Part instance References e BEAM GENERA
516. rs INFLATION TIME AMPLITUDE Set this parameter equal to the name of the amplitude curve defining a mapping between the inflation time and the actual time If this parameter is omitted the inflation time will be equal to the actual time elapsed since activation MASS FLOW AMPLITUDE Set this parameter equal to the name of the amplitude curve by which to modify the mass flow rate This parameter is valid only if the mass flow rate is prescribed directly in the inflator property definition It will be ignored if the mass flow rate is calculated by using tank test data or the dual pressure method OP Set OP MOD default for existing FLUID INFLATOR ACTIVATION definitions to remain with this option defining a fluid inflator activation to be added or modified Set OP NEW if all fluid inflator activations that are currently in effect should be removed To remove only selected fluid inflator activations use OP NEW and respecify all fluid inflator activations that are to be retained Data lines to define the fluid inflator activation First line 1 List of fluid inflator names Repeat this data line as often as necessary Up to 8 entries are allowed per line 6 25 1 FLUID INFLATOR MIXTURE 6 26 FLUID INFLATOR MIXTURE Define gas species used for a fluid inflator This option is used to define the gas species used for a fluid inflator The FLUID INFLATOR MIXTURE option can be used only in conjunction with the FLUID INFLATOR PRO
517. rst line if N 1 1 py 2 01 3 4 Temperature Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the material constants as a function of temperature First line if N 2 1 1 H2 LA 1 9 I AWA YN Temperature Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the material constants as a function of temperature First line if N 3 l H Q1 H2 09 H3 EAS 8 72 HYPERFOAM 6 Q3 7 171 8 v5 Second line if N23 l V3 2 Temperature Repeat this pair of data lines as often as necessary to define the material constants as a function of temperature Data lines for higher values of N up to 6 1 The data lines for higher values of N follow the same pattern First give the u and a for i from 1 to N Then give the N v Finally give the temperature Exactly eight data values should be given on each line 8 7 3 HYPOELASTIC 8 8 HYPOELASTIC Specify hypoelastic material properties This option is used to define a nonlinear small strain elastic material Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References e Hypoelastic behavior Section 19 4 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e UHYPEL Section 1 1 32 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual Optional parameter USER Include this parameter if the moduli are defined in user subroutine UHYPEL Omit this parameter if the m
518. ry region to allow material to flow through the region If no mesh constraints are applied an Eulerian boundary region will behave in the same way as a sliding boundary region Data lines to define a concentrated flux First line 1 Node number or node set label 2 Degree of freedom Ifa blank or 0 is entered degree of freedom 11 is assumed For shell heat transfer elements enter 11 12 or 13 etc 1 3 Reference magnitude for flux units of JT in heat transfer analysis and PL T in mass diffusion analysis Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define concentrated fluxes at different nodes and degrees of freedom 3 15 2 CHANGE FRICTION 3 16 CHANGE FRICTION Change friction properties Use this option in conjunction with the FRICTION option to change the values of friction properties from step to step Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Interaction module References e Mechanical contact properties overview Section 33 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Frictional behavior Section 33 1 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Connector behavior Section 28 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e FRICTION Required mutually exclusive parameters ELSET Use this parameter if the contact conditions have been modeled with contact elements or if friction is defined in connector elements Set this parameter equal to the name of
519. s Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Type History data Level Step References Predefined fields Section 30 6 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e UFIELD Section 1 1 27 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual e VUFIELD Section 1 2 11 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual Optional parameter VARIABLE Set this parameter equal to the field variable number The user must number the field variables consecutively from 1 The default is VARIABLE 1 unless the NUMBER parameter is used The VARIABLE and NUMBER parameters are mutually exclusive Optional parameters for using the data line format AMPLITUDE Set this parameter equal to the name of the amplitude curve that gives the time variation of the field variable throughout the step see Amplitude curves Section 30 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual If this parameter is omitted in an Abaqus Standard analysis the reference magnitude is applied immediately at the beginning of the step or linearly over the step depending on the value assigned to the AMPLITUDE parameter on the STEP option If this parameter is omitted in an Abaqus Explicit analysis the reference magnitude is applied linearly over the step INPUT Set this parameter equal to the name of the alternate input file containing the data lines for this option See Input syntax rules Section 1 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for the syntax of such file na
520. s Default is 1 0 3 71 6 CONTROLS 8 Dr fraction of stability limit used as current time increment when the time increment exceeds the above factor times the stability limit This value cannot exceed 1 0 Default 0 95 Fourth line These items rarely need to be reset from their default values 1 Dr increase factor for the time increment directly before a time point or end time of a step is reached This parameter is used to avoid the small time increment that is sometimes necessary to hit a time point or to complete a step and must be greater than or equal to 1 0 If output or restart data are requested at exact times in a step the default Dr 1 25 otherwise the default Dr 1 0 Data line for TYPE DIRECT CYCLIC First and only line 1 iteration number at which the periodicity condition is first imposed Default 1 2 CR stabilized state detection criterion for the ratio of the largest residual coefficient on any terms in the Fourier series to the corresponding average flux norm Default CR 5 x 1073 3 CUS stabilized state detection criterion for the ratio of the largest correction to the displacement coefficient on any terms in the Fourier series to the largest displacement coefficient Default CU 5 x 1073 4 plastic ratchetting detection criterion for the ratio of the largest residual coefficient on the constant term in the Fourier series to the corresponding average flux norm Defa
521. s User s Manual Optional parameter TEMPERATURE Set this parameter equal to the temperature 9 to which all nodes in the model will be set after the annealing has been completed The default is to maintain the current temperature at all nodes in the model after the annealing has been completed There are no data lines associated with this option 1 9 1 ANNEAL TEMPERATURE 1 10 ANNEAL TEMPERATURE Specify material properties for modeling annealing or melting This option is used to define the annealing temperature of elastic plastic materials It must be used in conjunction with the PLASTIC option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References e Annealing or melting Section 20 2 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e PLASTIC Optional parameter DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the annealing temperature If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the annealing temperature is aconstant See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information Data lines to define the annealing temperature First line 1 Value of the annealing temperature O 2 First field variable 3 Etc up to seven field variables Subsequent lines only needed if
522. s always a global direction Required parameter for MODAL DYNAMIC and STEADY STATE DYNAMICS analyses AMPLITUDE Set this parameter equal to the name of the AMPLITUDE option that defines the time history MODAL DYNAMIC or frequency spectrum STEADY STATE DYNAMICS of the motion This parameter is irrelevant for the RANDOM RESPONSE procedure The parameter DEFINITION SOLUTION DEPENDENT cannot be used in an AMPLITUDE referenced by this option Optional parameters BASE NAME Set this parameter equal to the name of the base if this base motion is to be applied to a secondary base The base name is defined with the BASE NAME parameter on the BOUNDARY option in the FREQUENCY step 2 1 1 BASE MOTION LOAD CASE Set this parameter equal to the load case number This parameter is used in tRANDOM RESPONSE analysis where it is the cross reference for the load case on the CORRELATION option SCALE Set this parameter equal to the scale factor for the amplitude curve The default is SCALE 1 0 This parameter applies during MODAL DYNAMIC and STEADY STATE DYNAMICS procedures TYPE Set TYPE ACCELERATION default VELOCITY or DISPLACEMENT Optional mutually exclusive parameters for steady state dynamics analysis IMAGINARY Include this parameter to define the imaginary out of phase part of the base motion record given by the amplitude definition REAL Include this parameter default to define the real in phase
523. s are applied to nodes in the interior of an adaptive mesh domain these nodes will always follow the material Set REGION TYPE LAGRANGIAN default to apply a concentrated film to a node that follows the material nonadaptive Set REGION TYPE SLIDING to apply a concentrated film to a node that can slide over the material Mesh constraints are typically applied to the node to fix it spatially Set REGION TYPE EULERIAN to apply a concentrated film to a node that can move independently of the material This option 1s used only for boundary regions where the material can flow into or out of the adaptive mesh domain Mesh constraints must be used normal to an Eulerian boundary region to allow material to flow through the region If no mesh constraints are applied an Eulerian boundary region will behave in the same way as a sliding boundary region This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses Include this parameter to indicate that any nonzero film coefficients prescribed through this option will be defined in user subroutine FILM If this parameter is used any film coefficient and sink temperature values defined by the data lines of the option and possibly modified by the AMPLITUDE and FILM AMPLITUDE parameters are ignored and can be redefined in subroutine FILM Data lines to define sink temperatures and film coefficients First line 1 Node number or node set label 2 Appropriate area associated with the node where the concen
524. s assumed that the failure criteria depend only on temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information Data lines to define strain based failure criteria First line Tensile strain limit in fiber direction X Compressive strain limit in fiber direction X Tensile strain limit in transverse direction Y Compressive strain limit in transverse direction Y Shear strain limit in the X Y plane S Temperature First field variable Second field variable tn RA WN Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than two 1 Third field variable 2 Fourth field variable 6 2 1 FAIL STRAIN 3 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the failure criteria as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables 6 2 2 FAIL STRESS 6 3 FAIL STRESS Define parameters for stress based failure measures This option is used to define the stress limits for stress based failure measures It can be used only in conjunction with the ELASTIC option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References e Plane stress orthotropic failure measures Section 19 2 3 of the Abaqus Analy
525. s dependent on only the component of constitutive relative motion specified with the COMPONENT parameter uncoupled behavior the INDEPENDENT COMPONENTS parameter should not be used NONLINEAR This parameter can be used only if the COMPONENT parameter is included Include this parameter to define nonlinear elastic behavior Omit this parameter to define linear elastic behavior REGULARIZE This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses Set REGULARIZE ON default unless CONNECTOR BEHAVIOR REGULARIZE OFF is used to regularize the user defined tabular connector elastic data Set REGULARIZE OFF to use the user defined tabular connector elastic data directly without regularization RTOL This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses Set this parameter equal to the tolerance to be used to regularize the connector elastic data If this parameter is omitted the default is RTOL 0 03 unless the tolerance is specified on the CONNECTOR BEHAVIOR option RIGID Include this parameter to indicate that rigid elastic behavior is defined Data lines to define linear uncoupled elastic behavior the COMPONENT parameter is included and the NONLINEAR parameter is omitted First line 1 Elastic stiffness force or moment per relative displacement or rotation force for SLIPRING 2 Leave blank in an Abaqus Explicit analysis In an Abaqus Standard analysis this field corresponds to frequency in cycles per time for STEADY STATE
526. s necessary to define connector damage evolution by specifying the connector relative plastic or constitutive motion at ultimate failure and the exponential law parameter as functions of mode mix ratio temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to define the damage evolution for TYPE MOTION SOFTENING TABULAR First line needed only if the AFFECTED COMPONENTS parameter is included 1 First component of relative motion number that will be damaged 2 Second component of relative motion number that will be damaged 3 Etc up to six entries Second line if the AFFECTED COMPONENTS parameter is included otherwise first line 1 Damage variable 2 Post initiation equivalent relative plastic motion if CRITERION PLASTIC MOTION on the associated CONNECTOR DAMAGE INITIATION option Otherwise post initiation constitutive relative motion displacement rotation See Connector behavior Section 28 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for a description of the connector relative motions 3 Mode mix ratio 1f CRITERION PLASTIC MOTION and the COMPONENT parameter is omitted from the associated CONNECTOR DAMAGE INITIATION option Leave blank otherwise Temperature First field variable Second field variable NN WN f Etc up to four field variables 3 34 4 CONNECTOR DAMAGE EVOLUTION Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four 1 Fifth field variable 2
527. s of double sided elements will be considered for node to face or Eulerian Lagrangian contact with another surface in Abaqus Explicit This setting does not apply for Abaqus Standard Set TYPE SLIDING TRANSITION to control the smoothness of the surface to surface formulation upon sliding for specific interactions in Abaqus Standard This setting does not apply for Abaqus Explicit Data lines to control master slave roles for contact interactions in Abaqus Standard First line 1 The name of the first surface If the first surface name is omitted a default surface that encompasses the entire contact domain is assumed 3 59 1 CONTACT FORMULATION 2 The name of the second surface 3 The word BALANCED the word SLAVE or the word MASTER A balanced master slave formulation is used if BALANCED is specified otherwise a pure master slave formulation is used with SLAVE or MASTER indicating the desired behavior of the first surface Repeat this data line as often as necessary Data lines to assign pure master slave roles to contact interactions in Abaqus Explicit First line 1 The name of the first surface If the first surface name is omitted a default surface that encompasses the entire contact domain is assumed 2 The name of the second surface 3 The word SLAVE default or the word MASTER This entry refers to the desired behavior of the first surface Repeat this data line as often as nece
528. s of the pipe r 2 Pipe wall thickness t 3 Elbow torus radius R measured to the pipe axis For a straight pipe set R 0 Second line Enter the coordinates of the point of intersection of the tangents to the straight pipe segments adjoining the elbow or if this section is associated with straight pipes the coordinates of a point off the pipe axis The second cross sectional axis will lie in the plane thus defined with its positive direction pointing toward this off axis point 1 First coordinate of the point 2 Second coordinate of the point 3 Third coordinate of the point Third line 1 Number of integration points through the pipe wall thickness This number must be an odd number The default is 5 2 Number of integration points around the pipe The default is 20 3 Number of ovalization modes around the pipe maximum 6 The section can be used with 0 zero ovalization modes in which case uniform radial expansion only is included 2 6 4 BEAM SECTION GENERATE 2 7 BEAM SECTION GENERATE Generate beam section properties for a meshed cross section This option is used to calculate the cross section warping function to define the centroid and shear center and to generate the stiffness and inertia properties for a meshed cross section These properties are written to the file jobname bsp for use in a subsequent beam analysis using the BEAM GENERAL SECTION SECTION MESHED option Product Abaqus St
529. s parameter equal to a factor by which Abaqus Standard will reduce the contact stabilization coefficient per increment The default value is 0 1 for the interactions specified on the data lines of this option RESET Include this parameter to cancel carryover effects from contact stabilization specifications involving nondefault amplitudes that appeared in previous steps This parameter cannot be used in conjunction with any other parameters There are no data lines if this parameter is included 3 69 1 CONTACT STABILIZATION SCALE FACTOR Set this parameter equal to a factor by which Abaqus Standard will scale the contact stabilization coefficient The default value is unity for the interactions specified on the data lines of this option TANGENT FRACTION Set this parameter equal to a factor that scales the contact stabilization coefficient in the tangential direction only The default value is zero such that no contact stabilization is applied in the tangential direction Data lines if the RESET parameter is omitted First line 1 The name of the first surface If the first surface name is omitted a default surface that encompasses the entire general contact domain including all nodes and facets is assumed 2 The name of the second surface If the second surface name is omitted or is the same as the first surface name the specified stabilization settings are assigned to contact interactions between the first surface and itsel
530. s parameter equal to the discharge coefficient of the inflator orifice The default value is 0 4 6 27 1 FLUID INFLATOR PROPERTY Data lines for TYPE DUAL PRESSURE First line 1 Inflator time 2 Inflator pressure 3 Tank pressure Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the inflator pressure and tank pressure as functions of inflation time Data lines for TYPE PRESSURE AND MASS First line 1 Inflation time 2 Inflator pressure 3 Inflator mass flow rate Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the inflator pressure and inflator mass flow rate as functions of inflation time Data lines for TYPE TANK TEST First line 1 Inflation time 2 Inflator gas temperature 3 Tank pressure Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the inflator gas temperature and tank pressure as functions of inflation time Data lines for TYPE TEMPERATURE AND MASS First line 1 Inflation time 2 Inflator gas temperature 3 Inflator mass flow rate Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the inflator gas temperature and inflator mass flow rate as functions of inflation time 6 27 2 FLUID LEAKOFF 6 28 FLUID LEAKOFF Define fluid leak off coefficients for pore pressure cohesive elements This option is used to define leak off coefficients for pore pressure cohesive elements Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Proper
531. s parameter equal to the slave surface name to apply the controls to a specific contact pair This parameter must be used in conjunction with the MASTER parameter to specify a contact pair STABILIZE Include this parameter to address situations where rigid body modes exist as long as contact is not fully established This parameter activates damping in the normal and tangential directions based on the stiffness ofthe underlying mesh and the time step size If no value is assigned to this parameter Abaqus will calculate the damping coefficient automatically If a value is assigned to this parameter Abaqus will multiply the automatically calculated damping coefficient by this value If the damping coefficient is defined directly on the data line any value assigned to this parameter will be ignored The STABILIZE parameter can be used to specify damping for the whole model or for an individual contact pair by using the SLAVE and MASTER parameters Values specified for a specific contact pair override the values for the whole model if given STIFFNESS SCALE FACTOR Set this parameter equal to the factor by which Abaqus Standard will scale the default penalty stiffness to obtain the stiffnesses used for the contact pairs Only contact constraints enforced with the augmented Lagrangian and penalty methods will be affected by this parameter This scale factor acts as an additional multiplier on any scale factor specified on the data line of the SURFACE B
532. s set of data lines as often as necessary to define the damage variable as a function of the total displacement mode mix temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to specify damage evolution for TYPE ENERGY SOFTENING LINEAR or EXPONENTIAL MIXED MODE BEHAVIOR POWER LAW or BK First line Normal mode fracture energy Shear mode fracture energy for failure in the first shear direction Shear mode fracture energy for failure in the second shear direction Temperature if temperature dependent First field variable Second field variable Nn BW 7 Etc up to four field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four 1 Fifth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the fracture energy as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to specify damage evolution for TYPE ENERGY SOFTENING LINEAR for the damage model for fiber reinforced materials First line Fracture energy of the lamina in the longitudinal tensile direction Fracture energy of the lamina in the longitudinal compressive direction Fracture energy of the lamina in the transverse tensile direction Fracture energy of the lamina in the transverse compressive direction Temperature if temperature dependent First field variable Second field var
533. s used This approach is not generally recommended it should be used only in special cases when the analyst has a thorough understanding of how to interpret results obtained in this way Set this parameter equal to a nondefault value y in the implicit operator for TIME INTEGRATOR HHT TF HHT MD or HYBRID Allowable values are greater or equal to 0 5 Set this parameter equal to the half increment residual tolerance to be used with the automatic time incrementation scheme For automatic time incrementation this value controls the accuracy of the solution if HALFINC SCALE FACTOR is not specified It is recommended that the HALFINC 4 40 2 DYNAMIC SCALE FACTOR parameter be used instead of the HAFTOL parameter If both are included the HAFTOL parameter is ignored The DIRECT and HAFTOL parameters are mutually exclusive The HAFTOL parameter has dimensions of force and is usually chosen by comparison with typical actual force values such as applied forces or expected reaction forces The following guidelines may be helpful For problems where considerable plasticity or other dissipation is expected to damp out the high frequency response choose HAFTOL as 10 to 100 times typical actual force values for moderate accuracy and low cost choose HAFTOL as 1 to 10 times typical actual force values for higher accuracy In such cases smaller values of HAFTOL are usually not needed For elastic cases with little damping the high frequency modes usually
534. sed with acoustic elements The ACOUSTIC MEDIUM option must be used in conjunction with the MATERIAL option The ACOUSTIC MEDIUM option can be used multiple times to specify all the properties of an acoustic medium Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module Reference e Acoustic medium Section 23 3 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional mutually exclusive parameters BULK MODULUS Include this parameter to define the bulk modulus for the acoustic medium default CAVITATION LIMIT This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses Include this parameter to define the cavitation pressure limit for the acoustic medium When the fluid absolute pressure drops to this limit the acoustic medium undergoes free volume expansion or cavitation without a further decrease in the pressure A negative cavitation limit value represents an acoustic medium that is capable of sustaining a negative absolute pressure up to the specified limit value Any nonzero initial acoustic static pressure values such as those due to the atmospheric pressure and or the hydrostatic loading can be specified using the INITIAL CONDITIONS TYPE ACOUSTIC STATIC PRESSURE option If this parameter is omitted the fluid is assumed not to cavitate even under arbitrarily large negative pressure conditions COMPLEX BULK MODULUS Include this parameter to define the complex bulk
535. separation criterion for cohesive surfaces Set CRITERION QUADS to specify a damage initiation based on the quadratic traction interaction criterion for cohesive surfaces Set CRITERION QUADU to specify a damage initiation based on the quadratic separation interaction criterion for cohesive surfaces Optional parameter DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variables included in the definition of the damage initiation properties If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the damage initiation properties are constant or depend only on temperature Data lines to specify damage initiation for CRITERION QUADU or CRITERION MAXU First line 1 Separation at damage initiation in a normal only mode 2 Separation at damage initiation in a shear only mode that involves separation only along the first shear direction 3 Separation at damage initiation in a shear only mode that involves separation only along the second shear direction 4 3 10 DAMAGE INITIATION 4 Temperature if temperature dependent 5 First field variable 6 Second field variable 7 Etc up to four field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four 1 Fifth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the maximum normal and shear separations at damage initiation as a function of temperatu
536. sequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of the postcracking behavior on temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines if the TYPE DISPLACEMENT parameter is included First line Remaining direct stress after cracking o7 Units of F 122 Direct cracking displacement Units of L Temperature First field variable Second field variable Nn BW Etc up to five field variables The first point at each value of temperature must have a cracking displacement of 0 0 and gives the failure stress value Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of the postcracking behavior on temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines if the TYPE GFI parameter is included First line 1 Failure stress c7 Units of FL 2 Mode I fracture energy Units of FL 3 Temperature 2 12 2 BRITTLE CRACKING 4 First field variable 5 Second field variable 6 Etc up to five field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1
537. ser defined tabular connector friction data directly without regularization RTOL This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses Set this parameter equal to the tolerance to be used to regularize the connector friction data If this parameter is omitted the default is RTOL 0 03 unless the tolerance is specified on the CONNECTOR BEHAVIOR option Data line to define the parameters geometric constants and internal contact forces for predefined frictional behavior the PREDEFINED parameter is included First and only line 1 First parameter used to specify predefined friction as illustrated in Connection type library Section 28 1 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual 3 40 2 CONNECTOR FRICTION 2 Second friction parameter 3 Etc up to as many friction parameters discussed in Connection type library Section 28 1 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual No data line is required for connection type SLIPRING Data lines to define the internal contact forces for user defined friction that does not depend on the relative positions or motions in one or more component directions both the PREDEFINED and INDEPENDENT COMPONENTS parameters are omitted First line Internal contact force moment generating friction Accumulated slip Temperature First field variable Second field variable QN Un BW NY Etc up to five field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPE
538. ser s Manual The following cross sections are available for beam elements e ARBITRARY for an arbitrary section BOX for a rectangular hollow box section e CIRC for a solid circular section e HEX for a hollow hexagonal section e J for an I beam section e L for an L beam section e PIPE for a hollow circular section e RECT for a solid rectangular section 2 6 1 BEAM SECTION e TRAPEZOID for a trapezoidal section Set SECTION ELBOW for elbow elements which are available only in Abaqus Standard Optional parameters POISSON Set this parameter equal to the effective Poisson s ratio for the section to provide uniform strain in the section because of strain of the beam axis so that the beam changes cross sectional area when it is stretched The value of the effective Poisson s ratio must be between 1 0 and 0 5 The default is POISSON 0 A value of 0 5 will enforce incompressible behavior of the element This parameter is used only in large displacement analyses It is not used with elbow elements or with element types B23 B33 PIPE21 PIPE22 and the equivalent hybrid elements which are available only in Abaqus Standard ROTARY INERTIA This parameter is relevant only for three dimensional Timoshenko beam elements Set ROTARY INERTIA EXACT default to use the exact rotary inertia corresponding to the beam cross section geometry in dynamic and eigenfrequency extraction procedures Set ROTARY
539. set of data lines as often as necessary to define the diffusivity as a function of concentration temperature and other predefined field variables 4 22 3 DIRECT CYCLIC 4 23 DIRECT CYCLIC Obtain the stabilized cyclic response of a structure directly This option is used to provide a direct cyclic procedure for nonlinear non isothermal quasi static analysis in Abaqus Standard It can also be used to predict progressive damage and failure for ductile bulk materials and or to predict delamination debonding growth at the interfaces in laminated composites in a low cycle fatigue analysis Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Step module References e Direct cyclic analysis Section 6 2 6 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Low cycle fatigue analysis using the direct cyclic approach Section 6 2 7 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e TIME POINTS Optional parameters CETOL Set this parameter equal to the maximum difference in the creep strain increment calculated from the creep strain rates based on conditions at the beginning and on conditions at the end of the increment thus controlling the time integration accuracy of the creep integration This parameter can be used in conjunction with the TIME POINTS option In this case Abaqus Standard will ensure the response will also be evaluated at each time point specified on the TIME POINTS option If both this pa
540. shell element facets or characteristic facet length for non shell element facets in the vicinity of each positioning point UNSORTED If this parameter is omitted the connectivity of the fastening points is defined by the relative positions of their associated surfaces along the fastener projection direction If this parameter is included the connectivity of the fastening points is defined by the order in which their associated surfaces appear on the data lines This parameter is ignored if no surfaces are specified on the data lines WEIGHTING METHOD Set this parameter equal to the weighting scheme to be used to weight the contribution of the displacements of the surface nodes within the radius of influence to the motion of the fastener projection point Set WEIGHTING METHOD UNIFORM default to select a uniform weight distribution Set WEIGHTING METHOD LINEAR to select a linear decreasing weight distribution Set WEIGHTING METHOD QUADRATIC to select a quadratic polynomial decreasing weight distribution Set WEIGHTING METHOD CUBIC to select a cubic polynomial monotonic decreasing weight distribution Data lines to define the fastener if the default projection direction is used ATTACHMENT METHOD FACETOFACE First line optional 1 Enter a blank line 6 5 3 FASTENER Subsequent lines optional if omitted Abaqus will search for fastening points on all element facets that fall within a search radius of the positioning
541. sis User s Manual e ELASTIC Optional parameter DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the failure criteria in addition to temperature If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the failure criteria depend only on temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information Data lines to define stress based failure criteria First line Tensile stress limit in fiber direction X Compressive stress limit in fiber direction X Tensile stress limit in transverse direction Y Compressive stress limit in transverse direction Y Shear strength in the X Y plane 5 Cross product term coefficient f 21 0 f lt 1 0 This value is used only for the Tsai Wu theory and is ignored if Cbiax is given The default is zero QN Un PW NY 7 Biaxial stress limit biaz This value is used only for the Tsai Wu theory If this entry is nonzero f is ignored 8 Temperature 6 3 1 FAIL STRESS Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a nonzero value 1 First field variable 2 Second field variable 3 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the failure criterion as a function of temperature and other predefined field variabl
542. sis User s Manual for more information The default is OFFSET 100000 When the ELEMENT option is used to define the connectivity of gasket elements in Abaqus Standard or cohesive elements set the OFFSET parameter equal to a positive offset number for use in defining the remaining nodes of the element when only part of the element nodes are defined explicitly If this parameter is omitted the connectivity of the entire gasket or cohesive element must be specified on the data lines see Defining the gasket element s initial geometry Section 29 6 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual and Defining the cohesive element s initial geometry Section 29 5 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual SOLID ELEMENT NUMBERING This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses This parameter can be used only when the ELEMENT option is used to define gasket elements Use this parameter to specify the connectivity of gasket elements using the node ordering of an equivalent solid element Set it equal to the face number of the equivalent solid element that corresponds to the first face SNEG of the gasket element If no value is assigned to this parameter it is assumed that the first face S1 of the solid element corresponds to the first face of the gasket element Data lines to define the elements First line 1 Element number 2 First node number forming the element 3 Second node number forming the element 4 Etc
543. sitive Temperature 0 First field variable Etc up to four field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four l 2 Fifth field variable Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of the unloading curve of the damage model on temperature and field variables Data lines to define the unloading in terms of force or force per unit length versus closure for a damage model TYPE DAMAGE DIRECTION UNLOADING and VARIABLE FORCE First line nA AeA U Ne Force or force per unit length This value cannot be negative Closure This value cannot be negative Maximum closure reached while loading This value must be positive Temperature 0 First field variable 6 Etc up to four field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four 1 2 Fifth field variable Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of the unloading curve of the damage model on temperature and field variables 7 11 4 GAS SPECIFIC HEAT 7 12 GAS SPECIFIC HEAT Define reacted product s specific heat for an ignition and growth equation of state This option is used to specify the specific heat of reacted gas products for an ignition and growth equation
544. so appear in the same input file For substructures specify the Zn type identification see Using substructures Section 10 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters ELSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the element set to which these elements will be assigned FILE This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses This parameter is meaningful only for substructures Set this parameter equal to the name with no extension of the substructure library on which the substructure resides See Input syntax rules Section 1 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for the syntax of such library names If no name is specified the default name is used see Using substructures Section 10 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual 5 6 1 ELEMENT INPUT OFFSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the alternate input file containing the data lines for this option See Input syntax rules Section 1 2 1 ofthe Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for the syntax of such file names If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the data follow the keyword line When the ELEMENT option is used to define the connectivity of axisymmetric elements with asymmetric deformation in Abaqus Standard set this parameter equal to a positive offset number for use in specifying the additional nodes needed in the connectivity see Element definition Section 2 2 1 of the Abaqus Analy
545. solution terminates 3 78 2 COUPLING 3 79 COUPLING Define a surface based coupling constraint This option is used to impose a kinematic or distributing coupling constraint between a reference node and a group of nodes located on a surface It must be used in conjunction with the KINEMATIC or the DISTRIBUTING option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Part Part instance Assembly Abaqus CAE Interaction module References e Coupling constraints Section 31 3 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Element based surface definition Section 2 3 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Node based surface definition Section 2 3 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameters CONSTRAINT NAME Set this parameter equal to a label that will be used to refer to this constraint REF NODE Set this parameter equal to either the node number of the reference node or the name of a node set containing the reference node If the name of a node set is chosen the node set must contain exactly one node SURFACE Set this parameter equal to the surface name on which the coupling nodes are located Optional parameters INFLUENCE RADIUS Set this parameter equal to the radius of influence centered about the reference node If this parameter is omitted the entire surface is used to define the coupling constraint ORIENTATION Set this parameter equal to the n
546. ssary Data lines to assign polarity to contact interactions in Abaqus Explicit First line 1 The name of the first surface If the first surface name is omitted a default surface that encompasses the entire contact domain is assumed 2 The name of the second surface 3 The label SPOS the label SNEG the label TWO SIDED or blank the polarity of each face in the second surface will be defined according to the side label given in the surface definition This entry refers to the sides of the double sided elements in the second surface that will be considered for node to face or Eulerian Lagrangian contact with the first surface Repeat this data line as often as necessary Data lines to control the smoothness of the surface to surface formulation upon sliding for contact interactions in Abaqus Standard First line 1 The name of the first surface If the first surface name is omitted a default surface that encompasses the entire contact domain is assumed 2 The name of the second surface 3 The words ELEMENT ORDER SMOOTHING default the words LINEAR SMOOTHING or the words QUADRATIC SMOOTHING Repeat this data line as often as necessary 3 59 2 CONTACT INCLUSIONS 3 60 CONTACT INCLUSIONS Specify self contact surfaces or surface pairings to include in the general contact domain This option is used to specify the self contact surfaces and surface pairings that should be considered by the gene
547. ssumed K the ratio of the flow stress in triaxial tension to the flow stress in triaxial compression 0 778 lt K lt 1 0 If this value is left blank or set to zero a value of 1 0 is assumed Temperature First field variable Second field variable Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than two 1 2 Third field variable Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of the Cam clay parameters on temperature and other predefined field variables 3 18 2 CLEARANCE 3 19 CLEARANCE Specify a particular initial clearance value and a contact direction for the slave nodes on a surface This option is used to define initial clearance values and or contact directions precisely at contact slave nodes In an Abaqus Standard analysis it can also be used to define overclosure values The CLEARANCE option can be used with small sliding contact only CONTACT PAIR SMALL SLIDING In Abaqus Explicit it can be used only in the first step of an analysis Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data in Abaqus Standard History data in Abaqus Explicit Level Model in Abaqus Standard Step in Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Interaction module References e Common difficulties associated with contact modeling in Abaqus Standard Section 35 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual
548. st line bg D3322 D2222 b1133 D2233 03333 1112 OND tn PWN 02212 Second line 03312 b1212 b1113 b2213 b3313 b1213 01313 9 n 9 RO 01123 Third line 52223 b3323 b1223 b1323 b2323 Units of FL D Units of F L Temperature 9 n mW an Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than zero 1 First field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the material constants as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables 1 8 3 ANISOTROPIC HYPERELASTIC Data lines to define the material constants for the FUNG ORTHOTROPIC model First line BTE b1122 b2222 t b1133 2233 03333 03232 tn FW NY 61313 Second line 1 52323 2 c Units of FL 3 D Units of F L 4 Temperature 5 First field variable 6 Etc up to four field variables per line Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four 1 Fifth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the material constants as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to define the material constants for the HOLZAPFEL model First line Units of FL
549. stribution equal to 1 0 This is the default Set WEIGHTING METHOD LINEAR to select a linear decreasing weight distribution with distance from the reference node Set WEIGHTING METHOD QUADRATIC to select a quadratic polynomial decreasing weight distribution with distance from the reference node Set WEIGHTING METHOD CUBIC to select a cubic polynomial monotonic decreasing weight distribution with distance from the reference node 4 25 1 DISTRIBUTING Data lines to specify the degrees of freedom to be constrained First line 1 First degree of freedom constrained See Conventions Section 1 2 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for a definition of the numbering of degrees of freedom in Abaqus If this field is left blank all degrees of freedom will be constrained 2 Last degree of freedom constrained If this field is left blank the degree of freedom specified in the first field will be the only one constrained Only rotational degrees of freedom can be released All available translational degrees of freedom are constrained If the user specifies one or more rotation degrees of freedom but not all available translational degrees of freedom Abaqus will issue a warning message and add all available translational degrees of freedom to the constraint Repeat this data line as often as necessary to specify constraints for different degrees of freedom When the ORIENTATION parameter is specified on the associated COUPLING option
550. sure difference average absolute pressure average temperature and other predefined field variables 6 21 4 FLUID EXCHANGE PROPERTY Data lines for TYPE USER First line 1 Enter the values of the fluid exchange constants eight per line Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define all fluid exchange constants 6 21 5 FLUID EXPANSION 6 22 FLUID EXPANSION Specify the thermal expansion coefficient for a hydraulic fluid This option is used to define thermal expansion coefficients for the hydraulic fluid model It can be used only in conjunction with the FLUID BEHAVIOR option or the FLUID PROPERTY option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Type Model data Level Part Part instance References e Fluid cavity definition Section 11 6 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Hydrostatic fluid models Section 23 4 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e FLUID BEHAVIOR e FLUID PROPERTY Optional parameters DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the thermal expansion coefficient in addition to temperature If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the thermal expansion coefficient depends only on temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information ZERO Set this parameter equal to the va
551. symmetric cases Y coordinate of zero pressure level in two dimensional cases BW N eS 5 Z coordinate of the point at which the pressure is defined in three dimensional or axisymmetric cases Y coordinate of the point at which the pressure is defined in two dimensional cases Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define hydrostatic pressure loading for different elements or element sets Data lines to define external and internal hydrostatic pressure in pipe or elbow elements First line Element number or element set label Distributed load type label HPE external or HPI internal Actual magnitude of the load which can be modified by the use of the AMPLITUDE option Z coordinate of zero pressure level in three dimensional or axisymmetric cases Y coordinate of zero pressure level in two dimensional cases BW N 5 Z coordinate of the point at which the pressure is defined in three dimensional or axisymmetric cases Y coordinate of the point at which the pressure is defined in two dimensional cases 6 Effective inner or outer diameter 4 29 6 DLOAD Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define internal or external pressure loading for different pipe or elbow elements or element sets Data lines to define viscous body force stagnation pressure or stagnation body loads Abaqus Explicit only First line 1 Element number or element set label 2 Distributed load type label VBF SPn SP or SB
552. t FORMULATION INCREMENTAL default to select incremental design sensitivity analysis Set FORMULATION TOTAL to select total design sensitivity analysis RESET Include this parameter to reset the values to those specified on the model data options or to the original default values if no model data options exist This action takes effect before applying any additional changes to the values SIZING FREQUENCY Set this parameter equal to the frequency in increments static steps or modes frequency steps at which the default perturbation sizing algorithm is to be executed The algorithm will always be executed for the first increment or first eigenmode in each step for which DSA calculations are done even if SIZING FREQUENCY is set to 0 The default is SIZING FREQUENCY 0 TOLERANCE Set this parameter equal to the tolerance to be used with the default perturbation sizing algorithm The default is TOLERANCE 1 0 x 1074 4 34 1 DSA CONTROLS Data lines to override the default perturbation sizing algorithm for selected design parameters The SIZING FREQUENCY and TOLERANCE parameters will be ignored for these design parameters First line 1 Design parameter 2 Set this entry to FD to use forward difference Set this entry to CD to use central difference 3 Absolute value of perturbation Repeat this data line for each design parameter for which the default algorithm is to be overridden 4 34 2 DSECHARGE 4 35 DSECHARGE In
553. t formulation NO THICKNESS Include this parameter to ignore surface thickness effects in the contact calculations This parameter affects only contact formulations that account for surface thickness by default it does not affect finite sliding node to surface contact SMALL SLIDING Include this parameter to indicate that the small sliding contact formulation rather than the finite sliding contact formulation should be used This parameter is not allowed with self contact SMOOTH Set this parameter equal to the degree of smoothing used for element based master surfaces in the finite sliding node to surface contact formulation The value given must lie between 0 0 and 0 5 3 65 2 CONTACT PAIR The default is 0 2 This parameter does not affect contact pairs with analytical rigid surfaces or contact formulations other than the finite sliding node to surface contact formulation SLIDING TRANSITION Set SLIDING TRANSITION ELEMENT ORDER SMOOTHING to have smoothing of the nodal force redistribution upon sliding be of the same order as the elements underlying the slave surface Set SLIDING TRANSITION LINEAR SMOOTHING to have linear smoothing of the nodal force redistribution upon sliding Set SLIDING TRANSITION QUADRATIC SMOOTHING to have quadratic smoothing of the nodal force redistribution upon sliding This parameter can be used only with the surface to surface contact formulation SUPPLEMENTARY CONSTRAINTS Set SUPPLEMENTARY CONST
554. t is assumed that the properties are constant or depend only on temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information PINNED Include this parameter to indicate that these elements have uniaxial response only that is the ends have pinned connections If this parameter is used and both the BUCKLING parameter and the BUCKLING ENVELOPE option are absent these elements have linear elastic uniaxial response from the beginning of the analysis If this parameter is used and the BUCKLING parameter or BUCKLING ENVELOPE option are present these elements have uniaxial response with buckling and postbuckling behavior in compression and isotropic hardening plasticity in tension as described by the buckling envelope option from the beginning of the analysis The BUCKLING LENGTH option can be used with this parameter when the BUCKLING parameter or BUCKLING ENVELOPE option is present This parameter cannot be used with the PLASTIC DEFAULTS parameter or with any of the PLASTIC options PLASTIC DEFAULTS Include this parameter to indicate that elastic plastic material response is included and that all plastic options are created with default values based on the yield stress defined with the YIELD STRESS parameter The YIELD STRESS parameter is required when this parameter is used To include elastic plastic material response with user defined p
555. t must have identical initial field variable values 6 7 4 FIELD 2 Field variable value If the AMPLITUDE parameter is present this value will be modified by the AMPLITUDE specification Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define a field variable at different nodes or node sets To read values of a field variable from an Abaqus Standard results or output database file No data lines are used when field variable data are read from a results or output database file Data lines to define a field variable using user subroutine UFIELD or VUFIELD First line 1 Node set or node number If a node set label is given all nodes in this set must have identical initial field variable values Repeat this data line as often as necessary 6 7 5 FILE FORMAT 6 8 FILE FORMAT Specify format for results file output and invoke zero increment results file output This option is used to specify the format in which the Abaqus Standard results file output is written and to invoke zero increment file output for all valid procedures in the analysis This option can appear only once in an analysis and the format cannot be changed upon restart Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type Model or history data Level Model Step Abaqus CAE Unsupported Abaqus CAE does not use the results file Reference e Output Section 4 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters ASCII Include this parame
556. t number of mesh sweeps is 1 There are no data lines associated with this option 1 4 2 ADAPTIVE MESH CONSTRAINT 1 5 ADAPTIVE MESH CONSTRAINT Specify constraints on the motion of the mesh for an adaptive mesh domain WARNING Abaqus Explicit does not admit jumps in mesh displacement If no amplitude is specified Abaqus Explicit will ignore the user supplied displacement value and enforce a zero mesh motion constraint This option is used to prescribe independent mesh motion for nodes in an adaptive mesh domain or to define nodes that must follow the material It can be used only in conjunction with the ADAPTIVE MESH option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Displacement and velocity adaptive mesh constraints are supported in the Step module References Defining ALE adaptive mesh domains in Abaqus Explicit Section 12 2 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Defining ALE adaptive mesh domains in Abaqus Standard Section 12 2 6 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e UMESHMOTION Section 1 1 38 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual e ADAPTIVE MESH Optional parameters AMPLITUDE This parameter is relevant only when some of the variables being prescribed have nonzero magnitudes Set this parameter equal to the name of the amplitude curve defining the magnitude of the prescribed mesh motion Amplitude curves Section 30 1 2
557. t of relative motion Only relevant for three dimensional analyses 5 Reference angle in degrees associated with the connector s fifth component of relative motion Only relevant for three dimensional analyses 6 Reference angle in degrees associated with the connector s sixth component of relative motion 3 331 CONNECTOR DAMAGE EVOLUTION 3 34 CONNECTOR DAMAGE EVOLUTION Specify connector damage evolution for connector elements This option is used to define connector damage evolution for connector elements that have available components of relative motion It must be used in conjunction with the CONNECTOR DAMAGE INITIATION option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Interaction module References e Connection type library Section 28 1 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Connector behavior Section 28 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Connector damage behavior Section 28 2 7 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e CONNECTOR BEHAVIOR e CONNECTOR DAMAGE INITIATION e CONNECTOR POTENTIAL Required parameter TYPE Set TYPE MOTION to use either connector constitutive relative motions displacements rotations or plastic relative motions displacement rotations to specify damage evolution Set TYPE ENERGY to use post damage initiation dissipation energies to specify damage evolution Optional parameters AFFECTED COMPONENTS
558. t of slave nodes In Abaqus Standard a positive value specifies an initial clearance and a negative value specifies an initial overclosure In an Abaqus Explicit analysis this value must be positive since only initial clearances are allowed parameters when the TABULAR parameter is included Include this parameter to indicate that the appropriate contact normal directions for a threaded bolt connection will be generated automatically based on thread geometry data and two points used to define a direction vector on the axis of the bolt and bolt hole assembly specified on the data lines This parameter is valid only for single threaded bolts Set this parameter equal to the name of the alternate input file containing the data lines for this option See Input syntax rules Section 1 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for the syntax of such file names The data lines in the alternate input file should be in the same format as that for the TABULAR parameter If this parameter is omitted and the TABULAR parameter is included it is assumed that the data follow the keyword line Data lines if the TABULAR parameter is included with neither the INPUT parameter nor the BOLT parameter First line 1 Node number or node set label 2 Clearance value In an Abaqus Standard analysis a positive value indicates an opening between the surfaces and a negative value indicates overclosure If this field is left blank the clearance value autom
559. t the beginning of the step or linearly over the step depending on the value assigned to the AMPLITUDE parameter on the STEP option Procedures overview Section 6 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual OP Set OP MOD default for existing DECURRENTS to remain with this option defining distributed current densities to be added or modified Set OP NEW if all existing DECURRENTS applied to the model should be removed Data lines to define distributed electrical current densities First line 1 Element number or element set label 2 Distributed current density type label see Part VI Elements of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual 3 Reference current density magnitude Units of CL T for surface current densities and CL T for body current sources Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define current densities for various elements or element sets 4 10 1 DEFORMATION PLASTICITY 4 11 DEFORMATION PLASTICITY Specify the deformation plasticity model This option is used to define the mechanical behavior of a material as a deformation theory Ramberg Osgood model Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module Reference Deformation plasticity Section 20 2 13 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual There are no parameters associated with this option Data lines to define deformation plasticity First line Young s modulus
560. t time increment equal to the initial time increment Data line to control incrementation in a fully coupled thermal stress analysis First and only line 1 Suggested initial time increment If automatic incrementation is used this should be a reasonable suggestion for the initial increment size and will be adjusted as necessary If direct incrementation is used this will be the fixed time increment size 2 Total time period for the step 3 Minimum time increment allowed If Abaqus Standard finds it needs a smaller time increment than this value the analysis is terminated If this entry is zero a default value of the smaller of the suggested initial time increment or 10 times the total time period is assumed This value is used only for automatic time incrementation 4 Maximum time increment allowed If this value is not specified the default upper limit is the total time period for the step This value is used only for automatic time incrementation 3 77 3 COUPLED THERMAL ELECTRICAL 3 78 COUPLED THERMAL ELECTRICAL Fully coupled simultaneous heat transfer and electrical analysis This option is used to analyze problems where the electrical potential and temperature fields must be solved simultaneously Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Step module Reference e Coupled thermal electrical analysis Section 6 7 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optio
561. ta point 5 This value corresponds to the reference slip rate used to measure the dynamic friction coefficient Third line optional 1 Kinetic friction coefficient yu This value corresponds to the asymptotic value of the friction coefficient at infinite slip rate y If this data line is omitted Abaqus Standard automatically calculates poo such that Ho 0 05 Data line when the ROUGH parameter is used There are no data lines in this case Data lines to define the user subroutine properties if the PROPERTIES parameter is used First line 1 Enter the values of the friction properties eight per line Repeat this data line as often as necessary to completely define all of the properties needed by user subroutines FRIC VFRIC VFRIC_COEF and VFRICTION as indicated by the value of PROPERTIES Data line when the USER parameter is used without the PROPERTIES parameter There are no data lines in this case 6 35 5 GAP 7 1 GAP Specify clearance and local geometry for GAP type elements This option is used to define the behavior of GAP type elements Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Part Part instance Abaqus CAE Unsupported similar functionality is available by modeling connectors Reference e Gap contact elements Section 36 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameter ELSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the el
562. tandard analyses REPEATED CONTACTS Include this parameter to modify the default post failure behavior when progressive damage has been defined By default cohesive behavior is not enforced for nodes on the slave surface once ultimate failure has occurred at those nodes Use the REPEATED CONTACTS parameter to enforce cohesive behavior for recurrent contacts at nodes on the slave surface subsequent to ultimate failure 3 21 1 COHESIVE BEHAVIOR TYPE Set TYPE UNCOUPLED default to define uncoupled traction behavior Set TYPE COUPLED to define coupled traction behavior Data lines to define uncoupled traction separation behavior TYPE UNCOUPLED First line Kan Kas Temperature First field variable Etc up to four field variables per line Aw WN Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four relevant only for defining uncoupled traction behavior 1 Fifth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the elastic behavior as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to define coupled traction separation behavior TYPE COUPLED First line Kons Kone Ka Temperature First field variable 9 n OO ROO Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than one 1 Second field variable 2 E
563. tc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the elastic behavior as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables 3 21 2 COHESIVE SECTION 3 22 COHESIVE SECTION Specify element properties for cohesive elements This option is used to define the properties of cohesive elements Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Part Part instance Abaqus CAE Property module References e Cohesive elements overview Section 29 5 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Defining the constitutive response of cohesive elements using a continuum approach Section 29 5 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameters ELSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the element set containing the elements for which the cohesive properties are being defined MATERIAL Set this parameter equal to the name of the material to be used with these elements RESPONSE This parameter specifies the geometric assumption that defines the constitutive behavior of the cohesive elements Set RESPONSE TRACTION SEPARATION if the response is defined directly in terms of traction and separation Set RESPONSE CONTINUUM to specify that the cohesive elements model a strain state involving one direct opening strain and two transverse shear components Set RESPONSE GASKET to specify that the stress state in the c
564. ter and or an operator to be used in conjunction with the OUTPUT option It can be used to pre filter and or operate on the output as the analysis progresses Products Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Filter toolset References e Output to the output database Section 4 1 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e OUTPUT Required parameter NAME Set this parameter equal to a label that will be used to refer to this filter and or operator Optional parameters HALT Include this parameter if you want the analysis to stop when the value specified with the LIMIT parameter is reached This parameter must be used in conjunction with the LIMIT parameter INVARIANT This parameter can be used only in conjunction with the OPERATOR parameter to indicate that you want to filter and or operate on the invariant of the element or nodal output field variable Set INVARIANT FIRST to apply the filtering to the first invariant Set INVARIANT SECOND to apply the filtering to the second invariant See Output to the output database Section 4 1 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information LIMIT Include this parameter if you want to set a limit cap value to the output variables This parameter must be used in conjunction with the OPERATOR parameter 6 12 1 FILTER OPERATOR This parameter can be used with or without the TYPE parameter When it is used with a filter ty
565. ter to specify that the results file output is to be written in ASCII format If the FILE FORMAT option is omitted or this parameter is not used the default is to write a binary file ZERO INCREMENT Include this parameter to specify that results file output should be written at the beginning of a step the zero increment for all valid procedures in the analysis If the FILE FORMAT option is omitted or this parameter is not used by default output will not be written at the zero increment There are no data lines associated with this option 6 8 1 FILE OUTPUT 6 9 FILE OUTPUT Define output written to the results file WARNING This option can create a very large file The FILE OUTPUT option provides output of nodal element or global data to the selected results file The EL FILE the ENERGY FILE and or the NODE FILE options must be used in conjunction with the FILE OUTPUT option Products Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Unsupported Abaqus CAE reads output from the output database file only References e Output to the data and results files Section 4 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e EL FILE e ENERGY FILE e NODE FILE Required parameter NUMBER INTERVAL Set this parameter equal to the number of intervals during the step at which the file output states are to be written Abaqus Explicit will always write the results at the beginning of the step For ex
566. the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual to be used to define the local directions of the bounding box Only orientations defined with SYSTEM RECTANGULAR or SYSTEM Z RECTANGULAR can be specified VMAX FACTOR Set this parameter equal to a fraction of the maximum velocity of the surface nodes to bound the mesh motion velocity The default is VMAX FACTOR 1 01 VOLFRAC MIN Set this parameter equal to the lower bound on the volume fraction used to determine which nodes to include in the bounding box calculation for an Eulerian material surface The default is VOLFRAC MIN 0 5 Optional data lines to define bounding box constraints First line Value between 1 0 and default maximum scaling of the bounding box in local direction 1 Value between 1 0 and o default maximum scaling of the bounding box in local direction 2 Value between 1 0 and default maximum scaling of the bounding box in local direction 3 Value between 0 0 default and 1 0 minimum scaling of the bounding box in local direction 1 Value between 0 0 default and 1 0 minimum scaling of the bounding box in local direction 2 Nn BW YN Value between 0 0 default and 1 0 minimum scaling of the bounding box in local direction 3 Second line 1 FREE default or FIXED constraint flag for the negative local direction 1 face of the bounding box 5 29 2 Third line EULERIAN MESH MOTION FREE default or FIXED constraint flag for the posi
567. the first surface If the first surface name is omitted a default surface that encompasses the entire general contact domain is assumed 2 The name of the second surface If the second surface name is omitted or is the same as the first surface name the specified contact property definition is assigned to contact interactions between the first surface and itself 3 The name of the model data SURFACE INTERACTION property definition to be assigned Repeat this data line as often as necessary If the contact property assignments overlap the last assignment applies in the overlap region 3 67 1 CONTACT RESPONSE 3 68 CONTACT RESPONSE Define contact responses for design sensitivity analysis This option is used to write contact response sensitivities to the output database It must be used in conjunction with the DESIGN RESPONSE option Product Abaqus Design Type History data Level Step References e Design sensitivity analysis Section 16 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e DESIGN RESPONSE Optional parameters MASTER Set this parameter equal to the name of the master surface for which this output request is being made NSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the node set for which this output request is being made SLAVE Set this parameter equal to the name of the slave surface for which this output request is being made Data lines to request contact sensitivity output First line
568. tion of mode mix ratio temperature and other predefined field variables 3 34 5 CONNECTOR DAMAGE INITIATION 3 35 CONNECTOR DAMAGE INITIATION Specify connector damage initiation criteria for connector elements This option is used to define connector damage initiation criteria for connector elements that have available components of relative motion It is almost always used in conjunction with the CONNECTOR DAMAGE EVOLUTION option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Interaction module References e Connection type library Section 28 1 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Connector behavior Section 28 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Connector damage behavior Section 28 2 7 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual CONNECTOR BEHAVIOR e CONNECTOR DAMAGE EVOLUTION e CONNECTOR PLASTICITY e CONNECTOR POTENTIAL Optional parameters COMPONENT Set this parameter equal to the connector s component of relative motion for which a connector damage initiation criterion is specified See Connection type library Section 28 1 5 ofthe Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for components of relative motion definitions If this parameter is used the CONNECTOR POTENTIAL option cannot be used in conjunction with the CONNECTOR DAMAGE INITIATION option Omit this parameter and use the CONNECTOR POTENTIAL option in conjunction with the CONNECTOR
569. tion with the SURFACE INTERACTION and DAMAGE INITIATION options to define a contact property model that allows modeling of progressive failure for cohesive surfaces Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References e Damage evolution and element removal for ductile metals Section 21 2 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Damage evolution and element removal for fiber reinforced composites Section 21 3 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Damage evolution for ductile materials in low cycle fatigue Section 21 4 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Defining the constitutive response of cohesive elements using a traction separation description Section 29 5 6 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Surface based cohesive behavior Section 33 1 10 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Modeling discontinuities as an enriched feature using the extended finite element method Section 10 6 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameter TYPE Set TYPE DISPLACEMENT to define the evolution of damage as a function of the total for elastic materials in cohesive elements or the plastic for bulk elastic plastic materials displacement after the initiation of damage 4 2 1 DAMAGE EVOLUTION Set TYPE ENERGY to define the evolution of damage in terms of the energy required for failure fractu
570. tive local direction 1 face of the bounding box FREE default or FIXED constraint flag for the negative local direction 2 face of the bounding box FREE default or FIXED constraint flag for the positive local direction 2 face of the bounding box FREE default or FIXED constraint flag for the negative local direction 3 face of the bounding box FREE default or FIXED constraint flag for the positive local direction 3 face of the bounding box FREE default or FIXED constraint flag for the center of the bounding box in local direction 1 FREE default or FIXED constraint flag for the center of the bounding box in local direction 2 FREE default or FIXED constraint flag for the center of the bounding box in local direction 3 5 29 3 EULERIAN SECTION 5 30 EULERIAN SECTION Specify element properties for Eulerian elements This option is used to define properties of Eulerian continuum elements including the list of materials that may occupy the elements Products Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Part Part instance Abaqus CAE Property module References e Eulerian analysis Section 13 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Eulerian elements Section 29 15 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameter ELSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the element set containing the Eulerian elements Optional parameters ADVECTION
571. to define an equation First line 1 Number of terms N in the equation Second line 1 Node number or node set label P of first nodal variable ur 2 Degree of freedom i at above node for variable uf 3 Value of 4 Node number or node set label Q of second nodal variable ug 5 Degree of freedom j at above node for variable ug 6 Value of A5 7 Etc up to four terms per line Repeat the second data line as often as necessary to define all of the terms of the equation No more than four terms can be defined on a line To define another constraint repeat the entire set of data lines 5 27 1 EULERIAN BOUNDARY 5 28 EULERIAN BOUNDARY Define inflow and outflow conditions at Eulerian mesh boundaries This option is used to specify inflow and outflow conditions at the boundaries of an Eulerian mesh Products Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Load module Reference e Defining Eulerian boundaries Section 13 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters INFLOW Set INFLOW FREE default if Eulerian material can flow freely into the Eulerian domain Set INFLOW NONE if neither Eulerian material nor void can flow into the Eulerian domain Set INFLOW VOID if only void can flow into the Eulerian domain OP Set OP MOD default to modify existing inflow outflow conditions or to define additional inflow outflow conditions Set OP NEW to remo
572. to user subroutine DFLUX where the actual flux magnitude is defined In heat transfer analysis the units are JT L for surface fluxes and JTL for body fluxes In mass diffusion analysis the units are for surface fluxes and for body fluxes Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define distributed fluxes for different element surfaces 4 19 2 DIAGNOSTICS 4 20 DIAGNOSTICS Control diagnostic messages This option is used to request detailed diagnostic output or to cancel specific diagnostic checks By default short summaries of diagnostic checks are written to the status sta file or to the message msg file if problems are detected during an analysis For a multistep analysis all parameter values remain the same during the analysis until they are redefined explicitly in the beginning of the next step Product Abaqus Explicit Type History data Level Step References e Explicit dynamic analysis Section 6 3 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Output and diagnostics for ALE adaptive meshing in Abaqus Explicit Section 12 2 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Contact diagnositcs in an Abaqus Explicit analysis Section 35 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e CONTACT CONTROLS Optional parameters ADAPTIVE MESH Adaptive mesh information is written to the message msg file for each adaptive mesh domain in the problem Set ADAPTIVE MESH STEP SUMMA
573. tor damage initiation limiting values as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables 3 35 3 CONNECTOR DAMAGE INITIATION Data lines for CRITERION PLASTIC MOTION First line 1 Relative equivalent plastic displacement rotation at which damage will be initiated 2 Leave blank if the COMPONENT parameter is specified Otherwise mode mix ratio See Mode mix ratio in Connector plastic behavior Section 28 2 6 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for information on how this quantity is defined Relative equivalent plastic displacement rotation rate Temperature First field variable Second field variable QV d U Etc up to four field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four 1 Fifth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the connector damage initiation criterion as a function of mode mix ratio equivalent plastic motion rate temperature and other predefined field variables 3 35 4 CONNECTOR DAMPING 3 36 CONNECTOR DAMPING Define connector damping behavior This option is used to define the damping behavior for connector elements Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Interaction module References Connector behavior Section 28 2 1 of the A
574. torsional mode of deformation is used for all rotational degrees of freedom In Abaqus Explicit the rotary inertia for all rotational degrees of freedom is equal to a scaled flexural inertia with a scaling factor chosen to maximize the stable time increment ROTARY INERTIA ISOTROPIC is not relevant and cannot be used when SECTION MESHED the default value of EXACT always applies for meshed sections SECTION Set SECTION GENERAL default to define a general beam section with linear response Set SECTION NONLINEAR GENERAL to define general nonlinear behavior of the cross section Set SECTION MESHED to define an arbitrarily shaped solid cross section meshed with warping elements Set this parameter equal to the name of a library section to choose a standard library section see Beam cross section library Section 26 3 9 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual The following cross sections are available e ARBITRARY for an arbitrary section e BOX for a rectangular hollow box section e CIRC for a solid circular section e HEX for a hollow hexagonal section e for an I beam section e L for an L beam section e PIPE for a hollow circular section e RECT for a solid rectangular section e TRAPEZOID for a trapezoidal section 2 5 2 ZERO BEAM GENERAL SECTION This parameter cannot be used when SECTION MESHED Set this parameter equal to the reference temperature for thermal expansion 9 if required The default is
575. trated film condition is applied The default is 1 0 3 Reference sink temperature value 09 Units of 9 For nonuniform film coefficients the sink temperature must be defined in user subroutine FILM If given this value will be passed into the user subroutine 3 13 2 CFILM 4 Reference film coefficient value h units of JT L 9 or name of the film property table defined with the FILM PROPERTY option Nonuniform film coefficients must be defined in user subroutine FILM If given this value will be passed into the user subroutine Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define film conditions 3 13 3 CFLOW 3 14 CFLOW Specify concentrated fluid flow This option is used to apply concentrated fluid flow to any node in consolidation problems Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Load module References e Coupled pore fluid diffusion and stress analysis Section 6 8 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Geostatic stress state Section 6 8 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Pore fluid flow Section 30 4 6 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters AMPLITUDE Set this parameter equal to the name of the amplitude curve that defines the magnitude of the flow during the step If this parameter is omitted the reference magnitude is applied immediately at the beginning of the step or linearly over the step depending on the
576. ts Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References e Uncoupled heat transfer analysis Section 6 5 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e HETVAL Section 1 1 13 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual There are no parameters or data lines associated with this option 8 2 1 HEAT TRANSFER 8 3 HEAT TRANSFER Transient or steady state uncoupled heat transfer analysis This option is used to control uncoupled heat transfer for either transient or steady state response Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Step module References e Uncoupled heat transfer analysis Section 6 5 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Cavity radiation Section 37 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters DELTMX Set this parameter equal to the maximum temperature change to be allowed in an increment during a transient heat transfer analysis Abaqus Standard will restrict the time step to ensure that this value will not be exceeded at any node except nodes whose temperature degree of freedom is constrained via boundary conditions MPC s etc during any increment of the step If the DELTMX parameter is omitted fixed time increments will be used END Set END PERIOD default to analyze a specific time period Set END SS to end the analysis when steady state is reached This parameter is relev
577. tted eigenvectors will be computed at all nodes Data line for a natural frequency extraction when EIGENSOLVER LANCZOS First and only line 1 Number of eigenvalues to be calculated This field can be left blank if the maximum frequency of interest is provided and the evaluation of all the eigenvalues in the given range is desired The number of requested eigenmodes must be provided in a cyclic symmetry analysis or if the analysis includes more than one natural frequency extraction step 6 34 2 FREQUENCY Minimum frequency of interest in cycles time If this field is left blank no minimum is set 3 Maximum frequency of interest in cycles time If this field is left blank no maximum is set This value is required if the first field was left blank Shift point in squared cycles per time positive or negative The eigenvalues closest to this point will be extracted Block size If this entry is omitted a default value which is usually appropriate is created Maximum number of block Lanczos steps within each Lanczos run If this entry is omitted a default value which is usually appropriate is created Acoustic range factor This factor applies only to structural acoustic problems and is used to set the maximum frequency for the acoustic stage of the uncoupled eigenproblem as a multiple of the nominal maximum frequency of interest This factor is supported only when using the SIM architecture and the maxim
578. ty module References Defining the constitutive response of fluid within the cohesive element gap Section 29 5 7 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e UFLUIDLEAKOFF Section 1 1 29 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual Optional mutually exclusive parameters DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the fluid leak off coefficients in addition to temperature If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the leak off coefficients are constant or depend only on temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information USER Include this parameter to indicate that user subroutine UFLUIDLEAKOFF will be used to define the fluid leak off coefficients Data lines to define fluid leak off coefficients if the USER parameter is omitted First line Fluid leak off coefficient at top element surface Fluid leak off coefficient at bottom element surface Temperature First field variable Etc up to six field variables nA BW Ne Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than six 1 Seventh field variable 6 28 1 FLUID LEAKOFF 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to specify K as a function of temperature and
579. ual to the fraction of the initial compressive stiffness that defines the stiffness in tension The default value is 10 This parameter can be used only with DIRECTION LOADING TYPE Set TYPE DAMAGE to define a damage elasticity model for the gasket thickness direction behavior Set TYPE ELASTIC PLASTIC default to define an elastic plastic model for the gasket thickness direction behavior VARIABLE Set VARIABLE FORCE to define the behavior in terms of force versus closure or force per unit length versus closure depending on the element type with which this behavior is being used Set VARIABLE STRESS default to define the behavior in terms of pressure versus closure 7 11 1 GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR The following parameters are optional mutually exclusive and can be used only with DIRECTION LOADING SLOPE DROP Set this parameter equal to the relative drop in slope on the loading curve that defines the onset of plastic deformation The default value is 0 1 YIELD ONSET Set this parameter equal to the closure value at which the onset of yield occurs The specified value must correspond to a point on the loading curve at which the slope decreases Data lines to define the loading in terms of pressure versus closure DIRECTION LOADING and VARIABLE STRESS First line Pressure This value cannot be negative Closure This value cannot be negative Temperature 0 First field variable Etc up to five field variab
580. ual to zero if the deformation severity factor for strains normal to the groove should not be considered for the evaluation of the Marciniak Kuczynski criterion FNT This parameter can be used only in conjunction with CRITERION MK Set this parameter equal to the critical value of the deformation severity index for shear strains ft The default value is fS 10 Set this parameter equal to zero if the deformation severity factor for shear strains should not be considered for the evaluation of the Marciniak Kuczynski criterion FREQUENCY This parameter can be used only in conjunction with CRITERION MK Set this parameter equal to the frequency in increments at which the Marciniak Kuczynski analysis is going to be performed By default the M K analysis is performed every increment that is FREQUENCY 1 KS This parameter can be used only in conjunction with CRITERION SHEAR Set this parameter equal to the value of ks The default value is k 0 NORMAL DIRECTION This parameter can be used only in conjunction with CRITERION MAXE CRITERION MAXS CRITERION QUADE or CRITERION QUADS for enriched elements in Abaqus Standard Set NORMAL DIRECTION 1 default to specify that a new crack orthogonal to the element local 1 direction will be introduced when the damage initiation criterion is satisfied Set NORMAL DIRECTION 2 to specify that a new crack orthogonal to the element local 2 direction will be introduced when the damage initiation criterio
581. ude of charge material dz Second line 1 Fluid mass density Sound speed in fluid X direction cosine of fluid surface normal Y direction cosine of fluid surface normal nA BW N Z direction cosine of fluid surface normal Third line 1 Acceleration due to gravity g 1 7 5 AMPLITUDE Atmospheric pressure Datm Wave effect parameter 7 Set to 1 0 for wave effects in the fluid and gas set to 0 0 to neglect these effects The default is 1 0 Flow drag coefficient The default is 0 0 5 Flow drag exponent Ep Ep gt 0 The default is 2 0 Fourth line 1 Time duration Tana Maximum number of time steps for the bubble simulation N teps The bubble amplitude simulation ceases when the number of steps reaches Neteps or the time duration Tanal is reached The default is 1500 3 Relative step size control parameter Q The default is 1 x 10 There are no Absolute step size control parameter Xaps The default is 1 x 10 Step size control exponent 8 The step size At is decreased or increased according to the error estimate 4112 Xs lt At The default is 0 2 de dt data lines if DEFINITION USER 1 7 6 ANISOTROPIC HYPERELASTIC 1 8 ANISOTROPIC HYPERELASTIC Specify anisotropic hyperelastic properties for approximately incompressible materials This option is used to define material constants for a general anisotropic hyper
582. uk info 3ds com Complete contact information is available at http www simulia com locations locations html Preface This section lists various resources that are available for help with using Abaqus Unified FEA software Support Both technical engineering support for problems with creating a model or performing an analysis and systems support for installation licensing and hardware related problems for Abaqus are offered through a network of local support offices Regional contact information is listed in the front of each Abaqus manual and is accessible from the Locations page at www simulia com SIMULIA Online Support System The SIMULIA Online Support System SOSS provides a knowledge database of SIMULIA Answers The SIMULIA Answers are solutions to questions that we have had to answer or guidelines on how to use Abaqus SIMULIA SLM Isight and other SIMULIA products You can also submit new requests for support in the SOSS All support incidents are tracked in the SOSS If you are contacting us by means outside the SOSS to discuss an existing support problem and you know the incident number please mention it so that we can consult the database to see what the latest action has been To use the SOSS you need to register with the system Visit the My Support page at www simulia com to register Many questions about Abaqus can also be answered by visiting the Products page and the Support page at www simulia com Anonymous ft
583. ule References e Extended Drucker Prager models Section 20 3 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e DRUCKER PRAGER e DRUCKER PRAGER CREEP Optional parameters DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the yield stress in addition to temperature If this parameter is omitted the yield stress depends only on the plastic strain and possibly on temperature See Using the DEPENDENCIES parameter to define field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information RATE Set this parameter equal to the equivalent plastic strain rate 2 5 for which this hardening curve applies This parameter should be omitted if the RATE DEPENDENT option or the DRUCKER PRAGER CREEP option is used Rate independent behavior is assumed if the RATE parameter the RATE DEPENDENT option and the DRUCKER PRAGER CREEP option are not used TYPE Set TYPE COMPRESSION default to define the hardening behavior by giving the uniaxial compression yield stress as a function of uniaxial compression plastic strain gpl le 4 33 1 DRUCKER PRAGER HARDENING Set TYPE TENSION to define the hardening behavior by giving the uniaxial tension yield stress o as a function of uniaxial tension plastic strain cP Set TYPE SHEAR to define the hardening behavior by giving the cohesion
584. ult C R 5 x 10 5 CU plastic ratchetting detection criterion for the ratio of the largest correction to the displacement coefficient on the constant term in the Fourier series to the largest displacement coefficient Default CUS 5 x 1073 Data line for TYPE VCCT LINEAR SCALING First and only line 1 parameter Default 8 0 9 3 71 7 CONWEP CHARGE PROPERTY 3 72 CONWEP CHARGE PROPERTY Define a CONWEP charge for incident waves This option defines parameters that create the time history of pressure loading used to simulate an explosion in air This option must be used in conjunction with the INCIDENT WAVE INTERACTION PROPERTY option The pressure loading is calculated using the CONWEP model empirical data in which mass length time and pressure are given in specific units Multiplication factors are defined for conversion between the CONWEP data units and the analysis units Product Abaqus Explicit Type Model data Level Model References Acoustic and shock loads Section 30 4 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e INCIDENT WAVE INTERACTION PROPERTY There are no parameters associated with this option Data lines to define the CONWEP charge properties First line 1 Equivalent mass of TNT in any preferred mass unit 2 Multiplication factor to convert from the preferred mass unit to kilograms The default is 1 0 Second line enter a blank line if the analysis uses SI units 1 Multipl
585. um frequency of interest is provided The acoustic range factor must be greater than 0 The default value is 1 0 Data lines for a natural frequency extraction when EIGENSOLVER AMS First line Number of eigenvalues to be calculated If this field is left blank Abaqus evaluates all the eigenvalues from the minimum frequency of interest up to the maximum frequency of interest Minimum frequency of interest in cycles time If this field is left blank no minimum is set 3 Maximum frequency of interest in cycles time 4 AM Scutoft the first AMS parameter AM Scutort 15 a cutoff frequency for substructure eigenproblems defined as a multiplier of the maximum frequency of interest The default value is 5 AM Scutoff the second AMS parameter AM Scutoff is the first cutoff frequency used to define a starting subspace in the reduced eigensolution phase defined as a multiplier of the maximum frequency of interest AM Seutorr lt AM Scutoft The default value is 1 7 AM Scutoff the third AMS parameter AM Seutorr is the second cutoff frequency used to define a starting subspace in the reduced eigensolution phase defined as a multiplier of the maximum frequency of interest 1 0 lt AMScutofr lt AM Seutoff The default value is 1 1 Acoustic range factor This factor applies only to structural acoustic problems and is used to set the maximum frequency for the acoustic stage ofthe uncoupled eigenproblem as
586. umber of sectors and the axis of symmetry for a cyclic symmetric structure Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Interaction module References e Analysis of models that exhibit cyclic symmetry Section 10 4 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e SELECT CYCLIC SYMMETRY MODES e TIE Required parameter N Set this parameter equal to the number of repetitive datum sectors in the entire 360 structure Data line to define the axis of cyclic symmetry First and only line 1 X coordinate of the first point defining the cyclic symmetry axis 2 Y coordinate of the first point defining the cyclic symmetry axis 3 Z coordinate of the first point defining the cyclic symmetry axis The second point is not required for two dimensional analyses 4 X coordinate of the second point defining the cyclic symmetry axis 5 Y coordinate of the second point defining the cyclic symmetry axis 6 Z coordinate of the second point defining the cyclic symmetry axis 3 88 1 D ADDED MASS 4 1 D ADDED MASS Specify distributed added mass in a FREQUENCY step This option is used to include the added mass contributions due to distributed fluid inertia loads in a FREQUENCY step Product Abaqus Aqua Type History data Level Step Reference e Abaqus Aqua analysis Section 6 11 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual There are no parameters associated with this opt
587. ur 1 Fifth field variable 2 5 3 BEAM GENERAL SECTION 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the properties as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines for SECTION NONLINEAR GENERAL First line Area A Moment of inertia for bending about the 1 axis J11 Moment of inertia for cross bending 119 Moment of inertia for bending about the 2 axis T22 nN BW Ne Torsional constant J The axial and bending behaviors of the section are defined by using the AXIAL M2 TORQUE and THERMAL EXPANSION options Second line optional 1 First direction cosine of the first beam section axis 2 Second direction cosine of the first beam section axis 3 Third direction cosine of the first beam section axis The entries on this line must be 0 0 1 for planar beams The default for beams in space is 0 0 1 if the first beam section axis is not defined by an additional node in the element s connectivity See Beam element cross section orientation Section 26 3 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for details Data lines for SECTION MESHED First line 1 First direction cosine of the first beam section axis 2 Second direction cosine of the first beam section axis 3 Third direction cosine of the first beam section axis The entries on this line must be 0 0 1
588. ure loading are not changed CONSTANT RESULTANT Set CONSTANT RESULTANT NO default if surface traction vectors edge traction vectors or edge moments are to be integrated over the surface in the current configuration Set CONSTANT RESULTANT YES if surface traction vectors edge traction vectors or edge moments are to be integrated over the surface in the reference configuration The CONSTANT RESULTANT parameter is valid only for uniform and nonuniform surface tractions and edge loads including edge moments it is ignored for all other load types FOLLOWER Set FOLLOWER YES default if a prescribed traction or shell edge load is to rotate with the surface or shell edge in a large displacement analysis live load Set FOLLOWER NO if a prescribed traction or edge load is to remain fixed in a large displacement analysis dead load The FOLLOWER parameter is valid only for traction and edge load labels TRVECn TRVEC TRVECHNU TRVECNU EDLDn EDLDrNU It is ignored for all other load labels OP Set OP MOD default for existing DLOADs to remain with this option modifying existing distributed loads or defining additional distributed loads Set OP NEW if all existing DLOADs applied to the model should be removed New distributed loads can be defined ORIENTATION Set this parameter equal to the name given for the ORIENTATION option Orientations Section 2 2 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual used to specify the local coo
589. urface based cohesive behavior in a mechanical contact analysis It must be used in conjunction with the SURFACE INTERACTION option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Interaction module References e Surface based cohesive behavior Section 33 1 10 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e SURFACE INTERACTION Optional parameters DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the moduli If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the moduli are constant or depend only on temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information ELIGIBILITY Set ELIGIBILITY CURRENT CONTACTS default to define cohesive behavior not only for all nodes of the slave surface that are in contact with the master surface at the start of a step but also for slave nodes that are not initially in contact but may come in contact during the course of a step Set ELIGIBILIT Y ORIGINAL CONTACTS to restrict cohesive behavior to only those nodes of the slave surface that are in contact with the master surface at the start of a step Set ELIGIBILITY SPECIFIED CONTACTS to restrict cohesive behavior to a subset of slave nodes defined using INITIAL CONDITIONS TYPE CONTACT This parameter value is available only for Abaqus S
590. uring the step Amplitude curves Section 30 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual If this parameter is omitted the reference magnitude is applied immediately at the beginning of the step or linearly over the step depending on the value assigned to the AMPLITUDE parameter on the STEP option Procedures overview Section 6 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual OP Set OP MOD default for existing CECURRENTs to remain with this option modifying existing concentrated currents or defining additional concentrated currents Set OP NEW if all existing CECURRENTS applied to the model should be removed Data lines to define concentrated current at nodes First line 1 Node number or node set label 2 Leave blank 3 Reference magnitude for current Units of CT Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define current at various nodes or node sets 3 11 1 CENTROID 3 12 CENTROID Define the position of the centroid of the beam section This option can be used only in conjunction with the BEAM GENERAL SECTION SECTION GENERAL or the BEAM GENERAL SECTION SECTION MESHED option It is used to define the position of the centroid of the section with respect to the local 1 2 axis system Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Part Part instance Abaqus CAE Property module References e BEAM GENERAL SECTION Using a general beam section to define the se
591. us Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Model Abaqus CAE Property module References e Cast iron plasticity Section 20 2 10 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e CAST IRON PLASTICITY e CAST IRON TENSION HARDENING Optional parameter DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variable dependencies included in the definition of the compressive yield stress in addition to temperature If this parameter is omitted it is assumed that the compressive yield stress depends only on plastic strain and possibly on temperature See Specifying field variable dependence in Material data definition Section 18 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for more information Data lines to define compression hardening First line 1 Yield stress in compression 0 N Absolute value of the corresponding plastic strain The first tabular value entered must always be zero Not used Temperature First field variable Etc up to four field variables QN Un A U Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than four 1 Fifth field variable 3 6 1 CAST IRON COMPRESSION HARDENING 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dependence of the yield stress on plastic strain and if needed on temperature and other predefined field variables 3 6 2 CAST IRON PLASTI
592. us Standard Type Model data Level Part Part instance References e Frame section behavior Section 26 4 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e BUCKLING ENVELOPE e FRAME SECTION There are no parameters associated with this option Data line to define the buckling length coefficients First and only data line 1 Effective length factor in the first cross section direction 2 Effective length factor in the second cross section direction 3 Added length in the first cross section direction 4 Added length in the second cross section direction 2 171 2 18 BUCKLING REDUCTION FACTORS BUCKLING REDUCTION FACTORS Define buckling reduction factors for buckling strut response of frame elements with PIPE sections This option is used to define two coefficients used in the ISO equation which predicts P the axial load at which the response switches to buckling only for frame elements with buckling strut response For a nondefault buckling envelope the BUCKLING REDUCTION FACTORS option can be used only in conjunction with both the FRAME SECTION SECTION PIPE YIELD STRESS 0 option and the BUCKLING ENVELOPE option For the default buckling envelope it can be used only in conjunction with the FRAME SECTION BUCKLING SECTION PIPE YIELD STRESS o option Product Abaqus Standard Type Model data Level Part Part instance Model References e Frame elements Section 26 4 1 of the Abaqus Analysis
593. used in conjunction with the SURFACE INTERACTION option or in an Abaqus Standard analysis with the GAP option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data in Abaqus Standard History data in Abaqus Explicit Level Part Part instance Assembly Model in Abaqus Standard Step in Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Interaction module References e Thermal contact properties Section 33 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e e INTERFACE e SURFACE INTERACTION e GAPCON Section 1 1 10 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual Optional parameters DEPENDENCIES Set this parameter equal to the number of field variables on which the gap conductance k depends PRESSURE Include this parameter to indicate that k is a function of the contact pressure between the surfaces p Omit this parameter to define k as a function of the clearance d between the surfaces USER This parameter applies only to Abaqus Standard analyses Include this parameter to define k in user subroutine GAPCON Using this parameter will cause the DEPENDENCIES and PRESSURE parameters and any data lines to be ignored Data lines to define the gap conductance directly First line 1 Gap conductance k Units of JT L 8 2 Gap clearance d or gap pressure p 3 Average temperature 0 7 2 1 GAP CONDUCTANCE 4 In an Abaqus Standard analysis this data item corresponds to the average mass flow rate
594. uted loads or defining additional distributed loads Set OP NEW if all existing DSLOADs applied to the model should be removed New distributed loads can be defined Data lines to define submodeling loads First line 1 Surface name Repeat this data line as often as necessary to specify submodel distributed loads at different surfaces 4 39 5 DYNAMIC 4 40 DYNAMIC Dynamic stress displacement analysis This option is used to provide direct integration of a dynamic stress displacement response in Abaqus Standard analyses and is generally used for nonlinear cases It is used to perform a dynamic stress displacement analysis using explicit integration in Abaqus Explicit The analysis in both Abaqus Standard and Abaqus Explicit can also be adiabatic Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Step module Defining a dynamic analysis in Abaqus Standard References e Implicit dynamic analysis using direct integration Section 6 3 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Adiabatic analysis Section 6 5 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameter for the subspace projection method SUBSPACE Include this parameter to choose the subspace projection method explicit integration of the model projected onto the eigenvectors obtained in the last FREQUENCY step preceding this step If this parameter is omitted implicit time integration of the dyna
595. uted seepage flows for consolidation analysis This option is used to input seepage flows pore fluid velocities normal to surfaces of the model in consolidation problems Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Load module References e Pore fluid flow Section 30 4 6 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e DFLOW Section 1 1 2 of the Abaqus User Subroutines Reference Manual Optional parameters AMPLITUDE Set this parameter equal to the name of the AMPLITUDE curve that defines the magnitude of the seepage flow during the step If this parameter is omitted for uniform seepage types the reference magnitude is applied immediately at the beginning of the step or linearly over the step depending on the value assigned to the AMPLITUDE parameter on the STEP option see Procedures overview Section 6 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Amplitude references are ignored for flows defined in user subroutine DFLOW OP Set OP MOD default for existing DFLOWS to remain with this option modifying existing flows or defining additional flows Set OP NEW if all existing DFLOWSs applied to the model should be removed New flows can be defined Data lines to define uniform seepage First line 1 Element number or element set label 2 Distributed seepage type label see Part VI Elements of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual 4 18 1 DFLOW 3 Refer
596. utines Reference Manual Optional parameters AMPLITUDE Set this parameter equal to the name of the amplitude curve that defines the magnitude of the distributed fluxes during the step Amplitude curves Section 30 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual If this parameter is omitted for uniform flux types in an Abaqus Standard analysis the reference magnitude is applied immediately at the beginning of the step or linearly over the step depending on the value assigned to the AMPLITUDE parameter on the STEP option Procedures overview Section 6 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual If this parameter is omitted in an Abaqus Explicit analysis the reference magnitude is applied immediately at the beginning of the step For nonuniform flux type SNU which is available only in Abaqus Standard the flux magnitude is defined in user subroutine DFLUX and AMPLITUDE references are ignored OP Set OP MOD default for existing DSFLUXs to remain with this option modifying existing fluxes or defining additional fluxes Set OP NEW if all existing DSFLUXs applied to the model should be removed Data lines to define a distributed surface flux First line 1 Surface name 2 Distributed flux type label S or SNU 4 38 1 DSFLUX 3 Reference flux magnitude units JT L This value is needed for uniform fluxes only If it is given for nonuniform fluxes it will be passed into user subroutine DFLUX where the actu
597. value assigned to the AMPLITUDE parameter on the STEP option see Procedures overview Section 6 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual OP Set OP MOD default for existing CFLOWs to remain with this option modifying existing concentrated flows or defining additional concentrated flows Set OP NEW if all existing CFLOWSs applied to the model should be removed Data lines to define concentrated flow First line 1 Node number or node set label 2 Not used 3 Reference concentrated flow magnitude Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define concentrated flows 3 14 1 CFLUX 3 15 CFLUX Specify concentrated fluxes in heat transfer or mass diffusion analyses This option is used to apply a flux to any node of the model in fully coupled thermal stress analysis In Abaqus Standard it is also used for heat transfer coupled thermal electrical and mass diffusion analyses Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Load module Reference e Thermal loads Section 30 4 4 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters AMPLITUDE Set this parameter equal to the name of the amplitude curve that defines the magnitude of the flux during the step Amplitude curves Section 30 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual If this parameter is omitted in an Abaqus Standard analysis the reference magnitude is applied immediatel
598. value extraction for natural frequencies Natural frequency extraction Section 6 3 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual complex eigenvalue extraction Complex eigenvalue extraction Section 6 3 6 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual and for eigenvalue buckling estimation Eigenvalue buckling prediction Section 6 2 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Set this parameter equal to the highest mode number for which output is required The default value is LAST MODE N where N is the number of modes extracted If the MODE parameter is used the default value is LAST MODE M where Mis the value of the MODE parameter This parameter is useful only during natural frequency extraction complex eigenvalue extraction and eigenvalue buckling estimation Set this parameter equal to the first mode number for which output is required The default is MODE 1 When performing a FREQUENCY analysis the normalization will follow the format set by the NORMALIZATION parameter Otherwise the normalization is such that the largest displacement component in the mode has a magnitude of 1 0 5 2 1 EL PRINT POSITION REBAR Set POSITION AVERAGED AT NODES if the values being printed are the averages of values extrapolated to the nodes of the elements in the set Since variables may be discontinuous between elements with different properties Abaqus Standard breaks the output into separate tables for different element property definitions wit
599. ve all existing inflow outflow conditions OUTFLOW This parameter is used to define boundary conditions in unbounded domain problems Set OUTFLOW FREE default if INFLOW VOID if Eulerian material can flow freely out of the Eulerian domain Set OUTFLOW NONREFLECTING to specify a nonreflecting radiation boundary condition Set OUTFLOW NONUNIFORM PRESSURE to specify an equilibrium condition at the boundary Set OUTFLOW ZERO PRESSURE default to specify a zero pressure at the boundary Data lines to define the surface where Eulerian boundary conditions are applied First line 1 Surface name Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define inflow outflow conditions for different surfaces 5 28 1 EULERIAN MESH MOTION 5 29 EULERIAN MESH MOTION Define the motion of an Eulerian mesh This option allows an Eulerian mesh to translate with the motion of a specified surface and expand and contract to encompass the surface s extent Products Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Load module References e Eulerian analysis Section 13 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e Eulerian mesh motion Section 13 1 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required parameter ELSET Set this parameter equal to the element set name given on the EULERIAN SECTION definition for which to activate mesh motion Required parameter when activating mesh motion for the first time or r
600. velocity 2 In an Abaqus Standard analysis this field corresponds to frequency in cycles per time for STEADY STATE DYNAMICS DIRECT and STEADY STATE DYNAMICS SUBSPACE PROJECTION analyses only Leave this field blank in an Abaqus Explicit analysis Temperature First field variable Second field variable Etc up to five field variables w Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dashpot coefficient as a function of frequency temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to define nonlinear dashpot behavior for DASHPOTA or ITS elements First line 1 Enter a blank line Second line 1 Force 2 Relative velocity 4 7 2 DASHPOT 3 Temperature 4 First field variable 5 Second field variable 6 Etc up to five field variables Subsequent lines only needed if the DEPENDENCIES parameter has a value greater than five 1 Sixth field variable 2 Etc up to eight field variables per line Repeat this set of data lines as often as necessary to define the dashpot coefficient as a function of temperature and other predefined field variables Data lines to define linear dashpot behavior for DASHPOT1 DASHPOT2 or JOINTC elements First line Give the degree of fre
601. vity REF NODE Set this parameter equal to either the node number of the fluid cavity reference node or the name of a node set containing the fluid cavity reference node If the name of a node set is chosen the node set must contain exactly one node Required mutually exclusive parameters BEHAVIOR Set this parameter equal to the name of the FLUID BEHAVIOR option defining the fluid behavior MIXTURE Set MIXTURE MASS FRACTION default to use the mass fraction if the fluid in the fluid cavity is a mixture of ideal gases Set MIXTURE MOLAR FRACTION to use the molar fraction if the fluid in the fluid cavity is a mixture of ideal gases Optional parameters ADDED VOLUME Set this parameter equal to the magnitude of the additional volume for the fluid The additional volume will be added to the actual volume of the cavity calculated by Abaqus Explicit 6 17 1 FLUID CAVITY ADIABATIC This parameter is relevant only when an ideal gas model is used Include this parameter if adiabatic behavior is assumed for the ideal gas AMBIENT PRESSURE Set this parameter equal to the magnitude of the ambient pressure For a pneumatic fluid the ambient pressure will typically be atmospheric pressure AMBIENT TEMPERATURE This parameter is relevant only when heat energy flow is defined for a pneumatic fluid with adiabatic behavior Set this parameter equal to the magnitude of the ambient temperature The ambient temperature will typically b
602. with the OUTPUT option Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Step module References e Output to the output database Section 4 1 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e QUTPUT One of the following mutually exclusive parameters is required when the CONTACT OUTPUT option is used in conjunction with the OUTPUT HISTORY option in an Abaqus Explicit analysis CPSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the contact pair set for which this output request is being made NSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the node set for which this output request is being made This parameter is valid only for nodes defined under BOND and only the BONDSTAT and BONDLOAD output variables may be requested SURFACE Set this parameter equal to the name of the surface in the general contact domain for which this output request is being made Optional parameters when the CONTACT OUTPUT option is used in conjunction with the OUTPUT FIELD option in an Abaqus Explicit analysis CPSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the contact pair set for which this output request is being made If this parameter and the GENERAL CONTACT parameter are omitted the output will be written for all of the contact pairs in the model and the general contact domain if it has been defined 3 64 1 CONTACT OUTPUT GENERAL CONTACT Include this parameter to request output for the
603. would not be a typical case Optional parameter MASS Set this parameter equal to the mass to be distributed to the coupling nodes Data lines to specify coupling nodes and assign weight factors First line 1 Coupling node number or node set label 2 Weight factor for the coupling node or for the nodes of the coupling node set Repeat this data line as often as necessary A minimum of two coupling nodes must be specified for each distributing coupling definition 4 26 1 DISTRIBUTION 4 27 DISTRIBUTION Define spatial distributions This option is used to define a spatial distribution Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus Explicit Abaqus CAE Type Model data Level Part Part instance Assembly Model Abaqus CAE Property module References e Distribution definition Section 2 7 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e CONTACT CLEARANCE e DENSITY e DISTRIBUTION TABLE e ELASTIC e EXPANSION e ORIENTATION e SHELL GENERAL SECTION e SHELL SECTION Required parameters LOCATION Set LOCATION ELEMENT to define a distribution on elements Set LOCATION NODE to define a distribution on nodes NAME Set this parameter equal to a label that will be used to refer to the distribution TABLE Set this parameter equal to the distribution table that defines the format ofthe data given on the data lines 4 27 1 DISTRIBUTION Optional parameter INPUT Set this parameter equal to the name
604. wton method A suggested value for activation of the line search algorithm is N 5 Specify N 0 to forcibly deactivate the method Is 5 ils _ 8 544 Maximum correction scale factor Default s 2 1 0 Is _ minimum correction scale factor Default s 0 0001 min min 15 residual reduction factor at which line searching terminates Default f 0 25 11 ratio of new to old correction scale factors below which line searching terminates Default 8 0 10 3 71 4 CONTROLS Data lines for PARAMETERS TIME INCREMENTATION First line The relevance of certain parameters depends on the value of the CONVERT SDI parameter on the STEP option 1 1 number of equilibrium iterations without severe discontinuities after which the check is made whether the residuals are increasing in two consecutive iterations Minimum value is Io 3 Default 19 4 If ANALYSIS DISCONTINUOUS Jp 8 Ir number of consecutive equilibrium iterations without severe discontinutities at which logarithmic rate of convergence check begins Default Jp 8 If ANALYSIS DISCONTINUOUS Ip 10 The logarithmic rate of convergence is not checked if fixed time incrementation is used The remaining items rarely need to be reset from their default values 3 10 12 13 Ip number of consecutive equilibrium iterations without severe discontinuities after which the residual tolerance R is used instead of R Defau
605. xcluded except in any overlap between the two surfaces Repeat this data line as often as necessary 3 57 1 CONTACT FILE 3 58 CONTACT FILE Define results file requests for contact variables This option is used to control writing contact variables for contact surface pairs to the Abaqus Standard results 11 file Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Unsupported Abaqus CAE reads output from the output database file only Reference e Output to the data and results files Section 4 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Optional parameters FREQUENCY Set this parameter equal to the output frequency in increments The output will always be written at the last increment of each step unless FREQUENCY 0 The default is FREQUENCY 1 Set 0 to suppress the output MASTER Set this parameter equal to the name of the master surface for which this output request is being made NSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the node set for which this output request is being made SLAVE Set this parameter equal to the name of the slave surface for which this output request is being made Data lines to request contact variable output in the results file First line 1 Give the identifying keys for the variables to be written to the results file for this contact pair The keys are defined in Abaqus Standard output variable identifiers Section 4
606. xplicit analyses 3 47 1 CONNECTOR SECTION Set ELIMINATION NO default if the constraint or kinetic forces moments of the associated connector elements are to be solved for directly in the implicit constraint solver in Abaqus Explicit Set ELIMINATION YES if the constraint or kinetic forces moments of the associated connector elements are to be solved for using a condensation technique Data lines to define the connection attributes First line 1 Basic translational connection type basic rotational connection type assembled connection type or complex connection type from Connection type library Section 28 1 5 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual If an assembled or a complex connection is selected no additional data can be entered on this data line 2 Basic rotational or basic translational connection component If the first entry of this data line is a basic translational connection component the second entry if provided must be a basic rotational connection component Similarly if the first entry of this data line is a basic rotational connection component the second entry if provided must be a basic translational connection component Second line optional 1 Orientation name specifying the local directions at the first node or ground node of the connector element 2 Orientation name specifying the local directions at the second node or ground node of the connector element If an orientation name
607. y at the beginning of the step or linearly over the step depending on the value assigned to the AMPLITUDE parameter on the STEP option see Procedures overview Section 6 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual If this parameter is omitted in an Abaqus Explicit analysis the reference magnitude is applied immediately at the beginnning of the step OP Set OP MOD default for existing CFLUXs to remain with this option modifying existing fluxes or defining additional fluxes Set OP NEW if all existing CFLUXs applied to the model should be removed REGION TYPE This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses This parameter is relevant only for concentrated fluxes applied on the boundary of an adaptive mesh domain If concentrated fluxes are applied to nodes in the interior of an adaptive mesh domain these nodes will always follow the material Set REGION TYPE LAGRANGIAN default to apply a concentrated flux to a node that follows the material nonadaptive Set REGION TYPE SLIDING to apply a concentrated flux to a node that can slide over the material Mesh constraints are typically applied to the node to fix it spatially 3 15 1 OFLUX Set REGION TYPE EULERIAN to apply a concentrated flux to a node that can move independently of the material This option is used only for boundary regions where the material can flow into or out of the adaptive mesh domain Mesh constraints must be used normal to an Eulerian bounda
608. y eight data values should be given on each line Data lines to define the material constants for the REDUCED POLYNOMIAL strain energy potential First line if N 1 2 Dy 3 Temperature Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the material constants as a function of temperature First line if N 2 1 Co Temperature Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the material constants as a function of temperature AR YN 8 6 6 HYPERELASTIC First line if N 3 1 Cio Co Cao Da 7 Temperature Repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the material constants as a function of temperature NANA 9 29 Data lines for higher values of N up to 6 1 The data lines for the higher values of N follow the same pattern First give the C o for i from 1to N Then give the N coefficients D Finally give the temperature Exactly eight data values should be given on each line Data lines to define the material properties for the USER hyperelasticity model No data lines are needed if the PROPERTIES parameter is omitted or set to 0 Otherwise first line 1 Give the material properties eight per line If this option is used in conjunction with the VISCOELASTIC or HYSTERESIS option the material properties must define the instantaneous behavior If this option is used in conjunction with the MULLINS EFFECT option the material properties must define the
609. y radiation Section 37 1 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e RADIATION SYMMETRY Required parameters NC Set this parameter equal to the number of cyclically similar images that compose the cavity formed as aresult of this symmetry The angle of rotation about a point or an axis used to create cyclically similar images is equal to 360 NC TYPE Set TYPE POINT to create a two dimensional cavity by cyclic repetition of the cavity surface defined in the model by rotation about a point 1 See Figure 3 86 1 The cavity surface defined in the model must be bounded by the line lk and a line passing through at an angle measured counterclockwise when looking into the plane of the model of 360 NC to Ik Set TYPE AXIS to create a three dimensional cavity by cyclic repetition of the cavity surface defined in the model by rotation about an axis Im See Figure 3 86 2 The cavity surface defined in the model must be bounded by the plane mk and a plane passing through line at an angle measured clockwise when looking from to m of 360 NC to Imk Line lk must be normal to line Im Data line to define cyclic symmetry for a two dimensional cavity TYPE POINT First and only line x coordinate of rotation point l see Figure 3 86 1 y coordinate of rotation point l x coordinate of point k BW N y coordinate of point k 3 86 1 ovoLIo Data lines to define cyclic symmetry for a three dimensional cavity
610. ymmetric cases Qe ek to For three dimensional cases give the q direction cosine of the virtual crack extension direction This field can be left blank for two dimensional and axisymmetric cases In two dimensional cases only one data line is necessary In three dimensional cases repeat this data line as often as necessary to define the crack front node sets and virtual crack extension vectors along the crack front No data lines are needed if the XFEM parameter is included 3 70 4 3 71 CONTROLS CONTROLS Reset solution controls WARNING This option is not needed in most nonlinear analyses except for use with the parameter ANALYSIS DISCONTINUOUS However if extreme nonlinearities occur this option may be needed to obtain a solution Commonly used control parameters Section 7 2 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual contains a discussion of the types of problems that may occur and the use of the CONTROLS option to overcome these problems This option can also be used in some cases to obtain a solution in a more efficient manner Use of the option for this latter purpose is intended for experienced users only Products Abaqus Standard Abaqus CAE Type History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Step module References e Convergence and time integration criteria overview Section 7 2 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Commonly used control parameters Section 7 2 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User
611. ype History data Level Step Abaqus CAE Step module References e Output to the output database Section 4 1 3 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual e OUTPUT One of the following mutually exclusive parameters is required when the ELEMENT OUTPUT option is used in conjunction with the OUTPUT HISTORY option unless the request is only for whole model output variables ELSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the element set for which this output request is being made TRACER SET This parameter applies only to Abaqus Explicit analyses using adaptivity Set this parameter equal to the name of the tracer set for which this output request 1s being made Optional parameters when the ELEMENT OUTPUT option is used in conjunction with the OUTPUT FIELD option DIRECTIONS Set DIRECTIONS YES default to write the element material directions to the output database Set DIRECTIONS NO to indicate that the element material directions should not be written to the output database ELSET Set this parameter equal to the name of the element set for which this output request is being made If this parameter is omitted the output will be written for all the elements in the model 5 8 1 ELEMENT OUTPUT POSITION Set POSITION CENTROIDAL if values are being written at the centroid of the element the centroid of the reference surface of a shell element the midpoint between the end nodes in a beam element Set POSITION INT
612. ysis Section 6 10 1 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual Required mutually exclusive parameters ROTATION Include this parameter to define a flow velocity field due to a rigid body rotation about an axis TRANSLATION Include this parameter to give the z y and zcomponents of translational flow velocity in the global coordinate system or in the local coordinate system if TRANSFORM was used at these nodes Translational flow velocity is the default Optional parameter AMPLITUDE Set this parameter equal to the name of the amplitude curve defined in the AMPLITUDE option that gives the time variation of the flow velocity throughout the step Amplitude curves Section 30 1 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual If this parameter is omitted the default is a STEP function Data lines to define translational flow velocity TRANSLATION First line 1 Node set label or node number 2 First translational component of flow velocity prescribed only degrees of freedom 1 2 or 3 can be entered See Conventions Section 1 2 2 of the Abaqus Analysis User s Manual for a definition of the numbering of degrees of freedom in Abaqus 141 ACOUSTIC FLOW VELOCITY 3 Last translational component of flow velocity prescribed only degrees of freedom 1 2 or 3 can be entered This field can be left blank if flow velocity for only one component is being prescribed 4 Magnitude of the translational displaceme

Volume I: A–H - Abaqus 6.10 Documentation

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Volume I: A&ndash;H - Abaqus 6.10 Documentation

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Volume I: A–H - Abaqus 6.10 Documentation